I A E 
 
 V2500 

__________
HIGHLIGHTS

REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CHAPTER 72
__________

L.E.P. 1-10 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING

NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
T. OF C. REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION
1- 15
72-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
1- 8 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

201- 222, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
224- 230,
232- 234,
236- 255

72-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 650, TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
652-C622 DELETED PRODUCT V10-094 AND REPLACED PRODUCT
V10-129 BY V10-129A
CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
ADDED WARNING
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

701- 738 CIRCUIT BREAKER(S) DATA UPDATED 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-00-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 803 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-30-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

1- 54 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-31-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 434, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
436- 444

72-31-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 603 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 6
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 434, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
436- 471

72-31-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 622 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-31-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

701- 703 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-31-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 878 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-31-12 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 604 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-31-12 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 823 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-31-13 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 413 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-31-13 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 604 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-31-13 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 809 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-03 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 607 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-03 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 811 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-51 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-51 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 605 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-51 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 805 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-60 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 410 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-60 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

72-HIGHLIGHTS Page 2 of 6
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

601- 611 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-81 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-85 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 405 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-85 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 617 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-85 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 834, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
836-A840

72-32-86 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 605 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-86 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 805 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-87 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 406, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
408- 410,
412- 432

72-32-87 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 608 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-87 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 807 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-88 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 421 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-88 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 621 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-88 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

701- 705 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-88 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 807 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-91 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 604 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-91 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

72-HIGHLIGHTS Page 3 of 6
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

801- 804 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-93 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 604 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-32-93 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 810 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-38-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 413 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-38-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 607 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-38-11 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 816 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-38-25 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 605 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-38-25 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 805 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-40-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

1- 10 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-40-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 604 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
ADDED CHECK OF THE DIFFUSER CASE FOR
EVIDENCE OF FUEL LEAKS
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-41-10 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-41-23 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 810 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-42-10 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 415 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
REVISED TORQUE VALUE
EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-45-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-50-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

1- 20 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-HIGHLIGHTS Page 4 of 6
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-50-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-50-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 606 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-50-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

801- 803 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-50-50 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

701- 716, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
718- 723

72-51-41 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 429 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-60-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

1- 6 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-60-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 418, EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,
420- 426,
428- 446,
448- 499

72-60-00 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 604 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-60-22 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 408 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-60-23 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 408 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-60-25 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 408 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-60-28 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 408 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-60-29 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 406 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-60-31 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 408 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-60-33 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

72-HIGHLIGHTS Page 5 of 6
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

401- 408 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-60-33 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

601- 605 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-61-49 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED

401- 406 EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) 501-509, 511-526, 528-599,

72-HIGHLIGHTS Page 6 of 6
REVISION NO. 48 Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD 72-00-00 R 214 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 601 Feb01/10

OF TEMP. 72-00-00 R 215 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 602 Feb01/10
REVISION 72-00-00 R 216 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 603 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 217 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 604 Feb01/10
L.E.P. R 1-10 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 218 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 605 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 1 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 219 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 606 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 2 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 220 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 607 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 3 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 221 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 608 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 4 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 222 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 609 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 5 Feb01/10 72-00-00 223 Nov01/07 72-00-00 R 610 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 6 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 224 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 611 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 7 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 225 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 612 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 8 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 226 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 613 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 9 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 227 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 614 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 10 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 228 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 615 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 11 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 229 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 616 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 12 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 230 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 617 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 13 Feb01/10 72-00-00 231 Nov01/07 72-00-00 R 618 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 14 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 232 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 619 Feb01/10
T. of C. R 15 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 233 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 620 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 234 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 621 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 1 Feb01/10 72-00-00 235 Nov01/07 72-00-00 R 622 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 2 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 236 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 623 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 3 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 237 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 624 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 4 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 238 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 625 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 5 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 239 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 626 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 6 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 240 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 627 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 7 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 241 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 628 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 8 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 242 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 629 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 201 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 243 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 630 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 202 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 244 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 631 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 203 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 245 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 632 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 204 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 246 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 633 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 205 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 247 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 634 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 206 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 248 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 635 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 207 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 249 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 636 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 208 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 250 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 637 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 209 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 251 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 638 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 210 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 252 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 639 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 211 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 253 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 640 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 212 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 254 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 641 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 213 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 255 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 642 Feb01/10

72-L.E.P. Page 1
Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

72-00-00 R 643 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 694 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A645 Feb01/10

72-00-00 R 644 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 695 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A646 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 645 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 696 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A647 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 646 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 697 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A648 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 647 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 698 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A649 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 648 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 699 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A650 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 649 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A600 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A651 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 650 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A601 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A652 Feb01/10
72-00-00 651 May01/09 72-00-00 R A602 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A653 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 652 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A603 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A654 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 653 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A604 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A655 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 654 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A605 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A656 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 655 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A606 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A657 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 656 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A607 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A658 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 657 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A608 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A659 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 658 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A609 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A660 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 659 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A610 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A661 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 660 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A611 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A662 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 661 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A612 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A663 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 662 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A613 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A664 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 663 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A614 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A665 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 664 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A615 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A666 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 665 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A616 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A667 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 666 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A617 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A668 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 667 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A618 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A669 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 668 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A619 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A670 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 669 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A620 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A671 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 670 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A621 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A672 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 671 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A622 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A673 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 672 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A623 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A674 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 673 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A624 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A675 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 674 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A625 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A676 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 675 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A626 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A677 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 676 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A627 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A678 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 677 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A628 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A679 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 678 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A629 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A680 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 679 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A630 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A681 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 680 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A631 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A682 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 681 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A632 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A683 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 682 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A633 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A684 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 683 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A634 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A685 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 684 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A635 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A686 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 685 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A636 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A687 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 686 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A637 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A688 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 687 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A638 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A689 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 688 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A639 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A690 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 689 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A640 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A691 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 690 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A641 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A692 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 691 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A642 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A693 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 692 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A643 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A694 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 693 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A644 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R A695 Feb01/10

72-L.E.P. Page 2
Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

72-00-00 R A696 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B647 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B698 Feb01/10

72-00-00 R A697 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B648 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B699 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R A698 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B649 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C600 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R A699 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B650 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C601 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B600 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B651 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C602 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B601 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B652 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C603 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B602 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B653 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C604 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B603 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B654 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C605 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B604 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B655 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C606 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B605 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B656 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C607 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B606 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B657 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C608 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B607 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B658 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C609 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B608 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B659 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C610 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B609 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B660 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C611 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B610 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B661 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C612 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B611 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B662 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C613 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B612 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B663 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C614 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B613 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B664 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C615 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B614 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B665 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C616 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B615 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B666 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C617 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B616 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B667 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C618 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B617 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B668 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C619 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B618 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B669 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C620 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B619 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B670 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C621 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B620 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B671 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R C622 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B621 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B672 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 701 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B622 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B673 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 702 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B623 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B674 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 703 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B624 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B675 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 704 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B625 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B676 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 705 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B626 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B677 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 706 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B627 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B678 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 707 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B628 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B679 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 708 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B629 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B680 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 709 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B630 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B681 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 710 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B631 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B682 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 711 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B632 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B683 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 712 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B633 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B684 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 713 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B634 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B685 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 714 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B635 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B686 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 715 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B636 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B687 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 716 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B637 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B688 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 717 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B638 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B689 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 718 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B639 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B690 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 719 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B640 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B691 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 720 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B641 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B692 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 721 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B642 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B693 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 722 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B643 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B694 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 723 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B644 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B695 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 724 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B645 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B696 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 725 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R B646 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R B697 Feb01/10 72-00-00 R 726 Feb01/10

72-L.E.P. Page 3
Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

72-00-00 R 727 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 36 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 432 Feb01/10

72-00-00 R 728 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 37 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 433 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 729 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 38 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 434 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 730 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 39 Feb01/10 72-31-00 435 Nov01/07
72-00-00 R 731 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 40 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 436 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 732 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 41 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 437 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 733 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 42 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 438 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 734 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 43 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 439 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 735 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 44 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 440 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 736 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 45 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 441 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 737 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 46 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 442 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 738 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 47 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 443 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 801 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 48 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 444 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 802 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 49 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 601 Feb01/10
72-00-00 R 803 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 50 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 602 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 51 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 603 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 1 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 52 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 401 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 2 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 53 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 402 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 3 Feb01/10 72-30-00 R 54 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 403 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 4 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 404 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 5 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 401 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 405 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 6 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 402 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 406 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 7 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 403 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 407 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 8 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 404 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 408 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 9 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 405 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 409 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 10 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 406 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 410 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 11 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 407 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 411 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 12 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 408 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 412 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 13 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 409 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 413 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 14 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 410 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 414 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 15 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 411 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 415 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 16 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 412 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 416 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 17 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 413 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 417 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 18 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 414 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 418 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 19 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 415 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 419 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 20 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 416 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 420 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 21 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 417 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 421 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 22 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 418 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 422 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 23 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 419 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 423 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 24 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 420 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 424 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 25 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 421 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 425 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 26 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 422 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 426 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 27 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 423 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 427 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 28 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 424 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 428 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 29 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 425 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 429 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 30 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 426 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 430 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 31 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 427 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 431 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 32 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 428 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 432 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 33 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 429 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 433 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 34 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 430 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 434 Feb01/10
72-30-00 R 35 Feb01/10 72-31-00 R 431 Feb01/10 72-31-11 435 Aug01/09

72-L.E.P. Page 4
Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

72-31-11 R 436 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 616 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 842 Feb01/10

72-31-11 R 437 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 617 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 843 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 438 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 618 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 844 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 439 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 619 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 845 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 440 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 620 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 846 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 441 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 621 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 847 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 442 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 622 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 848 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 443 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 701 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 849 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 444 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 702 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 850 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 445 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 703 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 851 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 446 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 801 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 852 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 447 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 802 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 853 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 448 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 803 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 854 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 449 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 804 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 855 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 450 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 805 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 856 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 451 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 806 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 857 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 452 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 807 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 858 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 453 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 808 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 859 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 454 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 809 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 860 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 455 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 810 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 861 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 456 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 811 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 862 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 457 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 812 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 863 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 458 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 813 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 864 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 459 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 814 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 865 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 460 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 815 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 866 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 461 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 816 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 867 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 462 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 817 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 868 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 463 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 818 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 869 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 464 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 819 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 870 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 465 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 820 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 871 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 466 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 821 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 872 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 467 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 822 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 873 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 468 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 823 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 874 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 469 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 824 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 875 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 470 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 825 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 876 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 471 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 826 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 877 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 601 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 827 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 878 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 602 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 828 Feb01/10 72-31-12 R 601 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 603 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 829 Feb01/10 72-31-12 R 602 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 604 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 830 Feb01/10 72-31-12 R 603 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 605 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 831 Feb01/10 72-31-12 R 604 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 606 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 832 Feb01/10 72-31-12 R 801 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 607 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 833 Feb01/10 72-31-12 R 802 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 608 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 834 Feb01/10 72-31-12 R 803 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 609 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 835 Feb01/10 72-31-12 R 804 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 610 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 836 Feb01/10 72-31-12 R 805 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 611 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 837 Feb01/10 72-31-12 R 806 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 612 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 838 Feb01/10 72-31-12 R 807 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 613 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 839 Feb01/10 72-31-12 R 808 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 614 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 840 Feb01/10 72-31-12 R 809 Feb01/10
72-31-11 R 615 Feb01/10 72-31-11 R 841 Feb01/10 72-31-12 R 810 Feb01/10

72-L.E.P. Page 5
Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

72-31-12 R 811 Feb01/10 72-32-03 R 805 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 607 Feb01/10

72-31-12 R 812 Feb01/10 72-32-03 R 806 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 608 Feb01/10
72-31-12 R 813 Feb01/10 72-32-03 R 807 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 609 Feb01/10
72-31-12 R 814 Feb01/10 72-32-03 R 808 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 610 Feb01/10
72-31-12 R 815 Feb01/10 72-32-03 R 809 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 611 Feb01/10
72-31-12 R 816 Feb01/10 72-32-03 R 810 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 612 Feb01/10
72-31-12 R 817 Feb01/10 72-32-03 R 811 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 613 Feb01/10
72-31-12 R 818 Feb01/10 72-32-51 R 401 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 614 Feb01/10
72-31-12 R 819 Feb01/10 72-32-51 R 601 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 615 Feb01/10
72-31-12 R 820 Feb01/10 72-32-51 R 602 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 616 Feb01/10
72-31-12 R 821 Feb01/10 72-32-51 R 603 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 617 Feb01/10
72-31-12 R 822 Feb01/10 72-32-51 R 604 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 801 Feb01/10
72-31-12 R 823 Feb01/10 72-32-51 R 605 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 802 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 401 Feb01/10 72-32-51 R 801 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 803 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 402 Feb01/10 72-32-51 R 802 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 804 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 403 Feb01/10 72-32-51 R 803 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 805 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 404 Feb01/10 72-32-51 R 804 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 806 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 405 Feb01/10 72-32-51 R 805 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 807 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 406 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 401 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 808 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 407 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 402 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 809 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 408 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 403 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 810 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 409 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 404 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 811 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 410 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 405 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 812 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 411 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 406 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 813 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 412 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 407 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 814 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 413 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 408 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 815 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 601 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 409 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 816 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 602 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 410 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 817 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 603 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 601 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 818 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 604 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 602 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 819 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 801 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 603 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 820 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 802 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 604 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 821 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 803 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 605 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 822 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 804 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 606 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 823 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 805 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 607 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 824 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 806 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 608 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 825 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 807 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 609 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 826 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 808 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 610 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 827 Feb01/10
72-31-13 R 809 Feb01/10 72-32-60 R 611 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 828 Feb01/10
72-32-81 R 401 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 829 Feb01/10
72-32-03 R 601 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 401 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 830 Feb01/10
72-32-03 R 602 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 402 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 831 Feb01/10
72-32-03 R 603 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 403 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 832 Feb01/10
72-32-03 R 604 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 404 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 833 Feb01/10
72-32-03 R 605 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 405 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 834 Feb01/10
72-32-03 R 606 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 601 Feb01/10 72-32-85 835 Nov01/07
72-32-03 R 607 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 602 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 836 Feb01/10
72-32-03 R 801 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 603 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 837 Feb01/10
72-32-03 R 802 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 604 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 838 Feb01/10
72-32-03 R 803 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 605 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 839 Feb01/10
72-32-03 R 804 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 606 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 840 Feb01/10

72-L.E.P. Page 6
Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

72-32-85 R 841 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 892 Feb01/10 72-32-86 R 603 Feb01/10

72-32-85 R 842 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 893 Feb01/10 72-32-86 R 604 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 843 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 894 Feb01/10 72-32-86 R 605 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 844 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 895 Feb01/10 72-32-86 R 801 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 845 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 896 Feb01/10 72-32-86 R 802 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 846 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 897 Feb01/10 72-32-86 R 803 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 847 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 898 Feb01/10 72-32-86 R 804 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 848 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R 899 Feb01/10 72-32-86 R 805 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 849 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A800 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 401 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 850 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A801 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 402 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 851 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A802 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 403 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 852 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A803 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 404 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 853 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A804 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 405 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 854 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A805 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 406 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 855 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A806 Feb01/10 72-32-87 407 Nov01/07
72-32-85 R 856 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A807 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 408 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 857 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A808 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 409 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 858 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A809 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 410 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 859 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A810 Feb01/10 72-32-87 411 Nov01/07
72-32-85 R 860 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A811 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 412 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 861 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A812 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 413 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 862 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A813 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 414 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 863 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A814 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 415 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 864 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A815 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 416 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 865 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A816 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 417 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 866 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A817 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 418 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 867 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A818 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 419 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 868 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A819 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 420 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 869 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A820 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 421 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 870 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A821 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 422 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 871 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A822 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 423 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 872 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A823 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 424 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 873 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A824 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 425 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 874 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A825 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 426 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 875 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A826 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 427 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 876 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A827 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 428 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 877 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A828 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 429 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 878 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A829 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 430 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 879 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A830 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 431 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 880 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A831 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 432 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 881 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A832 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 601 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 882 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A833 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 602 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 883 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A834 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 603 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 884 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A835 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 604 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 885 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A836 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 605 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 886 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A837 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 606 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 887 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A838 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 607 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 888 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A839 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 608 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 889 Feb01/10 72-32-85 R A840 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 801 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 890 Feb01/10 72-32-86 R 601 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 802 Feb01/10
72-32-85 R 891 Feb01/10 72-32-86 R 602 Feb01/10 72-32-87 R 803 Feb01/10

72-L.E.P. Page 7
Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

72-32-87 R 804 Feb01/10 72-32-88 R 801 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 802 Feb01/10

72-32-87 R 805 Feb01/10 72-32-88 R 802 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 803 Feb01/10
72-32-87 R 806 Feb01/10 72-32-88 R 803 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 804 Feb01/10
72-32-87 R 807 Feb01/10 72-32-88 R 804 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 805 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 401 Feb01/10 72-32-88 R 805 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 806 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 402 Feb01/10 72-32-88 R 806 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 807 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 403 Feb01/10 72-32-88 R 807 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 808 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 404 Feb01/10 72-32-91 R 601 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 809 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 405 Feb01/10 72-32-91 R 602 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 810 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 406 Feb01/10 72-32-91 R 603 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 811 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 407 Feb01/10 72-32-91 R 604 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 812 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 408 Feb01/10 72-32-91 R 801 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 813 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 409 Feb01/10 72-32-91 R 802 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 814 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 410 Feb01/10 72-32-91 R 803 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 815 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 411 Feb01/10 72-32-91 R 804 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 816 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 412 Feb01/10 72-32-93 R 601 Feb01/10 72-38-25 R 601 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 413 Feb01/10 72-32-93 R 602 Feb01/10 72-38-25 R 602 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 414 Feb01/10 72-32-93 R 603 Feb01/10 72-38-25 R 603 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 415 Feb01/10 72-32-93 R 604 Feb01/10 72-38-25 R 604 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 416 Feb01/10 72-32-93 R 801 Feb01/10 72-38-25 R 605 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 417 Feb01/10 72-32-93 R 802 Feb01/10 72-38-25 R 801 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 418 Feb01/10 72-32-93 R 803 Feb01/10 72-38-25 R 802 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 419 Feb01/10 72-32-93 R 804 Feb01/10 72-38-25 R 803 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 420 Feb01/10 72-32-93 R 805 Feb01/10 72-38-25 R 804 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 421 Feb01/10 72-32-93 R 806 Feb01/10 72-38-25 R 805 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 601 Feb01/10 72-32-93 R 807 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 602 Feb01/10 72-32-93 R 808 Feb01/10 72-40-00 R 1 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 603 Feb01/10 72-32-93 R 809 Feb01/10 72-40-00 R 2 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 604 Feb01/10 72-32-93 R 810 Feb01/10 72-40-00 R 3 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 605 Feb01/10 72-40-00 R 4 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 606 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 401 Feb01/10 72-40-00 R 5 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 607 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 402 Feb01/10 72-40-00 R 6 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 608 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 403 Feb01/10 72-40-00 R 7 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 609 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 404 Feb01/10 72-40-00 R 8 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 610 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 405 Feb01/10 72-40-00 R 9 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 611 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 406 Feb01/10 72-40-00 R 10 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 612 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 407 Feb01/10 72-40-00 R 601 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 613 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 408 Feb01/10 72-40-00 R 602 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 614 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 409 Feb01/10 72-40-00 R 603 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 615 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 410 Feb01/10 72-40-00 R 604 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 616 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 411 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 617 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 412 Feb01/10 72-41-10 R 401 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 618 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 413 Feb01/10 72-41-23 R 801 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 619 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 601 Feb01/10 72-41-23 R 802 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 620 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 602 Feb01/10 72-41-23 R 803 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 621 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 603 Feb01/10 72-41-23 R 804 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 701 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 604 Feb01/10 72-41-23 R 805 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 702 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 605 Feb01/10 72-41-23 R 806 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 703 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 606 Feb01/10 72-41-23 R 807 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 704 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 607 Feb01/10 72-41-23 R 808 Feb01/10
72-32-88 R 705 Feb01/10 72-38-11 R 801 Feb01/10 72-41-23 R 809 Feb01/10

72-L.E.P. Page 8
Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

72-41-23 R 810 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 702 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 429 Feb01/10

72-50-50 R 703 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 401 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 704 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 1 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 402 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 705 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 2 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 403 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 706 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 3 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 404 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 707 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 4 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 405 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 708 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 5 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 406 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 709 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 6 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 407 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 710 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 401 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 408 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 711 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 402 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 409 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 712 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 403 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 410 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 713 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 404 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 411 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 714 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 405 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 412 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 715 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 406 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 413 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 716 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 407 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 414 Feb01/10 72-50-50 717 Nov01/07 72-60-00 R 408 Feb01/10
72-42-10 R 415 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 718 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 409 Feb01/10
72-50-50 R 719 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 410 Feb01/10
72-45-00 R 401 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 720 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 411 Feb01/10
72-50-50 R 721 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 412 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 1 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 722 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 413 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 2 Feb01/10 72-50-50 R 723 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 414 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 3 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 415 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 4 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 401 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 416 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 5 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 402 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 417 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 6 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 403 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 418 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 7 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 404 Feb01/10 72-60-00 419 Nov01/07
72-50-00 R 8 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 405 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 420 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 9 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 406 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 421 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 10 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 407 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 422 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 11 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 408 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 423 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 12 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 409 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 424 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 13 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 410 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 425 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 14 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 411 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 426 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 15 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 412 Feb01/10 72-60-00 427 Nov01/07
72-50-00 R 16 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 413 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 428 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 17 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 414 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 429 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 18 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 415 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 430 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 19 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 416 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 431 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 20 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 417 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 432 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 401 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 418 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 433 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 601 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 419 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 434 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 602 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 420 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 435 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 603 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 421 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 436 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 604 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 422 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 437 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 605 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 423 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 438 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 606 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 424 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 439 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 801 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 425 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 440 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 802 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 426 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 441 Feb01/10
72-50-00 R 803 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 427 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 442 Feb01/10
72-50-50 R 701 Feb01/10 72-51-41 R 428 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 443 Feb01/10

72-L.E.P. Page 9
Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

72-60-00 R 444 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 495 Feb01/10 72-60-31 R 405 Feb01/10

72-60-00 R 445 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 496 Feb01/10 72-60-31 R 406 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 446 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 497 Feb01/10 72-60-31 R 407 Feb01/10
72-60-00 447 Nov01/07 72-60-00 R 498 Feb01/10 72-60-31 R 408 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 448 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 499 Feb01/10 72-60-33 R 401 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 449 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 601 Feb01/10 72-60-33 R 402 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 450 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 602 Feb01/10 72-60-33 R 403 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 451 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 603 Feb01/10 72-60-33 R 404 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 452 Feb01/10 72-60-00 R 604 Feb01/10 72-60-33 R 405 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 453 Feb01/10 72-60-22 R 401 Feb01/10 72-60-33 R 406 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 454 Feb01/10 72-60-22 R 402 Feb01/10 72-60-33 R 407 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 455 Feb01/10 72-60-22 R 403 Feb01/10 72-60-33 R 408 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 456 Feb01/10 72-60-22 R 404 Feb01/10 72-60-33 R 601 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 457 Feb01/10 72-60-22 R 405 Feb01/10 72-60-33 R 602 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 458 Feb01/10 72-60-22 R 406 Feb01/10 72-60-33 R 603 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 459 Feb01/10 72-60-22 R 407 Feb01/10 72-60-33 R 604 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 460 Feb01/10 72-60-22 R 408 Feb01/10 72-60-33 R 605 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 461 Feb01/10 72-60-23 R 401 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 462 Feb01/10 72-60-23 R 402 Feb01/10 72-61-49 R 401 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 463 Feb01/10 72-60-23 R 403 Feb01/10 72-61-49 R 402 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 464 Feb01/10 72-60-23 R 404 Feb01/10 72-61-49 R 403 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 465 Feb01/10 72-60-23 R 405 Feb01/10 72-61-49 R 404 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 466 Feb01/10 72-60-23 R 406 Feb01/10 72-61-49 R 405 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 467 Feb01/10 72-60-23 R 407 Feb01/10 72-61-49 R 406 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 468 Feb01/10 72-60-23 R 408 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 469 Feb01/10 72-60-25 R 401 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 470 Feb01/10 72-60-25 R 402 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 471 Feb01/10 72-60-25 R 403 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 472 Feb01/10 72-60-25 R 404 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 473 Feb01/10 72-60-25 R 405 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 474 Feb01/10 72-60-25 R 406 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 475 Feb01/10 72-60-25 R 407 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 476 Feb01/10 72-60-25 R 408 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 477 Feb01/10 72-60-28 R 401 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 478 Feb01/10 72-60-28 R 402 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 479 Feb01/10 72-60-28 R 403 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 480 Feb01/10 72-60-28 R 404 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 481 Feb01/10 72-60-28 R 405 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 482 Feb01/10 72-60-28 R 406 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 483 Feb01/10 72-60-28 R 407 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 484 Feb01/10 72-60-28 R 408 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 485 Feb01/10 72-60-29 R 401 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 486 Feb01/10 72-60-29 R 402 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 487 Feb01/10 72-60-29 R 403 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 488 Feb01/10 72-60-29 R 404 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 489 Feb01/10 72-60-29 R 405 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 490 Feb01/10 72-60-29 R 406 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 491 Feb01/10 72-60-31 R 401 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 492 Feb01/10 72-60-31 R 402 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 493 Feb01/10 72-60-31 R 403 Feb01/10
72-60-00 R 494 Feb01/10 72-60-31 R 404 Feb01/10

72-L.E.P. Page 10
Feb 01/10

CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
ENGINE - GENERAL
________________ 72-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Component Location 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Engine Modules 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Fan Module 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Intercase Module 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
High Pressure Compressor 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Diffuser/Combustor Module 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
High Pressure Turbine 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Low Pressure Turbine 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Accessory Drive Gearbox 8 501-509, 511-526
528-599,

_________________
ENGINE - GENERAL 72-00-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Rotator Kit 201 501-509, 511-526
for Borescope Inspection 528-599,
Removal of the Rotator Kit for 207 501-509, 511-526
Borescope Inspection 528-599,
Rotation of the HP Compressor with 211 501-509, 511-526
the Hand Turning Tool 528-599,
Load Check of the LPC Bleed Valve 215 501-509, 511-526
Mechanism 528-599,
Lubrication of the LPC Bleed Valve 247 501-509, 511-526
Mechanism 528-599,

_________________
ENGINE - GENERAL 72-00-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Visually Examine the LP Turbine 601 501-509, 511-526
Stage 7 528-599,
Borescope Inspection of HP Turbine 607 501-509, 511-526

72-CONTENTS Page 1
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Blade Aerofoils 528-599,
Inspection of the LP Compressor 608 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the HP Compressor 636 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the HP Compressor 667 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the HP Compressor 684 501-509, 511-526
Stage 3 Rotor Clapper 528-599,
Borescope Inspection of inside of 697 501-509, 511-526
Combustion Chamber and HP turbine 528-599,
stage 1 Vanes
Borescope Inspection of the Stage A663 501-509, 511-526
1 HPT Blades 528-599,
Borescope Inspection of the Stage A692 501-509, 511-526
1 HPT Blades 528-599,
Borescope Inspection of the Stage B609 501-509, 511-526
2 HPT Blades 528-599,
Borescope Inspection of the LP B630 501-509, 511-526
Turbine 528-599,
Inspection after Flight Through B647 501-509, 511-526
Volcanic Ash 528-599,
Inspection of the Engine after B660 501-509, 511-526
Bird Strike, Foreign Object or 528-599,
Slush Ingestion
TAP Test of LP Compressor Fan B674 501-509, 511-526
Blades 528-599,
Inspection after Engine B684 501-509, 511-526
Windmilling 528-599,
Inspection of the LP Compressor B686 501-509, 511-526
Fan Blades and Fan Case Acoustic 528-599,
Linings
Eddy Current Inspection of the LP B692 501-509, 511-526
Compressor Fan Blades Leading Edge 528-599,
Ultrasonic Inspection of the LP B699 501-509, 511-526
Compressor Fan Blade Roots 528-599,
Inspection of the LP Compressor C606 501-509, 511-526
Fan Blades Following Use of Full 528-599,
Reverse Thrust to Fully Stop the
Aircraft
Borescope Inspection of the Stage C612 501-509, 511-526
1 HPT Duct Segments 528-599,

_________________
ENGINE - GENERAL 72-00-00
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 501-509, 511-526

72-CONTENTS Page 2
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Clean the Engine Gas Path for 701 501-509, 511-526
Performance Improvement (Water 528-599,
only)
Clean the Engine Gas Path for 716 501-509, 511-526
Performance Improvement (Cleaner 528-599,
only)
Clean the Engine Gas Path for 729 501-509, 511-526
Performance Improvement (Water 528-599,
only) Repair VRS70 03
P&W EcoPower Engine Gas Path 731 501-509, 511-526
Clean for Performance Improvement 528-599,

_________________
ENGINE - GENERAL 72-00-00
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Dressing of Damaged Leading or 801 501-509, 511-526
Trailing Edges on the HP 528-599,
Compressor Blades through the
Borescope Ports, Repair - VRS6653

__________________
COMPRESSOR SECTION 72-30-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
LP Compressor (Fan) Module 1 501-509, 511-526
Assembly 528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
LP Compressor/Intermediate Case 9 501-509, 511-526
Module 528-599,
General 9 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 9 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
HP Compressor Module 45 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 45 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 48 501-509, 511-526
528-599,

72-CONTENTS Page 3
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
LP COMPRESSOR MODULE 72-31-00
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) 401 501-509, 511-526
Module 528-599,
Installation of the LP Compressor 424 501-509, 511-526
(Fan) Module 528-599,
Discard Fan Disk 444 501-509, 511-526
528-599,

LP COMPRESSOR MODULE 72-31-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 501-509, 511-526
LP Compressor (Fan) Section 528-599,
LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS 72-31-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the LP Compressor Fan 401 501-509, 511-526
Blades 528-599,
Installation of the LP Compressor 420 501-509, 511-526
Fan Blades 528-599,
Removal of the Annulus Fillers 452 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Annulus 457 501-509, 511-526
Fillers 528-599,
LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS 72-31-11
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the Low Pressure 601 501-509, 511-526
(LP) Compressor Fan Blades 528-599,
Inspection of the LP Compressor 614 501-509, 511-526
Annulus Fillers 528-599,
Detailed Inspection of Fan Blades 618 501-509, 511-526
Leading Edge for Erosion 528-599,
LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS 72-31-11
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cleaning of the LP Compressor 701 501-509, 511-526
Blades 528-599,
LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS 72-31-11
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair of the LP Compressor 801 501-509, 511-526
Annulus Fillers - VRS1815 528-599,

72-CONTENTS Page 4
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Repair of the LP Compressor 808 501-509, 511-526
Annulus Fillers - Repair VRS1816 528-599,
Repair of the LP Compressor Fan 812 501-509, 511-526
Blade Touch Up Coating - VRS1030 528-599,
Repair of the Low Pressure 817 501-509, 511-526
Compressor (LPC) Annulus Fillers - 528-599,
Repair VRS1113
Repair Damage on the Low Pressure 819 501-509, 511-526
Compressor (LPC) Fan Blades by 528-599,
Local Material Removal - VRS1506
Repair of the LP Compressor Fan 835 501-509, 511-526
Blade Chocking Pads - VRS1063 528-599,
Repair Leading Edge Erosion on the 847 501-509, 511-526
LP Compressor Rotor Blades by 528-599,
Material Removal - VRS1065
Repair of the LP Compressor 861 501-509, 511-526
Annulus Filler Touch-up Coating - 528-599,
VRS1059
Repair of the LP Compressor Blades 866 501-509, 511-526
and Fillers - VRS1058 528-599,
Repair of the LP Compressor Fan 871 501-509, 511-526
Re-apply Coating - VRS1973 528-599,
DISK - FAN, LP COMPRESSOR STAGE 1 72-31-12
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the Stage 1 Fan Disk 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
DISK - FAN, LP COMPRESSOR STAGE 1 72-31-12
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan 801 501-509, 511-526
Disk Rear Ramp - VRS1148 528-599,
Repair the Stage 1 Fan Disk Touch 806 501-509, 511-526
up Coating - VRS1149 528-599,
Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan 811 501-509, 511-526
Disk Shank Nut - VRS1174 528-599,
Repair of the LP Compressor Fan 816 501-509, 511-526
Disk, Re-apply Coating - VRS1974 528-599,
RING - RETAINING, LP COMPRESSOR FRONT 72-31-13
BLADE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Front Blade 401 501-509, 511-526
Retaining Ring 528-599,
Installation of the Front Blade 406 501-509, 511-526
Retaining Ring 528-599,

72-CONTENTS Page 5
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
RING - RETAINING, LP COMPRESSOR FRONT 72-31-13
BLADE
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the Front Blade 601 501-509, 511-526
Retaining Ring Assembly 528-599,
RING - RETAINING, LP COMPRESSOR FRONT 72-31-13
BLADE
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair of the LP Compressor Front 801 501-509, 511-526
Blade Retaining Ring - VRS1810 528-599,
Replace the Shank Nuts of the 805 501-509, 511-526
Front Blade Retaining Ring - 528-599,
VRS1175
FAN FRAME - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE 72-32-03
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the Fan Frame 601 501-509, 511-526
Assembly and the Mount Tube 528-599,
Stopper Assembly
FAN FRAME - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE 72-32-03
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair of the Fan Frame Assembly - 801 501-509, 511-526
VRS1731 528-599,
Fan Frame T2.5CM Repair - VRS1596 806 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
STUB SHAFT - LP COMPRESSOR 72-32-51
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Discard LP Stub Shaft 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
STUB SHAFT - LP COMPRESSOR 72-32-51
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the LP Compressor 601 501-509, 511-526
Stub Shaft 528-599,
STUB SHAFT - LP COMPRESSOR 72-32-51
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair of the LP Compressor Stub 801 501-509, 511-526
Shaft - VRS1811 528-599,
SCREEN - BLEED VALVE OUTLET CASE 72-32-60
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,

72-CONTENTS Page 6
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Removal of the screen 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Screen 410 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
SCREEN - BLEED VALVE OUTLET CASE 72-32-60
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the Screen 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the LPC Bleed Duct 607 501-509, 511-526
Seal 528-599,
LP COMPRESSOR STAGE 1.5, 2 AND 2.5 72-32-81
DISK
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Discard Booster Disk 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
FAN CASE 72-32-85
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Engine 401 501-509, 511-526
Identification Plate and Name 528-599,
Plate Bracket.
Installation of the Engine 404 501-509, 511-526
Identification Plate and the Name 528-599,
Plate Bracket.
FAN CASE 72-32-85
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the Fan Case 601 501-509, 511-526
Assembly 528-599,
FAN CASE 72-32-85
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair of Fan Case Attrition 801 501-509, 511-526
Lining Down to the GRP Layer - 528-599,
VRS1411
Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1824 807 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair of the Fan Case Acoustic 816 501-509, 511-526
Lining - VRS1827 528-599,
Repair by Replacement of the 829 501-509, 511-526
Acoustic Linings - VRS1845 528-599,
Repair of the Fan Case Anti-ice 850 501-509, 511-526
Impact Panels - VRS1826 528-599,
Repair by Replacement of the 860 501-509, 511-526

72-CONTENTS Page 7
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Anti-ice Impact Panels - VRS1844 528-599,
Repair of the Fan Case Attrition 878 501-509, 511-526
Lining Down to the GRC Layer - 528-599,
VRS1825
Repair by Replacement of the 886 501-509, 511-526
Attrition Linings - VRS1843 528-599,
Repair of the Blue Filler - A802 501-509, 511-526
VRS1828 528-599,
Repair of the Fan Case Attrition A811 501-509, 511-526
Lining Below the Glass Reinforced 528-599,
Composite (GRC) Layer - VRS1946
Repair of Fan Case - VRS1806 - A821 501-509, 511-526
Post SBE 72-0160 528-599,
Repair of the Fan Case Acoustic A830 501-509, 511-526
Linings by bonding - VRS1511 528-599,
FAIRING - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE, REAR 72-32-86
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the Rear Fairing 601 501-509, 511-526
Assembly 528-599,
FAIRING - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE, REAR 72-32-86
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair of the Missing Screw on the 801 501-509, 511-526
Intermediate Structure Rear 528-599,
Fairing - VRS1937
PANEL - FAN CASE, REAR 72-32-87
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Panel Rubber Seals 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Panel Rubber 415 501-509, 511-526
Seals 528-599,
Removal of the Fan Case Liner 424 501-509, 511-526
Panels 528-599,
Installation of the Fan Case Liner 429 501-509, 511-526
Panels 528-599,
PANEL - FAN CASE, REAR 72-32-87
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Examine the Fan Case Liner Panel 601 501-509, 511-526
and the Panel Rubber Seal 528-599,
PANEL - FAN CASE, REAR 72-32-87
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair the Crack in the Fan Case 801 501-509, 511-526

72-CONTENTS Page 8
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Liner Panel - VRS1802 528-599,
OUTLET GUIDE VANES - LP COMPRESSOR 72-32-88
(FAN)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Fan Exit Guide 401 501-509, 511-526
Vanes (FEGVs) 528-599,
Installation of the Fan Exit Guide 413 501-509, 511-526
Vanes (FEGVs) 528-599,
OUTLET GUIDE VANES - LP COMPRESSOR 72-32-88
(FAN)
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the Fan Exit Vane 601 501-509, 511-526
Assembly 528-599,
Inspection of the Fan Exit Vane 612 501-509, 511-526
Assembly 528-599,
OUTLET GUIDE VANES - LP COMPRESSOR 72-32-88
(FAN)
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cleaning of the LP Compressor 701 501-509, 511-526
Outlet Guide Vanes 528-599,
OUTLET GUIDE VANES - LP COMPRESSOR 72-32-88
(FAN)
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair of the Fan Exit vane 801 501-509, 511-526
Assembly - VRS1817 528-599,
VANE ASSEMBLY - INNER, FAN OUTLET 72-32-91
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the LP Compressor 601 501-509, 511-526
Inlet Guide Vane Assembly 528-599,
VANE ASSEMBLY - INNER, FAN OUTLET 72-32-91
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair of the LP Compressor Inlet 801 501-509, 511-526
Guide Vanes - VRS1850 528-599,
FAIRING - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE, 72-32-93
FRONT
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the Splitter Fairing 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
FAIRING - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE, 72-32-93

72-CONTENTS Page 9
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
FRONT
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair of the Splitter Fairing - 801 501-509, 511-526
VRS1813 528-599,
Repair of the Splitter Fairing - 806 501-509, 511-526
VRS1814 528-599,
INLET CONE 72-38-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Inlet Cone 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Inlet Cone 407 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
INLET CONE 72-38-11
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the Inlet Cone and 601 501-509, 511-526
the Inlet Cone Fairing 528-599,
INLET CONE 72-38-11
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair of the Inlet Cone Fairing - 801 501-509, 511-526
VRS1714 528-599,
Repair of the Inlet Cone - VRS1432 809 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
BIFURCATION PANEL 72-38-25
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Examine the Disconnect Panel 601 501-509, 511-526
Rubber Fireseal 528-599,
BIFURCATION PANEL 72-38-25
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair the Rubber Seal of the 801 501-509, 511-526
Disconnect Panel by Replacement of 528-599,
the Lower Seal and Clip - VRS6669

__________________
COMBUSTION SECTION 72-40-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Diffuser Case and Combustor 1 501-509, 511-526
Assemblies 528-599,
Diffuser Case 1 501-509, 511-526

72-CONTENTS Page 10
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Combustor 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Turbine Nozzle Assembly 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 6 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
No.4 Bearing Compartment Assembly 9 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 9 501-509, 511-526
528-599,

___________________
COMBUSTION SECTION 72-40-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General Visual Inspection of Fuel 601 501-509, 511-526
Nozzle Attachment Area 528-599,
ROTOR ASSEMBLY - HP COMPRESSOR 72-41-10
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Discard Life Limited HP Compressor 401 501-509, 511-526
Module Rotating Parts 528-599,
HP COMPRESSOR REAR OUTER CASE 72-41-23
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Repair Damaged Helicoil Insert(s) 801 501-509, 511-526
in the HP Compressor, Rear Outer 528-599,
Case Assembly, by Replacement -
VRS6637
DIFFUSER CASE ASSEMBLY AND FITTINGS 72-42-10
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Diffuser Case Tubes 401 501-509, 511-526
Seal Rings from an Assembled 528-599,
Engine
Installation of the Diffuser Case 409 501-509, 511-526
Tubes Seal Rings from an Assembled 528-599,
Engine

ROTOR AND STATOR ASSEMBLY - HP TURBINE 72-45-00

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Discard HP Turbine Discs, Rotating 401 501-509, 511-526
Airseals and Retaining Plates 528-599,

72-CONTENTS Page 11
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
TURBINE SECTION
_______________ 72-50-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
HP Turbine Section 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Cooling 5 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Clearance Control 7 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Low Pressure Turbine Section 7 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 7 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 7 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Active Clearance Control System 16 501-509, 511-526
528-599,

________________
TURBINE SECTION 72-50-00
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Discard LPT Shaft, Discs and 401 501-509, 511-526
Rotating Airseals 528-599,

________________
TURBINE SECTION 72-50-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the Turbine Exhaust 601 501-509, 511-526
Case 528-599,

________________
TURBINE SECTION 72-50-00
REPAIRS 801 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Replace the Nut(s) on the Turbine 801 501-509, 511-526
Exhaust Case, Repair - VRS3019 528-599,
ENGINE - TURBINE EXHAUST CASE ASSEMBLY 72-50-50
CLEANING/PAINTING 701 501-509, 511-526

72-CONTENTS Page 12
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
528-599,
Cleaning of N5 Bearing Oil 701 501-509, 511-526
Service Lines, Filter and Oil Jet 528-599,
COVER - NO.5 BEARING COMPARTMENT 72-51-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the No.5 Bearing 401 501-509, 511-526
Compartment Cover 528-599,
Installation of the No.5 Bearing 406 501-509, 511-526
Compartment Cover 528-599,
Removal of the Low Pressure (LP) 410 501-509, 511-526
Turbine Shaft Blind Cap 528-599,
Installation of the Low Pressure 413 501-509, 511-526
(LP) Turbine Shaft Blind Cap 528-599,

___________________________________
ACCESSORY DRIVES (EXTERNAL GEARBOX) 72-60-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Angle Gearbox 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Main Gearbox 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Description 1 501-509, 511-526
528-599,

____________________________________
ACCESSORY DRIVES (EXTERNAL GEARBOX) 72-60-00
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of Units and Related Parts 401 501-509, 511-526
Necessary to Remove the External 528-599,
Gearbox
Installation of Units and Related 450 501-509, 511-526
Parts Necessary to Remove the 528-599,
External Gearbox
Removal of the External Gearbox 472 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the External 487 501-509, 511-526

72-CONTENTS Page 13
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE EFFECTIVITY
____ ___________
Gearbox 528-599,

____________________________________
ACCESSORY DRIVES (EXTERNAL GEARBOX) 72-60-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
General Visual Inspection of 601 501-509, 511-526
Gearbox Mounting Links and 528-599,
Attachment Features
GEAR ASSEMBLY - STARTER DRIVE 72-60-22
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Starter Drive Seal 401 501-509, 511-526
Assembly and Mating Ring 528-599,
Installation of the Starter Drive 405 501-509, 511-526
Seal Assembly and Mating Ring 528-599,
GEAR ASSEMBLY - HYDRAULIC PUMP DRIVE 72-60-23
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Hydraulic Pump 401 501-509, 511-526
Drive Seal Assembly and Mating 528-599,
Ring
Installation of the Hydraulic Pump 405 501-509, 511-526
Drive Seal Assembly Mating Ring 528-599,
GEAR ASSEMBLY - FUEL PUMP DRIVE 72-60-25
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Fuel Pump Drive 401 501-509, 511-526
Seal Assembly and Mating Ring 528-599,
Installation of the Fuel Pump 405 501-509, 511-526
Drive Seal Assembly and Mating 528-599,
Ring
GEAR ASSEMBLY - IDG DRIVE 72-60-28
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the IDG Drive Seal 401 501-509, 511-526
Assembly and Mating Ring 528-599,
Installation of the IDG Drive Seal 405 501-509, 511-526
Assembly and Mating Ring 528-599,
CASING, DEOILER 72-60-29
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Mating Ring 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Mating Ring 404 501-509, 511-526
528-599,

72-CONTENTS Page 14
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CHAPTER 72
__________

ENGINE

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
SEAL ASSEMBLY - DEOILER CASING 72-60-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Seal Assembly 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Installation of the Seal Assembly 405 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
GEAR ASSEMBLY - DEDICATED ALTERNATOR 72-60-33
DRIVE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Dedicated 401 501-509, 511-526
Alternator Drive Gear Assembly 528-599,
Installation of the Dedicated 405 501-509, 511-526
Alternator Drive Gear Assembly 528-599,
GEAR ASSEMBLY - DEDICATED ALTERNATOR 72-60-33
DRIVE
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Inspection of the Dedicated 601 501-509, 511-526
Alternator Drive Gear Assembly 528-599,
Retention Nut
DUCT - OUTLET, GEARBOX BREATHER 72-61-49
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 501-509, 511-526
528-599,
Removal of the Gearbox Breather 401 501-509, 511-526
Outlet Duct (GBOD) 528-599,
Installation of the Gearbox 404 501-509, 511-526
Breather Outlet Duct (GBOD) 528-599,

72-CONTENTS Page 15
Feb 01/10
R
CES


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

ENGINE - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________

1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003, 004, 005)
The engine is a two spool, axial flow, high bypass ratio turbofan engine.
Its compression system features a single stage fan, a four stage booster,
and a ten stage High Pressure Compressor (HPC). The Low Pressure Compressor
(LPC) is driven by a five stage Low Pressure Turbine (LPT) and the HPC by a
two stage High Pressure Turbine (HPT). The HPT also drives a gearbox which,
in turn, drives the engine and aircraft mounted accessories.
The two shafts are supported by five main bearings.
The engine incorporates a full authority digital Electronic Engine Control
(EEC). The control system governs all engine functions, including power
management. Reverse thrust for braking the aircraft after landing is
supplied by an integrated system which acts on the fan discharge airflow.
Borescope accesses are provided for inspection purposes.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- LP COMPRESSOR MODULE 435 437AL 72-31-00
- LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS 435 72-31-11
- PANEL-REAR,FAN CASE 445 451AL 72-32-87
- OUTLET GUIDE VANES-LP COMPRESSOR 435 451AL 72-32-88
- ACOUSTIC LINING 435 72-32-89
- INLET CONE 435 72-38-11
- ACCESSORY DRIVES (EXTERNAL GEARBOX) 435 437AL 72-60-00

3. Engine
______________
Modules
The engine modules are:
The fan module, the intercase module, the HPC, the diffuser/combustor
module, the HPT, the LPT and the accessory drive gearbox. A detailed
description of the components of each module is given in the corresponding
sections of this document.
The description of each module is as follows:

A. Fan Module
It consists of a single stage, wide-chord, shroudless fan and hub.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Engine Bearings
Figure 001

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Engine-Schematic
Figure 002

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Major External Dimensions

Figure 003

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Boroscope Accesses
Figure 004

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Component Location
Figure 005 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Component Location
Figure 005 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Intercase Module
It consists of the fan containment case, fan Exit Guide Vanes (EGV),
intermediate case, booster, low spool stubshaft, the accessory gearbox
towershaft drive assembly, high spool stubshaft and the station 2.5 bleed
valve (BSBV). The booster consists of inlet stators, rotor assembly, and
outlet stators. The No. 1, 2 and 3 (front) bearing compartment is built
into the module and contains the support bearings for the low spool and
high spool stubshafts.
In conjunction with the inner fan section, the booster increases the
pressure at the entrance to the HPC and provides an even pressure profile
to improve efficiency. The station 2.5 bleed is used for engine handling
by controlling airflow to the high compressor entrance.

C. High Pressure Compressor

The HPC is a ten stage, axial flow module. It is comprised of the drum
rotor assembly, the front casing which houses the variable geometry vanes
and the rear casing which contains the fixed geometry stators and forms
the bleed manifolds.

D. Diffuser/Combustor Module
The combustion section consists primarily of the diffuser case,
combustor, fuel injector and ignitors. The high compressor exit guide
vanes and the No. 4 bearing compartment are also part of the module.
The main features of the module include a close-coupled prediffuser and
combustor that provide low velocity shroud air to feed the combustor
liners and to minimize performance losses.

E. High Pressure Turbine

The HPT is a two stage turbine and drives the HPC and the accessory
gearbox.

F. Low Pressure Turbine

The LPT is a five stage module. The elliptical leading edge airfoils
improve the aerodynamic efficiency. Module efficiency is further enhanced
by incorporation of rim seals and clustered vanes which results in
reduced losses due to leakage. Active clearance control is used to
control seal clearances and to provide structural cooling.

G. Accessory Drive Gearbox

The accessory drive gearbox provides shaft horse power to drive engine
and aircraft accessories. These include fuel, oil and hydraulic pressure
pumps and electrical power generators for the EEC and for the aircraft.
The gearbox also includes provision for a starter which is used to drive
the N2 shaft for engine starting.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

ENGINE - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
________________________________________

TASK 72-00-00-480-010

Installation of the Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

IAE2F10066 2 KIT, ROTATOR - BORESCOPE INSPECTION

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

72-00-00-991-189 Fig. 201
72-00-00-991-150 Fig. 202

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-086

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 201
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-104

B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-010-105

A. Remove the crank cover

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 72-00-00-991-189)

(1) Remove the two nuts (4) and the two washers (3) which attach the
crank cover (2) to the external gearbox module (6).

(2) Remove the crank cover (2) from the external gearbox module (6).

(3) Remove and discard the packing (1).

Subtask 72-00-00-480-052

B. Install the rotator kit KIT, ROTATOR - BORESCOPE INSPECTION (IAE2F10066)

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 72-00-00-991-150)

(1) Install the adaptor (2) on the external gearbox module (1)

(a) Align the holes on the adaptor flange with the studs on the front
of the external gearbox module (1).

(b) Install the adaptor (2) on the external gearbox module (1). Make
sure that the adaptor engages with the hexagonal end of the
starter idler gear (3).

(c) Safety the adaptor (2) with the two washers (4) and the nuts (5).

(d) Tighten the nuts (5).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 202
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Crank Cover
Figure 201/TASK 72-00-00-991-189

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 203
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection

Figure 202/TASK 72-00-00-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 204
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Attach the air motor (17) to the adaptor (2)

(a) Install the protractor (6) over the drive end of the air motor
(17).

(b) Align the squared adaptor (7) and the air motor flange with the
adaptor (2).

(c) Safety the air motor (17) with the two washers (8) and the bolts
(9).

(d) Tighten the bolts (9).

(3) Attach the two air lines (16) to the air motor (17).

(4) Attach the air supply hose (11) to a shop air source of 90 psi (6.2
bar).

Subtask 72-00-00-290-071

C. Operate the rotator kit KIT, ROTATOR - BORESCOPE INSPECTION (IAE2F10066)

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 72-00-00-991-150)

(1) Do the check of the oil level of the rotator kit as given in the
makers instructions.

(2) Set the direction of rotation with the foot control (13)

(a) Push down the toe of the left-hand pedal (15) to turn the HP
rotor in clockwise direction (viewed from the rear).

(b) Push down the heel of the left-hand pedal (15) to turn the HP
rotor in counterclockwise direction.

(c) Put the left-hand pedal (15) in the neutral position to stop the
rotation.

(3) Set the rotation speed with the foot control (13)

(a) Push down the toe of the right-hand pedal (14) to get the
necessary rotation speed.

(b) Turn the adjusting wheel (10), under the right-hand pedal (14) to
control the down travel of the pedal.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 205
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Turn the HP rotor for the borescope inspection

(a) Push down the toe of the right-hand pedal (14) to turn the HP
rotor.

(b) Push down the heel of the right-hand pedal (14) to stop the
rotation.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 206
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-080-010

Removal of the Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE2F10066 1 KIT, ROTATOR - BORESCOPE INSPECTION

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V10-077 USA MIL-L-23699

lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 packing 72-60-21 80 -080

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 207
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
71-00-00-710-012 Test No.3 : Idle Leak Check
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-00-00-991-189 Fig. 201
72-00-00-991-150 Fig. 202

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) is off. Make sure that a warning notice
is in position to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-087

B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-080-052

A. Remove the rotator kit KIT, ROTATOR - BORESCOPE INSPECTION (IAE2F10066)

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 72-00-00-991-150)

(1) Disconnect the air supply hose (11) from the air source.

(2) Disconnect the two air lines (16) from the air rotor (17).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 208
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Remove the two bolts (9) and the washers (8).

(4) Remove the air motor (17) from the adaptor (2).

(5) Remove the two nuts (5) and the washers (4).

(6) Remove the adaptor (2) from the external gearbox module (1).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-107

B. Install the crank cover.

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 72-00-00-991-189)

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE
_______
OIL FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO
THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

(1) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) to a new packing
(1).

(2) Install the packing (1) into the groove of the crank cover (2)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

(3) Align the holes in the crank cover (2) with the studs on the external
gearbox module (6).

(4) Install the crank cover (2) to the external gearbox module (6).

(5) Install the two washers (3) and the two nuts (4) which attach the
crank cover (2) to the external gearbox module (6).

(6) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-108

A. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 209
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Do an idle leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012) and examine the
installed crank cover for oil leaks.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 210
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-860-010

Rotation of the HP Compressor with the Hand Turning Tool

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the hand turning of the HP compressor
through the gearbox.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V10-077 USA MIL-L-23699

lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 packing 72-60-21 80 -080

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 211
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
71-00-00-710-012 Test No.3 : Idle Leak Check
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-00-00-991-189 Fig. 201

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-079

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-092

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 212
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-010-098

A. Remove the crank cover

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 72-00-00-991-189)

(1) Remove the two nuts (4) and the two washers (3) which attach the
crank cover (2) to the external gearbox module (6).

(2) Remove the crank cover (2) from the external gearbox module (6).

(3) Remove and discard the packing (1).

Subtask 72-00-00-869-077

B. Turn the HP compressor through the gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 72-00-00-991-189)

(1) Install a 0.562 in. (14.2 mm) hexagonal socket in the starter idler
gear (5).

(2) Install a torque wrench on the hexagonal socket.

NOTE : The direction of rotation is given facing the engine.

____

(3) Turn the starter idler gear clockwise to turn the HP compressor in a
counterclockwise direction, or opposite, as required.

(4) Remove the torque wrench and the hexagonal socket from the starter
idle gear.

Subtask 72-00-00-410-098

C. Install the crank cover.

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 72-00-00-991-189)

(1) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) to a new packing
(1).

(2) Install the packing (1) into the groove of the crank cover (2)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

(3) Align the holes in the crank cover (2) with the studs on the external
gearbox module (6).

(4) Install the crank cover (2) to the external gearbox module (6).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 213
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) Install the two washers (3) and the two nuts (4) which attach the
crank cover (2) to the external gearbox module (6).

(6) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-099

A. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Do an idle leak check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012) and examine the
installed crank cover for oil leaks.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 214
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-720-010

Load Check of the LPC Bleed Valve Mechanism

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

A. This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

B. This TASK gives the procedure to make sure that friction force of the LPC
bleed valve mechanism is in the limits.
C. Three methods are used to measure the friction force in this TASK.
- (1) Method 1 is for use of the setting fixture (IAE1J12539). For this
method, it is necessary to remove actuator brackets. Operation of this
fixtures requires four persons.
- (2) Method 2 is for use of the inspection fixture (IAE2J12623). For this
method, it is not necessary to remove actuator brackets. Operation of this
fixtures requires four persons.
- (3) Method 3 is for use of the setting fixture (IAE1J12514). For this
method, it is necessary to remove actuator brackets. Operation of this
fixtures requires only two persons. The setting fixture (IAE1J12514) is
modified from the setting fixture (IAE1J12539).
D. Method 1, Method 2 and Method 3 are alternative to each other.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adhesive tape

No specific cover sheet
No specific thin paper
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 62.00 to 900.00 lbf.in
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
IAE1J12514 1 FIXTURE-SETTING
IAE1J12539 1 FIXTURE-SETTING
IAE2J12623 1 FIXTURE-INSPECTION

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 215
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-141 *

lockwire 0.032in (0.8mm) (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-710-017 Ground Test Requirements after Power Plant

Module/Component Repair or Replacement Procedures
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-00-00-600-011 Lubrication of the LPC Bleed Valve Mechanism
75-31-42-000-010 Removal of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC)
Bleed-Master Actuator 4021KS
75-31-42-400-010 Installation of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC)
Bleed-Master Actuator 4021KS
75-31-43-000-010 Removal of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC)
Bleed-Slave Actuator
75-31-43-400-010 Installation of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC)
Bleed-Slave Actuator
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-00-00-991-262 Fig. 203
72-00-00-991-263 Fig. 204
72-00-00-991-281 Fig. 205
72-00-00-991-264 Fig. 206
72-00-00-991-265 Fig. 207
72-00-00-991-282 Fig. 208
72-00-00-991-266 Fig. 209
72-00-00-991-267 Fig. 210

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 216
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-109

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-152

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-040-083

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 217
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-010-156

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-941-110

E. Put the access platform in position to give access to the fan case rear
end.

Subtask 72-00-00-420-065

F. Install an applicable cover sheet on the ACOC inlet hole in the fan case
not to let unwanted materials go in to the ACOC.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 72-00-00-991-262)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-010-153

A. Remove the LPC bleed master actuator (4021KS) (Ref. TASK 75-31-42-000-
010).
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 72-00-00-991-263)

Subtask 72-00-00-010-154

B. Remove the LPC bleed slave actuator (4021KS) (Ref. TASK 75-31-43-000-
010).
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 72-00-00-991-263)

Subtask 72-00-00-020-063

C. Method 1 and Method 3: Remove the actuator brackets

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 72-00-00-991-263)

(1) Remove the master actuator bracket (1)

(a) Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the bolts (3) and
(5).

(b) Remove the bolts (3) and (5) and the bracket (4).

(c) Remove the bracket (4) and the master actuator bracket (1) from
the fan frame.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 218
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of Cover Sheet on the Fan Case

Figure 203/TASK 72-00-00-991-262

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 219
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Removal of the LPC Bleed Actuators and the Actuator Brackets

Figure 204/TASK 72-00-00-991-263

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 220
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Remove the slave actuator bracket (7)

(a) Cut and discard the lockwire which safeties the bolts (8).

(b) Remove the bolts (8).

(c) Remove the master actuator bracket from the fan frame.

Subtask 72-00-00-480-071

D. Method 1: Install the FIXTURE-SETTING (IAE1J12539)

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 72-00-00-991-281, 206/TASK 72-00-00-991-264)

(1) Install the brackets A and B (part of the setting fixture) on to the
fan frame.

(a) Align the two aligning holes in each bracket with the aligning
pins on the fan frame.

(b) Attach each bracket to the fan frame. Safety each bracket with
the four socket head cap screws (part of the setting fixture).
Tighten the socket head cap screws.

(2) Connect the setting fixture to the end rods

(a) Install the set pins A (part of the setting fixture) in to the
holes in the cranks and the holes in the end rods.

(b) Attach an applicable adhesive tape to the pins A and the cranks
not to let the pins A disengage from the crank.

(3) Put a torque wrench with an universal joint and a wrench extension
adapter in to the wrench hole in each crank.

(4) Turn the two cranks in direction H with the torque wrenches at the
same time until the holes F in the cranks are aligned with the holes
G in the brackets A and B and install the set pins B (part of the
setting fixture) in to the holes F thru the holes G.

NOTE : Do not install the set pins B in to the holes G when you turn
____
the cranks.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 221
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Actuating Rod and End Rod

Figure 205/TASK 72-00-00-991-281

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 222
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 72-00-00

Page 223
Nov 01/07
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of the Setting Fixture

Figure 206/TASK 72-00-00-991-264- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 224
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of the Setting Fixture

Figure 206/TASK 72-00-00-991-264- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 225
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-480-072

E. Method 2: Install the FIXTURE-INSPECTION (IAE2J12623)

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 72-00-00-991-281, 207/TASK 72-00-00-991-265)

(1) Install the base L (part of the inspection fixture)

(a) Align the aligning holes in the base with the aligning pins on
the master actuator bracket.

(b) Attach the base to actuator bracket with the four bolts (part of
the inspection fixture). Tighten the bolts.

(2) Install the base R (part of the inspection fixture)

(a) Align the aligning holes in the base with the aligning pins on
the slave actuator bracket.

(b) Attach the base to actuator bracket with the three bolts (parts
of the inspection fixture). Tighten the bolts.

(3) Connect the rods (part of the inspection fixture) to the actuating
rods with the set pins A (part of the inspection fixture). Attach an
applicable adhesive tape to the set pins A and the rods not to let
the pins A disengage from the crank.

(4) Put a torque wrench in to the wrench hole in each crank (part of the
inspection fixture).

(5) Turn the two cranks in direction H with the torque wrenches at the
same time until the holes A in the cranks are aligned with the holes
OPEN in the brackets and install the set pins B in to the holes A
thru the holes OPEN .

NOTE : Do not install the set pins B in to the holes A when you turn
____
the cranks.

Subtask 72-00-00-480-077

F. Method 3: Install the FIXTURE-SETTING (IAE1J12514)

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 72-00-00-991-281, 208/TASK 72-00-00-991-282)

(1) Install the two brackets (part of the setting fixture) on to the fan
frame.

(a) Align the two aligning holes in each bracket with the aligning
pins on the fan frame.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 226
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Attach the brackets to the fan frame assembly. Safety each
bracket with the four socket head cap screws (part of the setting
fixture). Tighten the socket head cap screws.

(2) Connect the end rods to the cranks of the setting fixture.

(a) Set the plungers (part of setting fixture) to the position A.

(b) Connect each end rod to the setting fixture with the set pin.

(3) Set the plungers to position B.

(4) Put a torque wrench with an universal joint and a wrench extension
adapter in to the wrench hole in each cranck.

(5) Turn the two crancks in direction H with the torque wrenches at the
same time until the holes F are aligned to the plungers (position C).
Make sure that the plungers go in to holes F.

NOTE : The plungers go into the holes F when they are correctly
____
aligned.

Subtask 72-00-00-640-053

G. Apply lubricant to the LPC bleed valve mechanism (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-600-
011).
(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 72-00-00-991-266)

NOTE : Do not close the rear fairing in this subtask. Close the rear
____
fairing in step M.

Subtask 72-00-00-640-054

H. Turn the two crancks in direction H and I with the torque wrenches at the
same time 10 or more times to let the lubricant extend to all outer
diameter faces on the pins.
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 72-00-00-991-264, 207/TASK 72-00-00-991-265, 208/TASK
72-00-00-991-282, 209/TASK 72-00-00-991-266)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 227
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of the Inspection Fixture

Figure 207/TASK 72-00-00-991-265- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 228
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of the Inspection Fixture

Figure 207/TASK 72-00-00-991-265- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 229
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of the Inspection Fixture

Figure 207/TASK 72-00-00-991-265- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 230
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 72-00-00

Page 231
Nov 01/07
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of the Setting Fixture (Method 3)

Figure 208/TASK 72-00-00-991-282- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 232
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of the Setting Fixture (Method 3)

Figure 208/TASK 72-00-00-991-282- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 233
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of the Setting Fixture (Method 3)

Figure 208/TASK 72-00-00-991-282- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 234
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 72-00-00

Page 235
Nov 01/07
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Lubrication of the LPC Bleed Valve Mechanism

Figure 209/TASK 72-00-00-991-266- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 236
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Lubrication of the LPC Bleed Valve Mechanism

Figure 209/TASK 72-00-00-991-266- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 237
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-720-051

J. Method 1: Do a check of the force necessary to move the LPC bleed valve
mechanism
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 72-00-00-991-264, 210/TASK 72-00-00-991-267)

(1) Measure the force necessary to move the mechanism until the bleed
valve touches the bleed duct seal lightly

(a) Move the rear fairing forward until it touches the FEGVs.

(b) Turn the two cranks in direction H with the torque wrenches at
the same time to make a space between the bleed valve and the
rubber seal.

(c) Put a thin paper between the bleed valve and the rubber seal at
the bottom position.

(d) Turn the two cranks in direction I with the torque wrenches at
the same time until the bleed valve touches the rubber seal
lightly. Do the followings while you turn the cranks.

1
_ Slowly move the thin paper up and down to find if the bleed
valve touches the rubber seal.

NOTE : You feel that the bleed valve catches the paper when
____
the bleed valve touches the rubber seal.

2
_ Read the maximum torque value of each torque wrench. Write the
values on an applicable record sheet.

3
_ Stop moving the paper when you feel that the bleed valve
catches the paper.

(2) Make sure that the maximum torque value of the each torque wrench is
to 124 lbf.in (1.40 m.daN) or less

(a) If the torque value is in the limit, go to step J.(3).

(b) If the torque value is not in the limit, the lubrication is not
sufficient. Go to step G.

(3) Measure the force necessary to move the actuating rods until the
bleed valve pushes the rubber seal strongly

(a) Turn the two cranks in direction H with the torque wrenches at
the same time to open the bleed valve. Remove the thin paper.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 238
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Preparation of the Thin Paper for Load Check

Figure 210/TASK 72-00-00-991-267

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 239
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Turn the two cranks in direction I with the torque wrenches at
the same time until the holes E in the cranks are aligned with
the holes G in the brackets A and B. Make sure that the pins B
are not installed the holes E through the holes G and read the
maximum torque values of the torque wrenches and write on an
applicable record sheet.

NOTE : You can make sure of the aligned holes easily with the set
____
pins B (Part of the setting fixture). If the holes are
aligned, the set pins B can go in to the holes E through
the holes G.

(4) Make sure that the torque value of the each torque wrench is to 570
lbf.in (6.44 m.daN) or less

(a) If the torque value is in the limit, lubrication is sufficient.

Go to step M.

(b) If the torque value is not in the limit, lubrication is not

sufficient. Go to step G.

Subtask 72-00-00-720-052

K. Method 2: Do a check of the force necessary to move the LPC bleed valve
mechanism
(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 72-00-00-991-265, 210/TASK 72-00-00-991-267)

(1) Measure the force necessary to move the mechanism until the bleed
valve touches the bleed duct seal lightly

(a) Move the rear fairing forward until it touches the FEGVs.

(b) Turn the two cranks in direction H with the torque wrenches at
the same time to make a space between the bleed valve and the
rubber seal.

(c) Put a thin paper between the bleed valve and the rubber seal.

(d) Turn the two cranks in direction I with the torque wrenches at
the same time until the bleed valve touches the rubber seal
lightly. Do the followings while you turn the cranks.

1
_ Slowly move the thin paper up and down to find if the bleed
valve touches the rubber seal.

NOTE : You feel that the bleed valve catches the paper when
____
the bleed valve touches the rubber seal.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 240
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

2
_ Read the maximum torque value of each torque wrench. Write the
values on an applicable record sheet.

3
_ Stop moving the paper when you feel that the bleed valve
catches the paper.

(2) Make sure that the maximum torque value of the each torque wrench is
to 159 lbf.in (1.79 m.daN) or less

(a) If the torque value is in the limit, go to step (3).

(b) If the torque value is not in the limit, the lubrication is not
sufficient. Go to step G.

(3) Measure the force necessary to move the mechanism until the bleed
valve pushes the rubber seal strongly

(a) Turn the two cranks in direction H with the torque wrenches at
the same time to open the bleed valve. Remove the thin paper.

(b) Turn the two cranks in direction I with the torque wrenches at
the same time until you align the two holes A in the cranks with
the holes CLOSE in the brackets. Make sure that the pins B are
not installed the holes A through the holes CLOSE and read the
torque values of the torque wrenches and write on an applicable
record sheet.

NOTE : You can make sure of the aligned holes easily with the set
____
pins B (Part of the inspection fixture). If the holes are
aligned, the set pins B can go in to the holes A through
the holes CLOSE .

(4) Make sure that the torque value of the each torque wrench is to 732
lbf.in (8.27 m.daN) or less

(a) If the torque value is in the limit, lubrication is sufficient.

go to step M.

(b) If the torque values is not in the limit, lubrication is not

sufficient. Go to step G.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 241
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-720-054

L. Method 3: Do a check of the force necessary to move the LPC bleed valve
mechanism.
(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 72-00-00-991-282, 210/TASK 72-00-00-991-267)

(1) Make sure that plungers are set at position A.

(2) Measure the force necessary to move the mechanism until the bleed
valve touches the bleed duct seal lightly.

(a) Move the rear fairing forward until it touches the FEGVs.

(b) Turn the two cranks in direction H with the torque wrenches at
the same time to make a space between the bleed valve and the
rubber seal.

(c) Put a thin paper between the bleed valve and the rubber seal at
the bottom position.

(d) Turn the two cranks in direction I with the torque wrenches at
the same time until the bleed valve touches the rubber seal
lightly. Do the followings while you turn the cranks.

1
_ Slowly move the thin paper up and down to find if the bleed
valve touches the rubber seal.

NOTE : You feel that the bleed valve catches the paper when
____
the bleed valve touches the rubber seal.

2
_ Read the maximum torque value of each torque wrench. Write the
values on an applicable record sheet.

3
_ Stop moving the paper when you feel that the bleed valve
catches the paper.

(3) Make sure that the maximum torque value of the each torque wrench is
to 124 lbf.in (1.40 m.daN) or less.

(a) If the torque value is in the limit, go to step (4).

(b) If the torque value is not in the limit, the lubrication is not
sufficient. Go to step G.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 242
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Measure the force necessary to move the actuating rods until the
bleed valve pushes the rubber seal strongly.

(a) Turn the two cranks in direction H with the torque wrenches at
the same time to open the bleed valve. Remove the thin paper.

(b) Set plungers to position B.

(c) Turn the two cranks in direction I with the torque wrenches at
the same time until the holes E in the cranks are aligned with
the plungers (position C). Read the maximum torque values of the
torque wrenches and write on an applicable sheet.

NOTE : You can make sure of the aligned holes and plunger easily
____
with the plungers (part of the setting fixture). If the
hole and plunger are aligned, the plungers can go in to
the holes E.

(5) Make sure that the force value of the each torque wrench is to 570
lbf.in (6.44 m.daN) or less.

(a) If the torque value is in the limit, lubrication is sufficient.

Go to step M.

(b) If the torque value is not in the limit, lubrication is not

sufficient. Go to step G.

Subtask 72-00-00-410-151

M. Close the rear fairing

CAUTION : CAREFULLY INSTALL THE SCREWS NOT TO LET THEM FALL IN THE BLEED
_______
AIR PASSAGE IN THE BLEED DUCT. THE SCREWS GO INTO THE HP
COMPRESSOR AND BREAK THE BLADES AND THE VANES. DISASSEMBLE THE
ENGINE AND REMOVE THE SCREWS IF THEY FALL IN THE BLEED AIR
PASSAGE.

(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 72-00-00-991-282)

Pre SBE 72-0155

(1) Align the through holes in the rear fairing with the threaded holes
in the bleed duct.

(2) Attach the rear fairing to the bleed duct with the 18 screws (11).

NOTE : Do not install the screws in to the holes N6 and 16.

____

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 243
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) TORQUE the screws to between 0.40 and 0.50 m.daN (35.39 and 44.24
lbf.in).

SBE 72-0155: A new LPC bleed duct with improved durability features.

(4) Align the through holes in the rear fairing with the threaded holes
in the bleed duct.

(5) Attach the rear fairing to the bleed duct with the 20 screws (11).

(6) TORQUE the screws to between 0.40 and 0.50 m.daN (35.39 and 44.24
lbf.in).

Subtask 72-00-00-080-064

N. Method 1: Remove the setting fixture

(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 72-00-00-991-264)

(1) Remove the set pins A which connect the cranks to the end rods.

(2) Remove the eight socket head cap screws which attach the brackets A
and B to the fan frame.

Subtask 72-00-00-080-065

P. Method 2: Remove the inspection fixture

(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 72-00-00-991-265)

(1) Remove the set pins A which connect the rods of the fixture to the
end rods.

(2) Remove the seven bolts which attach the bases L and R to the master
actuator bracket and the slave actuator bracket.

Subtask 72-00-00-080-069

Q. Method 3: Remove the setting fixture.

(Ref. Fig. 208/TASK 72-00-00-991-282)

(1) Remove the two set pins which attach the end rods to the brackets.

(2) Remove the eight socket head cap screws which attach the brackets to
the fan frame.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 244
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-420-066

R. Method 1 and Method 3: Install the actuator brackets

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 72-00-00-991-263)

(1) Install the master actuator bracket (1)

(a) Attach the master actuator bracket (1) to the fan frame with the
two bolts (3).

(b) Install the two bolts (5) which attach the bracket (4) and the
master actuator bracket (1).

(c) TORQUE the bolts (3) and (5) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96
and 1.18 m.daN)

(d) Safety the bolts with lockwire 0.032in (0.8mm) (Material No. V02-
141).

(2) Install the slave actuator bracket (7)

(a) Attach the slave actuator bracket (7) to the fan frame with the
four bolts (8).

(b) TORQUE the bolts (8) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN).

(c) Safety the bolts with lockwire 0.032in (0.8mm) (Material No. V02-
141).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-152

S. Install the LPC bleed master actuator (4021KS).

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 72-00-00-991-263)
(Ref. TASK 75-31-42-400-010)

Subtask 72-00-00-410-153

T. Install the LPC bleed slave actuator (4021KS).

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 72-00-00-991-263)
(Ref. TASK 75-31-43-400-010)

Subtask 72-00-00-020-064

U. Remove the cover sheet from the fan case.

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 72-00-00-991-262)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 245
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-154

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-440-084

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-157

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 72-00-00-710-063

D. Do the idle leak check for the fuel tubes of the LPC bleed actuators
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-017).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 246
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-600-011

Lubrication of the LPC Bleed Valve Mechanism

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

A. This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

B. This TASK gives the procedure to lubricate the LPC bleed valve mechanism
of the LP compressor/intermediate case module. Lubrication is necessary if
friction force of the mechanism is thought to be too large.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adhesive tape: width 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) maximum

No specific cover sheet
No specific hose /Length:50in.(1270mm)mini. Inner
dia.:0.04in.(1mm)
No specific spraying gun
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 50.00 lbf.in
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
IAE6F10408 1 EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V10-108 *

Teflon Based Lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 247
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-710-013 Test No.11 : High Power Assurance Test

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-00-00-991-262 Fig. 203
72-00-00-991-266 Fig. 209
72-00-00-991-268 Fig. 211

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-111

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 248
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-010-155

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-040-084

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-157

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-941-112

E. Put the access platform in position to give access to the fan case rear
end.

Subtask 72-00-00-420-067

F. Install an applicable cover sheet on the ACOC inlet hole in the fan case
to prevent unwanted materials that can go in to the ACOC.
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 72-00-00-991-262)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 249
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-020-065

A. Open the rear fairing

(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 72-00-00-991-266, 211/TASK 72-00-00-991-268)

CAUTION : CAREFULLY REMOVE THE SCREWS NOT TO LET THEM FALL IN THE BLEED
_______
AIR PASSAGE IN THE BLEED DUCT. THE SCREWS GO IN TO THE HP
COMPRESSOR AND BREAK THE BLADES AND THE VANES. DISASSEMBLE THE
ENGINE AND REMOVE THE SCREWS IF THEY FALL IN THE BLEED AIR
PASSAGE.

Pre SBE 72-0155

(1) Remove the 18 screws (11) which attach the rear fairing (12) to the
LP compressor bleed duct.

NOTE : Do not remove the sealant in the hole position No. 6 and 16 in
____
the rear fairing.

(2) Move the rear fairing rearward fully.

Subtask 72-00-00-020-066

B. Open the rear fairing

(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 72-00-00-991-266)

CAUTION : CAREFULLY REMOVE THE SCREWS NOT TO LET THEM FALL IN THE BLEED
_______
AIR PASSAGE IN THE BLEED DUCT. THE SCREWS GO IN TO THE HP
COMPRESSOR AND BREAK THE BLADES AND THE VANES. DISASSEMBLE THE
ENGINE AND REMOVE THE SCREWS IF THEY FALL IN THE BLEED AIR
PASSAGE.

SBE 72-0155: A new LPC bleed duct with improved durability features.

(1) Remove the 20 screws (11) which attach the rear fairing (12) to the
LP compressor bleed duct.

(2) Move the rear fairing rearward fully.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 250
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Pre SBE 72-0155: Bolt Holes in the Rear Fairing

Figure 211/TASK 72-00-00-991-268

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 251
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-640-055

C. Set the tools and lubricant for lubrication

WARNING : DO NOT BREATHE GAS FROM TEFLON BASED LUBRICANT. PUT A

_______
PROTECTION ON YOUR MOUTH. THE GAS CAN IRRITATE YOU.

(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 72-00-00-991-266)

(1) Put Teflon Based Lubricant (Material No. V10-108) in to the spraying
gun.

(2) Install the hose /Length:50in.(1270mm)mini. Inner dia.:0.04in.(1mm)

on to the EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE (IAE6F10408).

NOTE : You can not look directly at the pins which the lubricant is
____
to be applied to. You can access and apply the lubricant to
the pins with the borescope and hose which are attached
together.

(a) Attach the hose to the borescope. Wind an adhesive tape: width
0.5 in. (12.7 mm) maximum on them at the position near the ends
of the hose and the borescope.

(3) Connect the other end of the hose to the spraying gun. Use applicable
adapters between the hose and the spraying gun if necessary.

Subtask 72-00-00-640-056

D. Apply the Teflon Based Lubricant (Material No. V10-108) to the 10 pins
(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 72-00-00-991-266)

NOTE : You must do the high power assurance test (Ref. Para. Do the High
____
Power Assurance Test ) or next aircraft take-off within four hours
after lubrication of the pins. The bleed valve mechanism is driven
by the engine run and the mechanism movement makes the lubricant
spread fully on the outer diameter faces of the pins. But, the
lubricant can dry in four hours and dried lubricant can not
spread.

(1) Find the 10 angular positions where you put the borescope.

NOTE : You are recommended to put the borescope in to the engine at

____
the angular positions near the 10 pins. You can easily find
the pins with the borescope if you put it at the positions.
This step makes you know the angular positions.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 252
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(a) Find the two actuating rods. Two of the 10 angular positions are
at the same position as the actuating rods.

(b) The 10 angular positions are equally apart. Calculate the

remaining eight angular positions with the two positions given in
step (a).

WARNING : DO NOT BREATHE GAS FROM TEFLON BASED LUBRICANT. PUT A

_______
PROTECTION ON YOUR MOUTH. THE GAS CAN IRRITATE YOU.

(2) Lubricate each pin.

(a) Put the borescope and the hose in to the clearance between the
2.5 SV shroud and the support ring at the angular position given
in step (1).

(b) Find the pin with the borescope. Move the borescope and hose near
the pin.

(c) Apply the lubricant to the pin with the spraying gun and hose.

Subtask 72-00-00-420-068

E. Close the rear fairing

(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 72-00-00-991-266, 211/TASK 72-00-00-991-268)

CAUTION : CAREFULLY INSTALL THE SCREWS NOT TO LET THEM FALL IN THE BLEED
_______
AIR PASSAGE IN THE BLEED DUCT. THE SCREWS GO IN TO THE HP
COMPRESSOR AND BREAK THE BLADES AND THE VANES. DISASSEMBLE THE
ENGINE AND REMOVE THE SCREWS IF THEY FALL IN THE BLEED AIR
PASSAGE.

Pre SBE 72-0155

(1) Align the through holes in the rear fairing with the threaded holes
in the bleed duct.

(2) Attach the rear fairing to the bleed duct with the 18 screws (11).

NOTE : Do not install the screws in to the holes No. 6 and 16.
____

(3) TORQUE the screws to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 253
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-420-069

F. Install the rear fairing

(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 72-00-00-991-266)

CAUTION : CAREFULLY INSTALL THE SCREWS NOT TO LET THEM FALL IN THE BLEED
_______
AIR PASSAGE IN THE BLEED DUCT. THE SCREWS GO IN TO THE HP
COMPRESSOR AND BREAK THE BLADES AND THE VANES. DISASSEMBLE THE
ENGINE AND REMOVE THE SCREWS IF THEY FALL IN THE BLEED AIR
PASSAGE.

SBE 72-0155: A new LPC bleed duct with improved durability features.

(1) Align the through holes in the rear fairing with the threaded holes
in the bleed duct.

(2) Attach the rear fairing to the bleed duct with the 20 screws (11).

(3) TORQUE the screws to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN).

Subtask 72-00-00-020-067

G. Remove the cover sheet from the fan case

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 72-00-00-991-262)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-155

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-00-00-440-083

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 254
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-410-156

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 72-00-00-710-062

D. Do the high power assurance test (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-013).

NOTE : This test is not necessary if the aircraft can take-off within
____
four hours after lubrication of the pins (Ref. Para. Apply the
Teflon based lubricant to the 10 pins ).

(1) Increase the N1 speed of the engine, of which LPC bleed valve
mechanism was lubricated, to 85% (4803 RPM) or more. But it is not
necessary to increase the speed to MAX CLIMB (CL).

NOTE : Excercising of the LPC Bleed Valve Mechanism can also be

____
performed during the next take-off if this take-off is
accomplished within 4 hours of completion of the lubrication
task.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 255
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

ENGINE - GENERAL - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________

TASK 72-00-00-210-010

Visually Examine the LP Turbine Stage 7

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the visual inspection of the stage 7 Low
Pressure (LP) turbine. A description of the types of damage that may be seen
is given in 70-52-11, Definition of Damage.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-200-012 Borescope Inspection of the LP Turbine

72-00-00-991-200 Fig. 601
72-00-00-991-201 Fig. 602

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-075

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-941-076

B. Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine for
inspection.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-210-076

A. Examination:
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-00-00-991-200)
and the stage 7 turbine vanes
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-00-00-991-201)

(1) Examine the stage 7 turbine blades for deposits

(2) Deposits related with usual engine running - Accept.

(3) Deposits not related with usual engine running, make a borescope
inspection, (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-012). If equivalent deposits are
found at stage 3 blades, examine more other modules. If equivalent
deposits are not found at stage 3, continue with examination of the
LP turbine module.

(4) Examine the airfoil (area A5), the leading and the trailing edge
(area A2 and A4) of the stage 7 turbine blades
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-00-00-991-200)
and the stage 7 turbine vanes
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-00-00-991-201)
for erosion

(a) If there is any erosion - Reject.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 7 Turbine Blades - Lamp Inspection Acceptance Limits

Figure 601/TASK 72-00-00-991-200

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 7 Turbine Vanes - Lamp Inspection Acceptance Limits

Figure 602/TASK 72-00-00-991-201

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-210-077

B. Examine the stage 7 turbine blades

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-00-00-991-200)
and the stage 7 turbine vanes
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-00-00-991-201)
for FOD/BMOD damage (cracks, dents, nicks and other damages)

(1) Cracks on the tip and roof fillet (Area A1 and A3)

(a) If there are any cracks - Reject.

(2) Cracks on the leading and trailing edge (Area A2 and A4)

(a) If there are any cracks - Reject.

(3) Dents on the tip and roof fillet (Area A1 and A3)

(a) Smooth round bottomed dents of maximum 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) in
depth - Accept.

(b) More than the limit above - Reject.

(4) Dents on the airfoil (Area A5)

(a) Smooth round bottomed dents of maximum 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in
depth - Accept.

(b) More than the limit above - Reject.

(5) Dents on the leading and trailing edge (Area A2 and A4)

(a) Smooth round bottomed dents of maximum 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) in
depth - Accept.

(b) More than the limit above - Reject.

(6) Nicks on the airfoil (Area A5)

(a) Unblended nicks of maximum 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in depth - Accept.

(b) More than the limit above - Reject.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(7) Nicks on the leading and trailing edge (Area A2 and A4)

(a) Unblended nicks of maximum 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) in depth - Accept.

(b) More than the limit above - Reject.

(8) Other damages on the tip and roof fillet (Area A1 and A3)

(a) Any other damage on the tip and roof fillet - Reject.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-942-055

A. Close-up

(1) Remove the access platform(s).

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 606
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-018

Borescope Inspection of HP Turbine Blade Aerofoils

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 725000-I1

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-200-014 Borescope Inspection of the Stage 1 High Pressure

Turbine (HPT) Blades
72-00-00-200-015 Borescope Inspection of the Stage 2 HPT Blades

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-869-078

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-290-067

A. Do a borescope inspection of the high pressure turbine blade airfoils

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-014) and (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-015).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 607
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-017

Inspection of the LP Compressor

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the stage 1.5 thru 2.5
Low Pressure (LP) compressor blades. A description of the damage that may be
seen is given in 70-52-11, Definition of Damage.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE2J12030 1 GUIDE-TUBE
IAE6F10408 1 EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V06-069 *

felt tip marker (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V06-069 *
felt tip market (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 key washer 72-32-83 80 -020

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 608
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

70-40-11-911-014 Locking Devices General Information
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-32-88-000-010 Removal of the Fan Exit Guide Vanes (FEGVs)
72-32-88-400-010 Installation of the Fan Exit Guide Vanes (FEGVs)
72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone
72-38-11-400-010 Installation of the Inlet Cone
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-00-00-991-155 Fig. 603
72-00-00-991-236 Fig. 604
72-00-00-991-239 Fig. 605
72-00-00-991-243 Fig. 606
72-00-00-991-238 Fig. 607
72-00-00-991-240 Fig. 608
72-00-00-991-241 Fig. 609
72-00-00-991-237 Fig. 610
72-00-00-991-242 Fig. 611

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-093

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 609
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-121

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Put the access platform in position to gain access to the air intake
cowl.

Subtask 72-00-00-040-079

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-128

D. Open the right thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
452AR
FOR 1000EM2
462AR

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 610
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-480-066

E. Prepare the support equipment

(1) Prepare the EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE (IAE6F10408) for use as given in the

makers instructions.
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-00-00-991-155)

(2) Put the workmat in the air intake cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-480-067

A. Put the GUIDE-TUBE (IAE2J12030) and borescope probe in position to

examine the stage 1.5 LP compressor blades

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL DURING INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF THE GUIDE TUBE

_______
NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE OUTER OR INNER OUTLET GUIDE VANES.

(1) Put the GUIDE-TUBE (IAE2J12030) in position through the fan frame
strut, LP compressor Fan Exit Guide Vanes (FEGV) and the LP
compressor inlet guide vane at approximately the 3 o
clock position.
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 72-00-00-991-236)

(2) Put the borescope probe in to the guide tube until the stage 1.5
compressor blades can be examined.
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-00-00-991-239)

Subtask 72-00-00-290-079

B. Examine the stage 1.5 LP compressor blades

NOTE : Do this operation with two persons:

____
One person in the air intake cowl to adjust the position of the
guide tube and to turn the stage 1 fan blades.
The other person at the right side of the engine to examine the
compressor blades.

(1) Make a mark on a fan blade and the adjacent fan case using felt tip
marker (Material No. V06-069) to identify the start position of the
inspection.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 611
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Borescope Inspection Equipment

Figure 603/TASK 72-00-00-991-155

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 612
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Stage 1.5 Blades

Figure 604/TASK 72-00-00-991-236

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 613
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Stage 1.5 Blades - Maximum Serviceable Limits

Figure 605/TASK 72-00-00-991-239

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 614
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Examine the surface of each stage 1.5 LP compressor blade for:

(a) Cracks

(b) Tears.

(c) Nicks and scratches.

(d) Dents.

(e) Blade tip damage, bends and curls.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-108

C. Damage in Zone A
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-00-00-991-239)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 25 flight hours or 12 flight cycles

if:

(a) Dents on all the surfaces are less than 0.004in. (0.1mm) in depth
and the diameter or the length is less than 0.03in. (0.76mm).

(b) Nicks and scratches on all the surfaces are less than 0.004in.
(0.1mm) in depth and the length is less than 0.03in. (0.76mm).

(c) Cracks or tears on the surfaces are not permitted.

(2) Damage more than (1), reject it.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-119

D. Damage in Zone B
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-00-00-991-239)

(1) Accept blades if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.031in.
(0.79mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.031in.
(0.79mm) in axial length.

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.100in. (2.54mm).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 615
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.100in.
(2.54mm).

(e) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles

if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.045in.
(1.14mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks and scratches on the leading or trailing edges are less
than 0.045in. (1.14mm) in axial length.

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.150in. (3.81mm).

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.150in.
(3.81mm).

(e) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

(3) Damage more than (2), reject it.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-120

E. Damage in Zone C
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-00-00-991-239)

(1) Accept blades if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.051in.
(1.30mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.051in.
(1.30mm) in axial length.

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.250in. (6.35mm).

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.250in.
(6.35mm).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 616
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(e) Tip bend or curl (not related to cracks or tears) is less than 10
percent of the chord length.

(f) Missing leading or trailing edge tip corner is less than 0.079in.
(2.00mm) in axial length and 0.079in. (2.00mm) in radial length.

(g) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles

if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.075in.
(1.91mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.075in.
(1.91mm) in axial length.

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.375in. (9.53mm).

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.375in.
(9.53mm).

(e) Tip bend or curl (not related to cracks or tears) is less than 15
percent of the chord length.

(f) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

(3) Damage more than (2), reject it.

Subtask 72-00-00-080-061

F. Remove the borescope probe and guide tube

(1) Remove the borescope probe from the guide tube.

(2) Remove the guide tube from the fan case.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 617
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-480-068

G. Remove the inlet cone, the fan blades and the fan exit guide vanes to get
access to the plug

(1) Remove the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).

(2) Remove the 22 fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

(3) Remove the fan exit guide vanes (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-000-010).

(a) Remove the two segments at the approximately 5 o

clock position.
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-00-00-991-243)

Subtask 72-00-00-290-080

H. Remove the plug from the LP compressor rear case

(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 72-00-00-991-243)

(1) Bend back and flatten the tab of the key washer.

(2) Remove the plug and the key washer from the LP compressor rear case.
Discard the key washer.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-121

J. Put the borescope probe in position to examine the stages 2.0 and 2.3 LP
compressor blades

(1) Put the borescope probe in position through the borescope inspection
hole at approximately the 5 o
clock position.
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-238)

(2) Put the borescope probe in until the stage 2.0 and 2.3 LP compressor
blades can be examined.
(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 72-00-00-991-240, 609/TASK 72-00-00-991-241)

Subtask 72-00-00-220-122

K. Examine the stage 2.0 LP compressor blades

NOTE : Do this operation with two persons:

____
One person in the air intake cowl to turn the LP rotor.
The other person at the rear of the engine to examine the
compressor blades.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 618
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


FEGV Location and Key Washer

Figure 606/TASK 72-00-00-991-243

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 619
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Stage 2.0 and 2.3 Blades - Maximum Serviceable Limits

Figure 607/TASK 72-00-00-991-238

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 620
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Stage 2.0 Blades - Maximum Serviceable Limits

Figure 608/TASK 72-00-00-991-240

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 621
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Stage 2.3 Blades - Maximum Serviceable Limits

Figure 609/TASK 72-00-00-991-241

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 622
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(1) Make a mark on a fan blade and the adjacent fan case using felt tip
marker (Material No. V06-069) to identify the start position of the
inspection.

(2) Examine the surfaces of each stage 2.0 LP compressor blade for:

(a) Cracks

(b) Tears.

(c) Nicks and scratches.

(d) Dents.

(e) Blade tip damage, bends and curls.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-123

L. Damage in Zone A
(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 72-00-00-991-240)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 25 flight hours or 12 flight cycles

if:

(a) Dents on all the surfaces are less than 0.004in. (0.1mm) in depth
and the diameter or length is less than 0.03in. (0.76mm).

(b) Nicks and scratches on all the surfaces are less than 0.004in.
(0.1mm) in depth and the length is less than 0.03in. (0.76mm).

(c) Cracks or tears on all the surfaces are not permitted.

(2) Damage more than (1), reject it.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-124

M. Damage in Zone B
(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 72-00-00-991-240)

(1) Accept blades if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.031in.
(0.79mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.031in.
(0.79mm) in axial length.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 623
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.156in. (3.96mm).

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.156in.
(3.96mm).

(e) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles

if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.045in.
(1.14mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks and scratches on the leading or trailing edges are less
than 0.045in. (1.14mm) in axial length.

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.234in.(5.94mm).

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.234in.
(5.94mm).

(e) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

(3) Damage more than (2), reject it.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-125

N. Damage in Zone C
(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 72-00-00-991-240)

(1) Accept blade if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.051in.
(1.30mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.051in.
(1.30mm) in axial length.

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.250in. (6.35mm).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 624
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.250in.
(6.35mm).

(e) Tip bend or curl (not related to cracks or tears) is less than 10
percent of the chord length.

(f) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles

if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.076in.
(1.95mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.076in.
(1.95mm) in axial length.

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.380in. (9.65mm).

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.380in.
(9.65mm).

(e) Tip bend or curl (not related to cracks or tears) is less than 15
percent of the chord length.

(f) Cracks or tears are not permitted

(3) Damage more than (2), reject it.

Subtask 72-00-00-290-081

P. Examine the stage 2.3 LP compressor blades

NOTE : Do this operation with two persons:

____
One person in the air intake cowl to turn the LP rotor.
The other person at the right side of the engine to examine the
compressor blades.

(1) Examine the surfaces of each stage 2.3 LP compressor blade for:

(a) Cracks.

(b) Tears.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 625
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) Nicks and scratches.

(d) Dents.

(e) Blade tip damage, bends and curls.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-126

Q. Damage in Zone A
(Ref. Fig. 609/TASK 72-00-00-991-241)

(1) Accept blades if:

(a) Dents on the leading edge, which must have smoothly rounded
bottom and no raised metal, are less than 0.006in. (0.15mm) in
depth.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 25 flight hours or 12 flight cycles

if:

(a) Dents on the leading edge more than (1),(a).

(b) Dents on all the surfaces, except the leading edge are less than
0.004in. (0.1mm) in depth and the diameter or length is less than
0.020in. (0.51mm).

(c) Nicks and scratches on all the surfaces are less than 0.004in.
(0.1mm) in depth and the length is less than 0.020in. (0.51mm).

(d) Cracks or tears on all the surfaces are not permitted.

(3) Damage more than (2), reject it.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-127

R. Damage in Zone B
(Ref. Fig. 609/TASK 72-00-00-991-241)

(1) Accept blades if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.031in.
(0.79mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.031in.
(0.79mm) in axial length.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 626
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.45in.
(1.14mm).

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.45in.
(1.14mm).

(e) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 50hours or 25 flights if:

(a) Dents, nicks or scratches on the leading or trailing edges are

not more than in step R. (1).

(b) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.068in. (1.73mm).

(c) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.068in.
(1.73mm).

(d) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

(3) Damage more than (2), reject it.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-129

S. Damage in Zone C
(Ref. Fig. 609/TASK 72-00-00-991-241)

(1) Accept blades if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.051in.
(1.30mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.051in.
(1.30mm) in axial length.

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.100in. (2.54mm).

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.100in.
(2.54mm).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 627
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(e) Tip bend or curl (not related to cracks or tears) is less than 10
percent of the chord length.

(f) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles

if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.063in.
(1.60mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.063in.
(1.60mm) in axial length.

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.150in. (0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less
than 0.150in. (3.81mm).

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.150in.
(3.81mm).

(e) Tip bend or curl (not related to cracks or tears) is less than 15
percent of the chord length.

(f) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

(3) Damage more than (2), reject it.

Subtask 72-00-00-080-062

T. Remove the borescope probe from the rear case.

Subtask 72-00-00-480-069

U. Put the Borescope Probe in Position to Examine the Stage 2.5 LP

Compressor Blades

(1) Put the borescope probe in position through the outlet port of the
booster stage bleed valve at approximately the 6 o
clock position
(Ref. Fig. 610/TASK 72-00-00-991-237)

(2) Put the borescope probe in to the bleed duct until the stage 2.5 LP
compressor blades can be examined
(Ref. Fig. 611/TASK 72-00-00-991-242)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 628
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Stage 2.5 Blades

Figure 610/TASK 72-00-00-991-237

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 629
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Stage 2.5 Blades - Maximum Serviceable Limits

Figure 611/TASK 72-00-00-991-242

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 630
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-290-082

V. Examine the Stage 2.5 LP Compressor Blades

NOTE : Do this operation with two persons:

____
One person in the air intake cowl to turn the LP rotor.
The other person at the rear of the engine to examine the
compressor blades.

(1) Make a mark on the LP rotor and the adjacent fan case using the felt
tip market (Material No. V06-069) to identify the start position of
the inspection.

(2) Examine the surface of each stage 2.5 LP compressor blade for:

(a) Cracks.

(b) Tears.

(c) Nicks and scratches.

(d) Dents.

(e) Blade tip damage, bends and curls.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-130

W. Damage in Zone A
(Ref. Fig. 611/TASK 72-00-00-991-242)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 25 flight hours or 12 flight cycles

if:

(a) Dents on all the surfaces are less than 0.004in. (0.1mm) in depth
and less the diameter or length is less than 0.03 (0.76mm).

(b) Nicks and scratches on all the surfaces are less than 0.004in.
(0.1mm) in depth and the length is less than 0.03in. (0.76mm).

(c) Cracks or tears on all the surfaces are not permitted.

(d) Damage more than (1), reject it.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 631
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-220-131

X. Damage in Zone B
(Ref. Fig. 611/TASK 72-00-00-991-242)

(1) Accept blades if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.031in.
(0.79mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.031in.
(0.79mm) in axial length.

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.156in. (3.96mm).

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.156in.
(3.96mm).

(e) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles

if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.045in.
(1.14mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks and scratches on the leading or trailing edges are less
than 0.045in. (1.14mm) in axial length.

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.234in.(5.94mm).

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.234in.
(5.94mm).

(e) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

(3) Damage more than (2), reject it.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 632
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-220-132

Y. Damage in Zone C
(Ref. Fig. 611/TASK 72-00-00-991-242)

(1) Accept blades if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.051in.
(1.30mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.051in.
(1.30mm) in axial length.

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.250in. (6.35mm).

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.250in.
(6.35mm)

(e) Tip bend or curl (not related to cracks or tears) is less than 10
percent of the chord length.

(f) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles

if:

(a) Dents on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.076in.
(1.95mm) in axial length.

(b) Nicks on the leading or trailing edges are less than 0.076in.
(1.95mm) in axial length.

(c) Dents or nicks on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in.
(0.17mm) in depth and the length or diameter is less than
0.380in. (9.65mm).

(d) Scratches on the other surfaces are less than 0.007in. (0.17mm)
in depth and the length or diameter is less than 0.380in.
(9.65mm).

(e) Tip bend or curl (not related to cracks or tears) is less than 15
percent of the chord length.

(f) Cracks or tears are not permitted.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 633
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Damage more than (2), reject it.

Subtask 72-00-00-080-063

Z. Remove the borescope probe from the bleed duct.

Subtask 72-00-00-420-062

AA. Install the Plug in to the Rear Case

(1) Install the plug, with a new key washer (1), in to the inspection
hole for the stage 2.0 and 2.3 LP compressor blades.

(2) TORQUE the plug to between 102 and 111 lbf.in (1.15 and 1.25 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(3) Safety the plug with the tab of the key washer (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-014).

(4) Install the fan exit guide vane segments (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-400-
010).

(5) Install the fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

(6) Install the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-114

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the right thrust reverser half (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):
FOR 1000EM1
452AR
FOR 1000EM2
462AR

Subtask 72-00-00-440-065

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 634
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-410-116

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-00-00-942-057

D. Remove the support equipment:

(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 635
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-016

Inspection of the HP Compressor

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task is for A5 basic (non SelectOne) engines, which have not SBE
72-0560 or SBE 72-0561 incorporated (SelectOne Retrofit Standard or
SelectOne Production Standard).
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the HP compressor. A
description of the types of damage that may be seen is given in 70-52-11,
Definition of Damage.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific non metallic scraper
No specific stiff bristle brush
No specific warning notice
No specific ACR Torq Set-bit (212-1/4-ACR)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE6F10408 1 EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-003 *

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V04-004 *
Jointing compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-070 *
anti-seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-072 *
anti-seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 636
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 gasket 72-41-23 80 -060

2 gasket 72-41-00 80A-030

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-00-00-080-010 Removal of the Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection
72-00-00-210-012 Inspection of the HP Compressor Stage 3 Rotor Clapper
72-00-00-300-010 Dressing of Damaged Leading or Trailing Edges on the
HP Compressor Blades through the Borescope Ports,
Repair - VRS6653
72-00-00-480-010 Installation of the Rotator Kit for Borescope
Inspection
75-23-51-000-010 Removal of the Stage 10 to HPT Air Control Valve
(4025KS)
75-23-51-400-010 Installation of the Stage 10 to HPT Air Control Valve
(4025KS)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-00-00-991-251 Fig. 612
72-00-00-991-252 Fig. 613
72-00-00-991-253 Fig. 614
72-00-00-991-161 Fig. 615
72-00-00-991-151 Fig. 616
72-00-00-991-279 Fig. 617
72-00-00-991-299 Fig. 618
72-00-00-991-289 Fig. 619

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 637
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-084

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-100

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-040-075

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 638
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-010-111

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-010-099

E. Remove the borescope access port covers

(Ref. Fig. 612/TASK 72-00-00-991-251, 613/TASK 72-00-00-991-252)

NOTE : The borescope access ports give access to these stages of the
____
compressor:
- Port A gives access to the leading edge of stage 3. It is
located 40 degrees below the engine horizontal on the left side.
- Port B gives access to the trailing edge of stage 3 and the
leading edge of stage 4. It is located 34 degrees below the
engine horizontal on the right side.
- Port C gives access to the trailing edge of stage 5 and the
leading edge of stage 6. It is located 61 degrees below the
engine horizontal on the left side.
- Port D gives access to the trailing edge of stage 7 and the
leading edge of stage 8. It is located 61 degrees below the
engine horizontal on the right side.
- Port E gives access to the trailing edge of stage 8 and the
leading edge of stage 9. It is located 74 degrees below the
engine horizontal on the right side.
- Port F gives access to the trailing edge of stage 9 and the
leading edge of stage 10. It is located 61 degrees below the
engine horizontal on the right side.
- Port G gives access to the trailing edge of stage 11 and the
leading edge of stage 12. It is located 55 degrees below the
engine horizontal on the right side.

(1) Remove the borescope access port covers A or B

(a) Remove the bolts which attach the access port cover.

(b) Remove the access port cover.

(2) Remove the borescope access port covers D, E, F or G

(a) Remove the bolts which attach the access port cover.

(b) Remove the access port cover and discard the gasket.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 639
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Compressor Borescope Access Ports (Underside)

Figure 612/TASK 72-00-00-991-251

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 640
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 5 Borescope Access Port

Figure 613/TASK 72-00-00-991-252

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 641
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Remove the access port cover C

(a) Remove the nuts (1) from the two stage 5 levers (2) which are
adjacent to the borescope access port cover.

(b) Remove the levers (2) and the adjusting spacers. Keep the
adjusting spacers (3) with the applicable lever.

(c) Remove the two screws (4). Use the ACR Torq Set-bit (212-1/4-
ACR).

(d) Remove the borescope port cover (5).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-103

F. Remove the stage 10 to HP Turbine Air Valve

(1) Remove the stage 10 to HP Turbine Air Valve (Ref. TASK 75-23-51-000-
010).

Subtask 72-00-00-110-067

G. Remove the old jointing

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT NONE OF THE OLD JOINTING COMPOUND GOES IN TO THE
_______
ENGINE THROUGH THE ACCESS PORTS.

(1) Remove the old jointing compound from around the access ports and the
access port covers.

(a) Use a non metallic scraper and a clean lint free cloth made moist
with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-003). Remove all traces of
old jointing compound.

Subtask 72-00-00-480-062

H. Install the tool to turn the HP system (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-480-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 642
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-941-085

J. Prepare the borescope for use

(1) Prepare the EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE (IAE6F10408) for use as given in the

makers instructions.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-480-063

A. Install the borescope probe

(1) Carefully put the borescope probe into the access port of the stage
of the compressor you want to examine.

NOTE : Use an 8 mm borescope probe for ports A, B and C and a 5.5 mm

____
borescope probe for ports D, E, F and G and a flexible
borescope for the inspection of the heatshield assemblies.

Subtask 72-00-00-290-066

B. Inspection

(1) Inspection of the Heatshield Retaining Assemblies at their five (5)

locations

NOTE : For the inspection of the heatshield assemblies you must

____
remove the stage 10 to HP turbine air valve.

(a) Examine the boltspacer and washer assembly at 2 fixed locations.

(b) Frettage, wear or loss.

(2) Inspection of the spacers or washers at the eight (8) floating

locations

(a) Examine the spacers or washers.

(b) Frettage, wear or loss.

1
_ Accept, provided to the fifth retaining location (mid-span of
heatshield) is secure with no frettage or wear.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 643
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-290-058

C. Inspection of the HP compressor blades

(Ref. Fig. 614/TASK 72-00-00-991-253, 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-161, 616/TASK
72-00-00-991-151)

(1) Examine each compressor blade in turn for:

(a) Nicks or tears.

(b) Cracks.

(c) Dents.

(d) Tip damage and discolouration.

NOTE : Use the compressor turning tool attached to the gearbox

____
crank pad to turn the compressor. This permits inspection
of each blade.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-072

D. Damage in zone A
(Ref. Fig. 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-161)

(1) Stage 3 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept nicks and tears up to 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) cumulative on
the airfoils.
- Nicks and tears up to 0.20 in. (5.08 mm) long (Ref. TASK 72-00-
00-300-010).

(b) Cracks
- Accept radial cracks from the blade tip up to 0.25 in. (6.35
mm) long.
- Reject the engine if the cracks are not radial.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents which are not related to cracks, nicks or tears.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 644
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Compressor Blades
Figure 614/TASK 72-00-00-991-253

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 645
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Compressor Blade
Figure 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-161

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 646
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Blade Tip Rub

Figure 616/TASK 72-00-00-991-151

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 647
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Stage 4 to 6 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept nicks and tears up to 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) cumulative on
the airfoils.
- Stage 4 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.180 in. (4.57
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
- Stage 5 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.125 in. (3.17
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).

(b) Cracks
- Accept radial cracks up to 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) long.
- Reject the engine if the cracks are not radial.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents which are not related to cracks, nicks or tears.

(3) Stage 7 to 12 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept nicks and tears up to 0.03 in. (0.76 mm) cumulative on
the airfoils.
- Stage 7 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.075 in. (1.90
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
- Stage 8 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.067 in. (1.70
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
- Stage 9 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.060 in. (1.52
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
- Stage 10 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.050 in. (1.27
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
- Stage 11 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.050 in. (1.27
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
- Stage 12 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.050 in. (1.27
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).

(b) Cracks
- Accept radial cracks up to 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) long.
- Reject the engine if the cracks are not radial.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents which are not related to cracks, nicks or tears.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 648
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-220-073

E. Damage in zone B
(Ref. Fig. 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-161, 617/TASK 72-00-00-991-279, 618/TASK
72-00-00-991-299)

(1) Stage 3 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept light nicks and tears provided they are minor caused by
light stone or grit ingestion.

(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

(d) Not aligned

1
_ Accept engine if the clapper is misaligned less than 50
percent.

2
_ Reject engine if the clapper is misaligned more than 50
percent.

(e) Shingling
- Reject the engine if there is evidence of clapper overlap.
- Reject the engine if there is evidence of bent or totally
misaligned clappers.

(f) Examine the clappers for wear (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-210-012).

(2) Stage 4 to 6 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept nicks and tears not more than 0.060 in. (1.52 mm)
cumulative on the airfoils.
- Stage 4 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.180 in. (4.57
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
- Stage 5 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.125 in. (3.17
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
- Reject the engine if there are more than the steps above.

(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 649
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Compressor Blades
Figure 617/TASK 72-00-00-991-279

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 650
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R




 72-00-00

Page 651
May 01/09
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Compressor Blades
Figure 618/TASK 72-00-00-991-299- 16 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 652
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Compressor Blades
Figure 618/TASK 72-00-00-991-299- 26 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 653
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Compressor Blades
Figure 618/TASK 72-00-00-991-299- 36 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 654
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Compressor Blades
Figure 618/TASK 72-00-00-991-299- 46 (SHEET 4)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 655
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Compressor Blades
Figure 618/TASK 72-00-00-991-299- 56 (SHEET 5)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 656
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Compressor Blades
Figure 618/TASK 72-00-00-991-299- 66 (SHEET 6)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 657
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

(3) Stage 7 to 12 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept nicks and tears not more than 0.03 in. (0.76 mm)
cumulative on the airfoils.
- Stage 7 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.075 in. (1.90
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
- Stage 8 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.067 in. (1.70
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
- Stage 9 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.060 in. (1.52
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
- Stage 10 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.050 in. (1.27
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
- Stage 11 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.050 in. (1.27
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
- Stage 12 rotor blades - Nicks and tears up to 0.050 in. (1.27
mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).
- Reject the engine if there are tears.

(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-135

F. Damage in zone C
(Ref. Fig. 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-161)

(1) Stage 3 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept nicks and tears not more than 0.060 in. (1.52 mm)
cumulative on the airfoils.
- Nicks and tears up to 0.200 in. (5.08 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-
300-010).

(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 658
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

(2) Stage 4 to 6 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Reject the engine if there are nicks or tears.

(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

(3) Stage 7 to 12 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Reject the engine if there are nicks or tears.

(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

(4) Stage 12 rotor locking blade platforms

(a) Cracks
- Accept the engine if there are blades with platform cracking.
- Accept blades with a piece of platform detached, provided
damage to the stage 12 rotor blade airfoils and other
downstream hardware damage is within the maintenance manual
limits.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-136

G. Damage in zone D
(Ref. Fig. 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-161)

(1) Stage 3 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Reject the engine if there are nicks or tears.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 659
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.

(2) Accept dents which are not related to cracks, nicks or tears.

(a) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-137

H. Tip damage and discolouration (All stages except for stage 6)

(Ref. Fig. 614/TASK 72-00-00-991-253)

(1) Accept heat discolouration related to blade tip rub.

(2) Accept bends or curls that are not related to cracks or tears if:

(a) The length of the bend or curl is less than 5 percent of

dimension X.

(b) The width of the bend or curl is less than 5 percent of dimension
Y.

(3) Reject the engine if:

(a) The length of the bend or curl is more than 5 percent of

dimension X.

(b) The width of the bend or curl is more than 5 percent of dimension
Y.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-149

J. Tip Damage and Discolouration (Stage 6 Blades only)

(Ref. Fig. 614/TASK 72-00-00-991-253)

NOTE : Engines with any damage more than 10 percent of dimension X or

____
dimension Y require a repeat inspection at next A check.

NOTE : All tip curls must be free from cracks, tears, nicks and creases.
____

(1) Accept heat discolouration related to tip rub.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 660
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Accept any blades if:

(a) The length of the bend or tip curl is less than 5 percent of
dimension X or dimension Y (whichever is the greater).

(3) Accept up to one blade if:

(a) The tip curl is between 15 and 20 percent of dimension X or

dimension Y (whichever is the greater).

(4) Accept up to five blades if:

(a) The tip curl is between 10 and 15 percent of dimension X or

dimension Y (whichever is the greater)

(5) Accept up to ten blades if:

(a) The tip curl is between 5 and 10 percent of dimension X or

dimension Y (whichever is the greater)

(6) Reject engine if:

(a) Steps (2) thru (5) are exceeded, or if a total of 10 or more

stage 6 blades have a tip curl greater than 5 percent of
dimension X or dimension Y (whichever is the greater).

NOTE : If limits are exceeded during scheduled inspection -

____
Reject engine within 10 flights.

NOTE : If limits are exceeded during unscheduled inspection -

____
Reject engine immediately.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-143

K. Accept a blade with a piece of blade tip which is not there if:

(1) Each subsequent stage, which you can get access to, is examined.

(2) The axial length of the piece is not more than 25 percent of the
blade chord.

(3) The radial length of the piece is not more than the axial length.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 661
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-220-144

L. Blade tip rub

(Ref. Fig. 616/TASK 72-00-00-991-151)

(1) Stage 3 to 8 rotor blades

(a) Accept blade tip rubs up to 0.005 in. (0.13 mm).

(2) Stage 9 to 12 rotor blades

(a) Accept tip rubs which agree with the rotor path wear.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-145

M. Stator Path Ceramic Detachment

(1) Inspect the stage 6 to 11 Stator Path Ceramic coatings.

(a) Stages 6, 7 and 8 - Accept up to 40 percent ceramic coating

detachment per stage providing the bonding coat remains.

(b) Stages 9, 10 and 11 - Accept up to 200 percent ceramic coating

detachment cumulative providing the bonding coat remains.

(c) Stages 6 to 11 - Accept up to 240 percent ceramic coating

detachment cumulative providing the bonding coat remains.

(d) Stages 6 to 11 - Accept up to 25 percent of both ceramic and

bonding coat detachment.

(e) Reject the engine if detachment is more than in (a), (b), (c) or
(d).

Subtask 72-00-00-220-165

N. Rotor Path Liner Detachment

(Ref. Fig. 619/TASK 72-00-00-991-289)

(1) Examine the stage 6 rotor path lining.

NOTE : The minimum view of the inspection area is defined by rotor

____
path lining segment 3 and 4.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 662
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 6 Rotor Path Lining

Figure 619/TASK 72-00-00-991-289

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 663
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(a) Do not accept more than 40 per cent liner coating detachment on
the area you can see when the bond coat remains. Do the
inspection again in less than 600 flight hours or 750 cycles,
whatever occurs first.

(b) Reject the engine within 50 cycles if detachment is more than in

step (a).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-080-057

A. Remove the support equipment

(1) Remove the borescope probe from the engine.

(2) Remove the tool used to turn the HP system (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-080-
010).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-102

B. Install the borescope access port covers

(Ref. Fig. 612/TASK 72-00-00-991-251)

(1) Access ports A and B

(a) Apply a thin layer of Jointing compound (Material No. V04-004) to

the mating faces of the access ports and the access port covers
using a stiff bristle brush. Do not apply jointing compound
nearer than 0.12 to 0.16 in. (3 to 4 mm) to the access port.

(b) Let the jointing compound dry for at least 10 minutes.

(c) Apply anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-070) or anti-seize

compound (Material No. V10-072) to the screws which attach the
access port cover.

(d) Install the access port cover and attach with the bolts.

(e) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(f) After at least two minutes, TORQUE the bolts again to between 85
and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).

(g) Remove unwanted jointing compound from around the access port.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 664
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Access port C
(Ref. Fig. 613/TASK 72-00-00-991-252)

(a) Apply a thin layer of Jointing compound (Material No. V04-004) to

the mating faces of the access port and access port cover using a
stiff bristle brush. Do not apply jointing compound nearer than
0.12 to 0.16 in. (2 to 4 mm) to the access port.

(b) Let the jointing compound dry for at least 10 minutes.

(c) Apply anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-070) or anti-seize

compound (Material No. V10-072) to the screws which attach the
access port cover.

(d) Install the access port cover (5) and attach with the screws (4).

(e) TORQUE the screws with ACR Torq-Set bit (212-1/4-ACR) to between
85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).

(f) After at least two minutes, TORQUE the bolts again to between 85
and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).

(g) Remove unwanted jointing compound from around the access port.

(h) Install the levers:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE VSV LEVERS ARE CORRECTLY INSTALLED.
_______
DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO THE HP COMPRESSOR BLADES IF THE
LEVERS ARE NOT INSTALLED CORRECTLY.

1
_ Install the two levers (2) with their applicable adjusting
spacers (3) and the nuts (1).

2
_ TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and
1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(3) Access ports D, E, F and G

(a) Apply anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-070) or anti-seize

compound (Material No. V10-072) to the screws which attach the
access port cover.

(b) Install the access port cover with the new gasket (1) and the new
gasket (2) and attach with the bolts.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 665
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-104

C. Install the Stage 10 to HP Turbine Air Valve

(1) Install the Stage 10 to HP turbine air valve (Ref. TASK 75-23-51-400-
010).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-103

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-440-079

E. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-109

F. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 666
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-016- 01

Inspection of the HP Compressor

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task is for A5 engines only, which have SBE 72-0560 or SBE 72-0561
incorporated (SelectOne Retrofit Standard or SelectOne Production Standard).
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the HP compressor. A
description of the types of damage that may be seen is given in 70-52-11,
Definition of Damage.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific non metallic scraper
No specific stiff bristle brush
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE6F10408 1 EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-003 *

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V04-004 *
jointing compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-070 *
anti-seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-072 *
anti-seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 667
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 gasket 72-41-23 80 -060

2 gasket 72-41-00 80A-030

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-00-00-080-010 Removal of the Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection
72-00-00-210-012 Inspection of the HP Compressor Stage 3 Rotor Clapper
72-00-00-300-010 Dressing of Damaged Leading or Trailing Edges on the
HP Compressor Blades through the Borescope Ports,
Repair - VRS6653
72-00-00-480-010 Installation of the Rotator Kit for Borescope
Inspection
75-23-51-000-010 Removal of the Stage 10 to HPT Air Control Valve
(4025KS)
75-23-51-400-010 Installation of the Stage 10 to HPT Air Control Valve
(4025KS)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-00-00-991-251 Fig. 612
72-00-00-991-253 Fig. 614
72-00-00-991-161 Fig. 615
72-00-00-991-151 Fig. 616
72-00-00-991-279 Fig. 617
72-00-00-991-299 Fig. 618
72-00-00-991-280 Fig. 620

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 668
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-167

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to energize

the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-236

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-040-119

C. Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Do the deactivation of the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit

(HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 669
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-010-237

D. Get Access

(1) Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
- FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-010-238

E. Remove the Borescope Access Port Covers

(Ref. Fig. 612/TASK 72-00-00-991-251)

CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE VSV LEVER.

_______

NOTE : The borescope access ports give access to these stages of the
____
compressor:
- Port A gives access to the leading edge of stage 3. It is
located 40 degrees below the engine horizontal on the left side.
- Port B gives access to the trailing edge of stage 3 and the
leading edge of stage 4. It is located 34 degrees below the
engine horizontal on the right side.
- Port C gives access to the trailing edge of stage 5 and the
leading edge of stage 6. It is located 61 degrees below the
engine horizontal on the left side.
- Port D gives access to the trailing edge of stage 7 and the
leading edge of stage 8. It is located 61 degrees below the
engine horizontal on the right side.
- Port E gives access to the trailing edge of stage 8 and the
leading edge of stage 9. It is located 74 degrees below the
engine horizontal on the right side.
- Port F gives access to the trailing edge of stage 9 and the
leading edge of stage 10. It is located 61 degrees below the
engine horizontal on the right side.
- Port G gives access to the trailing edge of stage 11 and the
leading edge of stage 12. It is located 55 degrees below the
engine horizontal on the right side.

NOTE : It is recommended that only stage 3 and stage 12 HP compressor

____
blades are examined with the engine on-wing.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 670
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(1) Remove the borescope access port covers A or B

(a) Remove the bolts which attach the access port cover.

(b) Remove the access port cover.

(2) Remove the borescope access port covers D, E, F or G

(a) Remove the bolts which attach the access port cover.

(b) Remove the access port cover and discard the gasket.

(3) Remove the access port cover C

(a) Remove the two screws (4).

(b) Remove the borescope port cover (5).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-239

F. Remove the Stage 10 to HP Turbine Air Valve

(1) Remove the stage 10 to HP Turbine Air Valve (Ref. TASK 75-23-51-000-
010).

Subtask 72-00-00-110-086

G. Remove the Old Jointing

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT NONE OF THE OLD JOINTING COMPOUND GOES IN TO THE
_______
ENGINE THROUGH THE ACCESS PORTS.

(1) Remove the old jointing compound from around the access ports and the
access port covers.

(a) Use a non metallic scraper and a clean lint free cloth made moist
with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-003). Remove all traces of
old jointing compound.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 671
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-480-082

H. Install the tool to turn the HP system (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-480-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-941-168

J. Prepare the Borescope for Use

(1) Prepare the EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE (IAE6F10408) for use as given in the

makers instructions.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-480-083

A. Install the Borescope Probe

(1) Carefully put the borescope probe into the access port of the stage
of the compressor you want to examine.

NOTE : Use an 8 mm borescope probe for ports A, B and C and a 5.5 mm

____
borescope probe for ports D, E, F and G.

Subtask 72-00-00-290-120

B. Inspection of the HP Compressor Blades

(Ref. Fig. 614/TASK 72-00-00-991-253, 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-161, 616/TASK
72-00-00-991-151)

(1) Examine each compressor blade in turn for:

(a) Nicks or tears

(b) Cracks

(c) Dents

(d) Tip damage and discoloration.

NOTE : Use the compressor turning tool attached to the gearbox

____
crank pad to turn the compressor. This permits inspection
of each blade.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 672
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-220-156

C. Damage in Zone A
(Ref. Fig. 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-161)

(1) Stage 3 rotor blades:

(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept nicks and tears not more than 0.125 in. (3.17 mm)
cumulative on the airfoils.
- Nicks and tears not more than 0.20 in. (5.08 mm) long
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).

(b) Cracks
- Accept radial cracks from the blade tip not more than 0.25 in.
(6.35 mm) long.
- Reject the engine if the cracks are not radial.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents which are not related to cracks, nicks or tears.

(2) Stage 4 to 6 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept nicks and tears not more than 0.125 in. (3.17 mm)
cumulative on the airfoils.
- Stage 4 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.180 in.
(4.57 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)
- Stage 5 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.125 in.
(3.17 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010).

(b) Cracks
- Accept radial cracks not more than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) long.
- Reject the engine if the cracks are not radial.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents which are not related to cracks, nicks or tears.

(3) Stage 7 to 12 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept nicks and tears not more than 0.03 in. (0.76 mm)
cumulative on the airfoils.
- Stage 7 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.075 in.
(1.90 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)
- Stage 8 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.067 in.
(1.70 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 673
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

- Stage 9 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.060 in.
(1.52 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)
- Stage 10 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.050 in.
(1.27 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)
- Stage 11 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.050 in.
(1.27 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)
- Stage 12 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.050 in.
(1.27 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)

(b) Cracks
- Accept radial cracks not more than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) long.
- Reject the engine if the cracks are not radial.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents which are not related to cracks, nicks or tears.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-157

D. Damage in Zone B
(Ref. Fig. 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-161, 617/TASK 72-00-00-991-279, 618/TASK
72-00-00-991-299)

(1) Stage 3 rotor blades:

(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept light nicks and tears provided they are minor caused by
light stone or grit ingestion.

(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

(d) Not aligned

1
_ Accept engine if the clapper is misaligned less than 50
percent.

2
_ Reject engine if the clapper is misaligned more than 50
percent.

(e) Shingling
- Reject the engine if there is evidence of clapper overlap.
- Reject the engine if there is evidence of bent or totally
misaligned clappers.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 674
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(f) Examine the clappers for wear (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-210-012).

(2) Stage 4 to 6 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept nicks and tears not more than 0.060 in. (1.52 mm)
cumulative on the airfoils.
- Stage 4 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.180 in.
(4.57 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)
- Stage 5 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.125 in.
(3.17 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)
- Reject the engine if there are more than the steps above.

(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

(3) Stage 7 to 12 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept nicks and tears not more than 0.03 in. (0.76 mm)
cumulative on the airfoils.
- Stage 7 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.075 in.
(1.90 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)
- Stage 8 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.067 in.
(1.70 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)
- Stage 9 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.060 in.
(1.52 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)
- Stage 10 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.050 in.
(1.27 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)
- Stage 11 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.050 in.
(1.27 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)
- Stage 12 rotor blades - Nicks and tears not more than 0.050 in.
(1.27 mm) (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-300-010)
- Reject the engine if there are tears.

(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 675
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-220-158

E. Damage in Zone C
(Ref. Fig. 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-161)

(1) Stage 3 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Accept nicks and tears not more than 0.060 in. (1.52 mm)
cumulative on the airfoils.
- Nicks and tears not more than 0.200 in. (5.08 mm) (Ref. TASK
72-00-00-300-010).

(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

(2) Stage 4 to 6 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Reject the engine if there are nicks or tears.

(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

(3) Stage 7 to 12 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Reject the engine if there are nicks or tears.

(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.

(c) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 676
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Stage 12 rotor locking blade platforms

(a) Cracks
- Accept the engine if there are blades with platform cracking.
- Accept blades with a piece of platform detached, provided
damage to the stage 12 rotor blade airfoils and other
downstream hardware damage is within the maintenance manual
limits.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-159

F. Damage in Zone D
(Ref. Fig. 615/TASK 72-00-00-991-161)

(1) Stage 3 rotor blades

(a) Nicks and tears

- Reject the engine if there are nicks or tears.

(b) Cracks
- Reject the engine if there are cracks.

(2) Accept dents which are not related to cracks, nicks or tears.

(a) Dents
- Accept dents provided they are minor and not related to cracks,
nicks or tears.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-160

G. Tip Damage and Discoloration (All stages except for stage 6)

(Ref. Fig. 614/TASK 72-00-00-991-253)

(1) Accept heat discoloration related to blade tip rub.

(2) Accept bends or curls that are not related to cracks or tears if:

(a) The length of the bend or curl is less than 5 percent of

dimension X.

(b) The width of the bend or curl is less than 5 percent of dimension
Y.

(3) Reject the engine if:

(a) The length of the bend or curl is more than 5 percent of

dimension X.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 677
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) The width of the bend or curl is more than 5 percent of dimension
Y.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-161

H. Tip Damage and Discoloration (Stage 6 Blades only)

(Ref. Fig. 614/TASK 72-00-00-991-253)

NOTE : Engines with any damage more than 10 percent of dimension X or

____
dimension Y require a repeat inspection at next A check.

NOTE : All tip curls must be free from cracks, tears, nicks and creases.
____

(1) Accept heat discoloration related to tip rub.

(2) Accept any blades if:

(a) The length of the bend or tip curl is less than 5 percent of
dimension X or dimension Y (whichever is the greater).

(3) Accept up to one blade if:

(a) The tip curl is between 15 and 20 percent of dimension X or

dimension Y (whichever is the greater).

(4) Accept up to five blades if:

(a) The tip curl is between 10 and 15 percent of dimension X or

dimension Y (whichever is the greater)

(5) Accept up to ten blades if:

(a) The tip curl is between 5 and 10 percent of dimension X or

dimension Y (whichever is the greater)

(6) Reject engine if:

(a) Steps (2) thru (5) are exceeded, or if a total of 10 or more

stage 6 blades have a tip curl greater than 5 percent of
dimension X or dimension Y (whichever is the greater).

NOTE : If limits are exceeded during scheduled inspection -

____
Reject engine within 10 flights.

NOTE : If limits are exceeded during unscheduled inspection -

____
Reject engine immediately.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 678
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-220-162

J. Accept a blade with a piece of blade tip which is not there if:

(1) Each subsequent stage, which you can get access to, is examined.

(2) The axial length of the piece is not more than 25 percent of the
blade chord.

(3) The radial length of the piece is not more than the axial length.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-163

K. Blade Tip Rub

(Ref. Fig. 616/TASK 72-00-00-991-151)

(1) Stage 3 to 8 rotor blades

(a) Accept blade tip rubs not more than 0.005 in. (0.13 mm).

(2) Stage 9 to 12 rotor blades

(a) Accept tip rubs which agree with the rotor path wear.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-164

L. Stator Path Ceramic Detachment

(1) Inspect the stage 6 to 11 Stator Path Ceramic coatings.

(a) Stages 6, 7 and 8 - Accept up to 40 percent ceramic coating

detachment per stage providing the bonding coat remains.

(b) Stages 9, 10 and 11 - Accept up to 200 percent ceramic coating

detachment cumulative providing the bonding coat remains.

(c) Stages 6 to 11 - Accept up to 240 percent ceramic coating

detachment cumulative providing the bonding coat remains.

(d) Stages 6 to 11 - Accept up to 25 percent of both ceramic and

bonding coat detachment.

(e) Reject the engine if detachment is more than in (a), (b), (c) or
(d).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 679
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-080-072

A. Remove the Support Equipment

(1) Remove the borescope probe from the engine.

(2) Remove the tool used to turn the HP system (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-080-
010).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-202

B. Install the Borescope Access Port Covers

(Ref. Fig. 612/TASK 72-00-00-991-251)

(1) Access ports A and B

(a) Apply a thin layer of jointing compound (Material No. V04-004) to

the mating faces of the access ports and the access port covers
using a stiff bristle brush. Do not apply jointing compound
nearer than 0.12 to 0.16 in. (3 to 4 mm) to the access port.

(b) Let the jointing compound dry for at least 10 minutes.

(c) Apply anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-070) or anti-seize

compound (Material No. V10-072) to the screws which attach the
access port cover.

(d) Install the access port cover and attach with the bolts.

(e) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(f) After at least two minutes, TORQUE the bolts again to between 85
and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).

(g) Remove unwanted jointing compound from around the access port.

(2) Access port C

(Ref. Fig. 620/TASK 72-00-00-991-280)

(a) Apply a thin layer of jointing compound (Material No. V04-004) to

the mating faces of the access port and access port cover using a
stiff bristle brush. Do not apply jointing compound nearer than
0.12 to 0.16 in. (2 to 4 mm) to the access port.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 680
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 5 Borescope Access Port

Figure 620/TASK 72-00-00-991-280

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 681
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Let the jointing compound dry for at least 10 minutes.

(c) Apply anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-070) or anti-seize

compound (Material No. V10-072) to the screws which attach the
access port cover.

(d) Install the access port cover (5) and attach with the screws (4).

(e) TORQUE the screws with ACR Torq-Set bit (212-1/4-ACR) to between
85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).

(f) After at least two minutes, TORQUE the bolts again to between 85
and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).

(g) Remove unwanted jointing compound from around the access port.

(3) Access ports D, E, F and G

(a) Apply anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-070) or anti-seize

compound (Material No. V10-072) to the screws which attach the
access port cover.

(b) Install the access port cover with the new gasket (1) and the new
gasket (2) and attach with the bolts.

(c) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-203

C. Install the Stage 10 to HP Turbine Air Valve

(1) Install the Stage 10 to HP turbine air valve (Ref. TASK 75-23-51-400-
010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 682
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-410-204

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
- FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-440-116

E. Do the activation of the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-

012).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-205

F. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 683
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-210-012

Inspection of the HP Compressor Stage 3 Rotor Clapper

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific non metallic scraper
No specific stiff bristle brush
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE6F10408 1 EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-003 *

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V04-004 *
Jointing compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-070 *
anti-seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-072 *
anti-seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 684
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-00-00-080-010 Removal of the Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection
72-00-00-200-016 Inspection of the HP Compressor
72-00-00-480-010 Installation of the Rotator Kit for Borescope
Inspection
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-00-00-991-251 Fig. 612
72-00-00-991-252 Fig. 613
72-00-00-991-279 Fig. 617
72-00-00-991-198 Fig. 621

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-164

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 685
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-010-231

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-040-117

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-232

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-010-233

E. Remove the borescope access port covers

(Ref. Fig. 612/TASK 72-00-00-991-251, 613/TASK 72-00-00-991-252)

NOTE : The borescope access ports give access to these stages of the
____
compressor:
- Port A gives access to the leading edge of stage 3. It is
located 40 degrees below the engine horizontal on the left side.
- Port B gives access to the trailing edge of stage 3 and the
leading edge of stage 4. It is located 34 degrees below the
engine horizontal on the right side.

(1) Remove the borescope access port covers A or B.

(a) Remove the bolts which attach the access port cover.

(b) Remove the access port cover.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 686
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) Remove the access port cover and discard the gasket.

Subtask 72-00-00-110-085

F. Remove the old jointing

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT NONE OF THE OLD JOINTING COMPOUND GOES IN TO THE
_______
ENGINE THROUGH THE ACCESS PORTS.

(1) Remove the old jointing compound from around the access ports and the
access port covers.

(a) Use a non metallic scraper and a clean lint free cloth made moist
with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-003). Remove all traces of
old jointing compound.

Subtask 72-00-00-480-079

G. Install the tool to turn the HP system (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-480-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-941-165

H. Prepare the borescope for use

(1) Prepare the EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE (IAE6F10408) for use as given in the

makers instructions.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-480-080

A. Install the borescope probe.

(1) Carefully put the borescope probe into the access port of the stage
of the compressor you want to examine.

NOTE : Use an 8 mm borescope probe for ports A and B.

____

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 687
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-290-115

B. Inspection of the HPC stage 3 rotor clappers.

(Ref. Fig. 617/TASK 72-00-00-991-279, 621/TASK 72-00-00-991-198)

(1) Examine the HPC rotor clappers for wear

NOTE : The conditions that follow can apply when clappers look to be
____
less than 50% aligned. Aligned clappers are at least 50%
aligned with the contact surface.

NOTE : If evidence of clapper shingling is seen (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-

____
200-016).

NOTE : There can be gaps between the clapper faces and this can be
____
acceptable. However, gaps can visually make the misalignment
look worse.

NOTE : Be very careful when inspecting the wear and misalignment

____
where there is a gap between clapper faces. If unsure, review
from other angles to better assess alignment. The minimum
recommendation for reviewing clappers is to inspect from two
different angles to assess both the vertical and horizontal
faces of the clappers.

(a) Reject the engine if you find clappers with cracks.

(b) Reject the engine if you find clappers with loss of material.

(c) Reject the engine within 10 cycles if you find clappers aligned
with slanted wear.

(d) Reject the engine within 10 cycles if you find clappers with
peeling of material that indicates clapper override (peeling of
material on the clapper horizontal surface) or uniform heavy
peeling along the full width of the clapper contact face
indicating significant loss of hard coating.

(e) Accept the engine for 100 cycles if you find clappers aligned
with advanced vertical regular, irregular or stepped wear.

(f) Accept the engine if you find clappers aligned with no wear or
vertical wear only, including gaps between clappers.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 688
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(g) Accept the engine if you find clappers with mild vertical
regular, irregular or stepped wear.

NOTE : It is recommended that operators digitally record evidence

____
of inspections, either as videos or as photographs.
Digital recording allows the previous condition to be
reviewed when performing a repeat inspection, which will
enable a better understanding of how the clappers are
wearing.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-080-070

A. Remove the support equipment

(1) Remove the borescope probe from the engine.

(2) Remove the tool used to turn the HP system (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-080-
010).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-196

B. Install the borescope access port covers

(Ref. Fig. 612/TASK 72-00-00-991-251)

(1) Access ports A and B

(a) Apply a thin layer of Jointing compound (Material No. V04-004) to

the mating faces of the access ports and the access port covers
using a stiff bristle brush. Do not apply jointing compound
nearer than 0.12 to 0.16 in. (3 to 4 mm) to the access port.

(b) Let the jointing compound dry for at least 10 minutes.

(c) Apply anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-070) or anti-seize

compound (Material No. V10-072) to the screws which attach the
access port cover.

(d) Install the access port cover and attach with the bolts.

(e) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(f) After at least two minutes, TORQUE the bolts again to between 85
and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 689
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HPC Stage 3 Rotor Clappers

Figure 621/TASK 72-00-00-991-198- 16 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 690
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HPC Stage 3 Rotor Clappers

Figure 621/TASK 72-00-00-991-198- 26 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 691
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HPC Stage 3 Rotor Clappers

Figure 621/TASK 72-00-00-991-198- 36 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 692
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HPC Stage 3 Rotor Clappers

Figure 621/TASK 72-00-00-991-198- 46 (SHEET 4)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 693
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HPC Stage 3 Rotor Clappers

Figure 621/TASK 72-00-00-991-198- 56 (SHEET 5)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 694
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HPC Stage 3 Rotor Clappers

Figure 621/TASK 72-00-00-991-198- 66 (SHEET 6)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 695
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(g) Remove unwanted jointing compound from around the access port.

1
_ Install the two levers (2) with their applicable adjusting
spacers (3) and the nuts (1).

2
_ TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and
1.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-197

C. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-440-114

D. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-198

E. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 696
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-013

Borescope Inspection of inside of Combustion Chamber and HP turbine stage 1

Vanes

CAUTION : THE LIMITS WHICH FOLLOW ARE APPLICABLE ON A CONTINUE IN SERVICE BASIS
_______
ONLY. EACH LIMIT IS BASED ON WHAT THE STRUCTURE OF THE BLADE MUST BE
AND DOES NOT INDICATE THAT THERE WILL NOT BE DETERIORATION OF THE
ENGINE PERFORMANCE, STABILITY, OPERATING LIMITS OR PART
REPAIRABILITY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 724000-I1

This task gives the procedure for the borescope inspection of the combustion
chamber and the HPT first stage vanes.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific cover (eye)

No specific flexible borescope
No specific rigid borescope
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-141 *

corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-094 *
anti-seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-129 *
anti-seize paste (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 697
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 gasket 72-42-10 81A-010

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
74-21-41-000-010 Removal of the Igniter Plug (4001JH1,4001JH2)
74-21-41-400-010 Installation of the Igniter Plug (4001JH1,4001JH2)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-00-00-991-162 Fig. 622
72-00-00-991-163 Fig. 623
72-00-00-991-164 Fig. 624
72-00-00-991-166 Fig. 625
72-00-00-991-167 Fig. 626
72-00-00-991-168 Fig. 627
72-00-00-991-169 Fig. 628
72-00-00-991-170 Fig. 629
72-00-00-991-171 Fig. 630
72-00-00-991-172 Fig. 631
72-00-00-991-173 Fig. 632
72-00-00-991-174 Fig. 633
72-00-00-991-231 Fig. 634
72-00-00-991-165 Fig. 635
72-00-00-991-256 Fig. 636
72-00-00-991-217 Fig. 637
72-00-00-991-218 Fig. 638
72-00-00-991-219 Fig. 639
72-00-00-991-220 Fig. 640
72-00-00-991-221 Fig. 641
72-00-00-991-222 Fig. 642
72-00-00-991-223 Fig. 643

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 698
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-991-224 Fig. 644

72-00-00-991-225 Fig. 645
72-00-00-991-226 Fig. 646
72-00-00-991-227 Fig. 647
72-00-00-991-216 Fig. 648
72-00-00-991-233 Fig. 649
72-00-00-991-234 Fig. 650
72-00-00-991-210 Fig. 651
72-00-00-991-232 Fig. 652
72-00-00-991-177 Fig. 653
72-00-00-991-230 Fig. 654
72-00-00-991-208 Fig. 655
72-00-00-991-209 Fig. 656
72-00-00-991-298 Fig. 657

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-089

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 699
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-010-123

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-00-00-040-076

C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-117

D. Get Access

(1) Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-290-072

A. General

CAUTION : THE ENGINE IS HOT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHUTDOWN AND CAN CAUSE
_______
BURNS AND DAMAGE TO THE BORESCOPE EQUIPMENT. WAIT 2-3 HOURS
AFTER SHUTDOWN BEFORE YOU DO A BORESCOPE INSPECTION.

(1) There are six borescope ports and two igniter ports to give access to
the combustion chamber and the HPT 1st stage vanes.
(Ref. Fig. 622/TASK 72-00-00-991-162, 623/TASK 72-00-00-991-163,
624/TASK 72-00-00-991-164)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A600
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Borescope Ports for Inspection of the Combustion Chamber Liners and the First
Stage Vanes (Left Side)
Figure 622/TASK 72-00-00-991-162


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-00-00 Page A601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Borescope Ports for Inspection of the Combustion Chamber Liners and the First
Stage Vanes (Right Side)
Figure 623/TASK 72-00-00-991-163


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-00-00 Page A602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Borescope Inspection Ports for the First Stage Vanes and the Combustion Chamber
Liner
Figure 624/TASK 72-00-00-991-164


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-00-00 Page A603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) The names of different parts and dimensional references of the
combustion chamber and the HPT 1st stage vanes are shown.
(Ref. Fig. 625/TASK 72-00-00-991-166, 626/TASK 72-00-00-991-167,
627/TASK 72-00-00-991-168, 628/TASK 72-00-00-991-169, 629/TASK 72-00-
00-991-170, 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-171, 631/TASK 72-00-00-991-172,
632/TASK 72-00-00-991-173, 633/TASK 72-00-00-991-174)
Use these names when identifying borescope inspection limits.

(3) Use these terms when you identify a combustion chamber condition seen
during borescope inspection:

(a) BURN: A local area of burner liner segment, bulkhead segment, or

deflector surface that has changed colour, has a rough surface
texture or shows thinner material because of high temperatures.
Burns can be located all around but more are found downstream of
combustion holes in the burner liner segments.

(b) BURN HOLE: A local burn area that has continued through the base
material. The ratio of a burn hole
s circumferential length to
axial length usually will be less than or equal to 2.0.
(Ref. Fig. 634/TASK 72-00-00-991-231)

(c) EDGE BURNBACK: Full thickness liner segment burns that start at
an edge, occur more at the segment trailing edge location but
have also occurred at the leading edge corners. Burnback is
material that is not there that has a ratio of the burn area
s
circumferential length to axial length of more than 2.0.
(Ref. Fig. 634/TASK 72-00-00-991-231)

(d) RADIAL BURNBACK: Full thickness burning on deflector edge

continuing radially inward toward fuel nozzle.

(4) General inspection guidelines:

(a) Give the results of decreased time inspections to your IAE

representative.

(b) If a piece of combustion chamber materials breaks off between

inspection times, a borescope inspection of the high pressure
turbine is necessary. If the high pressure turbine is not damaged
after the material breaks off you can continue the combustion
chamber borescope inspections at the times given by other limits.

(c) All spalled ceramic coating on the combustor segments, the

bulkhead segments or the bulkhead deflectors is acceptable
without a decreased borescope inspection time.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HPT 1st Stage Vane Area Names and Dimensional References

Figure 625/TASK 72-00-00-991-166

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HPT 1ST Stage Vane Area Names and Dimensional References

Figure 626/TASK 72-00-00-991-167

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A606
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HPT 1st Stage Vane Area Names and Dimensional References

Figure 627/TASK 72-00-00-991-168

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A607
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HPT 1st Stage vane Area Names and Dimensional References

Figure 628/TASK 72-00-00-991-169

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A608
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HPT 1st Stage Vane Area Names and Types of Damage

Figure 629/TASK 72-00-00-991-170

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A609
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HPT 1st Stage Vane Area Names and Types of Damage

Figure 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-171- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A610
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HPT 1st Stage Vane Area Names and Types of Damage

Figure 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-171- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A611
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Area Names

Figure 631/TASK 72-00-00-991-172

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A612
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Inner Combustion Chamber Liner Segments Dimensions References

Figure 632/TASK 72-00-00-991-173

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A613
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Outer Combustion Chamber Liner Segments Dimensions References

Figure 633/TASK 72-00-00-991-174

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A614
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Liner Segments Borescope Inspection Guidelines

Figure 634/TASK 72-00-00-991-231

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A615
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) Use these terms when you identify an HPT 1st stage vane condition
seen during borescope inspection:

(a) BURNS: A local area of 1st stage vane surface that has changed
colour, has a rough surface texture or shows thinner material
because of high temperatures. Burns can be located all around.

(b) BURN THROUGH: A local burn area that has continued through the
airfoil surface. Cracks that have burned to more than 0.050 in.
(1.27 mm) separation are also burn through.

(c) TRAILING EDGE BURNS: Burns or burn through that start at the
airfoil trailing edge and continue forward to the airfoil leading
edge.

(d) LIFT UP: An area where the surface on one side of a crack is
higher than the surface on the other side of the crack.

(e) COATING DAMAGE: Chips, spalling, flakes, blisters, peeling or

oxidation that is confined to the coating.

(f) CONNECTED LOOP CRACK: A crack or a group of cracks that show an

isolated area of vane metal.

(6) General inspection guidelines:

(a) Give the results of decreased time inspections to your IAE

representative.

(b) All ceramic coating damage is acceptable without a decreased

borescope inspection time. Extended operation with a large
quantity of ceramic coating not there can possibly cause the vane
to be out of limits and cannot be repaired at overhaul.

Subtask 72-00-00-010-106

B. Get access to the combustion chamber and the HPT 1st stage vanes through
the B1 to B6 and IP1 and IP2 ports as follows:

(1) For the B1 to B6 ports, remove the 6 plugs and gaskets at the
locations shown.
(Ref. Fig. 635/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A616
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Borescope Ports
Figure 635/TASK 72-00-00-991-165

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A617
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) For the IP1 and IP2 ports, remove the igniter plugs (Ref. TASK 74-21-
41-000-010).
(Ref. Fig. 635/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)

NOTE : Do not remove the igniter insert.

____

Subtask 72-00-00-290-073

C. Examine the combustion chamber, fuel injectors and the first stage vanes
for damage

CAUTION : THE LIMITS WHICH FOLLOW ARE APPLICABLE ON A CONTINUE IN SERVICE

_______
BASIS ONLY. EACH LIMIT IS BASED ON WHAT THE STRUCTURE OF THE
BLADE MUST BE AND DOES NOT INDICATE THAT THERE WILL NOT BE
DETERIORATION OF THE ENGINE PERFORMANCE, STABILITY, OPERATING
LIMITS OR PART REPAIRABILITY.

(1) Put the rigid borescope or flexible borescope in to the ports and
examine the combustion chamber, fuel injectors and the first stage
vanes for damage.
(Ref. Fig. 635/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)

NOTE : An cover (eye) is recommended for the eye that is not used, to
____
decrease eye tension.

(2) If damage seen is not listed, contact your IAE representative.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-077

D. Concave Surface Cracks/Burns

(Ref. Fig. 625/TASK 72-00-00-991-166, 629/TASK 72-00-00-991-170, 636/TASK
72-00-00-991-256)

NOTE : All cracks or sections of cracks burned to a width of more than

____
0.050 in. (1.27 mm) are burn holes. Use the applicable burn
limits.

(1) Accept with an inspection each 500 hours if:

(a) There is more than one axial crack 3/4 chord length or longer.
Axial and radial cracks can go through each other.

(b) There are many radial cracks that are more than 1.500 in. (38.1
mm) in length. Axial cracks can go through radial cracks.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A618
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HPT 1st Stage Area Names and Dimensional References

Figure 636/TASK 72-00-00-991-256

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A619
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) There is a burn that has caused a burn through that is between
0.050 in. (1.27 mm) and 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) at its shortest
dimension.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 250 hours if:

(a) There is a burn that has caused a burn through that is between
0.100 in. (2.54 mm) and 0.30 in. (7.62 mm) at its shortest
dimension.

(3) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your IAE
representative if:

(a) There is axial or radial crack lift up of more than 0.050 in.
(1.27 mm).

(b) There are connected loop cracks that show a piece of vane metal
that is calculate to be more than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in length.

(c) There is a crack that is three-quarters of a chord length long or

longer that also goes in to a leading edge or a convex surface
burn through.

(d) There is a burn that has caused a burn through that is more than
0.300 in. (7.62 mm) at its shortest dimension.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-078

E. Leading Edge Cracks, Leading Edge Burns and Convex Surface Cracks
(Ref. Fig. 628/TASK 72-00-00-991-169)

NOTE : There is no limit to the number of leading edge tight cracks

____
permitted without decreased inspection times.

(1) Accept with an inspection each 500 hours if:

(a) There are leading edge and/or convex surface cracks, or burns
that have caused a burn through that is less than 0.100 in (2.54
mm) in length radially.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 250 hours if:

(a) There are leading edge and/or convex surface cracks, or burns
that have caused a burn through that is between 0.100 in. (2.54
mm) and 0.600 in. (15.24 mm) in length radially.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A620
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your IAE
representative if:

(a) There are leading edge and/or convex surface cracks, or burns
that have caused a burn through that is more than 0.600 in.
(15.24 mm).

(b) There is a leading edge burn through that extends beyond the
first row of airfoil cooling holes on one of the two sides
(concave or convex) of the airfoil.

(c) On a vane the sum total axial length of:

1
_ Burn through from the leading edge plus a crack and/or burn
through from the trialing edge, is more than three-quarters of
the chord in length.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-109

F. Trailing Edge Burns

(Ref. Fig. 628/TASK 72-00-00-991-169)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 500 hours if:

(a) There is a burn through that goes between one quarter and one
half of the chord length from the trailing edge and is more than
0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in width at the trailing edge.

NOTE : 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) is equal to five trailing edge cooling
____
air slots.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 250 hours if:

(a) There is a burn through that goes between one half and three
quarters of the chord length from the trailing edge and is more
than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in width at the trailing edge.

NOTE : 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) is equal to five trailing edge cooling
____
air slots.

(3) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your IAE
representative if:

(a) There is a burn through that goes more than three quarters of the
chord length from the trailing edge and is more than 0.500 in.
(12.7 mm) in width at the trailing edge.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A621
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) is equal to five trailing edge cooling
____
air slots.

(b) There is a trailing edge burn through inboard of the first two
trailing edge cooling slots.
(Ref. Fig. 629/TASK 72-00-00-991-170)

Subtask 72-00-00-220-110

G. Cracks on the Inner and Outer Platforms

(Ref. Fig. 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-171)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 500 hours if:

(a) There is a crack that is more than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in length.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 250 hours if:

(a) There is a crack that is more than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm) in length.

(3) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your IAE
representative if:

(a) There is a crack that is parallel to the airfoil fillet radius,

that goes around the airfoil leading edge and that is more than
1.500 in. (38.1 mm) in length.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-111

H. Cracks on the Inner and Outer Platform Airfoil Fillet Radii

(Ref. Fig. 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-171)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 500 hours if:

(a) There is a filler crack that is more than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm) in
length and that goes from the fillet on to the airfoil.

(2) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your IAE
representative if:

(a) There is a crack that is more than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm) in length
and a part of the length is eroded to a width of more than 0.030
in. (0.76 mm)

(b) There is a crack in the fillet radius that is more than 1.500 in.
(38.1 mm) in length and that goes around the airfoil leading
edge.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A622
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-220-133

J. Burns on the Inner and Outer Platform

(Ref. Fig. 630/TASK 72-00-00-991-171)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 500 hours if:

(a) There are burns that go from the edge of the platform to the
platform airfoil fillet.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 250 hours if:

(a) There are burns that have caused a burn through that is less than
0.250 in. (6.35 mm) in length.

(3) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your IAE
representative if:

(a) There are burns that have caused a burn through that is more than
0.250 in. (6.35 mm) in length.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-112

K. Make a record of the damage that you find when you do a borescope
inspection of the combustion chamber

(1) Use the Combustion Chamber Damage Forms to record the damage.
(Ref. Fig. 637/TASK 72-00-00-991-217, 638/TASK 72-00-00-991-218,
639/TASK 72-00-00-991-219, 640/TASK 72-00-00-991-220, 641/TASK 72-00-
00-991-221, 642/TASK 72-00-00-991-222, 643/TASK 72-00-00-991-223,
644/TASK 72-00-00-991-224, 645/TASK 72-00-00-991-225, 646/TASK 72-00-
00-991-226, 647/TASK 72-00-00-991-227)

Subtask 72-00-00-220-113

L. Segment Cracks
(Ref. Fig. 648/TASK 72-00-00-991-216)

(1) Accept segments that have combustion holes without a decreased

borescope inspection time if:

(a) There are two cracks completely through a segment in the axial
direction and each crack goes through combustion holes that are
separated by a combustion hole without a crack.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A623
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Damage Form

Figure 637/TASK 72-00-00-991-217

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A624
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Damage Form

Figure 638/TASK 72-00-00-991-218

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A625
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Damage Form

Figure 639/TASK 72-00-00-991-219

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A626
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Damage Form

Figure 640/TASK 72-00-00-991-220

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A627
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Damage Form

Figure 641/TASK 72-00-00-991-221

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A628
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Damage Form

Figure 642/TASK 72-00-00-991-222

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A629
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Damage Form

Figure 643/TASK 72-00-00-991-223

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A630
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Damage Form

Figure 644/TASK 72-00-00-991-224

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A631
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Damage Form

Figure 645/TASK 72-00-00-991-225

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A632
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Damage Form

Figure 646/TASK 72-00-00-991-226

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A633
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Damage Form

Figure 647/TASK 72-00-00-991-227

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A634
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Liner Segment Crack Limits

Figure 648/TASK 72-00-00-991-216

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A635
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) There are two cracks completely through a segment in the axial
direction and one of the cracks goes through a combustion hole
and the other crack is separated by a combustion hole and is not
less than 0.700 in. (17.78 mm) from a circumferential edge.

(2) Accept segments that do not have combustion holes without a decreased
borescope inspection time if:

(a) There is one crack completely through axially and that is more
than 0.700 in. (17.78 mm) from a circumferential edge.

(3) Accept segments that have combustion holes with an inspection each
500 hours if:

(a) There are two or more cracks downstream of a combustion hole and
one of the cracks goes from the combustion hole to the trailing
edge and no other crack goes more than half the distance to the
same combustion hole or trailing edge.

(4) Accept segments that do not have combustion holes with an inspection
each 500 hours if:

(a) There are two or more axial cracks, one crack is completely
through the segment and is more than 0.700 in. (17.78 mm) from a
circumferential edge. No other crack is more than half the axial
length of the segment or nearer than 0.700 in. (17.78 mm) to a
circumferential edge.

(5) Accept segments that have combustion holes with an inspection each
250 hours if:

(a) There are 2, 3 or 4 cracks completely through axially and each

crack goes through a combustion hole and at least two cracks go
through adjacent combustion holes.

(b) There are two or more cracks downstream of a combustion hole, one
crack goes from a combustion hole to the trailing edge and no
other crack goes more than two thirds of the distance to the same
combustion hole or trailing edge

(c) There are cracks that can cause a piece of segment material up to
0.250 in.2 (161.29 mm.2) in area to break off.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A636
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(6) Accept segments that do not have combustion holes with an inspection
each 250 hours if:

(a) There are two or more axial cracks, one crack is completely
through the segment and is more than 0.700 in. (17.78 mm) from a
circumferential edge. No other crack is more than two thirds the
axial length of the segment or nearer than 0.700 in. (17.78 mm)
to a circumferential edge.

(b) There are cracks that can cause a piece of segment material up to
0.250 in.2 (161.29 mm.2) in area to break off.

(7) All segments, remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your
IAE representative if:

(a) There are cracks that can cause a piece or segment material that
is more than 0.250 in.2 (161.29 mm.2) in area to break off.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-114

M. Segment Edge Burnback

(1) Accept inner and outer burner liner rows 1 through 5 without a
decreased borescope inspection if:

(a) Trailing edge burnback is less than 0.700in. (17.78mm).

(b) There is no liner shell damage (burns, burn-through, cracks).

(c) There is no damage to rails around the igniter holes on the row 1
igniter segment.

(d) You must not be able to see an attachment post.

(2) Accept inner and outer burner liner rows 1 through 5 with an
inspection each 500 hours if:
(Ref. Fig. 649/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)

(a) The burnback is between 0.700 in. (17.78 mm) and 0.900 in. (22.86
mm) from a segment edge. There must be no liner shell damage
(burns, burnthrough, cracks), no damage to the rails around the
igniter holes in the igniter segment and you must not be able to
see an attachment post.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A637
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Liner Segment Crack Limits

Figure 649/TASK 72-00-00-991-233

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A638
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Accept inner and outer burner liner rows 1 through 5 with an
inspection each 250 hours if:

(a) The burnback is between 0.900 in. (22.86 mm) and 1.000 in. (25.4
mm) from a segment edge. Liner shell damage (burns, burnthrough,
cracks) must not have an area of more than 0.500 in.2 (322.580
mm2). Burnback must not go in to the rail around the igniter
holes in the igniter segment more than the limit.
(Ref. Fig. 649/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
You must not be able to see an attachment post.

NOTE : A maximum of three liner shell damage locations for each

____
burner assembly is allowed.

(4) Outer and inner burner liner rows 1 through 5,

(Ref. Fig. 649/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your IAE
representative if:

(a) The burnback is more than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm) from a segment
edge.

(b) The burnback can cause a piece of segment material more than
0.500 in. (12.7 mm) long to break off.

(c) There is burnback that goes in to the rail around the igniter
holes in the ignitor segment more than the limit.
(Ref. Fig. 649/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)

(d) There is burnback that shows an attachment post.

(e) There is liner shell damage (burns, burnthrough, cracks) that is

more than 0.500 in.2 (322.580 mm2) in area or there are more than
three locations of liner shell damage less than 0.500 in.2
(322.580 mm2) in all the burner assembly.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-115

N. Surface Burns and Burn Holes in Liner Segments

(1) Accept segments (with or without combustion holes)

(Ref. Fig. 650/TASK 72-00-00-991-234)
without a decreased borescope inspection time if:

(a) As much as all the surface is burned.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A639
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Liner Segment Burn Limits

Figure 650/TASK 72-00-00-991-234

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A640
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) There are burn holes that are less 0.350 in. (8.89 mm) in length.
There must be no liner shell damage (burns, burnthrough, cracks),
no damage to the rails around the igniter holes in the igniter
segment,
(Ref. Fig. 649/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
no combustion hole rim damage and you must not be able to see an
attachment post.

(2) Accept segments (with or without combustion holes)

(Ref. Fig. 650/TASK 72-00-00-991-234)
with an inspection each 500 hours if:

(a) There is a burn hole that is between 0.350 in. (8.89 mm) and
0.650 in. (16.51 mm) in length. There must be no liner shell
damage (burns, burnthrough, cracks), no damage to the rails
around the igniter holes in the igniter segment,
(Ref. Fig. 649/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
no combustion hole rim damage and you must not be able to see an
attachment post.

(3) Accept segments (with or without combustion holes)

(Ref. Fig. 650/TASK 72-00-00-991-234)
with an inspection each 250 hours if:

(a) There is a burn hole that is between 0.650 in. (16.51 mm) and
1.000 in. (25.4 mm) in length. Liner shell damage (burns,
burnthrough, cracks) must not have an area of more than 0.500
in.2 (322.580 mm2) and must not occur in more than three
locations. There must be no damage to the rails around the
igniter holes in the igniter segment more than the limit.
(Ref. Fig. 649/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
You must not be able to see an attachment post.

(4) Segments (with or without combustion holes),

(Ref. Fig. 649/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)
remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your IAE
representative if:

(a) There is a burn hole that is more than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm) in
length.

(b) There are segment burns or cracks that can cause a piece of
segment material more than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in length to break
off.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A641
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) There are segment burns that go in to the rail around the igniter
holes in the ignitor segment more than the limit.
(Ref. Fig. 649/TASK 72-00-00-991-233)

(d) There are segment burns that show an attachment post.

(e) There is liner shell damage (burns, burnthrough, cracks) that is

more than 0.500 in.2 (322.580 mm2) in area or occurs in more than
three locations that are less than 0.500 in.2 (322.580 mm2) in
area.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-116

P. Bulkhead Segment Cracks

(1) Use this term when you identify a bulkead segment condition seen
during boroscope inspection:
TIGHT CRACK: A crack that has no visible seperation, with no raised
material on either side.

(2) Accept all bulkhead segments

(Ref. Fig. 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-210)
without a decreased inspection time if:

(a) There is no limit to the quantity of cracks up to 0.250 in. (6.35

mm) in length.

(b) There is one tight crack with no limit in length.

(c) There are two or more tight cracks more than 0.250 in. (6.35 mm)
in length. These tight cracks are more than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm)
apart or less than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) inch apart from each
other.

(3) Accept all bulkhead segments

(Ref. Fig. 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-210)
with an inspection each 500 hours if:

(a) There are two or more tight cracks more than 0.250 in. (6.35 mm)
in length. These tight cracks are less than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm)
apart and more than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A642
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Liner (Bulkhead) Segment Inspection Areas and Cracks

Figure 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-210

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A643
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Accept all bulkhead segments
(Ref. Fig. 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-210)
with an inspection each 250 hours if:

(a) There are two or more cracks that look like they will go through
each other. If this can cause a piece of segment material more
than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in length to break off. These cracks are
more than 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) apart all along their lenght.

(5) All bulkhead segments,

(Ref. Fig. 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-210)
remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your IAE
representative if:

(a) There are two or more cracks that look like they will go through
each other. If this can cause a piece of segment material more
than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in length to break off. These cracks are
less than 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) apart all along their lenght.

NOTE : Two parallel cracks less than 1.000 in. (25.4 mm) and more
____
than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) apart that go to the bulkhead
deflector possibly will not cause material to break off.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-117

Q. Bulkhead Segment Burns

(1) Accept all bulkhead segments

(Ref. Fig. 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-210, 652/TASK 72-00-00-991-232,
653/TASK 72-00-00-991-177)
without a decreased borescope inspection time if:

(a) As much as all the surface is burned.

(b) There is one bulkhead segment burnthrough hole less than 2.000
in. (50.8 mm) in length. There must be no damage to the bulkhead
liner below. A bulkhead segment attachment post must not be
visible.

(c) There are multiple bulkhead segment burnthrough holes less than
1.000 in. (25.4 mm) in length. There must be no damage to the
bulkhead liner below. A bulkhead segment attachment post must not
be visible.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A644
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Bulkhead Segment Burn Hole

Figure 652/TASK 72-00-00-991-232

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A645
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Bulkhead Deflector Burnback

Figure 653/TASK 72-00-00-991-177- 17 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A646
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Bulkhead Deflector Burnback

Figure 653/TASK 72-00-00-991-177- 27 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A647
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Bulkhead Deflector Burnback

Figure 653/TASK 72-00-00-991-177- 37 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A648
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Bulkhead Deflector Burnback

Figure 653/TASK 72-00-00-991-177- 47 (SHEET 4)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A649
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Bulkhead Deflector Burnback

Figure 653/TASK 72-00-00-991-177- 57 (SHEET 5)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A650
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Bulkhead Deflector Burnback

Figure 653/TASK 72-00-00-991-177- 67 (SHEET 6)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A651
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Bulkhead Deflector Burnback

Figure 653/TASK 72-00-00-991-177- 77 (SHEET 7)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A652
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Accept all bulkhead segments
(Ref. Fig. 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-210, 652/TASK 72-00-00-991-232,
653/TASK 72-00-00-991-177)
with an inspection each 500 hours if:

(a) There is one bulkhead segment burnthrough hole more than 2.000
in. (50.8 mm) but less than 3.000 in. (76.2 mm) in length. There
must be no damage to the bulkhead liner below. A bulkhead segment
attachment post must not be visible.

(b) There are multiple bulkhead segment burnthrough holes more than
1.000 in. (25.4 mm) but less than 1.500 in. (38.1 mm) in length.
There must be no damage to the bulkhead liner below. A bulkhead
segment attachment post must not be visible.

(c) There are bulkhead liner burns that are less than 0.500 in.2
(322.58 mm2) in area. There must be no bulkhead liner
burnthrough.

(3) Reject all bulkhead segments,

(Ref. Fig. 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-210, 652/TASK 72-00-00-991-232,
653/TASK 72-00-00-991-177)
remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your IAE
representative if:

(a) There is one bulkhead segment burnthrough hole that is more than
3.000 in. (76.2 mm) in length.

(b) There are multiple bulkhead segment burnthrough holes that are
more than 1.500 in. (38.1 mm) in length.

(c) There is a bulkhead liner burn that is more than 0.500 in.2
(322.58 mm2) in area.

(d) There is a bulkhead liner burnthrough or a bulkhead segment

attachment post is visible.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-118

R. Bulkhead Deflector Cracks

(1) Accept all bulkhead deflectors

(Ref. Fig. 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-210, 654/TASK 72-00-00-991-230)
without a decreased borescope inspection time if:

(a) There are cracks that are not circumferential.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A653
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Chamber Bulkhead Deflector Cracks and Burnback

Figure 654/TASK 72-00-00-991-230

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A654
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) There are circumferential cracks that can cause material less
than 0.500in. (12.7 mm) in length to break off.

(2) All bulkhead deflectors,

(Ref. Fig. 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-210, 654/TASK 72-00-00-991-230)
remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your IAE
representative if:

(a) There is a circumferential crack that can cause material more

than 0.500 in. (12.7 mm) in length to break off.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-134

S. Bulkhead Deflector Burns

(1) Accept all bulkhead deflectors

(Ref. Fig. 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-210, 653/TASK 72-00-00-991-177,
654/TASK 72-00-00-991-230)
without a decreased borescope time if:

(a) There are surface burns or base material burns that are less than
the full deflector thickness.

(b) There is full material thickness edge burnback that extends

circumferentially to the outer diameter of a total of eight
combustion air holes.

1
_ Burnback can extend radially back to combustion air holes.
Cracks which connect full material thickness burnback to
combustion air holes are permitted. Cracks can break into
combustion air holes.

2
_ There must be sufficient bulkhead deflector material over the
bulkhead segment for correct retention.

(2) Accept all bulkhead deflectors

(Ref. Fig. 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-210, 653/TASK 72-00-00-991-177,
654/TASK 72-00-00-991-230)
with an inspection each 500 hours and inspect stage 1 HPT blades,
duct segments and vanes if:

(a) There is full material thickness edge burnback that extends

circumferentially to the outer diameter of more than eight and
less than 10 total combustion air holes.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A655
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

1
_ Burnback can extend radially back to combustion air holes.
Cracks which connect full material thickness burnback to
combustion air holes are permitted. Cracks can break into
combustion air holes.

2
_ The remaining material must be on opposite sides of the
deflector.

3
_ There must be sufficient bulkhead deflector material over the
bulkhead segment for proper retention.

4
_ Surface burns are unlimited circumferentially.

(3) Accept all bulkhead deflectors.

(Ref. Fig. 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-210, 653/TASK 72-00-00-991-177,
654/TASK 72-00-00-991-230)
with an inspection each 250 hours and inspect the stage 1 HPT blades,
duct segments and vanes if:

(a) There is full material thickness edge burnback that extends

circumferentially to the outer diameter of 10 and less than 11
total combustion air holes. Surface burns are unlimited
circumferentially.

1
_ Burnback can extend radially back to combustion air holes.
Full material burnback can break into one combustion air hole
but must not be more than 25% of the combustion air hole
circumference.

2
_ Remaining material must be on opposite sides of the deflector.

3
_ There must be sufficient bulkhead deflector material over the
bulkhead segment for proper retention.

(4) Reject all bulkhead deflectors.

(Ref. Fig. 651/TASK 72-00-00-991-210, 653/TASK 72-00-00-991-177,
654/TASK 72-00-00-991-230)
Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles and tell your IAE
representative if:

(a) There is full material thickness edge burnback that extends

radially back to combustion air holes and extends
circumferentially along the outer diameter of 11 or more total
combustion air holes. Surface burns are unlimited
circumferentially.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A656
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) There is full material thickness edge burnback that extends into
one combustion air hole and is more that 25% of the combustion
air hole circumference.

(c) There is full material thickness edge burnback that extends into
more than one combustion air hole for each bulkhead deflector.

(d) Remaining material is not located on the opposite sides of the

deflector.

(e) Sufficient bulkhead deflector material does not exist over the
bulkhead segment for correct retention.

(f) The combustion air holes have burn damage.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-128

T. End cap damage on the fuel nozzles

(Ref. Fig. 655/TASK 72-00-00-991-208, 656/TASK 72-00-00-991-209, 657/TASK
72-00-00-991-298)

(1) Accept the fuel nozzle if:

(a) The clearance between the end cap and the nozzle is fully closed.

(b) There is no limit to the number of radial and circumferential

cracks in the end cap.

(c) Some or all of the end cap segments are broken away.

(2) Replace the fuel nozzle if:

(a) there are cracks, distortion, erosion or other damage on the

areas adjacent to the end cap.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A657
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fuel Nozzle End Cap Inspection Areas

Figure 655/TASK 72-00-00-991-208

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A658
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fuel Nozzle End Cap Inspection Areas

Figure 656/TASK 72-00-00-991-209

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A659
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fuel Nozzle Types of Damage

Figure 657/TASK 72-00-00-991-298

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A660
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-105

A. Close the Borescope Inspection Ports, after the Borescope Inspection is

completed, as follows
(Ref. Fig. 635/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)

(1) For the B1 thru B6 ports:

(a) Lubricate the plug (2) threads using anti-seize paste (Material
No. V10-129) or anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-094). Wipe
off excess paste.

(b) Install the plugs and the gasket (1).

(c) TORQUE the plugs to between 70 and 80 lbf.in (0.79 and 0.90
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(d) Safety the plugs with corrosion resistant steel lockwire

(Material No. V02-141).

(2) For the IP1 and IP2 ports:

(a) Install the igniter plugs (Ref. TASK 74-21-41-400-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-106

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-00-00-440-078

C. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A661
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-410-119

D. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A662
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-014

Borescope Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Blades

CAUTION : THE LIMITS WHICH FOLLOW ARE APPLICABLE ON A CONTINUE IN SERVICE BASIS
_______
ONLY. EACH LIMIT IS BASED ON WHAT THE STRUCTURE OF THE BLADE MUST BE
AND DOES NOT INDICATE THAT THERE WILL NOT BE DETERIORATION OF THE
ENGINE PERFORMANCE, STABILITY, OPERATING LIMITS OR PART
REPAIRABILITY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task is for A5 basic (non SelectOne) engines, which have not SBE
72-0562 (SelectOne Production Standard).
This task gives the procedure for the borescope inspection of the stage 1
HPT blades. This task recommends the use of a flexible borescope to inspect
the stage 1 HPT blades. You can use a rigid borescope to inspect for general
damage to the blades but a rigid borescope will not permit you to see
sufficient detail to inspect the blades to the limits in this task.

NOTE : If damage is not listed contact your IAE representative.

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific eye cover

No specific rigid borescope
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1P16184 1 PULLER, KNOCKER
IAE2P16204 1 TUBE-BORESCOPE GUIDE

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A663
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-024 *

tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-141 *
corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-094 *
anti-seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-129 *
anti-seize paste (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 gasket, option 72-42-10 81A-010

1 gasket, option 72-45-00 80 -040

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-13-00-010-010
71-13-00-410-010
72-00-00-080-010
72-00-00-480-010
74-21-41-000-010
74-21-41-400-010
78-30-00-040-012
78-30-00-440-012
78-32-00-010-010
78-32-00-410-010
72-00-00-991-165
72-00-00-991-235
72-00-00-991-244
Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
Removal of the Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection
Installation of the Rotator Kit for Borescope
Inspection
Removal of the Igniter Plug (4001JH1,4001JH2)
Installation of the Igniter Plug (4001JH1,4001JH2)
Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
Fig. 635
Fig. 658
Fig. 659

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A664
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-991-180 Fig. 660

72-00-00-991-245 Fig. 661
72-00-00-991-185 Fig. 662
72-00-00-991-182 Fig. 663
72-00-00-991-275 Fig. 664
72-00-00-991-246 Fig. 665
72-00-00-991-188 Fig. 666
72-00-00-991-247 Fig. 667
72-00-00-991-203-A Fig. 668
72-00-00-991-184 Fig. 669

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-090

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-118

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A665
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-040-077

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-124

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-480-064

E. Install the foot operated motor drive unit to the gearbox crank pad (1)
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-480-010). and
(Ref. Fig. 658/TASK 72-00-00-991-235)

NOTE : With this unit the rotor can be turned 360 degrees to permit
____
complete inspection.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-290-077

A. General

CAUTION : THE ENGINE IS HOT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHUTDOWN AND CAN CAUSE
_______
BURNS AND DAMAGE TO THE BORESCOPE EQUIPMENT. WAIT 2-3 HOURS
AFTER SHUTDOWN BEFORE YOU DO A BORESCOPE INSPECTION.

(1) Borescope ports are identified.

(Ref. Fig. 659/TASK 72-00-00-991-244, 660/TASK 72-00-00-991-180,
661/TASK 72-00-00-991-245)

(2) The names of the different parts, areas and dimentional references of
the Stage 1 HPT blades are shown.
(Ref. Fig. 662/TASK 72-00-00-991-185)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A666
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Crank Pad Location

Figure 658/TASK 72-00-00-991-235

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A667
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Turbine Borescope Location for Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Blades (Left
Side)
Figure 659/TASK 72-00-00-991-244


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-00-00 Page A668
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Turbine Borescope Ports for Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Blades (Right
Side)
Figure 660/TASK 72-00-00-991-180


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-00-00 Page A669
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Turbine Ports for Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Blades

Figure 661/TASK 72-00-00-991-245

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A670
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 1 HPT Blade Inspection Areas

Figure 662/TASK 72-00-00-991-185

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A671
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Use the names which follow when you identify a blade condition seen
at borescope inspection:

(a) Erosion : A local area where material has been removed by causes
other than heat distress.

(b) Leading Edge Burn-Through : A hole in the leading edge open to

the cooling air passage.

(c) Burns : A local area where material has been removed because of
heat distress.

(d) Coating damage : Chipping, flaking, blistering, peeling or

oxidation of blade confined to the coating.

(e) Trailing edge metal loss: A burn through the convex trailing edge
wall that causes a shorter airfoil chord length.

Subtask 72-00-00-290-078

B. Do a close up borescope inspection of the Stage 1 HPT blades

(Ref. Fig. 635/TASK 72-00-00-991-165, 661/TASK 72-00-00-991-245)

NOTE : For a general inspection do the procedure in the next paragraph.

____

(1) Get access to the Stage 1 HPT blades through the IP1 igniter port

(a) Remove the igniter plug (Ref. TASK 74-21-41-000-010).

NOTE : Do not remove the igniter insert.

____

NOTE : Do not remove the igniter bushing.

____

(2) Put the flexible borescope in to the guide tube TUBE-BORESCOPE GUIDE
(IAE2P16204) until the end of the borescope is level with the end of
the tube.

(3) Put a piece of tape (Material No. V02-024) on the borescope fiber
bundle 3.25 in. (82.55 mm) from the other end of the guide tube. This
will be a limit mark on the borescope so you will not insert the
borescope too far and cause damage to the borescope.

(4) Put the end of the tube which is close to the tape mark in the down
position and the plane of the tube at a right angle to the engine
axis.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A672
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) Install the tube in to the IP1 igniter port

(a) As the tube is put in, turn it clockwise carefully and connect
the fitting to the igniter bushing.

(b) Push the guide tube in until it touches the stop.

(c) Turn the guide tube clockwise until it stops. Hold the tube in
this position and tighten the locking wheel to secure the guide
tube.

NOTE : In this position, the slot in the stop will be up.

____

NOTE : An eye cover for the eye which is not used will decrease
____
eye tension.

NOTE : An adjustable clamp to support the borescope will free the

____
hands to move the borescope dials and fiber bundle.

NOTE : Some borescope units have closed circuit television

____
adapters. We highly recommend this unit.

(d) Slowly push in the borescope through the guide tube while you
look through the eye piece.

(e) Move the borescope end slightly, while pushing in, and find the
Stage 1 HPT blades. Turn the borescope fiber bundle to help you
locate the stage 1 HPT blades. Do not push the borescope in more
than the tape mark.

NOTE : At this point, the borescope is between two Stage 1 HPT

____
vanes and at a location to see the concave side of the
Stage 1 HPT blades.

(6) Examination of the blades:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE BORESCOPE TIP IS NOT IN THE PATH OF THE
_______
STAGE 1 HPT BLADES BEFORE YOU TURN THE ENGINE.

(a) Examine the blades for damage.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A673
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-290-074

C. You can use a rigid borescope to do a general borescope inspection of the

Stage 1 HPT blades
(Ref. Fig. 661/TASK 72-00-00-991-245)

NOTE : For a close up inspection do the procedure in the paragraph above.

____

NOTE : An eye cover for the eye which is not used will decrease eye
____
tension.

NOTE : Removal of the plugs at both of the locations will permit you to
____
examine both leading and trailing edges

(1) Get access to the Stage 1 HPT blades through the B3 or B4 ports
(Ref. Fig. 659/TASK 72-00-00-991-244)

(a) Remove the lockwire from the plug.

(b) Loosen and remove the plug and the gasket from the B3 or B4 port.
(Ref. Fig. 635/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)

(2) Get access to the Stage 1 HPT blades through the T1/2L or T1/2R ports
(Ref. Fig. 659/TASK 72-00-00-991-244, 660/TASK 72-00-00-991-180)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE BLANKING PLUG IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL

_______
BEFORE REMOVAL.
THE TEMPERATURE STAYS HIGH FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER ENGINE
SHUTDOWN.

(a) Remove the lockwire and the bolts which hold the plugs.

(b) Put the PULLER, KNOCKER (IAE1P16184) in to the center hole of the
plug.

(c) Use the puller to remove the plug from the port.

(d) Remove the gasket from the plug.

(e) Remove the plug from the puller.

(3) Put a rigid borescope through the B3 or B4 port.

(Ref. Fig. 663/TASK 72-00-00-991-182)

(4) Examine the blades for damage.

(5) Put a rigid borescope through the T1/2L or T1/2R port.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A674
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Borescope Equipment
Figure 663/TASK 72-00-00-991-182

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A675
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(6) Examine the blades for damage.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-094

D. Nicks or dents on the airfoil of the stage 1 HPT blades

(Ref. Fig. 664/TASK 72-00-00-991-275, 665/TASK 72-00-00-991-246, 666/TASK
72-00-00-991-188)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 600 hours if:

(a) The nick or dent is in area A or area B and is larger than 0.2
in. (5.0799 mm).

(2) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:

(a) The nick or dent is in area A or area B (not including the blade
trailing edge tip) and shows signs of torn metal or cracks.

(b) The nick or dent causes internal areas to show. These are areas
where the air that is used to cool the blade goes.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-095

E. Cracks on the Airfoil of the Stage 1 HPT Blades

(Ref. Fig. 662/TASK 72-00-00-991-185, 664/TASK 72-00-00-991-275, 665/TASK
72-00-00-991-246, 666/TASK 72-00-00-991-188, 667/TASK 72-00-00-991-247)

NOTE : There will be unwanted material on the airfoil because of the

____
casting procedure during borescope inspection, this material will
look like small bumps on the concave and convex surfaces of the
airfoil. These bumps are usually round or oval, are between 0.1
in. (2.54 mm) to 0.2 in. (5.08 mm) wide and are 0.005 in. (0.13
mm) high. These bumps are acceptable. No action is necessary.

NOTE : Tip Zone - Lower edge of upper tip cooling holes to tip. In this
____
zone a crack going through another crack is permitted.

(1) Accept with an inspection each 600 hours if:

(a) The crack in area A or area B is longer than 0.07 in. (1.7779
mm).

(b) The crack in area A (this does not include the inner 25 percent
of the leading or trailing edge span) or area B extends from a
burned area and the combination of a burn and a crack is longer
than 0.12 in. (3.0479 mm). Maximum crack length is 0.070 in.
(1.7779 mm).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A676
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 1 HPT Blade Inspection Areas

Figure 664/TASK 72-00-00-991-275

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A677
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 1 HPT Blade Inspection Areas

Figure 665/TASK 72-00-00-991-246

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A678
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 1 HPT Blade Inspection Areas

Figure 666/TASK 72-00-00-991-188

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A679
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 1 HPT Blade Inspection Areas

Figure 667/TASK 72-00-00-991-247

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A680
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) The crack in the inner 25 percent of the leading or trailing edge
span in area A extends from a burned area and the combination of
the burn plus the crack is longer than 0.070 in. (1.7779 mm).

(d) The crack in area C is longer than 0.10 in. (2.5399 mm).

(e) The crack in area C extends from a burned area and the
combination of the burn plus a crack is longer than 0.10 in.
(2.5399 mm).

(f) A radial crack on the airfoil starts at the blade tip and is
longer than 0.200 in. (5.0799 mm). The number of cracks is not
important.

(g) Axial crack is greater than 0.14 in. (3.56 mm) in the tip zone.

(h) There is missing material which extends greater than 0.05 in.
(1.27 mm) radially from the tip.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 300 hours if:

(a) Axial crack is greater than 0.20 in. (5.08 mm) in the tip zone.

(b) There is missing material which extends greater than 0.08 in.
(2.03 mm) radially from the tip.

(c) There is missing material which extends greater than 0.06 in.
(1.52 mm) radially and is also greater than 0.12 in. (3.05 mm)
axial.

(3) Accept with an inspection each 150 hours if:

(a) Axial crack is greater than 0.24 in. (6.10 mm) in the tip zone.

(b) There is missing material which extends greater than 0.10 in.
(2.54 mm) radially from the tip.

(c) There is missing material which extends greater than 0.08 in.
(2.03 mm) radially and is also greater than 0.18 in. (4.57 mm) in
the tip zone.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A681
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:

(a) The crack in area A is longer than 0.12 in. (3.0479 mm).

(b) The crack in area A (this does not include the inner 25 percent
of the leading or trailing edge span) extends from a burned area
and the combination of a burn plus a crack is longer than 0.22
in. (5.5879 mm). The maximum crack length is 0.130 in. (3.3019
mm).

(c) The crack in the inner 25 percent of the trailing edge span in
area A extends from a burned area and the combination of the burn
plus the crack is longer than 0.130 in. (3.3019 mm).

(d) The crack in area B is longer than 0.15 in. (3.8099 mm).

(e) The crack in area B extends from a burned area and the
combination of the burn plus a crack is longer than 0.15 in.
(3.8099 mm).

(f) The crack in area C is longer than 0.20 in. (5.0799 mm).

(g) The crack in area C extends from a burned area and the
combination of the burn plus a crack is longer than 0.20 in.
(5.0799 mm).

(h) A radial crack on the airfoil starts at the blade tip and is
longer than 0.35 in. (8.8899 mm).

(i) The cracks form closed loops between cooling holes except in the
tip zone.

(j) The crack goes through other cracks except in the tip zone.

(k) The internal cooling passages can be seen at the blade tip.

(l) There is missing material which extends greater than 0.09 in.
(2.29 mm) radially and 0.28 in. (7.11 mm) axially in the tip
zone.

(m) There is an axial crack that has a length greater than 0.30 in.
(7.62 mm) in the tip zone.

(n) In the airfoil fillet radius there is a crack in the airfoil

fillet radius or combination of a burn and a crack.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A682
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-220-098

F. Cracks on the platform of the stage 1 HPT blade

(Ref. Fig. 666/TASK 72-00-00-991-188)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 600 hours if:

(a) The crack is longer than 0.150 in. (3.8099 mm) and does not go up
to the platform to airfoil fillet radius. The number of cracks is
not important.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 300 hours if:

(a) The crack goes in to the platform to airfoil fillet radius. The
crack is longer than 0.20 in. (5.08 mm) and does not go into the
platform to airfoil fillet radius.

(3) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:

(a) The crack goes through the platform to airfoil fillet radius. The
crack is longer than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) and does not go into the
platform to airfoil fillet radius.

NOTE : Cracks not acceptable in the airfoil fillet radius.

____

Subtask 72-00-00-220-099

G. Erosion or Burns on the Airfoil or Platform

(Ref. Fig. 662/TASK 72-00-00-991-185, 664/TASK 72-00-00-991-275, 665/TASK
72-00-00-991-246, 666/TASK 72-00-00-991-188, 667/TASK 72-00-00-991-247)

NOTE : The newest standard of stage 1 HPT blades has an outer ceramic
____
coating and protective coatings underneath the ceramic coating. A
reduced inspection interval or engine removal is not necessary
until burning or erosion of the base material of the blade occurs
as specified below. Thus, it is not necessary to remove the engine
or reduce the inspection interval because of coating loss.

(1) Accept with an inspection each 600 hours if:

(a) The erosion or burn on the leading edge is more than one quarter
of the airfoil radial length.

(b) The erosion or burns on the leading edge have changed the airfoil
shape.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A683
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) The erosion or burns on the airfoil or platform have gone through
the coating. This does not include burns on the airfoil leading
edge, trailing edge, or tip.

(d) The erosion or burns on the trailing edge in the inner 25 percent
of area A are more than 0.07 in. (1.7779 mm) axially.

(e) The burns on the trailing edge in the outer 75 percent of area A
are more than 0.12 in. (3.0479 mm) axially.

(f) The burning at the blade tip in zone 1 is at the bottom of the
lower tip cooling row holes.

(g) The burning at the remainder of the tip (but not including the
trailing edge tip) is more than 0.06 in. (1.52 mm) radially and
above the top edge of the upper cooling holes.

(h) There is material that is burned away or missing on the blade

trailing edge tip that is more than 0.070 in. (1.7779 mm) axially
from the trailing edge.

NOTE : The blade trailing edge tip is 0.150 in. (3.8099 mm)
____
radially from the tip and 0.100 in. (2.5399 mm) from the
trailing edge and burning or erosion is permitted in this
area.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 300 hours if:

(a) The burns on the trailing edge in the inner 25 percent of the
airfoil length of area A are more than 0.11 in. (2.7939 mm)
axially.

(b) The burns on the trailing edge of the outer 75 percent of the
airfoil length of area A are more than 0.20 in. (5.0799 mm)
axially. This does not include the blade tip.

(c) The burn on the trailing edge platform corner is more than 0.25
in. (6.3499 mm) axially or 0.45 in. (11.4299 mm) tangentially.

(d) The leading edge burn through on the outer 50 percent span in
Area A is less than 0.20 in. (5.0799 mm) in all directions.

(e) There is visible platform material missing due to erosion or

burning.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A684
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(f) The burning at the tip (except in zone 1 and the trailing edge
tip) is below the upper edge of the upper tip cooling row but
above the upper edge of the lower tip cooling row.

(g) There is material that is burned away or missing on the blade

trailing edge tip that is more than 0.090 in. (2.2859 mm) axially
from the trailing edge.

(3) Do an inspection each 150 hours if:

(a) The leading edge burn-through hole on the outer 50% span in area
A is less than 0.250 in. (6.3499 mm) in the radial direction.

(4) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:

(a) The erosion or burn (which does not include the leading edge on
the outer 50% span) lets internal areas and walls show. The
internal areas are where the air that is used to cool the blade
goes.

(b) The burn on the platform increases the gap to the adjacent
platform to more than 0.05 in. (1.2699 mm) or a crack has
increased to more than 0.05 in. (1.2699 mm) wide. This does not
include the trailing edge platform corner burning.

(c) The burn on the trailing edge platform corner is more than 0.40
in. (10.1599 mm) axially or 0.60 in. (15.2399 mm)
circumferentially.

(d) The burns on the trailing edge in the inner 25 percent of the
airfoil length of area A are more than 0.15 in. (3.8099 mm)
axially.

(e) The burns on the trailing edge of the outer 75 percent of the
airfoil length of area A are more than 0.30 in. (7.6199 mm)
axially.

(f) The burning at the tip has extended to completely include the
lower tip cooling row holes or burn through at the tip has
occurred.

(g) The leading edge burn through on the outer 50 percent span in
Area A is greater than 0.20 in. (5.0799 mm) in the axial
direction or 0.25 in. (6.3499 mm) in the radial direction, or if
the inner wall (as you can see through the burn-through hole) has
burns or has been breached.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A685
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : The trailing edge and the inner row of blade tip holes is
____
0.15 in. (3.8099 mm) radially.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-100

H. Examine the Stage 1 HPT Duct Segments

(Ref. Fig. 668/TASK 72-00-00-991-203-A)

NOTE : At the subsequent inspection, you must do a 360 degrees borescope

____
inspection to identify the worst duct segment condition.
Subsequent inspections of any duct segment distress must use these
findings.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CONDITION | 300-HR. INSPECTION | 125-HR. INSPECTION | REMOVE THE ENGINE |
| | (See Note 1) | (See Note 1) | IN 10 CYCLES |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Axial cracks Each crack is Each crack is longer Cracks are longer
shorter than 0.500 than or equal to than or equal to
in. (12.70 mm) 0.500 in. (12.70 mm) 1.20 in. (30.48 mm)
but shorter than in area 1, area 2,
1.20 in. (30.48 mm) or areas 1 and 2
in area 1, area 2, together
or areas 1 and 2
together

Circumferential Each crack is Each crack is longer Cracks are longer

cracks shorter than 0.500 than or equal to than or equal to
in. (12.70 mm) 0.500 in. (12.70 mm) 1.50 in. (38.10 mm)
but shorter than in area 1, area 2,
1.50 in. (38.10 mm) or areas 1 and 2
in area 1, area 2, together
or areas 1 and 2
together

Burning or Any amount

erosion of the
base metal at
area 1 with no
burn-through

Burning or Shiplap burning goes Shiplap burning goes

erosion of the up to the second row through the second
base metal at of cooling holes row of cooling holes
area 2 with no
burn-through

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A686
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 1 HPT Duct Segment Inspection Locations

Figure 668/TASK 72-00-00-991-203-A

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A687
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CONDITION | 300-HR. INSPECTION | 125-HR. INSPECTION | REMOVE THE ENGINE |
| | (See Note 1) | (See Note 1) | IN 10 CYCLES |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Burn-through in Less than 0.500in. 0.500in. (12,70 mm)
areas 1 and 2 (12,70 mm) of or more of
continuous continuous
burn-through in Area burn-through in
1, Area 2, or Areas Area 1, Area 2, or
1 and 2 together Areas 1 and 2
together

Burn through Any amount

the impingement
plate

Lifting of Lifting of seal

leading edge edge
material

Loss of leading Less than 0.300 in. 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) 0.500in. (12,70 mm)
edge material (7.62 mm) or more, but less or more
than 0.500 in.
(12.70 mm)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-110

A. Close the borescope inspection ports after the borescope inspection is

completed as follows:

(1) For the IP1 igniter port, install the igniter plug (Ref. TASK 74-21-
41-400-010).

(2) For the B3 or B4 port, proceed as follows:

(a) Lubricate the plug threads with anti-seize paste (Material No.
V10-129) or anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-094). Wipe off
excess paste.

(b) Install the plug (1) and the gasket, option (1).
(Ref. Fig. 635/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)

(c) TORQUE the plug to between 70 and 80 lbf.in (0.79 and 0.90 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A688
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(d) Safety the plug with corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Material
No. V02-141)

(3) For the T1/2L or T1/2R port, proceed as follows:

(a) Put the gasket, option (1) in the case recess.

(Ref. Fig. 669/TASK 72-00-00-991-184)

(b) Replace the gasket if the seal is not above the case surface.

(c) Put the gasket on the plug (2) and install it in the case.

(d) Lubricate the bolt threads with anti-seize paste (Material No.
V10-129) or anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-094). Wipe off
excess paste.

(e) Install the bolts.

(f) TORQUE the bolts to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(g) Safety the bolts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire

(Material No. V02-141).

Subtask 72-00-00-080-059

B. Remove the foot operated motor drive unit from the gearbox crank pad
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-080-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-111

C. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-440-075

D. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A689
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Borescope Ports
Figure 669/TASK 72-00-00-991-184

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A690
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-410-120

E. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A691
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-014- 01

Borescope Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Blades

CAUTION : THE LIMITS WHICH FOLLOW ARE APPLICABLE ON A CONTINUE IN SERVICE BASIS
_______
ONLY. EACH LIMIT IS BASED ON WHAT THE STRUCTURE OF THE BLADE MUST BE
AND DOES NOT INDICATE THAT THERE WILL NOT BE DETERIORATION OF THE
ENGINE PERFORMANCE, STABILITY, OPERATING LIMITS OR PART
REPAIRABILITY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task is for A5 engines only, which have SBE 72-0562 incorporated
(SelectOne Production Standard).
This task gives the procedure for the borescope inspection of the stage 1
HPT blades. This task recommends the use of a flexible borescope to inspect
the stage 1 HPT blades. You can use a rigid borescope to inspect for general
damage to the blades but a rigid borescope will not permit you to see
sufficient detail to inspect the blades to the limits in this task.

NOTE : If damage is not listed contact your IAE representative.

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific eye cover

No specific flexible borescope
No specific rigid borescope
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1P16184 1 PULLER, KNOCKER
IAE2P16204 1 TUBE-BORESCOPE GUIDE

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A692
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-024 *

tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-141 *
corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-094 *
anti-seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-129 *
anti-seize paste (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 gasket, option 72-42-10 81A-020

1 gasket, option 72-45-00 80 -040

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-13-00-010-010
71-13-00-410-010
72-00-00-080-010
72-00-00-480-010
74-21-41-000-010
74-21-41-400-010
78-30-00-040-012
78-30-00-440-012
78-32-00-010-010
78-32-00-410-010
72-00-00-991-165
72-00-00-991-235
72-00-00-991-244
Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
Removal of the Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection
Installation of the Rotator Kit for Borescope
Inspection
Removal of the Igniter Plug (4001JH1,4001JH2)
Installation of the Igniter Plug (4001JH1,4001JH2)
Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
Fig. 635
Fig. 658
Fig. 659

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A693
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-991-180 Fig. 660

72-00-00-991-245 Fig. 661
72-00-00-991-185 Fig. 662
72-00-00-991-182 Fig. 663
72-00-00-991-275 Fig. 664
72-00-00-991-246 Fig. 665
72-00-00-991-188 Fig. 666
72-00-00-991-247 Fig. 667
72-00-00-991-203-A Fig. 668
72-00-00-991-184 Fig. 669

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-166

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-234

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
- 437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
- 447AL, 448AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A694
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-040-118

C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-235

D. Open the Thrust Reverser Halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
- 451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
- 461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-480-081

E. Install the foot operated motor drive unit to the gearbox crank pad (1)
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-480-010)
(Ref. Fig. 658/TASK 72-00-00-991-235)

NOTE : With this unit the rotor can be turned 360 degrees to permit
____
complete inspection.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-290-116

A. General

CAUTION : THE ENGINE IS HOT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHUTDOWN AND CAN CAUSE
_______
BURNS AND DAMAGE TO THE BORESCOPE EQUIPMENT. WAIT 2-3 HOURS
AFTER SHUTDOWN BEFORE YOU DO A BORESCOPE INSPECTION.

(1) Borescope ports are identified.

(Ref. Fig. 659/TASK 72-00-00-991-244, 660/TASK 72-00-00-991-180,
661/TASK 72-00-00-991-245)

(2) The names of the different parts, areas and dimensional references of
the Stage 1 HPT blades are shown.
(Ref. Fig. 662/TASK 72-00-00-991-185)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A695
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Use the names which follow when you identify a blade condition seen
at borescope inspection:

(a) Erosion : A local area where material has been removed by causes
other than heat distress.

(b) Leading Edge Burn-Through : A hole in the leading edge open to

the cooling air passage.

(c) Burns : A local area where material has been removed because of
heat distress.

(d) Coating damage : Chipping, flaking, blistering, peeling or

oxidation of blade confined to the coating.

(e) Trailing edge metal loss: A burn through the convex trailing edge
wall that causes a shorter airfoil chord length.

Subtask 72-00-00-290-117

B. Do a Close-Up Borescope Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Blades

(Ref. Fig. 635/TASK 72-00-00-991-165, 661/TASK 72-00-00-991-245)

NOTE : For a general inspection, do the procedure in the next paragraph.

____

(1) Get access to the Stage 1 HPT blades through the IP1 ignitor port

(a) Remove the ignitor plug (Ref. TASK 74-21-41-000-010).

NOTE : Do not remove the ignitor insert.

____

NOTE : Do not remove the ignitor bushing.

____

(2) Put the flexible borescope into the guide tube TUBE-BORESCOPE GUIDE
(IAE2P16204) until the end of the borescope is level with the end of
the tube.

(3) Put a piece of tape (Material No. V02-024) on the borescope fiber
bundle 3.25 in. (82.55 mm) from the other end of the guide tube. This
will be a limit mark on the borescope, so that you will not insert
the borescope too far and cause damage to the borescope.

(4) Put the end of the tube, which is close to the tape mark, in the down
position and the plane of the tube at a right angle to the engine
axis.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A696
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) Install the tube into the IP1 ignitor port.

(a) As the tube is put in, turn it clockwise carefully and connect
the fitting to the igniter bushing.

(b) Push the guide tube in until it touches the stop.

(c) Turn the guide tube clockwise until it stops. Hold the tube in
this position and tighten the locking wheel to secure the guide
tube.

NOTE : In this position, the slot in the stop will be up.

____

NOTE : An eye cover for the eye which is not used will decrease
____
eye tension.

NOTE : An adjustable clamp to support the borescope will free the

____
hands to move the borescope dials and fiber bundle.

NOTE : Some borescope units have closed circuit television

____
adapters. We highly recommend this unit.

(d) Slowly push in the borescope through the guide tube while you
look through the eye piece.

(e) Move the borescope end slightly, while pushing in, and find the
Stage 1 HPT blades. Turn the borescope fiber bundle to help you
locate the stage 1 HPT blades. Do not push the borescope in more
than the tape mark.

NOTE : At this point, the borescope is between two Stage 1 HPT

____
vanes and at a location to see the concave side of the
Stage 1 HPT blades.

(6) Examination of the blades:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE BORESCOPE TIP IS NOT IN THE PATH OF THE
_______
STAGE 1 HPT BLADES BEFORE YOU TURN THE ENGINE.

(a) Examine the blades for damage.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A697
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-290-118

C. You can use a Rigid Borescope to do a General Borescope Inspection of the

Stage 1 HPT blades
(Ref. Fig. 661/TASK 72-00-00-991-245)

NOTE : For a close-up inspection do the procedure in the paragraph above.

____

NOTE : An eye cover for the eye which is not used will decrease eye
____
tension.

NOTE : Removal of the plugs at both of the locations will permit you to
____
examine both leading and trailing edges

(1) Get access to the Stage 1 HPT blades through the B3 or B4 ports
(Ref. Fig. 659/TASK 72-00-00-991-244)

(a) Remove the lockwire from the plug.

(b) Loosen and remove the plug and the gasket from the B3 or B4 port.
(Ref. Fig. 635/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)

(2) Get access to the Stage 1 HPT blades through the T1/2L or T1/2R ports
(Ref. Fig. 659/TASK 72-00-00-991-244, 660/TASK 72-00-00-991-180)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE BLANKING PLUG IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL

_______
BEFORE REMOVAL.
THE TEMPERATURE STAYS HIGH FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER ENGINE
SHUTDOWN.

(a) Remove the lockwire and the bolts which hold the plugs.

(b) Put the PULLER, KNOCKER (IAE1P16184) into the center hole of the
plug.

(c) Use the puller to remove the plug from the port.

(d) Remove the gasket from the plug.

(e) Remove the plug from the puller.

(3) Put a rigid borescope through the B3 or B4 port.

(Ref. Fig. 663/TASK 72-00-00-991-182)

(4) Examine the blades for damage.

(5) Put a rigid borescope through the T1/2L or T1/2R port.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A698
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(6) Examine the blades for damage.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-151

D. Nicks or Dents on the Airfoil of the Stage 1 HPT Blades

(Ref. Fig. 664/TASK 72-00-00-991-275, 665/TASK 72-00-00-991-246, 666/TASK
72-00-00-991-188)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 600 hours if:

(a) The nick or dent is in area A or area B and is larger than 0.2
in. (5.08 mm).

(2) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:

(a) The nick or dent is in area A or area B (not including the blade
trailing edge tip) and shows signs of torn metal or cracks.

(b) The nick or dent causes internal areas to show. These are areas
where the air that is used to cool the blade goes.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-152

E. Cracks on the Airfoil of the Stage 1 HPT Blades

(Ref. Fig. 662/TASK 72-00-00-991-185, 664/TASK 72-00-00-991-275, 665/TASK
72-00-00-991-246, 666/TASK 72-00-00-991-188, 667/TASK 72-00-00-991-247)

NOTE : There will be unwanted material on the airfoil because of the

____
casting procedure during borescope inspection, this material will
look like small bumps on the concave and convex surfaces of the
airfoil. These bumps are usually round or oval, are between 0.1
in. (2.54 mm) to 0.2 in. (5.08 mm) wide and are 0.005 in. (0.13
mm) high. These bumps are acceptable. No action is necessary.

NOTE : Tip zone - Lower edge of the upper tip cooling holes to tip. In
____
this zone a crack going through another crack is permitted.

(1) Accept with an inspection each 600 hours if:

(a) The crack in area A or area B is longer than 0.07 in. (1.78 mm).

(b) The crack in area A (this does not include the inner 25 percent
of the leading or trailing edge span) or area B extends from a
burned area, and the combination of a burn and a crack is longer
than 0.12 in. (3.05 mm). Maximum crack length is 0.070 in. (1.78
mm).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page A699
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) The crack in the inner 25 percent of the leading or trailing edge
span in area A extends from a burned area, and the combination of
the burn plus the crack is longer than 0.070 in. (1.78 mm).

(d) The crack in area C is longer than 0.10 in. (2.54 mm).

(e) The crack in area C extends from a burned area, and the
combination of the burn plus a crack is longer than 0.10 in.
(2.54 mm).

(f) A radial crack on the airfoil starts at the blade tip and is
longer than 0.20 in. (5.08 mm). The number of cracks is not
important.

(g) Axial crack is greater than 0.14 in. (3.56 mm) in the tip zone.

(h) There is missing material which extends greater than 0.05 in.
(1.27 mm) radially from the tip.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 300 hours if:

(a) Axial crack is greater than 0.20 in. (5.08 mm) in the tip zone.

(b) There is missing material which extends greater than 0.08 in.
(2.03 mm) radially from the tip.

(c) There is missing material which extends greater than 0.06 in.
(1.52 mm) radially and is also greater than 0.12 in. (3.05 mm)
axially.

(3) Accept with an inspection each 150 hours if:

(a) Axial crack is greater than 0.24 in. (6.10 mm) in the tip zone.

(b) There is missing material which extends greater than 0.10 in.
(2.54 mm) radially from the tip.

(c) There is missing material which extends greater than 0.08 in.
(2.03 mm) radially and is also greater than 0.18 in. (4.57 mm)
axially in the tip zone.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B600
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:

(a) The crack in area A is longer than 0.12 in. (3.05 mm).

(b) The crack in area A (this does not include the inner 25 percent
of the leading or trailing edge span) extends from a burned area,
and the combination of a burn plus a crack is longer than 0.22
in. (5.59 mm). The maximum crack length is 0.130 in. (3.30 mm).

(c) The crack in the inner 25 percent of the trailing edge span in
area A extends from a burned area, and the combination of the
burn plus the crack is longer than 0.130 in. (3.30 mm).

(d) The crack in area B is longer than 0.15 in. (3.81 mm).

(e) The crack in area B extends from a burned area, and the
combination of the burn plus a crack is longer than 0.15 in.
(3.81 mm).

(f) The crack in area C is longer than 0.20 in. (5.08 mm).

(g) The crack in area C extends from a burned area,and the

combination of the burn plus a crack is longer than 0.20 in.
(5.08 mm).

(h) A radial crack on the airfoil starts at the blade tip and is
longer than 0.35 in. (8.89 mm).

(i) The cracks form closed loops between cooling holes except in the
tip zone.

(j) The crack goes through other cracks except in the tip zone.

(k) The internal cooling passages can be seen at the blade tip.

(l) There is missing material which extends greater than 0.09 in.
(2.29 mm) radially and 0.28 in. (7.11 mm) axially in the tip
zone.

(m) There is axial crack that has a length greater than 0.30 in.
(7.62 mm) in the tip zone.

(n) There is a crack in the airfoil fillet radius or combination of a

burn and crack.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-220-153

F. Cracks on the Platform of the Stage 1 HPT Blade

(Ref. Fig. 666/TASK 72-00-00-991-188)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 600 hours if:

(a) The crack is longer than 0.150 in. (3.81 mm) and does not go up
to the platform to airfoil fillet radius. The number of cracks is
not important.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 300 hours if:

(a) The crack goes into the platform to airfoil fillet radius. The
crack is longer than 0.20 in. (5.08 mm) and does not go into the
platform to airfoil fillet radius.

(3) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:

(a) The crack goes through the platform to airfoil fillet radius. The
crack is longer than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) and does not go into the
platform to airfoil fillet radius.

NOTE : Crack is not acceptable in the airfoil fillet radius.

____

Subtask 72-00-00-220-154

G. Erosion or Burns on the Airfoil or Platform

(Ref. Fig. 662/TASK 72-00-00-991-185, 664/TASK 72-00-00-991-275, 665/TASK
72-00-00-991-246, 666/TASK 72-00-00-991-188, 667/TASK 72-00-00-991-247)

NOTE : The newest standard of stage 1 HPT blades has an outer ceramic
____
coating and protective coatings underneath the ceramic coating. A
reduced inspection interval or engine removal is not necessary
until burning or erosion of the base material of the blade occurs
as specified below. Thus, it is not necessary to remove the engine
or reduce the inspection interval because of coating loss.

(1) Accept with an inspection each 600 hours if:

(a) The erosion or burn on the leading edge is more than one quarter
of the airfoil radial length.

(b) The erosion or burns on the leading edge have changed the airfoil
shape.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) The erosion or burns on the airfoil or platform have gone through
the coating. This does not include burns on the airfoil leading
edge, trailing edge, or tip.

(d) The erosion or burns on the trailing edge in the inner 25 percent
of area A are more than 0.07 in. (1.78 mm) axially.

(e) The burns on the trailing edge in the outer 75 percent of area A
are more than 0.12 in. (3.05 mm) axially.

(f) The burning at the blade tip in zone 1 is at the bottom of the
lower tip cooling row holes.

(g) The burning at the remainder of the tip (but not including the
trailing edge tip) is more than 0.06 in. (1.52 mm) radially and
above the top edge of the upper cooling holes.

(h) There is material that is burned away or missing on the blade

trailing edge tip that is more than 0.070 in. (1.78 mm) axially
from the trailing edge.

NOTE : The blade trailing edge tip is 0.150 in. (3.81 mm)
____
radially from the tip and 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) from the
trailing edge and burning or erosion is permitted in this
area.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 300 hours if:

(a) The burns on the trailing edge in the inner 25 percent of the
airfoil length of area A are more than 0.11 in. (2.79 mm)
axially.

(b) The burns on the trailing edge of the outer 75 percent of the
airfoil length of area A are more than 0.20 in. (5.08 mm)
axially. This does not include the blade tip.

(c) The burn on the trailing edge platform corner is more than 0.25
in. (6.35 mm) axially or 0.45 in. (11.43 mm) tangentially.

(d) The leading edge burn through on the outer 50 percent span in
area A is less than 0.20 in. (5.08 mm) in all directions.

(e) There is visible platform material missing due to erosion or

burning.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(f) The burning at the tip (except in zone 1 and the trailing edge
tip) is below the upper edge of the upper tip cooling row but
above the upper edge of the lower tip cooling row.

(g) There is material that is burned away or missing on the blade

trailing edge tip that is more than 0.090 in. (2.29 mm) axially
from the trailing edge.

(3) Do an inspection each 150 hours if:

(a) The leading edge burn-through hole on the outer 50% span in area
A is less than 0.250 in. (6.35 mm) in the radial direction.

(4) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:

(a) The erosion or burn (which does not include the leading edge on
the outer 50% span) lets internal areas and walls show. The
internal areas are where the air that is used to cool the blade
goes.

(b) The burn on the platform increases the gap to the adjacent
platform to more than 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) or a crack has increased
to more than 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) wide. This does not include the
trailing edge platform corner burning.

(c) The burn on the trailing edge platform corner is more than 0.40
in. (10.16 mm) axially or 0.60 in. (15.24 mm) circumferentially.

(d) The burns on the trailing edge in the inner 25 percent of the
airfoil length of area A are more than 0.15 in. (3.81 mm)
axially.

(e) The burns on the trailing edge of the outer 75 percent of the
airfoil length of area A are more than 0.30 in. (7.62 mm)
axially.

(f) The burning at the tip has extended to completely include the
lower tip cooling row holes or burn through at the tip has
occurred.

(g) The leading edge burn through on the outer 50 percent span in
area A is greater than 0.20 in. (5.08 mm) in the axial direction
or 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) in the radial direction, or if the inner
wall (as you can see through the burn-through hole) has burns or
has been breached.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : The trailing edge and the inner row of blade tip holes is
____
0.15 in. (3.81 mm) radially.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-155

H. Examine the Stage 1 HPT Duct Segments

(Ref. Fig. 668/TASK 72-00-00-991-203-A)

NOTE : At the subsequent inspection, you must do a 360 degrees borescope

____
inspection to identify the worst duct segment condition.
Subsequent inspections of any duct segment distress must use these
findings.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CONDITION | 300-HR. INSPECTION | 125-HR. INSPECTION | REMOVE THE ENGINE |
| | (See Note 1) | (See Note 1) | IN 10 CYCLES |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Axial cracks Each crack is Each crack is longer Cracks are longer
shorter than 0.500 than or equal to than or equal to
in. (12.70 mm) 0.500 in. (12.70 mm) 1.20 in. (30.48 mm)
but shorter than in area 1, area 2,
1.20 in. (30.48 mm) or areas 1 and 2
in area 1, area 2, together
or areas 1 and 2
together

Circumferential Each crack is Each crack is longer Cracks are longer

cracks shorter than 0.500 than or equal to than or equal to
in. (12.70 mm) 0.500 in. (12.70 mm) 1.50 in. (38.10 mm)
but shorter than in area 1, area 2,
1.50 in. (38.10 mm) or areas 1 and 2
in area 1, area 2, together
or areas 1 and 2
together

Burning or Any amount

erosion of the
base metal at
area 1 with no
burn-through

Burning or Shiplap burning goes Shiplap burning goes

erosion of the up to the second row through the second
base metal at of cooling holes row of cooling holes
area 2 with no
burn-through

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| CONDITION | 300-HR. INSPECTION | 125-HR. INSPECTION | REMOVE THE ENGINE |
| | (See Note 1) | (See Note 1) | IN 10 CYCLES |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Burn-through in Less than 0.500in. 0.500in. (12,70 mm)
areas 1 and 2 (12,70 mm) of or more of
continuous continuous
burn-through in Area burn-through in
1, Area 2, or Areas Area 1, Area 2, or
1 and 2 together Areas 1 and 2
together

Burn through Any amount

the impingement
plate

Lifting of Lifting of seal

leading edge edge
material

Loss of leading Less than 0.300 in. 0.300 in. (7.62 mm) 0.500in. (12,70 mm)
edge material (7.62 mm) or more, but less or more
than 0.500 in.
(12.70 mm)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-199

A. Close the Borescope Inspection Ports after the Borescope Inspection is

Completed as follows:

(1) For the IP1 igniter port, install the igniter plug (Ref. TASK 74-21-
41-400-010).

(2) For the B3 or B4 port, proceed as follows:

(a) Lubricate the plug threads with anti-seize paste (Material No.
V10-129) or anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-094). Wipe off
excess paste.

(b) Install the plug (1) and the gasket, option (1).
(Ref. Fig. 635/TASK 72-00-00-991-165)

(c) TORQUE the plug to between 70 and 80 lbf.in (0.79 and 0.90 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B606
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(d) Safety the plug with corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Material
No. V02-141).

(3) For the T1/2L or T1/2R port, proceed as follows:

(a) Put the gasket, option (1) in the case recess.

(Ref. Fig. 669/TASK 72-00-00-991-184)

(b) Replace the gasket if the seal is not above the case surface.

(c) Put the gasket on the plug (2) and install it in the case.

(d) Lubricate the bolt threads with anti-seize paste (Material No.
V10-129) or anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-094). Wipe off
excess paste.

(e) Install the bolts.

(f) TORQUE the bolts to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(g) Safety the bolts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire

(Material No. V02-141).

Subtask 72-00-00-080-071

B. Remove the Foot-Operated Motor-Drive Unit from the Gearbox Crank Pad
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-080-010)

Subtask 72-00-00-410-200

C. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
- 451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
- 461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-440-115

D. Activate the Thrust Reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B607
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-410-201

E. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
- 437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
- 447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B608
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-015

Borescope Inspection of the Stage 2 HPT Blades

CAUTION : THE LIMITS WHICH FOLLOW ARE APPLICABLE ON A CONTINUE IN SERVICE BASIS
_______
ONLY. EACH LIMIT IS BASED ON WHAT THE STRUCTURE OF THE BLADE MUST BE
AND DOES NOT INDICATE THAT THERE WILL NOT BE DETERIORATION OF THE
ENGINE PERFORMANCE, STABILITY, OPERATING LIMITS OR PART
REPAIRABILITY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the borescope inspection of the stage 2
HPT blades.

NOTE : If damage is not listed contact your IAE representative.

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific eye cover

No specific rigid borescope
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1P16184 1 PULLER, KNOCKER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-141 *

corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-077 USA MIL-L-23699
lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-094 *
anti-seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-129 *
anti-seize paste (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B609
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 gasket, option 72-45-00 80 -040

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-13-00-010-010
71-13-00-410-010
72-00-00-080-010
72-00-00-480-010
78-30-00-040-012
78-30-00-440-012
78-32-00-010-010
78-32-00-410-010
72-00-00-991-235
72-00-00-991-194
72-00-00-991-195
72-00-00-991-190
72-00-00-991-191
72-00-00-991-193
72-00-00-991-192
72-00-00-991-229
72-00-00-991-202
Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
Removal of the Rotator Kit for Borescope Inspection
Installation of the Rotator Kit for Borescope
Inspection
Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
Fig. 658
Fig. 670
Fig. 671
Fig. 672
Fig. 673
Fig. 674
Fig. 675
Fig. 676
Fig. 677

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-091

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B610
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-119

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-040-078

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser:

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-127

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B611
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-480-065

E. Install the foot operated motor drive unit to the gearbox crank pad (1)
(Ref. Fig. 658/TASK 72-00-00-991-235)
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-480-010).

NOTE : With this unit the rotor can be turned 360 degrees to permit
____
complete inspection.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-290-075

A. General

CAUTION : THE ENGINE IS HOT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHUTDOWN AND CAN CAUSE
_______
BURNS AND DAMAGE TO THE BORESCOPE EQUIPMENT. WAIT 2-3 HOURS
AFTER SHUTDOWN BEFORE YOU DO A BORESCOPE INSPECTION.

(1) The names of the different parts, areas and dimensional references of
the Stage 2 HPT blades are shown.
(Ref. Fig. 670/TASK 72-00-00-991-194, 671/TASK 72-00-00-991-195)

(2) Use the names which follow when you identify a blade condition seen
during borescope inspection:

(a) Erosion : A smooth area at the tip that shows material is gone.

(b) Leading Edge Burn-Through : A hole in the leading edge open to

the cooling air passage.

(c) Burns : A local area that is rough, not the initial color, or
where there is no material.

(d) Nick or dent: A damage area that can be smooth, have cracks, a
hole that isopen to the cooling air passages or have holes and
cracks.

(e) Coating damage : Chipping, flaking, blistering, peeling or

oxidation of blade confined to coating.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B612
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 2 HPT Blade Inspection Areas

Figure 670/TASK 72-00-00-991-194

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B613
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 2 HPT blade inspection Areas

Figure 671/TASK 72-00-00-991-195

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B614
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-010-120

B. Get access to the Stage 2 HPT blades through the T1/2L or T1/2R or T2/3L
or T2/3R ports
(Ref. Fig. 672/TASK 72-00-00-991-190, 673/TASK 72-00-00-991-191, 674/TASK
72-00-00-991-193)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE BLANKING PLUG IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL BEFORE
_______
REMOVAL.
THE TEMPERATURE STAYS HIGH FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER ENGINE
SHUTDOWN.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SLEEVE FLANGED BUSHING DOES NOT FALL OUT. IF
_______
THE PART FALLS IT WILL BE DAMAGED.

NOTE : If you remove the blanking plugs at both locations, you will be
____
able to examine the leading and trailing edges.

(1) Remove the T1/2L or T1/2R access ports

(a) Release the wire that safeties the bolts.

(b) Remove the bolts.

(c) Install the PULLER, KNOCKER (IAE1P16184) to the center hole of

the plug.

(d) Use the puller to remove the blanking plug from the port.

(e) Remove the gasket from the plug and the plug from the puller.

(2) Remove the T2/3L or T2/3R access ports

(a) Release the wire that safeties the bolts.

(b) Remove the bolts.

(c) Remove the blanking plug and spacer plates.

NOTE : Do not change the spacer plates as they are adjusted to

____
the related blanking plug.

(d) Remove the sleeve flanged bushing.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B615
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Turbine Borescope Locations for Inspection of the Stage 2 HPT Blades (Left
Side)
Figure 672/TASK 72-00-00-991-190


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-00-00 Page B616
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Turbine Borescope Ports for Inspection of the Stage 2 HPT Blades (Right
Side)
Figure 673/TASK 72-00-00-991-191


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-00-00 Page B617
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Borescope Ports
Figure 674/TASK 72-00-00-991-193

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B618
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-290-076

C. Do a borescope inspection of the Stage 2 HPT blades

(Ref. Fig. 670/TASK 72-00-00-991-194, 671/TASK 72-00-00-991-195)

NOTE : A eye cover on the eye that is not used will decrease eye tension.
____

(1) Put a rigid borescope through the T1/2L or T1/2R port.

(Ref. Fig. 675/TASK 72-00-00-991-192)

(2) Examine the blades for damage.

(3) Put a flexible borescope through the T1/2L or T1/2R port.

(Ref. Fig. 675/TASK 72-00-00-991-192)

(4) Examine the blades for damage on the concave and convex sides from
the leading edge rearward.

(5) Put a rigid borescope through the T2/3L or T2/3R port.

(Ref. Fig. 675/TASK 72-00-00-991-192)

(6) Examine the blades for damage.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-102

D. Nicks, dents and holes on the airfoil of the stage 2 HPT blades
(Ref. Fig. 670/TASK 72-00-00-991-194, 671/TASK 72-00-00-991-195, 676/TASK
72-00-00-991-229)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 500 hours if:

(a) The nick or dent is in area B or C has cracks and the total
length of the nick or dent plus the crack is less than 0.15 in.
(3.81 mm) long axially and/or less than 0.180 in. (4.57 mm) long
radially.

(b) The nick or dent is in area B or C, has a hole or a hole with

cracks and the total length of the nick or dent plus the hole or
hole with a crack is less than 0.1 in. (2.54 mm) long axially
and/or less than 0.180 in. (4.57 mm) long radially.

(c) The hole is in area B or C and is less than 0.04 in. (1.01 mm)
long axially and less than 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) long radially.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B619
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP and LP Turbine Ports for Inspection of the Stage 2 HPT Blades

Figure 675/TASK 72-00-00-991-192

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B620
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 2 HPT Blade Inspection Areas

Figure 676/TASK 72-00-00-991-229

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B621
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Accept with an inspection each 250 hours if:

(a) The nick or dent is in area A, has cracks and the total length of
the nick or dent plus the crack is less than 0.120 in. (3.05 mm)
long axially and/or less than 0.140 in. (3.55 mm) long radially.

(b) The nick or dent is in area B, has cracks and the total length of
the nick or dent plus the crack is between 0.150 and 0.200 in.
(3,81 and 5.08 mm) long axially and/or between 0.180 and 0.450
in. (4,572 and 11,430 mm) long radially.

(c) The nick or dent is in area C, has cracks and the total length of
the nick or dent plus the crack is between 0.150 and 0.250 in.
(3,81 and 6.35 mm) long axially and/or between 0.180 in. and
0.450 in. (4,572 and 11.43 mm) long radially.

(d) The nick or dent has a hole or a hole with cracks at the limits
given in steps (a), (b) and (c) above.

(e) The nick is in area D.

(f) The hole is in area B or area C is between 0.04 in. (1.01 mm) and
0.08 in. (2.03 mm) long axially and/or is between 0.050 in. (1.27
mm) and 0.1 in. (2.54 mm) long radially.

(g) The dent is in area D, and has a depth that is more than 0.015
in. (0.381 mm), or does not have a smooth bottom.

(3) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:

(a) The nick or dent is in area A, has cracks and the total length of
the nick or dent plus the crack is more than 0.120 in. (3.05 mm)
long axially and/or more than 0.140 in. (3.55 mm) long radially.

(b) The nick or dent is in area B, has cracks and the total length of
the nick or dent plus the crack is more than 0.20 in. (5.08 mm)
long axially and/or more than 0.360 in. (9.14 mm) long radially.

(c) The nick or dent is in area C, has cracks and the total length of
the nick or dent plus the crack is more than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm)
long axially and/or more than 0.450 in. (11.43 mm) long radially.

(d) The nick or dent has a hole or a hole with cracks at the limits
given in steps (a), (b) and (c) above.

(e) The nick or dent is in area D. where there are signs of burns,
torn metal or cracks.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B622
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(f) The nick or dent is on the trailing edge of the airfoil in area
D.

(g) The hole is in areas A, B or C and is larger than 0.08 in. (2.03
mm) axially and/or 0.1 in. (2.54 mm) radially.

(h) The hole is in area D.

(i) There is more than one hole.

NOTE : Manufacturers holes are not included.

____

Subtask 72-00-00-220-103

E. Erosion or burns on the airfoil or platform of the Stage 2 HPT blades

(Ref. Fig. 670/TASK 72-00-00-991-194, 671/TASK 72-00-00-991-195, 676/TASK
72-00-00-991-229)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 500 hours if:

(a) The erosion or burn is on the airfoil trailing edge in area D.

(b) The erosion or burn is on the airfoil trailing edge in area C and
is longer than 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) axially or 0.2 in. (5.08 mm)
radially.

(c) The erosion or burn is on the leading edge and extends more than
one-quarter of the airfoil radial length.

(d) The erosion or burn on the leading edge has changed the shape of
the airfoil.

(e) The erosion or burn on the airfoil or the platform has gone
through the coating. This does not include burns on the leading
edge.

(2) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:

(a) The erosion or burn is on the airfoil trailing edge in area C and
is more than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) long axially.

(b) The erosion or burn is on the airfoil trailing edge in area D and
is more than 0.05 in. (1.27 mm) long radially.

(c) The erosion or burn has an adjacent area which shows signs of
cracks.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B623
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(d) The erosion or burn on the airfoil or platform permits internal
areas to show. The internal areas are where the air goes that is
used to cool the blade.

(e) The burn on the airfoil or platform changes the shape of the
airfoil. This does not include burns on the leading edge.

(f) The burn on the platform increases the gap with the adjacent
blade platform to more than 0.05 in. (1.27 mm)

(g) The burn on the platform goes in to the airfoil fillet radius.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-104

F. Cracks on the airfoil of the Stage 2 HPT blades

(Ref. Fig. 670/TASK 72-00-00-991-194, 671/TASK 72-00-00-991-195, 676/TASK
72-00-00-991-229)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 500 hours if:

(a) The trailing edge crack is in area C and is less than 0.25 in.
(6.35 mm) long in any direction.

(b) The crack is in area B or area C and is less than 0.080 in.(2.03
mm) long axially and/or less than 0.180 in. (4.57 mm) long
radially.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 250 hours if:

(a) The crack is in area A and is less than 0.08 in. (2.03 mm) long
axially and/or less than 0.140 in. (3.55 mm) long radially.

(b) The crack is in area B and is between 0.080 and 0.140 in. (2,03
and 3,56 mm) long axially and/or between 0.180 and 0.360 in.
(4,572 and 9,144 mm) long radially.

(c) The crack is in aera C and is between 0.080 and 0.200 in. (2,03
and 5,08 mm) long axially and/or between 0.180 and 0.450 in.
(4,572 and 11,430 mm) long radially.

(3) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:

(a) The trailing edge crack is in area D.

(b) The trailing edge crack is in area C and is more than 0.03 in.
(0.76 mm) long.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B624
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) Cracks in the airfoil go through or touch other cracks.

(d) The crack is in area A and is more than 0.08 in. (2.03 mm) long
axially and/or more than 0.140 in. (3.55 mm) long radially.

(e) The crack is in area B and is more than 0.140 in. (3,56 mm) long
axially and/or more than 0.360 in. (9.14 mm) long radially.

(f) The crack is in area C and is more than 0.200 in. (5,08 mm) long
axially and/or more than 0.450 in. (11.43 mm) long radially.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-150

G. Airfoil surface imperfection (areas of raised material) and surface

imperfections with cracks.
(Ref. Fig. 671/TASK 72-00-00-991-195)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 500 hours if:

(a) There are surface imperfections (areas of raised material) on the

airfoil surface.

(b) A surface imperfection is in area B or area C and has a crack

with a length that is 0.080 in. (2.03 mm) long axially and/or
less than 0.180 in. (4.57 mm) long radially.

(2) Accept with an inspection each 250 hours if:

(a) A surface imperfection is in area A and has a crack with a length

that is less than 0.080 in. (2.03 mm) long axially and/or less
than 0.140 in. (3.55 mm) long radially.

(b) A surface imperfection is in area B and has a crack with a length

that is between 0.080 and 0.140 in. (2.03 and 3.56 mm) long
axially and/or between 0.180 and 0.360 in. (4.572 and 11.430 mm)
long radially.

(c) A surface imperfection is in area C and has a crack with a length

that is between 0.080 and 0.200 in. (2.03 and 5.08 mm) long
axially and/or between 0.180 and 0.360 in. (4.572 and 11.430 mm)
long radially.

(3) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:

(a) Surface imperfections on the airfoil surface have cracks that go

through other cracks.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B625
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) A surface imperfection is in area A and has a crack with a length
of more than 0.080 in. (2.03 mm) long axially and/or more than
0.140 in. (3.55 mm) long radially.

(c) A surface imperfection is in area B and has a crack with a length

of more than 0.140 in. (3.56 mm) long axially and/or more than
0.360 in. (11.430 mm) longradially.

(d) A surface imperfection is in area C and has a crack with a length

of more than 0.200 in. (5.08 mm) long axially and/or more than
0.360 in. (11.430 mm) longradially.

(e) A surface imperfection is in area D and has a crack.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-105

H. Cracks on the platform of the Stage 2 HPT blades

(Ref. Fig. 670/TASK 72-00-00-991-194)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 500 hours if:

(a) There are cracks which are longer than 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) that
do not go through the platform to airfoil fillet radius.

(2) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:

(a) There is a crack which goes through the platform to airfoil

fillet radius.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-107

J. Examine the stage 2 HPT duct segments for burn holes

(Ref. Fig. 677/TASK 72-00-00-991-202)

NOTE : When you do a borescope inspection of the Stage 2 HPT blades, some
____
areas of the Stage 2 HPT duct segments can be seen. Locations 1
and 2 in the figure are important areas.
(Ref. Fig. 677/TASK 72-00-00-991-202)

(1) Remove the engine in less than 10 cycles if:

(a) There is burn hole that is longer than 0.5 in. (12.7 mm).

NOTE : Quantity of cracks is not important and are acceptable

____
without reduced inspection intervals.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B626
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 2 HPT Duct Segment Inspection Locations

Figure 677/TASK 72-00-00-991-202

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B627
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-112

A. Close the borescope inspection ports after borescope inspection is

completed as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 674/TASK 72-00-00-991-193)

(1) For the T1/2L or T1/2R port, proceed as follows:

(a) Put the gasket, option (3) in the case recess.

(b) Replace the gasket if it is not above the case surface.

(c) Put the gasket on the plug (4) and install the plug in the case.

(d) Lubricate the bolt threads with anti-seize paste (Material No.
V10-129) or anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-094). Wipe off
excess paste.

(e) Install the bolts.

(f) TORQUE the bolts to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(g) Safety the bolts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire

(Material No. V02-141).

(2) For the T2/3L or the T2/3R port, proceed as follows:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SLEEVE FLANGED BUSHING DOES NOT FALL
_______
OUT. IF THE PART FALLS IT WILL BE DAMAGED.

(a) Install the sleeve flanged bushing.

NOTE : Do not change the spacer plates as they are adjusted to

____
the related blanking plug.

(b) Install the blanking plug (2) with the related spacer plates.

(c) Apply lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) to the bolts
and install the bolts.

(d) TORQUE the bolts to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B628
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(e) Safety the bolts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire
(Material No. V02-141).

Subtask 72-00-00-080-060

B. Remove the foot operated motor drive unit from the gearbox crank pad
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-080-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-113

C. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-440-076

D. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-131

E. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B629
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-012

Borescope Inspection of the LP Turbine

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the borescope inspection of the stage 3 LP
turbine. A description of the types of damage that may be seen is given in
70-52-11, Definition of Damage.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE6F10408 1 EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-005 *

solvent cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-119 *
corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
R Material No. V10-129A *
R anti-seize paste (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B630
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-00-00-991-160 Fig. 678
72-00-00-991-159 Fig. 679
72-00-00-991-196 Fig. 680
72-00-00-991-197 Fig. 681

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-081

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B631
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-010-089

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Put the access platform in position.

Subtask 72-00-00-040-069

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-109

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-480-058

E. Prepare the EQUIPMENT-BORESCOPE (IAE6F10408) for use as given in the

manufacturers instructions.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B632
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-010-097

A. Remove the LP turbine blanking plugs

(Ref. Fig. 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-160)

R WARNING : DURING DISASSEMBLY, DO NOT BREATHE DUST OF THE LOOSENED BOLTS.

_______
R PREVENT SKIN AND EYE CONTACT WITH RELEASED DUST. THE DUST
R CONTAINS NICKEL PARTICLES WHICH CAN POSE A HEALTH HAZARD.
R BEFORE DISASSEMBLY LUBRICATE ACCESSIBLE BOLTS AND BOLT HEADS,
R NUTS, AND EXPOSED THREADS WITH AN APPROVED, SUITABLE PENETRANT
R OIL. WEAR A FACE MASK AND GOGGLES. DO NOT REMOVE DUST DEPOSITS
R WITH COMPRESSED AIR. REMOVE ANY SURFACE DUST PARTICLES WITH A
R DISPOSABLE DAMP RAG OR SIMILAR. AFTER END OF THIS PROCEDURE,
R CLEAN YOUR HANDS AND EXPOSED SKIN WHERE POSSIBLE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE BLANKING PLUG IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL BEFORE
_______
REMOVAL.
THE TEMPERATURE STAYS HIGH FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER ENGINE
SHUTDOWN.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SLEEVE FLANGED BUSHING DOES NOT FALL OUT. IF
_______
THE PART FALLS IT WILL BE DAMAGED.

(1) Wipe clean the borescope blanking plug and adjacent area with a clean
lint free cloth.

(2) Remove the wire from the bolts.

(3) Remove the 2 bolts.

(4) Remove the blanking plug and spacer plates and keep as a set.

NOTE : If there are spacer plates, they make sure that the blanking
____
plug has a continuous surface with the stage 3 vane outer
platform. A tolerance of maximum minus 0.024 in. (0.6 mm)
against the stage 3 vane surface is permitted. Thus the
blanking plug must be installed with the same quantity of
spacer plates as removed.

(5) Remove the sleeve flanged bushing.

Subtask 72-00-00-480-061

B. Put the borescope probe in position.

(Ref. Fig. 679/TASK 72-00-00-991-159)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B633
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Turbine Borescope Inspection

Figure 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-160

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B634
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Turbine Borescope Inspection

Figure 679/TASK 72-00-00-991-159

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B635
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-290-057

C. Examine the Stage 3 turbine blades and shrouds

(Ref. Fig. 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)

(1) Examine each Stage 3 turbine blade and shroud in turn for:

(a) Cracks.

(b) Nicks.

(c) Tears.

(d) Dents.

(e) Bends.

(f) Blistering or loss of coating.

(g) Burning or oxidation.

(h) Build up of deposits.

(i) Sulfidation.

(j) Flame plate extrusion.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-056

D. Cracks in Area A1, A3, and A2:

(Ref. Fig. 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)

(1) Cracks in area A1 and A3

(a) Accept with an inspection each 100 hours, cracks on the inner or
outer shroud if there is:

1
_ A single hair line crack at the leading edge of the blade,
possibly only on the coating on all blades (Area A1).

(b) Accept for fly back only, cracks on the outer shrouds if they
are:

1
_ A maximum of 0.08 in. (2.03 mm) long on up to 10 blades (Area
A1).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B636
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 3 Turbine Blades - Borescope Inspection

Figure 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-196

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B637
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) Reject if cracks on the outer shrouds are related to:

1
_ Flame plate extrusion (Area A1).

2
_ Burning and oxidation of side faces that do not touch each
other (Area A1).

3
_ Circular bottomed nicks or dents.

(d) Reject also if there are:

1
_ Cracks, that are more than 0.08 in. (2.03 mm) in length in
Area A1.

2
_ Any cracks in area A3.

(2) Cracks in area A2

(a) Accept with an inspection each 100 hours, a single closed crack
at the leading edge that extends in to the airfoil if it is:

1
_ On one blade only.

2
_ Not longer than 0.10 in. (2.54 mm).

(b) Accept for fly back only, a crack on one blade only up to a
maximum of 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) long.

(c) Accept for fly back only, a crack on one blade only related to
tears on the trailing edge and up to a maximum of 0.125 in. (3.17
mm) long.

(d) Reject if there are cracks which are:

1
_ Related to nicks or dents.

2
_ More than 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) in length.

3
_ Related to tears more than 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) in length.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B638
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-220-057

E. Dents and Nicks in Area A1, A2 and A3:

(1) Dents and nicks in area A1

(Ref. Fig. 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)

(a) Accept circular bottomed dents and nicks with no sharp edges if:

1
_ The maximum depth is less than 0.005 in. (0.13 mm).

(b) Accept for fly back only if there is not more than:

1
_ One dent or nick per blade and the maximum depth with sharp
edges is up to 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) and not more than 0.020 in.
(0.51 mm) in diameter or length.

(c) Reject if:

1
_ Dents and nicks, are more than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) deep with
or without sharp edges and more than 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) in
diameter or length.

(2) Dents and nicks in area A2

(a) Accept circular bottomed dents on airfoil face, trailing and

leading edge if:

1
_ The maximum depth is up to 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) and the
diameter or length is not more than 0.040 in. (1.01 mm)

(b) Accept sharp edged nicks on the airfoil face, trailing and
leading edge, of the blade if:

1
_ The maximum depth is up to 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) and the
diameter or length is not more than 0.020 in. (0.51 mm).

(c) Accept for fly back only, dents or sharp edged nicks on the
leading or trailing edges if:

1
_ The maximum depth is up to 0.040 in. (1.01 mm) and the
diameter or length is not more than 0.040 in. (1.01 mm).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B639
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(d) Accept for fly back only, dents or nicks in the airfoil face of
the blades if:

1
_ The maximum depth is up to 0.040 in. (1.01 mm) and the
diameter or length is not more than 0.040 in. (1.01 mm).

(3) Nicks and dents in area A3

(a) Accept circular bottomed dents and nicks with no sharp edges if:

1
_ The maximum depth is up to 0.005 in. (0.13 mm).

(b) Accept for fly back only, nicks with sharp edges and burrs on the
leading edge if there is:

1
_ Not more than one dent or nick per blade up to 0.010 in (0.25
mm) maximum depth and not more than 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) in
diameter or length.

(c) Reject if:

1
_ Dents and nicks are more than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in depth
with or without sharp edges and more than 0.020 in. (0.51 mm)
in diameter or length.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-058

F. Tears in Area A2:

(Ref. Fig. 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)

(1) Accept with an inspection of the tears each 100 hours if there is:

(a) Only one tear on each blade at the trailing edge.

(b) A maximum of five blades with tears.

(c) No tear is longer than 0.10 in. (2.54 mm).

(2) Accept for fly back only if there is:

(a) Only one tear on each blade trailing edge.

(b) A maximum of ten blades with tears.

(c) No tear is longer than 0.100 in. (2.54 mm).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B640
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Reject if:

(a) One of the flyback limits is more than those listed above.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-059

G. Bends in Area A2:

(Ref. Fig. 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)

(1) Accept with an inspection each 100 hours, up to 3 bends on each blade
if:

(a) The maximum distortion of each bend is 0.04 in. (1.01).

(b) The maximum length of each bend is 10 per cent of the trailing
edge length.

(2) Accept for fly back only if:

(a) There are up to 10 blades with bends.

(b) There is a maximum of 3 bends, each not more than 10 per cent of
trailing edge length, two of which are distorted not more than
0.040 in. (1.01 mm) and the third distorted not more than 0.100
in (2.54 mm).

(3) Reject if:

(a) One of the flyback limits is more than those listed above.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-060

H. Build up of deposits in all areas

(Ref. Fig. 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)

(1) Accept a build up of deposits, related with usual engine running.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-061

J. Blistering and loss of coating in all areas

(Ref. Fig. 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)

NOTE : Make sure that apparent coating defects are not deposits that have
____
lifted or flaked.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B641
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(1) Accept with an inspection each 100 hours, blistering and loss of
coating if there is:

(a) A single area on each blade.

(b) Blistering or loss of coating on up to 5 blades.

(c) A maximum area of blistering or loss of coating of 0.50 in.2

(322.58 mm2) on each blade.

(2) Accept for fly back only, blistering or loss or caoting if there is:

(a) More than one area on a blade.

(b) Blistering or loss or coating on more than 5 blades.

(c) An area of blistering or loss of coating greater than 0.50 in.2

(322.58 mm2).

Subtask 72-00-00-220-062

K. Sulfidation in all areas

(Ref. Fig. 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)

NOTE : Sulfidation shows as a greenish to pale blue colour.

____

(1) Accept with an inspection each 100 hours, a single area on each blade
if there is:

(a) An area on up to 5 blades.

(b) No apparent loss of material.

(c) A maximum area of 0.50 in.2 (322.58 mm2) on each blade.

(2) Accept for fly back only if there is a minimum loss of material.

(3) Reject if:

(a) There is measureable amount of material loss.

Subtask 72-00-00-220-063

L. Flame plate extrusion

(Ref. Fig. 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)

(1) Accept flame plate extrusion from the

Z
notch.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B642
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-220-087

M. Burning and oxidation of outer shrouds

(Ref. Fig. 680/TASK 72-00-00-991-196)

(1) Accept burning and oxidation on side faces that do not touch.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-110-064

A. Cleaning:

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with solvent cleaner (Material
No. V01-005) to clean the blanking plugs, sleeve flanged bushings and
spacers.

Subtask 72-00-00-210-074

B. Examine the blanking plugs

(Ref. Fig. 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-160, 681/TASK 72-00-00-991-197)
and

(1) Examine the blanking plug for cracks:

(a) If it is cracked, reject it.

(2) Examine the blanking plug for bends.

(a) If it is bent, reject it.

(3) Examine area D1 on the blanking plug for fretting:

(a) If the fretting is up to a maximum depth of 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)

accept it.

(4) Examine the blanking plug for damage:

(a) If there is damage that does not permit the blanking plug to
function correctly, reject it.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B643
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Turbine Borescope Inspection

Figure 681/TASK 72-00-00-991-197

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B644
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-210-075

C. Examine the sleeve flanged bushing

(Ref. Fig. 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-160, 681/TASK 72-00-00-991-197)
and

(1) Examine the sleeve flanged bushing for cracks:

(a) If it is cracked, reject it.

(2) Examine area D2 on the sleeve flanged bushing for fretting:

(a) If the fretting is up to a maximum depth 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)

accept it.

(3) Examine the sleeve flanged bushing for damage:

(a) If there is damage that does not permit the sleeve flanged
bushing to function correctly, reject it.

Subtask 72-00-00-410-096

D. Install the blanking plugs

(Ref. Fig. 678/TASK 72-00-00-991-160)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SLEEVE FLANGED BUSHING DOES NOT FALL OUT. IF
_______
THE PART FALLS IT WILL BE DAMAGED.

(1) Install the sleeve flanged bushing.

(2) Install the blanking plug and spacer plates.

NOTE : Use the spacer plate quantity as removed before. It makes sure
____
that the blanking plug has a continuous surface with the stage
3 vane outer platform. A tolerance of maximum minus 0.024 in.
(0.6 mm) against the stage 3 vane outer surface is permitted.
Usually one spacer plate is necessary.

R (3) Apply anti-seize paste (Material No. V10-129A) to the two bolts and
R install the bolts. Wipe off excess paste.
R

R (4) TORQUE the bolts to between 62 and 72 lbf.in (0.70 and 0.81 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(5) Safety the bolts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Material
No. V02-119).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B645
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-410-089

E. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-440-067

F. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-129

G. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B646
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-020

Inspection after Flight Through Volcanic Ash

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

The quantity of volcanic ash that goes in to an engine (ingestion) and its
effects on engine operation can be very different. Light ingestion can go
undetected whereas heavy ingestion can cause engine operational problems and
engine shutdown. It is not possible to address all quantities of ingestion
in one inspection procedure because of these differences. Thus, the
inspections and procedures that follow are for volcanic ash ingestion at
three levels : heavy, medium and light. Use the guidelines that follow to
make a decision about the level of volcanic ash ingestion by an engine.
- Heavy : The engine had operational problems and could have shutdown in
flight.
You can see volcanic ash everywhere.
The inlet cowl leading edge shows pitting and erosion. The inlet cone
fiberglass material shows because the paint has eroded. The fan blades are
dull gray and have a rough texture. The aircraft leading edges show
dulling and pitting. The aircraft windshield can be completely pitted.
- Medium : The engine possibly had operational problems such as a surge or a
sudden decrease in EPR, N1, N2 and fuel flow or a sudden increase in EGT.
Volcanic ash can be seen and has collected in the corners and recesses of
the inlet cowl so that the ash has a depth you can measure.
The inlet cowl leading edge looks dull when compared to the outside of the
inlet. The inlet cone could have lost paint and the fan blades could show
signs of dulling. The aircraft windshield can have some pitting.
Light : It is possible but not sure that the engine actually ingested
volcanic ash. There were no engine operational problems.
There are possibly small quantities of ash in the corners and recesses of
the inlet or the nacelle.
You cannot see any erosion of the inlet cowl leading edge, inlet cone or
fan blades. The aircraft leading edges and windshield show no signs or
erosion.
If you are not sure which level of inspection to do, it is best to go to
the next higher level of inspection. You can contact your IAE
representative for assistance.

NOTE : An engine can return to service only if it passes all of the

____
inspections and procedures that follow. The inspections must be done
in the sequence that is given. When you find a cause to reject the
engine, no more inspections need to be done. If you find anything
unusual, tell your IAE representative.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B647
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-339 *

alkali cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-340 *
alkali cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-010 Drain the Engine Oil System

12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish
30-21-51-000-010 Removal of the Engine Air Intake Anti-ice Valve
(4000DN)
30-21-51-400-010 Installation of the Engine Air Intake Anti-ice Valve
(4000DN)
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-00-00-200-013 Borescope Inspection of inside of Combustion Chamber
and HP turbine stage 1 Vanes
72-00-00-200-014 Borescope Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Blades
72-00-00-200-015 Borescope Inspection of the Stage 2 HPT Blades
72-00-00-200-016 Inspection of the HP Compressor
72-31-11-100-010 Cleaning of the LP Compressor Blades
72-31-11-200-010 Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades
72-38-11-200-010 Inspection of the Inlet Cone and the Inlet Cone
Fairing
73-12-42-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Filter Element (2000EM)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B648
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

73-12-42-920-010 Remove, Inspect for Contamination and Replace Main

Fuel Filter
73-13-41-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Nozzle (2005EM1 through 2005EM20)
73-13-41-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Nozzle (2005EM1 through
2005EM20)
73-22-11-000-010 Removal of the P2/T2 Sensor (4014KS)
73-22-11-400-010 Installation of the P2/T2 Sensor (4014KS)
73-22-15-000-010 Removal of the P3/T3 Sensor (4024KS)
73-22-15-400-010 Installation of the P3/T3 Sensor (4024KS)
73-22-34-000-010 Removal of the Electronic Engine Control (EEC)
(4000KS)
73-22-34-400-010 Installation of the Electronic Engine Control (EEC)
(4000KS)
75-23-51-000-010 Removal of the Stage 10 to HPT Air Control Valve
(4025KS)
75-23-51-400-010 Installation of the Stage 10 to HPT Air Control Valve
(4025KS)
75-24-51-000-010 Removal of the HPT/LPT ACC Air Valve
75-24-51-400-010 Installation of the HPT/LPT ACC Air Valve
75-32-52-000-010 Removal of the HPC Stage 7 Bleed Valve - Upper Right
(4000JM1)
75-32-52-000-011 Removal of the HPC Stage 7 Bleed Valve - Lower Right
(4000JM2)
75-32-52-000-012 Removal of the HPC Stage 7 Bleed Valve - Lower Left
(4000JM3)
75-32-52-400-010 Installation of the HPC Stage 7 Bleed Valve - Upper
Right (4000JM1)
75-32-52-400-011 Installation of the HPC Stage 7 Bleed Valve - Lower
Right (4000JM2)
75-32-52-400-012 Installation of the HPC Stage 7 Bleed Valve - Lower
Left (4000JM3)
75-32-54-000-010 Removal of the HPC Stage 10 Bleed Valve 4001JM
75-32-54-400-010 Installation of the HPC Stage 10 Bleed Valve 4001JM
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
79-00-00-200-011 Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Detectors for Debris
79-00-00-200-012 Inspection of the Oil Filters
79-21-42-000-010 Removal of the Air Cooled Oil Cooler (6002EM)
79-21-42-400-010 Installation of the Air Cooled Oil Cooler (6002EM)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B649
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

79-21-44-000-010 Removal of the Pressure Oil Filter Element(6005EM)

79-22-44-000-010 Removal of the Scavenge Oil Filter Element (6001EM)
79-22-45-000-010 Removal of the Magnetic Chip Detector

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-160

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-226

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Put the access platform in to position.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B650
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-040-115

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-227

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-210-138

A. Heavy Ingestion Inspection.

(1) If the engine ingested heavy quantities of volcanic ash, reject the
engine.

Subtask 72-00-00-210-139

B. Medium Ingestion Inspection.

(1) Check the parameters of operation at the time of ingestion for sudden
changes.

(a) If there were sudden changes, but operational limits were not
exceeded, continue with the inspections.

(b) If there were sudden changes and operational limits were

exceeded, reject the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B651
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-290-111

C. Do a borescope inspection.

(1) Start with borescope inspection of the stage 1 HPT vanes then the
combustion chamber and the fuel nozzles (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-013).
Look for blockage of the cooling holes and for material that bonds to
the vanes.

(2) Do a borescope inspection of the stage 1 HPT blades (Ref. TASK 72-00-
00-200-014). Look for blockage of the cooling holes and for material
that bonds to the blades.

(3) Do a borescope inspection of the stage 2 HPT blades (Ref. TASK 72-00-
00-200-015). Look for blockage of the cooling holes.

(4) Do a borescope inspection of the HP compressor (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-

200-016). Look for compressor blade deposits and leading edge tip
erosion.

(5) If you can see volcanic ash contamination on the turbine or HP

compressor airfoils, reject the engine.

NOTE : Volcanic ash melts as it goes through the combustor. The

____
melted ash will build up on the airfoil concave side of the
stage 1 vanes and will be a dull color. It can cause a
blockage of the stage 1 vane cooling holes so that only
indentations show on the surface. Volcanic ash will also build
up on the airfoil concave side of the stage 1 turbine blades,
but not as heavy as the stage 1 vanes.

Subtask 72-00-00-020-071

D. Remove the pressure and scavenge oil filter elements (Ref. TASK 79-21-44-
000-010) and (Ref. TASK 79-22-44-000-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-210-140

E. Do an inspection of the filter elements (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-200-012).

(1) If you find volcanic ash contamination, reject the engine.

NOTE : Volcanic ash build-up in the oil filters looks muddy.

____

(2) If the contamination is other than volcanic ash, continue the

inspection (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-200-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B652
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-020-072

F. Removal of the Stage 7, Stage 10 Bleed Valves and the Stage 10 to HPT Air
Valve:

(1) Remove the stage 7 and stage 10 bleed valves (Ref. TASK 75-32-52-000-
010), (Ref. TASK 75-32-52-000-011), (Ref. TASK 75-32-52-000-012) and
(Ref. TASK 75-32-54-000-010).

(2) Remove the stage 10 to HPT air valve (Ref. TASK 75-23-51-000-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-210-141

G. Examine the stage 7 and stage 10 bleed valves and the stage 10 to HPT air
valve for contamination.

(1) If you find contamination, replace the stage 7 and stage 10 bleed
valves (Ref. TASK 75-32-52-400-010) (Ref. TASK 75-32-52-400-011),
(Ref. TASK 75-32-52-400-012) and (Ref. TASK 75-32-54-400-010).

(2) If you find contamination, replace the stage 10 to HPT air valve
(Ref. TASK 75-23-51-400-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-210-142

H. Examination:

(1) Examine the Air Cooled Oil Cooler (ACOC) screen for contamination.

(a) If you find contamination, replace the ACOC (Ref. TASK 79-21-42-
000-010) and (Ref. TASK 79-21-42-400-010).

(2) Examine the P3/T3 probe and the P2/T2 probe for contamination or
erosion or both.

(a) Replace the P3/T3 probe if you find contamination or erosion

(Ref. TASK 73-22-15-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 73-22-15-400-010).

(b) Replace the P2/T2 probe if you find contamination or erosion

(Ref. TASK 73-22-11-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 73-22-11-400-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B653
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-210-143

J. Examination:

(1) Examine the P2, Pb, P5, P2.5 and P12.5 pressure lines for
contamination.

(a) If the pressure lines are contaminated, clean them with filtered
air at 50 psig (344,7 kPa) maximum pressure.

(2) Examine the P2, Pb, P5, P2.5, P12.5 and Pamb ports on the Electronic
Engine Control (EEC) for contamination.

(a) If any of the ports show signs of contamination, replace the EEC
(Ref. TASK 73-22-34-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 73-22-34-400-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-210-144

K. Examination:

(1) Examine the Active Clearance Control (ACC) valve for contamination.

(a) If you find contamination, remove and clean the ACC valve
(Ref. TASK 75-24-51-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 75-24-51-400-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-210-145

L. Do a visual inspection of the thrust reverser.

CAUTION : IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OPERATOR TO OBTAIN AND OBSERVE

_______
THE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR CONSUMABLE
MATERIALS INFORMATION.

(1) If you find contaminaton do the following:

(a) Mask all openings to the interior of the engine (that is, the
inlet, exhaust, all bleeds, fuel and oil lines left open,
breather tubes, and open electrical connectors).

(b) Make up an aqueous solution at a concentration of 25 percent by

volume of alkali cleaner (Material No. V01-339) or alkali cleaner
(Material No. V01-340)
- Fill the tank with clean cold water to 50 percent of the
operating level.
- Slowly and carefully add the specified quantity of alkali
cleaner. Stir to mix.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B654
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

- Fill the tank with wather to 100 percent of the operating
level, and stir to mix.

(c) Spray, steam, or foam the alkaline cleaner solution to fully

flush the internal surfaces and the external painted surfaces.

(d) Leave the solution for between 10 and 20 minutes.

(e) Rinse the internal and external surfaces with warm or hot water.

(f) Air dry the internal and external surfaces fully to remove water.

(g) Remove the masking. Discard all unused solution.

Subtask 72-00-00-210-146

M. Examination:

(1) Examine the engine air intake anti-ice valve for contamination.

(a) If you find contamination, remove and clean the anti-ice valve
(Ref. TASK 30-21-51-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 30-21-51-400-010).

(2) Examine the fan area, fan blades, inlet cone and inlet fairing for
contamination (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010) and (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-
200-010).

(3) If you find contamination, clean as necessary. Clean the fan blades
by hand (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-100-010).

NOTE : Engine water wash is not recommended for the specific purpose
____
of removing volcanic ash.

Subtask 72-00-00-020-073

N. Remove the fuel nozzles (Ref. TASK 73-13-41-000-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-210-147

P. Examine the fuel nozzles and replace them if there are ash deposits in
the air passages (Ref. TASK 73-13-41-400-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-020-074

Q. Remove the Magnetic Chip Detectors (MCD) (Ref. TASK 79-22-45-000-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B655
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-210-148

R. Examine the MCDs (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-200-011).

Subtask 72-00-00-680-051

S. If the engine passes all the inspections and procedures, drain the oil
system then fill it again (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-010) and (Ref. TASK 12-
13-79-610-011).

Subtask 72-00-00-020-075

T. Light Ingestion Inspection.

(1) Remove the pressure and scavenge oil filter elements (Ref. TASK 79-
21-44-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 79-22-44-000-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-210-149

U. Do an inspection of the filter elements (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-200-012).

(1) If you find volcanic ash contamination, reject the engine.

NOTE : Volcanic ash build-up in the oil filters looks muddy.

____

(2) If the contamination is other than volcanic ash, continue the

inspection (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-200-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-290-112

V. Do a borescope inspection.

(1) Start the borescope inspection of the stage 1 HPT vanes, then the
combustion chamber and the fuel nozzles (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-013).
Look for blockage of the cooling holes and for material that bonds to
the vanes.

(2) Do a borescope inspection of the stage 1 HPT blades (Ref. TASK 72-00-
00-200-014). Look for blockage of the cooling holes and for material
that bonds to the blades.

(3) Do a borescope inspection of the stage 2 HPT blades (Ref. TASK 72-00-
00-200-015). Look for blockage of the cooling holes.

(4) Do a borescope inspection of the HP compressor (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-

200-016). Look for compressor blade deposits and leading edge tip
erosion.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B656
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) If you can see volcanic ash contamination of the turbine or HP
compressor airfoils, reject the engine.

NOTE : Volcanic ash melts as it goes through the combustor. The

____
melted ash will build up on the airfoil concave side of the
stage 1 vanes and will be a dull color. It can cause a
blockage of the stage 1 vane cooling holes so that only
indentations show on the surface. Volcanic ash will also build
up on the airfoil concave side of the stage 1 turbine blades,
but not as heavy as the stage 1 vanes.

Subtask 72-00-00-020-076

W. Remove the fuel filter element (Ref. TASK 73-12-42-000-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-210-150

X. Examine the fuel filter element for volcanic ash contamination.

(1) If you find volcanic ash contamination, reject the engine and tell
your IAE representative.

NOTE : Experience with volcanic ash ingestion has shown the fuel
____
system to be free of contamination.

(2) If there is contamination other than volcanic ash, replace the fuel
filter element (Ref. TASK 73-12-42-920-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-210-151

Y. Do a visual inspection of the thrust reverser.

CAUTION : IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OPERATOR TO OBTAIN AND OBSERVE

_______
THE MANUFACTURERS MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR CONSUMABLE
MATERIALS INFORMATION.

(1) If you find contamination do the following:

(a) Mask all openings to the interior of the engine (that is, the
inlet, exhaust, all bleeds, fuel and oil lines left open,
breather tubes, and open electrical connectors).

(b) Make up an aqueous solution at a concentration of 25 percent by

volume of alkali cleaner (Material No. V01-339) or alkali cleaner
(Material No. V01-340).
- Fill the tank with clean cold water to 50 percent of the
operating level.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B657
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

- Slowly and carefully add the specified quantity of alkali
cleaner. Stir to mix.
- Fill the tank with water to 100 percent of the operating level,
and stir to mix.

(c) Spray, steam, or foam the alkaline cleaner solution to fully

flush the internal surfaces and the external painted surfaces.

(d) Leave the solution for between 10 and 20 minutes.

(e) Rinse the internal and external surfaces with warm or hot water.

(f) Air dry the internal and external surfaces fully to remove water.

(g) Remove the masking. Discard all unused solution.

Subtask 72-00-00-210-152

Z. Examine the engine air intake anti-ice valve for contamination.

(1) If you find contamination, remove and clean the anti-ice valve
(Ref. TASK 30-21-51-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 30-21-51-400-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-020-077

AA. Remove the Magnetic Chip Detectors (MCD) (Ref. TASK 79-22-45-000-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-210-153

AB. Examine the MCDs (Ref. TASK 79-00-00-200-011).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-190

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B658
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-440-112

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-191

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B659
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-010

Inspection of the Engine after Bird Strike, Foreign Object or Slush Ingestion

WARNING : THERE IS A POSSIBLE HEALTH RISK TO PERSONNEL WHO DO MAINTENANCE TASKS

_______
AFTER A BIRD STRIKE. THE SAFETY MEASURES THAT FOLLOW ARE RECOMMENDED:
- USE DISPOSABLE GLOVES.
- USE A DISPOSABLE COVERALL IF THERE IS A RISK OF BODY CONTACT WITH
THE BIRD REMAINS.
- DO NOT USE PRESSURIZED AIR OR WATER TO CLEAN THE PARTS WHICH WERE
IN CONTACT WITH THE BIRD.
- REMOVE THE BIRD REMAINS AND PUT THEM IN A PLASTIC BAG.
- DO NOT TOUCH YOUR FACE, EYES, NOSE, ETC. WITH YOUR GLOVES.
- REMOVE THE GLOVES AND THE DISPOSABLE COVERALL AND PUT THEM IN THE
SAME PLASTIC BAG AS THE REMAINS. SEAL THE BAG.
- DISCARD THE BAG AS YOU DO FOR USUAL GARBAGE.
- CAREFULLY WASH YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK gives the procedure for a general check of the engine after the
ingestion of birds, foreign objects or slush.

NOTE : If inspecting the engine following a bird strike, examine the pilots
____
report for evidence of cabin odour. Cabin odour at the same time as a
bird strike may indicate a core ingestion

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B660
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-11-11-200-011 Visually Examine the Air Intake Cowl - Allowable

Damage Data
72-00-00-100-010 Clean the Engine Gas Path for Performance Improvement
(Water only)
72-00-00-200-011 TAP Test of LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-00-00-200-016 Inspection of the HP Compressor
72-00-00-200-017 Inspection of the LP Compressor
72-00-00-200-022 Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blades and Fan
Case Acoustic Linings
72-31-11-100-010 Cleaning of the LP Compressor Blades
72-31-11-200-010 Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades
72-32-60-200-010 Inspection of the Screen
72-32-85-200-010 Inspection of the Fan Case Assembly
72-32-88-200-010 Inspection of the Fan Exit Vane Assembly
72-32-91-200-010 Inspection of the LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vane
Assembly
72-38-11-200-010 Inspection of the Inlet Cone and the Inlet Cone
Fairing
72-00-00-991-254 Fig. 682
72-00-00-991-186 Fig. 683
72-00-00-991-153 Fig. 684

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-097

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B661
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-941-098

B. Put the support equipment into position.

(1) Put the access platform into position to give access to the engine
for the inspection task.

(2) Put the workmat into position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants can be seen from the
____
external side of the aircraft. Make sure the workmat has
sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the lower
half of the fan case.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-210-094

A. Examine the following:

WARNING : THERE IS A POSSIBLE HEALTH RISK TO PERSONNEL WHO DO MAINTENANCE

_______
TASKS AFTER A BIRD STRIKE. THE SAFETY MEASURES THAT FOLLOW ARE
RECOMMENDED:
- USE DISPOSABLE GLOVES.
- USE A DISPOSABLE COVERALL IF THERE IS A RISK OF BODY CONTACT
WITH THE BIRD REMAINS.
- DO NOT USE PRESSURIZED AIR OR WATER TO CLEAN THE PARTS WHICH
WERE IN CONTACT WITH THE BIRD.
- REMOVE THE BIRD REMAINS AND PUT THEM IN A PLASTIC BAG.
- DO NOT TOUCH YOUR FACE, EYES, NOSE, ETC. WITH YOUR GLOVES.
- REMOVE THE GLOVES AND THE DISPOSABLE COVERALL AND PUT THEM IN
THE SAME PLASTIC BAG AS THE REMAINS. SEAL THE BAG.
- DISCARD THE BAG AS YOU DO FOR USUAL GARBAGE.
- CAREFULLY WASH YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER.

(Ref. Fig. 682/TASK 72-00-00-991-254)

(1) Examine the air inlet cowl (1) (Ref. TASK 71-11-11-200-011).

(2) Examine the inlet cone (10) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-200-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B662
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Schematic View of Engine

Figure 682/TASK 72-00-00-991-254

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B663
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Examine the inlet cone fairing (9) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-200-010).

(a) If there is no damage or the damage is within limits, proceed

with step B.

Subtask 72-00-00-110-069

B. Clean the LP compressor fan blades (2) (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-100-010).

WARNING : THERE IS A POSSIBLE HEALTH RISK TO PERSONNEL WHO DO MAINTENANCE

_______
TASKS AFTER A BIRD STRIKE. THE SAFETY MEASURES THAT FOLLOW ARE
RECOMMENDED:
- USE DISPOSABLE GLOVES.
- USE A DISPOSABLE COVERALL IF THERE IS A RISK OF BODY CONTACT
WITH THE BIRD REMAINS.
- DO NOT USE PRESSURIZED AIR OR WATER TO CLEAN THE PARTS WHICH
WERE IN CONTACT WITH THE BIRD.
- REMOVE THE BIRD REMAINS AND PUT THEM IN A PLASTIC BAG.
- DO NOT TOUCH YOUR FACE, EYES, NOSE, ETC. WITH YOUR GLOVES.
- REMOVE THE GLOVES AND THE DISPOSABLE COVERALL AND PUT THEM IN
THE SAME PLASTIC BAG AS THE REMAINS. SEAL THE BAG.
- DISCARD THE BAG AS YOU DO FOR USUAL GARBAGE.
- CAREFULLY WASH YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER.

(Ref. Fig. 682/TASK 72-00-00-991-254)

(1) Remove sufficient deposits to allow assessment of Fan Blade damage.

Subtask 72-00-00-210-095

C. Examine the LP compressor fan blades (2).

(Ref. Fig. 682/TASK 72-00-00-991-254)

WARNING : TO PREVENT INJURY TO YOUR HANDS BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU TURN THE
_______
L.P COMPRESSOR ROTOR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B664
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

WARNING : THERE IS A POSSIBLE HEALTH RISK TO PERSONNEL WHO DO MAINTENANCE
_______
TASKS AFTER A BIRD STRIKE. THE SAFETY MEASURES THAT FOLLOW ARE
RECOMMENDED:
- USE DISPOSABLE GLOVES.
- USE A DISPOSABLE COVERALL IF THERE IS A RISK OF BODY CONTACT
WITH THE BIRD REMAINS.
- DO NOT USE PRESSURIZED AIR OR WATER TO CLEAN THE PARTS WHICH
WERE IN CONTACT WITH THE BIRD.
- REMOVE THE BIRD REMAINS AND PUT THEM IN A PLASTIC BAG.
- DO NOT TOUCH YOUR FACE, EYES, NOSE, ETC. WITH YOUR GLOVES.
- REMOVE THE GLOVES AND THE DISPOSABLE COVERALL AND PUT THEM IN
THE SAME PLASTIC BAG AS THE REMAINS. SEAL THE BAG.
- DISCARD THE BAG AS YOU DO FOR USUAL GARBAGE.
- CAREFULLY WASH YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER.

CAUTION : USE A GLOVED HAND AND NOT SHARP-ENDED TOOLS (A METAL BAR FOR
_______
EXAMPLE) TO TURN THE L.P COMPRESSOR. SHARP-ENDED TOOLS CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE L.P COMPRESSOR ROTOR BLADES.

(1) Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blade (2) Aerofoil (Ref. TASK 72-
31-11-200-010)
(Ref. Fig. 683/TASK 72-00-00-991-186)

(a) If there is evidence of Bird Strike, Foreign Object or Slush

Ingestion within area A on one engine, inspect the LP Compressor
1.5 & 2.5 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-017) and HP Compressor stages 3
& 6 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-016) within 10 hours/2 cycles,
whichever is sooner.

1
_ If there is evidence of damage, inspect the remaining stages
of the HP compressor.

(b) If there is evidence of Bird Strike, Foreign Object or Slush

Ingestion within area A, on more than one engine.

1
_ Inspect the LP Compressor 1.5 & 2.5 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
017) and HP Compressor stages 3 & 6 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
016) on one engine before the next flight.
- If there is evidence of damage, inspect the remaining stages
of the HP compressor.

2
_ Inspect the LP Compressor 1.5 & 2.5 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
017) and HP Compressor stages 3 & 6 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
016) on the remaining engine within 10 hours/2 cycles,
whichever is sooner.
- If there is evidence of damage, inspect the remaining stages
of the HP compressor.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B665
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Compressor
Figure 683/TASK 72-00-00-991-186

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B666
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) If there is Fan Blade damage beyond serviceable limits (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-200-010) inspect the LP Compressor 1.5 & 2.5 (Ref. TASK
72-00-00-200-017) and HP Compressor stages 3 & 6 (Ref. TASK 72-
00-00-200-016) before the next flight.
- If there is evidence of damage, inspect the remaining stages of
the HP compressor.

(d) Clean the LP compressor Fan Blades (2)(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-100-

010).

CAUTION : TURNING THE LP COMPRESSOR ROTOR IN THE CLOCKWISE

_______
DIRECTION, WHEN VIEWED FROM THE FRONT OF THE ENGINE,
MAY CAUSE THE BRUSH SEALS AND/OR TURBINE BLADE SHROUDS
TO BIND, PREVENTING FREE ROTATION OF THE LP COMPRESSOR
ROTOR.

(2) Turn the LP Compressor (2) in anti-clockwise direction (when viewed

from the front) to make sure the LP compressor rotor turns freely and
there are no unusual noises.

(a) If the LP compressor rotor turns freely and there are no unusual
noises, proceed with steps D thru H.

(b) If the LP compressor rotor does not turn freely and/or there are
unusual noises, allow the engine to cool for a further 30 to 60
minutes and repeat Para 2 (a).

1
_ If the LP compressor rotor does not turn freely and/or there
are unusual noises, reject the engine.

Subtask 72-00-00-750-050

D. Do a transient acoustic propagation test of the LP Compressor fan blades.

(1) Do a transient acoustic propagation test (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-011)

within 10 flight hours/5 flight cycles, whichever is sooner.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B667
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-210-096

E. Examine the LP compressor fan case assembly (8).

WARNING : THERE IS A POSSIBLE HEALTH RISK TO PERSONNEL WHO DO MAINTENANCE

_______
TASKS AFTER A BIRD STRIKE. THE SAFETY MEASURES THAT FOLLOW ARE
RECOMMENDED:
- USE DISPOSABLE GLOVES.
- USE A DISPOSABLE COVERALL IF THERE IS A RISK OF BODY CONTACT
WITH THE BIRD REMAINS.
- DO NOT USE PRESSURIZED AIR OR WATER TO CLEAN THE PARTS WHICH
WERE IN CONTACT WITH THE BIRD.
- REMOVE THE BIRD REMAINS AND PUT THEM IN A PLASTIC BAG.
- DO NOT TOUCH YOUR FACE, EYES, NOSE, ETC. WITH YOUR GLOVES.
- REMOVE THE GLOVES AND THE DISPOSABLE COVERALL AND PUT THEM IN
THE SAME PLASTIC BAG AS THE REMAINS. SEAL THE BAG.
- DISCARD THE BAG AS YOU DO FOR USUAL GARBAGE.
- CAREFULLY WASH YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER.

(1) Examine the Attrition linings for rubs, gouges and scores (6)
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-200-010).

(a) If there is no damage or the damage is within limits, continue

proceed with step E.(2).

(2) Examine the Acoustic linings (4) for unbond, cracks, dents and scores
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-200-010).

(a) If the acoustic panels exhibit impact damage, do a tap test of

the panels.

(b) If an acoustic cover sheet is missing, do (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-

200-022).

(c) If there is no damage or the damage is within limits, continue

with step E.(3).

NOTE : C-ducts do not need to be opened, unless it is suspected

____
that panels behind the LP compressor fan blades are
damaged.

(3) Examine the Anti-ice impact panel (5) for damage and scores
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-200-010).

(a) If the Anti-ice impact panels exhibit impact damage, do a tap

test of the panels.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B668
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) If an Anti-ice impact panels is missing (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
022).

(c) If there are no loose or damaged panels, continue with step F.

NOTE : C-ducts do not need to be opened, unless it is suspected

____
that panels behind the LP compressor fan blades are
damaged.

Subtask 72-00-00-210-097

F. Examine the Fan Exit Guide Vanes (FEGV

s).

WARNING : THERE IS A POSSIBLE HEALTH RISK TO PERSONNEL WHO DO MAINTENANCE

_______
TASKS AFTER A BIRD STRIKE. THE SAFETY MEASURES THAT FOLLOW ARE
RECOMMENDED:
- USE DISPOSABLE GLOVES.
- USE A DISPOSABLE COVERALL IF THERE IS A RISK OF BODY CONTACT
WITH THE BIRD REMAINS.
- DO NOT USE PRESSURIZED AIR OR WATER TO CLEAN THE PARTS WHICH
WERE IN CONTACT WITH THE BIRD.
- REMOVE THE BIRD REMAINS AND PUT THEM IN A PLASTIC BAG.
- DO NOT TOUCH YOUR FACE, EYES, NOSE, ETC. WITH YOUR GLOVES.
- REMOVE THE GLOVES AND THE DISPOSABLE COVERALL AND PUT THEM IN
THE SAME PLASTIC BAG AS THE REMAINS. SEAL THE BAG.
- DISCARD THE BAG AS YOU DO FOR USUAL GARBAGE.
- CAREFULLY WASH YOUR HANDS WITH SOAP AND WATER.

(1) Inspect the Fan Exit Vane Assembly vanes (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-200-
010).

(a) If there is no damage, or the damage is within limits, proceed

with step G.

Subtask 72-00-00-210-134

G. Examine the Bleed valve outlet screen (Ref. TASK 72-32-60-200-010).

(1) If Bird Strike, Foreign Object or Slush Ingestion has been reported
inspect the BLEED VALVE OUTLET screen before the next flight.

(a) If there is metal debris present in any component, Reject the

engine.

(b) If no damage metal debris is found, proceed with step H.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B669
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-210-099

H. Examine the LP compressor blades.

(Ref. Fig. 682/TASK 72-00-00-991-254, 684/TASK 72-00-00-991-153)

(1) Inspection of the LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vane Assembly (Ref. TASK
72-32-91-200-010).

(a) If there is damage outside limits, reject the engine.

(b) If there is evidence of Bird Strike, Foreign Object or Slush

Ingestion on more than one engine.

1
_ Inspect the LP Compressor 1.5 & 2.5 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
017) and HP Compressor stages 3 & 6 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
016) on one engine before the next flight.
- If there is evidence of damage, inspect the remaining stages
of the HP compressor.

2
_ Inspect the LP Compressor 1.5 & 2.5 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
017) and HP Compressor stages 3 & 6 (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-
016) on the remaining engine within 10 flight hours/2 flight
cycles, whichever is sooner.
- If there is evidence of damage, inspect the remaining stages
of the HP compressor.

(c) If there is evidence of Bird Strike, Foreign Object or Slush

Ingestion on one engine, inspect the LP Compressor 1.5 & 2.5
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-017) and HP CCompressor stage 3 & 6
(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-016) within 10 flight hours/2 flight
cycles, whichever is sooner.
- If there is evidence of damage, inspect the remaining stages of
the HP compressor.

(d) If there is no damage, return the engine to service.

NOTE : If there is unwanted material (bird debris) in the LP

____
compressor, it is recommended to perform a compressor wash
within 25 flight hours/10 flight cycles (Ref. TASK 72-00-
00-100-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B670
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-121

A. Put the engine back to a serviceable condition.

(1) Remove the bright spotlight.

(2) Remove the protective mat.

(3) Remove the compressor wash rig.

(4) Remove the borescope.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).

(6) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B671
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Birdstrike Inspection Summary

Figure 684/TASK 72-00-00-991-153- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B672
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Birdstrike Inspection Summary

Figure 684/TASK 72-00-00-991-153- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B673
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-011

TAP Test of LP Compressor Fan Blades

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 723100-I3

This task gives the procedure for the transient acoustic propagation test of
the LP compressor fan blades.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
IAE2R18901 1 TEST SET - TRANSIENT ACOUSTIC PROPAGATION
IAE2R18902 1 TEST BLOCK-TRANSIENT ACOUSTIC PROPAGATION

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V06-148 *

ultrasonic couplant (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-00-00-991-249 Fig. 685
72-00-00-991-250 Fig. 686
72-00-00-991-290 Fig. 687

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B674
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-096

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-941-095

B. Put the ground support equipment in to position.

(1) Put the access platform in position.

(2) Put the workmat in position.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 685/TASK 72-00-00-991-249, 686/TASK 72-00-00-991-250, 687/TASK

72-00-00-991-290)

Subtask 72-00-00-480-070

A. Install the Support Equipment

CAUTION : THE TAP TEST SET IS A SENSITIVE ACOUSTIC INSTRUMENT. YOU MUST
_______
BE CAREFUL WITH THE TAP TESTER TO MAKE SURE THAT THE TAP TESTER
CONTINUES TO GIVE SATISFACTORY OPERATION.

(1) Prepare the TEST SET - TRANSIENT ACOUSTIC PROPAGATION (IAE2R18901),

for use as given in the Users Guide.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B675
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Transient Acoustic Propagation (TAP) Test Set

Figure 685/TASK 72-00-00-991-249

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B676
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Probe Position during TAP Test

Figure 686/TASK 72-00-00-991-250

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B677
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Fan Blade TAP-Test Inspection Record Proforma

Figure 687/TASK 72-00-00-991-290

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B678
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-730-050

B. Do a battery check of the TAP tester:

(1) Make sure that the display does not show the message LOW BATTERY.

NOTE : The battery capability gives eight hours continuous use before
____
a recharge is necessary.

NOTE : A charge time of 16 hours is required for every eight hours

____
use.

NOTE : The battery life is 500 charging cycles, which is

____
approximately 18 months if charged daily.

NOTE : If the battery charge is not sufficient for your operation or

____
if the TAP tester does not hold its charge well, a
modification is available to increase the battery capability.
A TAP tester which has this modification does not have the
multi-pin battery connector, but a larger version of the probe
socket. Consult your IAE representative if you require this
modification.

Subtask 72-00-00-730-051

C. Do a system check of the TAP tester:

(Ref. Fig. 685/TASK 72-00-00-991-249)

CAUTION : EACH TAP TESTER IS ISSUED WITH A PROBE THAT IS ELECTRONICALLY

_______
MATCHED TO THE TAP TESTER. DO NOT CHANGE PROBES WITH ONE
MATCHED TO ANOTHER UNIT AS THIS CAN CAUSE ACCEPTANCE OF
REJECTABLE BLADES.

(1) Connect the probe to the tester.

NOTE : Make sure that the probe does not make contact with the
____
blades.

(2) Press the ON switch. The display shows RRM THOR UNIT.

NOTE : The message RRM THOR UNIT shows that no pass/fail value has
____
been pre-programmed in to the tester.

(3) Press the MENU switch. The display shows SYSTEM TEST.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B679
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Press the EXE switch. The display shows SYSTEM OK.

NOTE : If the display shows a value, the probe has been damaged. You
____
must replace the probe as soon as possible and do the system
check again.

(5) Press the OFF switch to turn the tester off.

NOTE : This step is necessary to disable the system check.

____

Subtask 72-00-00-720-050

D. Do a functional check of the TAP test set:

(1) Apply a small quantity (approximately pea sized) of ultrasonic

couplant (Material No. V06-148) to the plastic insert in the TEST
BLOCK-TRANSIENT ACOUSTIC PROPAGATION (IAE2R18902).

(2) Put the TAP test block on a table or a flat surface. Attach the probe
to the plastic insert. Make sure that the probe is in the center of
the plastic insert and that ultrasonic couplant has not been put on
to the metal around the plastic insert.

(3) Press the ON switch. The display shows RRM THOR UNIT.

(4) Press the EXE switch.

CAUTION : DO NOT HOLD THE TAP TEST BLOCK WHEN YOU READ THE VALUE
_______
ENGRAVED ON THE SIDE OF THE TEST BLOCK. YOUR HAND WILL
ABSORB SOME OF THE SOUND PULSE PRODUCING A FASTER DECAY
RATE AND GIVE READINGS OUTSIDE THE RANGE ENGRAVED ON THE
TEST BLOCK.

(a) Press the EXE switch. The display shows a value. Make sure that
the value shown on the display is within the range of the value
engraved on the side of the TAP test block.

NOTE : If you can not get the correct value, clean the block and
____
do the functional check again. If you can not get the
correct value after three tries the system has failed. If
you get another error message, consult the USER GUIDE.

NOTE : If the values shown are more than the value engraved on
____
the side of the TAP test block, make sure that the Tufnol
base has not been bonded to the test block and that the
base is free to turn.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B680
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : If the Tufnol base is tight on the test block the base
____
will absorb some of the sound pulse which causes a faster
decay rate. If necessary, the Tufnol base can be removed
and the fit loosened by machining out the inside diameter.

NOTE : Do not remove the Tufnol base for the functional check,
____
because different types of work surface will absorb the
changing amounts of sound. This can cause faster and
inconsistent decay rates.

Subtask 72-00-00-280-064

E. Do an Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

(Ref. Fig. 686/TASK 72-00-00-991-250)

(1) Do a TAP-test inspection at 6 o

clock position. Lightly move the
blade radially in both directions to ensure that the LP compressor
fan blade moves.

(2) Apply a small quantity (approximately pea sized) of ultrasonic

couplant (Material No. V06-148) to the lower convex airfoil adjacent
to the annulus filler line.

(3) Attach the probe to the No. 1 LP compressor fan blade.

(4) LP compressor fan blade recommendations

CAUTION : DO NOT HOLD THE LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADE WHEN YOU READ THE
_______
VALUE. YOUR HAND WILL ABSORB SOME OF THE SOUND PULSE WHICH
CAUSES A FASTER DECAY RATE.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT NO LEADING EDGE AND/OR TRAILING EDGE

_______
PROTECTION IS INSTALLED WHEN YOU READ THE VALUE. THE
PROTECTION WILL ABSORB SOME OF THE SOUND PULSE WHICH CAUSES
A FASTENER DECAY RATE.

(a) Press the ON switch.

(5) Press the EXE switch.

(a) Press the EXE switch. The display will show the value or message
in approximately four seconds.

NOTE : If the display shows the message COUPLING FAILURE, apply

____
more ultrasonic couplant (Material No. V06-148) and do the
inspection again.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B681
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(6) If TAP-test display value is less than 700 dB/sec., accept the LP
compressor fan blade.

(7) If TAP-test display value is more than 700 dB/sec. but less than 800
dB/sec., the LP compressor fan blades can stay in use for further
five flight cycles. Reject the fan blades after five flight cycles.

(8) If the TAP-test display value is more than 800 dB/sec., reject the LP
compressor fan blade.

(9) Remove any LP compressor fan blade rejected from the LP compressor
fan disk (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010) or (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010)
and repeat the TAP-test inspection on a workbench or hard surface.

(a) If the value by the repeat TAP-test inspection is less than 700
dB/sec., accept the LP compressor fan blade.

(b) If the value by the repeat TAP-test inspection is more than 700
dB/sec. again, send the LP compressor fan blade to an overhaul
shop and carry out a C-scan inspection (Refer to EM TASK
72-00-00-200-013). Supply the results to IAE Technical Services.

(10) Complete the LP compressor fan blade TAP-Test Inspection Record

Proforma
(Ref. Fig. 687/TASK 72-00-00-991-290)

NOTE : If LP compressor fan blades have been removed from the LP

____
compressor fan disk then record P/N and S/N details on the
proforma. If LP compressor fan blades have not been removed
from the LP compressor fan disk, P/N and S/N are not required.

NOTE : Supply one copy of the proforma to your local IAE

____
representative. Keep one copy for your maintenance records.

(11) Attach the probe to the No. 2 LP compressor fan blade.

(12) Repeat step (4) thru (9).

(13) Do a teat of the remaining LP compressor fan blades. Repeat step (4)
thru (9).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B682
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-942-056

A. Remove the ground support equipment.

(1) Remove the workmat.

(2) Remove the access platform.

(3) Remove the warning notices.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B683
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-021

Inspection after Engine Windmilling

CAUTION : ENGINE MALFUNCTIONS THAT CAUSE INFLIGHT SHUTDOWNS MUST BE

_______
INVESTIGATED/CORRECTED BEFORE ENGINE OPERATION RELATED WITH THESE
PROCEDURES.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Engines which have windmilled as a result of shut-down in flight must have

the inspection/checks that follow, done before engine is operated again.

NOTE : Operating conditions before and after shutdown and windmilling, must
____
be accurately recorded to find classification of windmill and to make
sure that there are records for future reference.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish

79-00-00-200-010 Inspection of the Oil System

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-113

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B684
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-210-102

A. Inspection of the engine after windmilling

(1) If there as been continuous positive indication of oil pressure 5

psig or higher, do the steps that follow after shut-down.

(a) Remove and check the main oil filter and the chip detectrors
(Ref. TASK 79-00-00-200-010). If the result of checks is
satisfactory, install clean filter and chip detectors.

(b) Service the oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).

(c) If the check of oil filter and chip detectors was satisfactory
and, if applicable, oil system malfunctions were corrected,
engine can be continued in service.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B685
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-022

Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blades and Fan Case Acoustic Linings

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

A. This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

B. This TASK gives the procedure for the inspection of the LP compressor fan
blades and fan case acoustic linings following the loss of one or more
acoustic lining cover sheets.

NOTE : Inspection is required to confirm that there have been no adverse

____
effects on the LP compressor fan blades caused by a blockage of the
fan exit guide vanes when an acoustic lining cover sheet is released.
The blockage effect is higher if more than one cover sheet is
released.

NOTE : If any blades are rejected, contact your local IAE Customer Support
____
Representative.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B686
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-00-00-200-023 Eddy Current Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan
Blades Leading Edge
72-00-00-200-024 Ultrasonic Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blade
Roots
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-200-010 Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-32-85-200-010 Inspection of the Fan Case Assembly
72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone
72-38-11-400-010 Installation of the Inlet Cone
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-120

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B687
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-010-163

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-040-087

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser:

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-164

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-941-121

E. Put the Ground Support Equipment in to Position

(1) Put the access platform in position.

(2) Put the workmat in position.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-350-051

A. Remove any unwanted materials from the fan exit guide vanes.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B688
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-010-165

B. Remove the Fairing, the Inlet Cone and the Front Blade Retaining Ring

(1) Remove the fairing (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010)

(a) Write down the position of any trim balance weights that are
installed to the 24 installation bolts of the fairing.

(b) Remove the fairing.

(2) Remove the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010)

(a) Write down the position of any trim balance weights that are
installed to the 36 bolts flange of the front retaining ring.

(b) Remove the inlet cone.

(3) Remove the front blade-retaining ring (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-210-118

C. Before the next flight:

(1) Visually examine the face of the leading-edge of the dovetail root of
the fan blades.
Cracks Reject

Subtask 72-00-00-210-119

D. Within 25 hours or 10 flights whichever is the sooner:

(1) Do a leading edge eddy current inspection of the fan blades

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-023).

Subtask 72-00-00-210-120

E. Within 25 hours or 10 flights whichever is the sooner:

(1) Remove the fan blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

(2) Do an inspection of the LP compressor fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-

200-010).

(3) Do an ultrasonic inspection of the fan blade dovetail (Ref. TASK 72-
00-00-200-024).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B689
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Do an inspection of the fan case assembly (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-200-
010).

NOTE : Coin tap inspection to map areas of disbond that may be

____
present on the remaining acoustic lining cover sheets is also
required. This will enable operators to determine whether any
repair action is required on these acoustic linings.

(5) Do an inspection of the LP Compressor annulus fillers (Ref. TASK 72-

31-11-200-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-165

F. Install the Front Blade-Retaining Ring, the Inlet Cone and Fairing

(1) Install the front blade-retaining ring (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

(2) Install the inlet cone and fairing and replace any balance weights in
their original positions (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-166

G. Install the fan blades and the annulus fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-
010) and replace any balance weights in their original positions.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ANNULUS FILLER TRUNNIONS ARE CORRECTLY
_______
SEATED IN THE REAR RETAINING RING.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-167

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-440-087

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B690
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-410-168

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-942-063

D. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Remove the workmat.

(2) Remove the access platform.

(3) Remove the warning notices.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B691
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-023

Eddy Current Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blades Leading Edge

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

A. This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

B. This TASK gives the procedure for the eddy current inspection of the LP
compressor fan blades leading edges.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific eddy current instrument

No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
IAE2R19425 1 TBD
IAE2R19426 1 TBD

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-121 *

Marker Pen (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-195 *
Teflon Low Friction Tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-126 *
Scotch Brite Grade A (Red) (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B692
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-991-294 Fig. 688

72-00-00-991-295 Fig. 689
72-00-00-991-296 Fig. 690

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-124

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-941-125

B. Put the Ground Support Equipment in to Position

(1) Put the access platform in position.

(2) Put the workmat in position.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B693
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-730-053

A. Do a Calibration of the Eddy Current Equipment

(Ref. Fig. 688/TASK 72-00-00-991-294)

(1) Protect the underside of the TBD (IAE2R19425), with Teflon Low
Friction Tape (Material No. V02-195). Make sure that the ferrite core
is covered.

(2) Connect the probe to the eddy current instrument, select differential
mode and adjust the frequency to 2000 KHz.

(3) If the frequency filtration is available, set the high pass filter to
2-5 Hz and the low pass filter to mains frequency.

(4) Put the probe on the TBD (IAE2R19426), away from the 0.75 mm (0.0295
in.) slot which is approximately central. Balance or null the
instrument so that the spot is centralized on the screen.

(5) Move the probe repeatedly over the slot and identify the figure of
eight signal produced by the slot.

(6) While still moving the probe adjust the phase angle such that the
figure of eight signal is vertical. Adjust the gain control to
produce 4 divisions peak to peak.

(7) If monitor gates are available, set them to just trigger on the
signal from 0.75 mm (0.0295 in.) slot. Activate any audible or visual
alarm warnings.

(8) The eddy current instrument is now calibrated.

Subtask 72-00-00-250-052

B. Examine the LPC Fan Blades

(Ref. Fig. 689/TASK 72-00-00-991-295)

(1) Remove any rough edges, nicks or burrs on the leading edge of the fan
blades. Use Scotch Brite Grade A (Red) (Material No. V05-126).

(2) Number the blades with a Marker Pen (Material No. V02-121), and turn
the number one blade to the three o
clock position.

(3) Hook the edge of the probe over the concave leading edge at the tip
of the blade.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B694
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Figure of Eight Signal from Calibration Slot (No High Pass Filter)
Figure 688/TASK 72-00-00-991-294

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B695
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Distorted (Due to High Pass Filter) Figure of Eight from Defect

Figure 689/TASK 72-00-00-991-295

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B696
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Balance/null the instrument to centralize the spot.

(5) Move the probe smoothly towards the root of the blade until the probe
begins to lift off on the thick section near the root, monitoring the
screen of the instrument.

(6) The spot moves slowly as the underlying thickness and geometry of the
blade changes.

(7) Genuine cracks will produce a quick vertical deflection in the form
of a figure of eight, this can have a small distortion, due to the
high pass filtering.

(8) Do this procedure on all of the fan blades taking care of the bottom
one third of the blade.

Subtask 72-00-00-250-053

C. Accept/Reject
(Ref. Fig. 690/TASK 72-00-00-991-296)

(1) Accept slow moving/drifting signals which are essential in a straight

line.

(2) Reject fast moving, figure of eight or slightly distorted figure of

eight signals.

(3) If the blade is rejected, record the details on the reject blade
pro-forma and pass a copy to the local IAE Customer Support
Representative. Quarantine the blade pending further advice from IAE.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-942-065

A. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Remove the workmat.

(2) Remove the access platform.

(3) Remove the warning notices.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B697
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LPC Fan Blade Leading Edge Inspection Rejection Record Sheet

Figure 690/TASK 72-00-00-991-296

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B698
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-200-024

Ultrasonic Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blade Roots

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

A. This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

B. This TASK gives the procedure for the ultrasonic inspection of the LP
compressor fan blade roots.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
IAE2R19315 1 TEST BLOCK
IAE2R19316 1 PROBE-ULTRASONIC

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V05-126 *

scotch brite (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V06-148 *
Ultrasonic Couplant (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page B699
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

72-31-11-200-010 Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone
72-38-11-400-010 Installation of the Inlet Cone
72-00-00-991-297 Fig. 691
72-00-00-991-175 Fig. 692

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-128

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-941-129

B. Put the Ground Support Equipment in to Position

(1) Put the access platform in position.

(2) Put the workmat in position.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C600
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-730-055

A. Do a Calibration of the Ultrasonic Detector

(Ref. Fig. 691/TASK 72-00-00-991-297)

(1) Set up the ultrasonic flaw detector for dual or through transmission
operation with zero delay. Set the amplifier to 5-10 MHz.

(2) Apply Ultrasonic Couplant (Material No. V06-148) to the rear angled
flank and position the PROBE-ULTRASONIC (IAE2R19316) on the TEST
BLOCK (IAE2R19315).

(3) Identify the signal produced by the large Slot-A. With the range
control, position this signal at Division Line 5 on the time base and
adjust the amplitude to approximately 50 percent screen height.

(4) Increase the gain by 20dB. Move the probe over Slot-B and identify
the signal produced. Adjust the amplifier to bring the signal to 60
percent screen height.

(5) If a monitor gate is available, position it between the 4.5 and 5.5
Division Lines on the time base. Adjust any visual or audible alarms
to trigger at 60 percent screen height. The calibration check is
completed.

Subtask 72-00-00-010-167

B. Remove the Fairing, the Inlet Cone and the Fan Blades
(Ref. Fig. 691/TASK 72-00-00-991-297)

(1) Remove the fairing and the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010)

(a) Write down the position of any trim balance weights that are
installed.

(b) Remove the fairing and the inlet cone.

(2) Remove the fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Calibration of the Ultrasonic Flaw Detector

Figure 691/TASK 72-00-00-991-297

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-270-051

C. Do an Ultrasonic Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 691/TASK 72-00-00-991-297)

(1) Do a general inspection of the fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-

010).

(2) Do an ultrasonic inspection on each of the fan blades

(a) Apply the Ultrasonic Couplant (Material No. V06-148) to the

concave face of the blade root flank. Position the probe on the
blade root and move the probe along the full chordal width of the
blade.

1
_ Monitor the signal very carefully as you move the probe, from
the front of the leading edge for 2.4 in. (60.9598 mm) to the
rear of the concave surface.

NOTE : It is possible that this area is the source of the

____
cracks.

(b) Reject the blade if a signal greater than 60 percent screen

height is produced between the 4.5 and 5.5 Division Lines on the
time base.

(c) Apply the Ultrasonic Couplant (Material No. V06-148) to the

convex face of the blade root flank at the area to be inspected.
Position the probe at 1.77 in. (45 mm) from the front face of the
blade root (immediately behind the front chocking pad if still
installed) and move the probe along the next 4.33 in. (110 mm) of
the chordal width of the blade root terminating the inspection at
6.10 in. (155 mm) from the front face of the blade root
(approximately 3.30 in. (84 mm) from the rear face of the root.

(d) Monitor the signal very carefully as you move the probe over this
area.

(e) Reject the blade if a signal greater than 60 percent screen

height is produced between 4.5 and 5.5 Division Lines on the time
base.

(f) Subsequently to the above, if excess dry film lubricant is still

present at the ultrasonic reject indication position on the blade
root flank in the areas X and Y remove this by lightly rubbing
with scotch brite (Material No. V05-126).
(Ref. Fig. 692/TASK 72-00-00-991-175)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Blade Roots

Figure 692/TASK 72-00-00-991-175

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Repeat the ultrasonic check as mentioned above (a), (c), (d) and
(e). Reject the blade if a signal greater than 60 percent screen
height is still present between 4.5 and 5.5 Division Lines on the
time base.

(3) If any fan blades are rejected, contact IAE representative. Give the
details of the signals detected (Position from the leading edge and
signal amplitude), part number, serial number and the life of the
rejected blade.

Subtask 72-00-00-410-170

D. Install the Fan Blades, the Inlet Cone and the Fairing

(1) Install the fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010)

(2) Install the fairing and the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010)

(3) If all the removed parts are replaced in their original locations and
no blade rework - apart from re-attachment of loose or detached fan
blade chocking pads - has been carried out, a trim balance survey run
is not required.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-942-067

A. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Remove the workmat.

(2) Remove the access platform.

(3) Remove the warning notices.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-210-011

Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blades Following Use of Full Reverse Thrust
to Fully Stop the Aircraft

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

A. This TASK is for V2500-A5.

B. This TASK gives the procedure for the inspection of the LP Compressor Fan
Blades after Full Reverse Thrust has been used to fully stop the aircraft.

NOTE : Inspection is required to confirm that there have been no adverse

____
effect on the LP Compressor Fan Blades caused by the use of Full
Reverse Thrust to fully stop the aircraft.

NOTE : If any blades are rejected, contact your local IAE Customer Support
____
Representative.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-00-00-200-023 Eddy Current Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan
Blades Leading Edge
72-00-00-200-024 Ultrasonic Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blade
Roots
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-200-010 Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C606
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-38-11-400-010 Installation of the Inlet Cone

78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-161

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-228

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C607
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-040-116

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-229

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-941-162

E. Put the Ground Support Equipment in to Position

(1) Put the access platform in position.

(2) Put the workmat in position.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-350-053

A. Remove any unwanted materials from the fan exit guide vanes.

Subtask 72-00-00-010-230

B. Remove the Fairing, the Inlet Cone and the Front Blade Retaining Ring

(1) Remove the fairing (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010)

(a) Write down the position of any trim balance weights that are
installed to the 24 installation bolts of the fairing.

(b) Remove the fairing.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C608
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Remove the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010)

(a) Write down the position of any trim balance weights that are
installed to the 36 bolts flange of the front retaining ring.

(b) Remove the inlet cone.

(3) Remove the front blade-retaining ring (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-00-00-210-154

C. Before the next flight:

(1) Visually examine the face of the leading-edge of the dovetail root of
the fan blades.
If there are cracks, reject it.

Subtask 72-00-00-210-155

D. Within 25 flight hours or 10 flight cycles whichever is the sooner:

(1) Do a leading edge eddy current inspection of the fan blades

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-023).

Subtask 72-00-00-210-156

E. Within 25 flight hours or 10 flight cycles whichever is the sooner:

(1) Remove the fan blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

(2) Do an inspection of the LP compressor fan blades (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-

200-010).

(3) Do an ultrasonic inspection of the fan blade dovetail (Ref. TASK 72-
00-00-200-024).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-192

F. Install the Front Blade-Retaining Ring, the Inlet Cone and Fairing.

(1) Install the front blade-retaining ring (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

(2) Install the inlet cone and fairing and replace any balance weights in
their original positions (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C609
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-410-193

G. Install the fan blades and annulus fillers.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE ANNULUS FILLER TRUNNIONS ARE CORRECTLY
_______
SEATED IN THE REAR RETAINING RING.

(1) Install the fan blades and annulus fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-
010) and replace any balance weights in their original positions.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-194

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-440-113

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-195

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-942-069

D. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Remove the workmat.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C610
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C611
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-210-013

Borescope Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Duct Segments

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the borescope inspection of the stage 1
HPT duct segments. This task recommends the use of a flexible borescope to
inspect the stage 1 HPT duct segments.

NOTE : Dammage limits are not listed. Contact your IAE representative or
____
refer to other approved documents for limits.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific flexible borescope 6 mm (0.24 in.) or greater, 2.5 m

(98.42 in.) minimum lenght
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1P16184 1 PULLER, KNOCKER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-141 *

corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-094 *
anti-seize compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-129 *
anti-seize paste (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C612
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 gasket 72-45-00 80 -040

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-00-00-991-284 Fig. 693
72-00-00-991-285 Fig. 694
72-00-00-991-286 Fig. 695
72-00-00-991-287 Fig. 696
72-00-00-991-288 Fig. 697

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-169

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 2
hours before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C613
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-241

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-040-120

C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-242

D. Get Access

(1) Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
- FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-290-121

A. General

CAUTION : THE ENGINE IS HOT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHUTDOWN AND CAN CAUSE
_______
BURNS AND DAMAGE TO THE BORESCOPE EQUIPMENT. WAIT 2-3 HOURS
AFTER SHUTDOWN BEFORE YOU DO A BORESCOPE INSPECTION.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C614
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : Use a flexible borescope 6 mm (0.24 in.) or greater, 2.5 m (98.42
____
in.) minimum lenght.

(1) Borescope ports are identified.

(Ref. Fig. 693/TASK 72-00-00-991-284, 694/TASK 72-00-00-991-285,
695/TASK 72-00-00-991-286)

Subtask 72-00-00-290-122

B. Do a Close-up Borescope Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Duct Segments

(Ref. Fig. 696/TASK 72-00-00-991-287)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE BLANKING PLUG IS SUFFICIENTLY COOL BEFORE
_______
REMOVAL.
THE TEMPERATURE STAYS HIGH FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER ENGINE
SHUTDOWN.

(1) Get access to the Stage 1 HPT duct segments through the T1/2L or
T1/2R ports.
(Ref. Fig. 693/TASK 72-00-00-991-284, 694/TASK 72-00-00-991-285,
695/TASK 72-00-00-991-286)

(a) Remove the lockwire and bolts which hold the plugs.

(b) Put the PULLER, KNOCKER (IAE1P16184) into the center hole of the
plug.

(c) Use the puller to remove the plug (2) from the port.

(d) Remove the gasket (1) from the plug.

(e) Remove the plug from the puller.

(2) Put the flexible borescope into the T1/2R port. Twist and push the
borescope in until you can see the duct segments.

NOTE : When the borescope is in approximately 12 in. (304.79 mm),

____
withdraw the borescope to make sure there is a minimum of
resistance. If there is resistance, remove the borescope and
rotate the rotor for a better position.

(3) Continue to install the borescope around the circumference until you
can see the borescope at the entrance point. If the borescope cannot
go all the way around, slowly retract the borescope to see the stage
1 HPT duct segments for heavy wear of the parent metal, burning and
missing material.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C615
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Turbine Borescope Location for Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Duct Segments
(Left Side)
Figure 693/TASK 72-00-00-991-284


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-00-00 Page C616
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Turbine Borescope Location for Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Duct Segments
(Right Side)
Figure 694/TASK 72-00-00-991-285


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-00-00 Page C617
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Turbine Ports for Inspection of the Stage 1 HPT Duct Segments

Figure 695/TASK 72-00-00-991-286

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C618
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 1 HPT Duct Segment Inspection Locations

Figure 696/TASK 72-00-00-991-287

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C619
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) If the borescope did not go all around the circumference, use port
T1/2L and do the borescope installation procedure again to inspect
the duct segments that remain.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-206

A. Close the Borescope Inspection Ports after the Borescope Inspection is

Completed as follows:

(1) For the T1/2L or T1/2R port, proceed as follows:

(a) Put the gasket (1) in the case recess.

(Ref. Fig. 697/TASK 72-00-00-991-288)

(b) Replace the gasket (1) if the seal is not above the case surface.

(c) Put the gasket (1) on the plug (2) and install it in the case.

(d) Lubricate the bolt threads with anti-seize paste (Material No.
V10-129) or anti-seize compound (Material No. V10-094). Wipe off
excess paste.

(e) Install the bolts.

(f) TORQUE the bolts to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(g) Safety the bolts with corrosion resistant steel lockwire

(Material No. V02-141).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-207

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
- FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C620
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Borescope Ports
Figure 697/TASK 72-00-00-991-288

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C621
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-440-117

C. Activate the Thrust Reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-208

D. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page C622
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

ENGINE - GENERAL - CLEANING/PAINTING
____________________________________

TASK 72-00-00-100-010

Clean the Engine Gas Path for Performance Improvement (Water only)

CAUTION : DO NOT USE WATER TO WASH ENGINES WITH GAS PATHS THAT HAVE BEEN
_______
EXPOSED TO DRY POWDER FIRE EXTINGUISHING AGENTS. THESE AGENTS ARE NOT
WATER SOLUBLE. IF YOU CLEAN WITH WATER, THESE MATERIALS WILL BOND TO
ENGINE PARTS.

CAUTION : TO PREVENT THE FORMATION OF ICE, MIX V01-007 OR V01-124 ALCOHOL WITH
_______
THE WATER YOU USE TO DILUTE THE CLEANER IF THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS
BELOW 40 DEG.F (4,4 DEG.C).

CAUTION : THE ENGINE EGT MUST BE BELOW 150 DEG.F (65.6 DEG.C) TO PREVENT ENGINE
_______
DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____

NOTE : A maximum of two hours is permitted to do one of the engine dry out
____
compliance procedures. This can be done at the end of the gas path
cleaning task given in subtask 72-00-00-710-053.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plugs

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific demineralized water source with a pressure of 40 to
50 psi (275 to 345 kPa)
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 62.00 to 900.00 lbf.in
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
IAE4J12031 1 RING - SPRAY
IAE4J12034 1 TUBE-WATER WASH

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 701
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-007 *

ethyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-201 *
distilled de-ionized demineralized water
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-274 *
safety cable (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-010 Drain the Engine Oil System

12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish
71-00-00-700-013 Procedure to Dry Out the High Pressure Turbine After
Oil Contamination
71-00-00-710-018 Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown Procedures
71-00-00-710-043 Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
71-00-00-710-045 Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
71-00-00-710-047 Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
75-32-41-000-010 Removal of the Variable Stator Vane (VSV) Actuator
(4022KS)
75-32-41-400-010 Installation of the Variable Stator Vane (VSV)
Actuator (4022KS)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-00-00-991-214 Fig. 701
72-00-00-991-213 Fig. 702
72-00-00-991-283 Fig. 703
72-00-00-991-215 Fig. 704
72-00-00-991-212 Fig. 705

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 702
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-092

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-115

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-040-070

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK
78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-116

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 703
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-010-114

A. Set the cabin services bleed valves to the closed position.

(1) On the AIR COND panel 30VU, release the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton
switch.

(2) The OFF legend of this pushbutton switch comes on.

Subtask 72-00-00-020-053

B. Disconnect the tubes.

(1) Disconnect the PS3 sensing tube from the autostart probe.
(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-00-00-991-214)

(2) Disconnect the air-to-P4.9 EEC tube from the fitting on the bottom of
the turbine exhaust case.
(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 72-00-00-991-213)

(3) Disconnect Stage 10 Air Tube at its connection with the off take
tube.

(4) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 72-00-00-991-283)

(5) Disconnect the variable stator vane actuator from the bellcrank
(Ref. TASK 75-32-41-000-010) and manually move the stator vanes to
fully open.

Subtask 72-00-00-420-057

C. Install the RING - SPRAY (IAE4J12031).

(Ref. Fig. 704/TASK 72-00-00-991-215)

CAUTION : WHEN YOU PUT THE SPRAY RING SEGMENTS THROUGH THE FAN BLADES, BE
_______
CAREFUL THAT THE SPRAY RING SEGMENTS DO NOT TOUCH THE ENGINE
PARTS.

(1) Put each of the four spray ring segments (nozzle hole side to the
rear) to the inlet of the fan outlet inner vane assembly through the
fan blades.

(2) Install a spray ring segment with a coupling that connects to the
long hose around the bottom of the fan outlet inner vane assembly.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 704
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


PS3 Sense Line Air Tube Assembly

Figure 701/TASK 72-00-00-991-214

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 705
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


P4.9 Air Tube Assembly

Figure 702/TASK 72-00-00-991-213

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 706
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 10 Air Tube

Figure 703/TASK 72-00-00-991-283

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 707
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Spray Ring, IAE 4J12031

Figure 704/TASK 72-00-00-991-215

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 708
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Install the clamp screws on the brackets of the spray rings through
the fan blade. Hang the hook of the clamp screw on the LPC outlet
guide vane.

(4) Tighten the eight wing nuts on the clamp screws by hand.

(5) Connect the couplings of the spray rings, then safety the spray ring
assembly to the fan outlet inner vane assembly with the clamp screws
and the wing nuts. Adjust the positions of the spray ring assembly as
necessary.

(6) Connect one end of the long hose to the spray ring assembly and the
other end to a pressure pump for the demineralized water source witha
pressure of 40 to 50 psi (275 to 345 kPa).

(7) Safety the long hose to the common nozzle assembly with a clamp
around the bottom of the common nozzle.

Subtask 72-00-00-420-073

D. As an alternative to tool IAE 4J12031, you can install the TUBE-WATER

WASH (IAE4J12034) as follows:

(1) Put the two thicker wooden clamps on the front and aft sides of the
No.4 and No.5 struts.

(2) Let the grooves in the clamps touch the strut edges and safety the
clamps with the two long bolts and wing nuts.

(3) Put the tube between the N.4 and No.5 struts from the rear in
parallel to the engine centerline, then let it go through between the
fan exit guide vanes carefully so the tube does not touch the vanes.

(4) Set the square end of the tube to the aft clamps. Make sure that the
front bent part of the tube does not touch the trailing edges of the
fan blades. If necessary, install the spacer(s) between the aft
clamps and the square end.

(5) Put the tube nozzle between the leading edges of the inlet guide
vanes.

(6) Hold the tube with the thicker clamps and the thinner wooden clamps
and safety them with the four short bolts and wing nuts.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 709
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(7) Make sure again that the front bent part of the tube does not touch
the trailing edges of the fan blades, that the tube nozzle does not
touch the inlet guide vanes and the direction of the tube nozzle is
at a correct angle.

(8) If necessary use spacers to adjust the positions of the clamps and
the angle of the tube correctly.

(9) Safety the clamps tightly with the wing nuts.

(10) Connect a demineralized water source with a pressure of 40 to 50 psi

(275 to 345 kPa) to the tube.

Subtask 72-00-00-612-050

E. Add oil to the engine oil tank as necessary (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).

Subtask 72-00-00-865-050

F. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
FOR 1000EM1
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS B 3JH1 P41
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS A BAT 2JH1 P39
FOR 1000EM2
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS B 3JH2 P42
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS A BAT 2JH2 P40

Subtask 72-00-00-110-066

G. Clean the compressor.

(Ref. Fig. 705/TASK 72-00-00-991-212)

(1) Prepare between 50 and 60 gallons (190 and 230 liters) of wash fluid.

NOTE : If you have the correct water specification, it is permitted

____
to use potable water. It is not necessary to test before each
wash. If the water does not have the correct water
specification, use distilled de-ionized demineralized water
(Material No. V01-201).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 710
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Alcohol and Water Mixture Ratio

Figure 705/TASK 72-00-00-991-212

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 711
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| constituent | Na*K | Ca*Mg | Total | S04 | P04 | TDS | PH |
| | | | Hlides | | | | |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PPM Max | 50 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 50 | 500 | 6.4-8.5 |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Potable Water Specification

Use water or water mixed with ethyl alcohol (Material No. V01-007) or
isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124).
(Ref. Fig. 705/TASK 72-00-00-991-212)

NOTE : Volumes are given for reference only. It is permitted to use

____
different volumes.

(2) Make sure that you do not operate the starter more than its operating
limits.

CAUTION : DO NOT MOTOR THE ENGINE MORE THAN THE LIMIT OR YOU CAN
_______
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE STARTER (NOT CONTROLLED BY THE EEC).

(a) Three cycles: Two of two minutes and one of one minute duration
maximum.

(b) Do not operate for 15 seconds between cycles to allow for starter
rotor lubrication.

(c) After three cycles, let the starter cool for 30 minutes before
you try a new start or motoring.

(d) Do not engage the starter again with the engine motoring above 10
percent N2.

(3) Do the steps that follow:

(a) Motor the engine with the starter until a minimum of 14 percent
N2 is reached for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).

(b) While you motor the engine, spray between 10 and 15 gallons (40
and 60 liters) of demineralized water in two minutes into the low
pressure compressor. Stop motoring and let it soak for 10
minutes.

(c) Do steps (a) and (b) again.

(d) Motor the engine with the starter until a minimum of 14 percent
N2 is reached for one minute (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 712
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(e) If necessary, do para (3) again. Make sure you are in the
operating limits given above.

Subtask 72-00-00-420-058

H. Connect the tubes.

(1) Move the stator vanes to the closed position and connect the VSV
actuator to the bellcrank (Ref. TASK 75-32-41-400-010).

(2) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(3) Connect the stage 10 air tube to the offtake tube and TORQUE the tube
connector to between 283 and 310 lbf.in (3.19 and 3.50 m.daN). Safety
with safety cable (Material No. V02-274).
(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 72-00-00-991-283)

(4) Connect the air-to-P4.9 EEC tube to the fitting on the bottom of the
turbine exhaust case.
(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 72-00-00-991-213)

(5) Connect the PS3 sensing tube to the autostart probe.

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-00-00-991-214)

(6) Remove the spray ring or the water wash tube.

Subtask 72-00-00-865-051

J. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1JH
FOR 1000EM1
2JH1, 3JH1
FOR 1000EM2
2JH2, 3JH2

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-115

A. Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 713
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-440-071

B. Activate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-117

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 72-00-00-700-050

D. Dry Out the High Pressure Turbine

(1) Do the dry out procedure for the HPT (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-013).

Subtask 72-00-00-710-053

E. Operate the engine.

(1) Start the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
710-047).

NOTE : Do not operate engine bleed before finishing the next step,
____
otherwise the air-conditioning system can become contaminated.

NOTE : Run the engine at idle for 10 minutes prior to advancing the
____
throttle beyond idle power.

NOTE : If the engine ground run at idle power is successful, a

____
further engine ground run will be required to functionally
check the air conditioning packs. This can be done at operator
convenience.

(2) Operate the engine at idle power to keep the engine oil temperature
at a minimum of 220 deg.F (104.44 deg.C) for no less than 20 minutes
once the quoted oil temperature has been achieved.

NOTE : This can normally be achieved at idle with an OAT of more than
____
77 deg.F (24.99 deg.C).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 714
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Do an engine shutdown (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).

NOTE : If the minimum oil temperature cannot be reached, do an engine

____
shutdown and do the steps that follow:

(4) Remove the water content from oil. Use one of the procedures that
follow:

(a) Procedure 1: engine ground run to remove the water content from
oil (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).

1
_ Operate the engine at the power setting that is sufficient to
keep the engine oil temperature at a minimum of 220 deg.F
(104.44 deg.C) for no less than 20 minutes once that quoted
oil temperature has been achieved.

2
_ Do an engine shutdown (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).

(b) Procedure 2: drain the engine oil system and replenish.

1
_ Drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-010) and
fill the system with new oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).

(c) Procedure 3: oil check for water content.

1
_ Get a four oz (100ml) sample of oil from the engine.

2
_ Do a Karl Fisher titration ASTMD-6304-04ae1 water analysis to
find the water content of the oil.

3
_ If the water content is above 800 parts per million (ppm) by
weight or by volume, drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK
12-13-79-610-010) and fill the system with new oil (Ref. TASK
12-13-79-610-011).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 715
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-100-010- 01

Clean the Engine Gas Path for Performance Improvement (Cleaner only)

CAUTION : DO NOT USE A CLEANER ON ENGINES WITH GAS PATHS THAT WERE OPEN TO DRY
_______
POWDER FIRE EXTINGUISHING AGENTS. THESE AGENTS ARE NOT WATER SOLUBLE.
IF YOU CLEAN WITH WATER, THESE MATERIALS WILL BOND TO ENGINE PARTS.

CAUTION : TO PREVENT THE FORMATION OF ICE, MIX V01-007 OR V01-124 ALCOHOL WITH
_______
THE WATER YOU USE TO DILUTE THE CLEANER IF THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS
BELOW 40 DEG.F (4,4 DEG.C).

CAUTION : THE ENGINE EGT MUST BE BELOW 150 DEG.F (65.6 DEG.C) TO PREVENT ENGINE
_______
DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : This TASK can contribute to fuel savings.

____

NOTE : A maximum of two hours is permitted to do one of the engine dry out
____
compliance procedures. This can be done at the end of the gas path
cleaning task given in Subtask 72-00-00-710-054.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plugs

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific demineralized water source with a pressure of 40 to
50 psi (275 to 345 kPa)
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 62.00 to 900.00 lbf.in
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
IAE4J12031 1 RING - SPRAY
IAE4J12034 1 TUBE-WATER WASH

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 716
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-201 *

distilled de-ionized demineralized water
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-230 *
cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-231 *
cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-378 *
cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-379 *
cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-274 *
safety cable (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-010 Drain the Engine Oil System

12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish
21-00-00-615-003 Decontamination of the Environmental Control System
(ECS) when the Temperature is below 24 deg.C
(Engine/s)
21-00-00-615-004 Decontamination of the Environmental Control System
(ECS) when the Temperature is above 24 deg.C
(Engine/s)
71-00-00-700-013 Procedure to Dry Out the High Pressure Turbine After
Oil Contamination
71-00-00-710-018 Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown Procedures
71-00-00-710-043 Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
71-00-00-710-045 Test No.1 : Dry Motor Leak Check
71-00-00-710-047 Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
75-32-41-000-010 Removal of the Variable Stator Vane (VSV) Actuator
(4022KS)
75-32-41-400-010 Installation of the Variable Stator Vane (VSV)
Actuator (4022KS)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 717
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control

Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-00-00-991-214 Fig. 701
72-00-00-991-213 Fig. 702
72-00-00-991-283 Fig. 703
72-00-00-991-215 Fig. 704
72-00-00-991-212 Fig. 705
72-00-00-991-260 Fig. 706

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-094

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-125

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 718
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-040-072

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK
78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-126

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
- FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-010-129

A. Set the cabin services bleed valves to the closed position.

(1) On the AIR COND panel 30 VU, release the ENG 1(2) BLEED pushbutton
switch.

(2) The OFF legend of this pushbutton switch comes on.

Subtask 72-00-00-020-059

B. Disconnect the tubes.

(1) Disconnect the PS3 sensing tube from the autostart probe.
(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-00-00-991-214)

(2) Disconnect the air-to-P4.9 EEC tube from the fitting on the bottom of
the turbine exhaust case.
(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 72-00-00-991-213)

(3) Disconnect Stage 10 Air Tube at its connection with the offtake tube.
(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 72-00-00-991-283)

(4) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

(5) Disconnect the variable stator vane actuator from the bellcrank
(Ref. TASK 75-32-41-000-010) and manually move the stator vanes to
fully open.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 719
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-420-074

C. Install the RING - SPRAY (IAE4J12031).

(Ref. Fig. 704/TASK 72-00-00-991-215)

CAUTION : WHEN YOU PUT THE SPRAY RING SEGMENTS THROUGH THE FAN BLADES, BE
_______
CAREFUL THAT THE SPRAY RING SEGMENTS DO NOT TOUCH THE ENGINE
PARTS.

(1) Put each of the four spray ring segments (nozzle hole side to the
rear) at the inlet of the fan outlet inner vane assembly through the
fan blades.

(2) Install a spray ring segment with a coupling that connects to the
long hose around the bottom of the fan outlet inner vane assembly.

(3) Install the clamp screws on the brackets of the spray rings through
the fan blade. Hang the hook of the clamp screw on the LPC outlet
guide vane.

(4) Tighten the eight wing nuts on the clamp screws by hand.

(5) Connect the couplings of the spray rings, then safety the spray ring
assembly to the fan outlet inner vane assembly with the clamp screws
and the wing nuts. Adjust the position of the spray ring assembly as
necessary.

(6) Connect one end of the long hose to the spray ring assembly and the
other end to a pressure pump for the demineralized water source witha
pressure of 40 to 50 psi (275 to 345 kPa).

(7) Safety the long hose to the common nozzle assembly with a clamp
around the bottom of the common nozzle.

Subtask 72-00-00-420-060

D. As an alternative to tool IAE 4J12031, you can install the TUBE-WATER

WASH (IAE4J12034) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 706/TASK 72-00-00-991-260)

(1) Put the two thicker wooden clamps on the front and aft sides of the
No. 4 and No. 5 struts.

(2) Let the grooves in the clamps touch the strut edges and safety the
clamps with the two long bolts and wing nuts.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 720
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Water Wash Tube, IAE 4J12034

Figure 706/TASK 72-00-00-991-260

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 721
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Put the tube between the No. 4 and No. 5 struts from the rear
parallel to the engine centreline, then let it go through carefully
between the fan exit guide vanes so the tube does not touch the
vanes.

(4) Set the square end of the tube to the aft clamps. Make sure that the
front bent part of the tube does not touch the trailing edges of the
fan blades. If necessary, install the spacer(s) between the aft
clamps and the square end.

(5) Put the tube nozzle between the leading edges of the inlet guide
vanes.

(6) Hold the tube with the thicker clamps and the thinner wooden clamps
and safety them with the four short bolts and wing nuts.

(7) Make sure that the front bent part of the tube does not touch the
trailing edges of the fan blades, that the tube nozzle does not touch
the inlet guide vanes and that the direction of the tube nozzle is at
the correct angle.

(8) If necessary, use spacers to correctly adjust the positions of the

clamps and the angle of the tube.

(9) Safety the clamps tightly with the wing nuts.

(10) Connect a wash fluid supply hose to the tube.

Subtask 72-00-00-612-051

E. Add oil to the engine oil tank as necessary (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).

Subtask 72-00-00-865-052

F. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A 1JH A03
FOR 1000EM1
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS B 3JH1 P41
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG1/SYS A BAT 2JH1 P39
FOR 1000EM2
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS B 3JH2 P42
121VU ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS A BAT 2JH2 P40

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 722
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-110-068

G. Clean the compressor.

(Ref. Fig. 705/TASK 72-00-00-991-212)

(1) Prepare between 50 and 60 gallons (190 and 230 liters) of wash fluid.

NOTE : If you have the correct water specification, it is permitted

____
to use potable water. It is not necessary to test before each
wash. If the water does not have the correct water
specification, use distilled de-ionized demineralized water
(Material No. V01-201).

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| constituent | Na*K | Ca*Mg | Total | S04 | P04 | TDS | PH |
| | | | Hlides | | | | |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PPM Max | 50 | 100 | 100 | 100 | 50 | 500 | 6.4-8.5 |
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Potable Water Specification

Mix a maximum of one volume of cleaner (Material No. V01-230),

cleaner (Material No. V01-231), cleaner (Material No. V01-378) or
cleaner (Material No. V01-379) to four volumes of water or
water/alcohol mix.

NOTE : Volumes are given for reference only. It is permitted to use

____
different volumes.

NOTE : One part cleaner to four parts water is a maximum

____
concentration level. Operators may vary the concentration
level below the maximum to suit the individual operations.

(2) Make sure that you do not operate the starter more than its operating
limits.

CAUTION : DO NOT MOTOR THE ENGINE MORE THAN THE LIMIT OR YOU CAN
_______
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE STARTER (NOT CONTROLLED BY THE EEC).

(a) Three cycles: Two of two minutes and one of one minute duration
maximum.

(b) Do not operate for 15 seconds between cycles to allow for starter
rotor lubrication.

(c) After three cycles, let the starter cool for 30 minutes before
you try a new start or motoring.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 723
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Do the steps that follow:

(a) Motor the engine with the starter until a minimum of 14 percent
N2 is reached for two minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).

(b) While you motor the engine, spray between 10 and 15 gallons (40
and 60 liters) of wash fluid in two minutes into the low pressure
compressor. Stop motoring and let it soak for 10 minutes.

(c) Do steps (a) and (b) again.

(d) Motor the engine with the starter until a minimum of 14 percent
N2 is reached for one minute (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).

(e) If necessary, do para (3) again. Make sure you are in the
operating limits given in para (2).

(4) Change the wash fluid source for one that has an equivalent amount of
demineralized water or water/alcohol mix.

(5) Make sure that you do not operate the starter more than its operating
limits.

CAUTION : DO NOT MOTOR THE ENGINE MORE THAN THE LIMIT OR YOU CAN
_______
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE STARTER (NOT CONTROLLED BY THE EEC).

(a) Three cycles: Two of two minutes and one of one minute duration
maximum.

(b) Do not operate for 15 seconds between cycles to allow for starter
rotor lubrication.

(c) After three cycles, let the starter cool for 30 minutes before
you try a new start or motoring.

(6) Do the steps that follow two times:

(a) Motor the engine with the starter until a minimum of 14 percent
N2 is reached (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-045).

(b) While you motor the engine, spray between 10 and 15 gallons (40
and 60 liters) of demineralized water in two minutes into the low
pressure compressor. Stop motoring and let it soak for 10
minutes.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 724
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-420-061

H. Connect the tubes.

(1) Move the stator vanes to the closed position and connect the VSV
actuator to the bellcrank (Ref. TASK 75-32-41-400-010).

(2) Remove the blanking plugs from the disconnected line ends.

(3) Connect the Stage 10 Air Tube to the offtake tube and TORQUE the tube
connector to between 283 and 310 lbf.in (3.19 and 3.50 m.daN). Safety
with safety cable (Material No. V02-274).
(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 72-00-00-991-283)

(4) Connect the air-to-P4.9 EEC tube to the fitting on the bottom of the
turbine exhaust case.
(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 72-00-00-991-213)

(5) Connect the PS3 sensing tube to the autostart probe.

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-00-00-991-214)

(6) Remove the spray ring or the water wash tube.

Subtask 72-00-00-865-053

J. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1JH
FOR 1000EM1
2JH1, 3JH1
FOR 1000EM2
R 2JH2, 3JH2

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-133

A. Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
- FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-440-072

B. Activate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-
30-00-440-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 725
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-00-00-410-134

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 72-00-00-700-051

D. Dry Out the High Pressure Turbine

(1) Do the dry out procedure for the HPT (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-013).

Subtask 72-00-00-710-054

E. Operate the engine.

(1) Start the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
710-047).

NOTE : Do not operate engine bleed before finishing the next step,
____
otherwise the Environmental Control System (ECS) could be
contaminated.

NOTE : Run the engine at idle for 10 minutes prior to advancing the
____
throttle beyond idle power.

NOTE : If the engine ground run at idle power is successful, a

____
further engine ground run will be required to functionally
check the air conditioning packs. This can be done at operator
convenience.

(2) Operate the engine at idle power to keep the engine oil temperature
at a minimum of 220 deg.F (104.44 deg.C) for no less than 20 minutes
once the quoted oil temperature has been achieved.

NOTE : This can normally be achieved at idle with an OAT of more than
____
77 deg.F (24.99 deg.C).

NOTE : If the minimum oil temperature cannot be reached, do an engine

____
shutdown and do the steps that follow:

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 726
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Remove the water content from oil. Use one of the procedures that
follow:

(a) Procedure 1: engine ground run to remove the water content from
oil (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).

1
_ Operate the engine at the power setting that is sufficient to
keep the engine oil temperature at a minimum of 220 deg.F (104
deg.C) for no less than 20 minutes once that quoted oil
temperature has been achieved.

2
_ Do an engine shutdown (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).

(b) Procedure 2: drain the engine oil system and replenish.

1
_ Drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-010) and
fill the system with new oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).

(c) Procedure 3: oil check for water content.

1
_ Get a four oz (100ml) sample of oil from the engine.

2
_ Do a Karl Fisher titration ASTMD-6304-04ae1 water analysis to
find the water content of the oil.

3
_ If the water content is above 800 parts per million (ppm) by
weight or by volume, drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK
12-13-79-610-010) and fill the system with new oil (Ref. TASK
12-13-79-610-011).

(4) Operate the applicable engine bleed and pack 1(2) for 5 minutes to
make sure that the Environmental Control System (ECS) is not
contaminated.

(5) Check for evidence of cleaning agent or anti-freeze mixture

odor/smoke in the cabin:

(a) If evidence is found, continue to operate the engine at idle

until no odor/smoke remains in the cabin.
- If after 10 minutes engine running, continuous odor/smoke
remains in the cabin, shutdown the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-
710-018) and decontaminate the Environmental Control System
(ECS).
- when Ambient Air Temperature is below 24 deg.C (Ref. TASK 21-
00-00-615-003).
- when Ambient Air Temperature is above 24 deg.C (Ref. TASK 21-
00-00-615-004).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 727
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) If no evidence is found, shut down the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-018).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 728
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-100-010- 02

Clean the Engine Gas Path for Performance Improvement (Water only) Repair VRS70
03

CAUTION : DO NOT USE WATER TO WASH ENGINES WITH GAS PATHS THAT HAVE BEEN
_______
EXPOSED TO DRY POWDER FIRE EXTINGUISHING AGENTS. THESE AGENTS ARE NOT
WATER SOLUBLE. IF YOU CLEAN WITH WATER, THESE MATERIALS WILL BOND TO
ENGINE PARTS.

CAUTION : TO PREVENT THE FORMATION OF ICE, MIX V01-007 OR V01-124 ALCOHOL WITH
_______
THE WATER YOU USE TO DILUTE THE CLEANER IF THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS
BELOW 40 DEG.F (4,4 DEG.C).

CAUTION : THE ENGINE EGT MUST BE BELOW 150 DEG.F (65.6 DEG.C) TO PREVENT ENGINE
_______
DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

The source demonstration requirements of this cleaning process mean that

only approved repair vendors, whose personnel have the necessary approvals,
can do this repair. Any facility, not approved to do this cleaning process,
can use the approved repair vendors listed below, or can contact IAE repair
services group to find if a qualification sequence can be started at their
facility.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-100-010 Clean the Engine Gas Path for Performance Improvement

(Water only)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-918-057

A. Not Applicable

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 729
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-918-058

A. List of Repair Vendors

(1) You can use the engine clean services of the repair vendors as an
alternative to (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-100-010). A list of the repair
vendors is given below. If it is necessary to do the above services,
operator can speak to the repair vendors. A list of the telephone
numbers and e-mails of repair vendors is given below. The vendors can
tell you if the services in your area are available or not. All
queries about if the services are available or not, and about the
costs, must be referred directly to the vendors. The procedures used
are self-contained and will be done by the vendor. Please, note that
it is not necessary to contact IAE.

IAE-INTERNATIONAL AERO ENGINES AG

C/O ROLLS-ROYCE Deutschland Ltd & Co KG
Eschenweg 11
Dahlewitz
D-15827 Blankenfelde-Mahlow
GERMANY
ATTN: Manager Technical Services

Approved repair vendors for repair VRS7003 are listed below:

EcoPower Line Maintenance Services

Pratt & Whitney Global Service Partners
Tel: 800-565-0140 (Domestic U.S.)
Tel: +1 860 565 0140 (International)
E-mail: HELP24 pw.utc.com

Rolls-Royce On-Wing Care

24/7 Service Line
Tel: +44 (0) 1332 244797
Fax: +44 (0) 1332 244800
E-mail: On-Wing.Care Rolls-Royce.com

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 730
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-00-00-100-010- 03

P&W EcoPower Engine Gas Path Clean for Performance Improvement

CAUTION : DO NOT USE WATER TO WASH ENGINES WITH GAS PATHS THAT HAVE BEEN
_______
EXPOSED TO DRY POWDER FIRE EXTINGUISHING AGENTS. THESE AGENTS ARE NOT
WATER SOLUBLE. IF YOU CLEAN WITH WATER, THESE MATERIALS WILL BOND TO
ENGINE PARTS.

CAUTION : TO PREVENT THE FORMATION OF ICE, MIX V01-007 OR V01-124 ALCOHOL WITH
_______
THE WATER YOU USE TO DILUTE THE CLEANER IF THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS
BELOW 40 DEG.F (4,4 DEG.C).

CAUTION : THE ENGINE EGT MUST BE BELOW 150 DEG.F (65.6 DEG.C) TO PREVENT ENGINE
_______
DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Engine performance improvement

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-010 Drain the Engine Oil System

12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish
71-00-00-710-018 Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown Procedures
71-00-00-710-043 Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
71-00-00-710-047 Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 731
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves

78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-941-170

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-00-00-010-243

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL 448AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-040-121

C. Deactivation the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 732
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(1) Do the the deactivation of the Thrust-Reverser Hydraulic Control-Unit
(HCU) (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)

Subtask 72-00-00-010-244

D. Open the thrust-reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
451AL 452AR
- FOR 1000EM2
461AL 462AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-170-051

A. List of Repair Vendors

CAUTION : EXCEPT FOR WORK OR SUPPLIES TO BE PERFORMED OR FURNISHED BY

_______
PRATT & WHITNEY, PRATT & WHITNEY DOES NOT ENDORSE THE WORK
PERFORMED BY THE COMPANY OR COMPANIES IDENTIFIED HEREIN OR ANY
OTHER COMPANY AND DOES NOT ACCEPT RESPONSIBILITY TO ANY DEGREE
FOR THE SELECTION OF SUCH COMPANY OR COMPANIES FOR THE
PERFORMANCE OF ANY WORK OR PROCUREMENT OF SUPPLIES.

(1) This is a proprietary procedure. The source licensed for this

procedure is Pratt & Whitney Line Maintenance Services (EcoPower).
To locate a franchised source in your local area, contact the Pratt &
Whitney 24 Hour Customer Help Desk at (860) 565-0140. Ask about the
EcoPower engine wash system.

(2) Sources must be licensed to do this proprietary procedure.

Write to the address listed below for information to become a
licensed source.

IAE International Aero Engines AG

c/o Rolls-Royce Deutschland Ltd und Co KG
Eschenweg 11
Dahlewitz
15827 Blankenfelde-Mahlow
Germany
ATTN: Manager Technical Services

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 733
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-00-00-410-209

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust-reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
451AL 452AR
- FOR 1000EM2
461AL 462AR.

Subtask 72-00-00-440-118

B. Do the re-activation of the thrust-reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-

012).

Subtask 72-00-00-410-210

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

- FOR 1000EM1
437AL 438AR
- FOR 1000EM2
447AL 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 72-00-00-281-050

D. Post Wash Engine Run and Oil Sampling - Option 1

WARNING : USE TASK 71-00-00-710-043 OR TASK 71-00-00-710-047 TO OPERATE

_______
THE POWER PLANT. IF YOU DO NOT USE THIS PROCEDURE, YOU CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT OR INJURY TO PERSONS.

NOTE : Most airport locations where maintenance occurs have very

____
restricted access to higher than idle power run up areas. For
these locations an alternate run-up procedure has been provided to
ensure dry oil. The procedure requires post wash oil sample.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 734
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : P & W recommends running the engine as soon as possible post water
____
wash. However, it is acceptable for the engine to sit up to 2
hours maximum post water wash, before running.

(1) Use the Power Plant Operation (Normal) procedure to start the engine
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).

NOTE : Do not operate engine bleed before finishing the next step,
____
otherwise the air conditioning system can become contaminated.

(2) Operate the engine at a power setting that is sufficient to keep the
engine oil temperature at a minimum of 220 deg.F (104.44 deg.C) for
no less than 10 minutes.

(3) Use the Power Plant Operation (Normal) procedure to do the engine
shutdown (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).

(4) Oil Check Water Content

WARNING : IF THE MINIMAL OIL TEMPERATURE CANNOT BE REACHED, DO AN

_______
ENGINE SHUTDOWN AND AN OIL CHECK FOR WATER CONTENT BY THE
STEPS THAT FOLLOW.

(a) If the minimum oil temperature cannot be reached, it is necessary

to do an oil check for water content. Obtain a post wash/idle run
oil sample for testing within 30 minutes of shutdown.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THERE IS NO CONTAMINATION FROM AN EXTERNAL

_______
WATER SOURCE. ONE DROP OF WATER WILL CAUSE THE SAMPLE
TO READ OVER THE LIMITS.

1
_ Use a new clear sample bottle to collect approximately 2
ounces (60ml) sample of oil for the Thin Film Capacitive
Polymer Oil Water Content Tester (TFCP) Test or collect
approximately 4 ounces (100ml) sample of oil for the Karl
Fisher method.

2
_ Collect a sample from the engine.

3
_ Label the sample with the following: Post Wash Oil Sample ,
ESN, Engine Position, Date, Time and Tail Number.

(5) When using the Karl Fischer Method ASTM D6304, send sample to lab for
analysis. You must get the results within 2 hours.

(a) Water oil content must be below 1000 parts per million (ppm) by
weight or by volume.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 735
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(6) When using the TFCP Oil Water Content Tester, do the following:

(a) Set Oil Water Content Tester to Mil-L-23699 oil.

(b) Stir the probe in the oil until the unit has reached the steady
state level of water concentration for 20 seconds. This normally
takes at least two minutes of stirring to complete.

(c) Record the temperature of the oil and the water concentration in
the oil and label the container with Engine Serial, Engine
Position, Aircraft Tail Number, Date, Initials, PPM Level,
percentage saturation and the temperature of the sample from the
meter.

(d) Engine water oil content limit(s):

1
_ Water oil content must be below 1000 parts per million (ppm)
by weight or by volume.

(7) Having water oil content greater than 1000 parts per million (ppm) by
weight or by volume:

(a) Drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-010) and fill
the system with new oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).

Or

(b) Repeat post wash engine run and oil sampling - Option 1 (Ref step
5.D.).

Or

(c) Conduct post wash engine run and oil sampling - Option 2 (Ref
5.E.).

Subtask 72-00-00-281-051

E. Post Wash Engine Run and Oil Sampling - Option 2.

WARNING : USE TASK 71-00-00-710-043 OR TASK 71-00-00-710-047 TO OPERATE

_______
THE POWER PLANT. IF YOU DO NOT USE THIS PROCEDURE, YOU CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT OR INJURY TO PERSONS.

NOTE : Most airport locations where maintenance occurs have very

____
restricted access to higher than idle power run up areas. For
these locations an alternate run-up procedure has been provided to
ensure dry oil. The procedure requires post wash oil sample.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 736
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : P & W recommends running the engine as soon as possible post water
____
wash. However, it is acceptable for the engine to sit up to 2
hours maximum post water wash, before running.

(1) Use the Power Plant Operation (Normal) procedure to start the engine
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).

NOTE : Do not operate engine bleed before finishing the next step,
____
otherwise the air conditioning system can become contaminated.

(2) Run engine at IDLE power for ten minutes minimum to evaporate water
trapped in oil compartments.

(3) Use the Power Plant Operation (Normal) procedure to do the engine
shut-down (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).

(4) Obtain a post wash/idle run oil sample for testing within 30 minutes
of shutdown.

(5) External Water Source

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THERE IS NO CONTAMINATION FROM AN EXTERNAL WATER

_______
SOURCE. ONE DROP OF WATER WILL CAUSE THE SAMPLE TO READ
OVER THE LIMITS.

(a) Use a new clear sample bottle to collect approximately 2 ounces

(60ml) sample of oil for the Thin Film Capacitive Polymer Oil
Water Content Tester (TFCP) Test or collect approximately 4
ounces (100ml) sample of oil for the Karl Fisher method.

(b) Collect a sample from the engine.

(c) Label the sample with the following: Post Wash Oil Sample , ESN,
Engine Position, Date, Time and Tail Number.

(6) When using the Karl Fischer Method ASTM D6304, send sample to lab for
analysis. You must get the results within 2 hours.

(a) Water oil content must be below 1000 parts per million (ppm) by
weight or by volume.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 737
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(7) When using the TFCP Oil Water Content Tester, do the following:

(a) Set Oil Water Content Tester to Mil-L-23699 oil.

(b) Stir the probe in the oil until the unit has reached the steady
state level of water concentration for 20 seconds. This normally
takes at least two minutes of stirring to complete.

(c) Record the temperature of the oil and the water concentration in
the oil and label the container with Engine Serial, Engine
Position, Aircraft Tail Number, Date, Initials, PPM Level,
percentage saturation and the temperature of the sample from the
meter.

(d) Engine water oil content limit(s):

1
_ Water oil content must be below 1000 parts per million (ppm)
by weight or by volume.

(8) Having water oil content greater than 1000 parts per million (ppm) by
weight or by volume:

(a) Drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-010) and fill
the system with new oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).

Or

(b) Conduct post wash engine run and oil sampling - Option 1 (Ref
step 5.D.).

Or

(c) Repeat post wash engine run and oil sampling - Option 2 (Ref step
5.E.).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 738
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

ENGINE - GENERAL - REPAIRS
__________________________

TASK 72-00-00-300-010

Dressing of Damaged Leading or Trailing Edges on the HP Compressor Blades

through the Borescope Ports, Repair - VRS6653

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-200-016 Inspection of the HP Compressor

72-00-00-200-016 Inspection of the HP Compressor

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-00-00-918-052

A. General
This repair must be done when the instruction is given in the inspection
of the HP Compressor (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-016) or (Ref. TASK 72-00-00-
200-016).
This repair allows the dressing of damaged leading or trailing edges of
HP Compressor blades through the borescope inspection ports.
This is a Source Demonstration Repair which can only be done by
authorized repair vendors whose personnel have the necessary approvals.

Subtask 72-00-00-918-053

B. Repair Facilities
The Source Demonstration requirements of this Repair mean that any
facility not authorized to accomplish this repair must either, utilize
the Authorized Repair Vendors listed below or contact IAE Repair Services
Group to determine if a qualification program can be initiated at their
facility.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

IAE - International Aero Engines
C/o Rolls-Royce plc - Airlines
P.O. Box 31
Derby
DE24 8BJ
England
Attn: Manager Technical Services

Subtask 72-00-00-918-054

C. Authorized Repair Vendors for Repair VRS6653 TASK 72-31-11-300-024 are

listed below:

Rolls-Royce Aero Repair and Overhaul

Engine Maintenance Control
Operations Room
P.O. Box 31
Derby
DE24 8BJ
England
Tel: +44 (0)1332 244797
Fax: +44 (0)1332 244800
e-mail: on-wing.care Rolls-Royce.com
Attn: Marketing Manager

The designation by IAE of an authorized repair vendor indicates that the

repair vendor has demonstrated the necessary capability to enable him to
carry out the listed repair work. However, IAE makes no warranties or
representations concerning the qualifications or quality standards of the
repair vendors to carry out the repair work, and accepts no
responsibility whatsoever for any work that may be carried out by a
repair vendor, other than when IAE is listed as the repair vendor.
Authorized repair vendors do not act as agents or representatives of IAE.

Subtask 72-00-00-918-055

D. Information Required
When requesting the in-situ dressing please have the following
information available:

(1) Engine Mark (A1 or A5)

(2) Stage requiring repair

(3) Number of blades per stage requiring repair

(4) Maximum depth of damage per stage

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) Contact details

(a) Name

(b) Telephone number

(c) Fax Number

(d) E-mail address

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-00-00-918-056

A. Not available

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-00-00

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

COMPRESSOR SECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________

1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The compressor section consists of three modules:
- LP compressor (fan) module assembly,
- LP compressor/intermediate case module,
- HP compressor.
Rotation of the fan rotor causes air to be ingested into the front of the
engine and to be compressed. Compressed air is then divided into two
separate airflows:
- a large portion is delivered to the exhaust nozzle,
- the remainder is compressed in the booster before being again compressed
by the HP compressor.

2. ___________________________________
LP Compressor (Fan) Module Assembly

A. General
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The LP compressor (fan) module is a rotor assembly which includes twenty
two titanium blades and a titanium disk. Rotation of the rotor causes air
to be ingested into the front of the engine and compressed. A larger
proportion of the compressed air is delivered through the fan discharge
duct to the exhaust nozzle to provide the majority of engine thrust. The
remainder of the compressed air passes into the booster section for
further compression by the booster.

B. Description

(1) Fan blades

(Ref. Fig. 003)
The blades are wide-chord unshrouded. They are retained radially in
the disk by a dovetail at the root. Axial retention is achieved by
front and rear blade retaining rings. Both blade and disk dovetails
are coated with dry film lubricant to reduce fretting.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Compressor Section
Figure 001

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor (fan) Module

Figure 002

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Module
Figure 003

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Annulus fillers
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
The blades do not have integral platforms to form the gas-path inner
annulus boundary. This function is fulfilled by annulus fillers which
are located between neighbouring pairs of blades. The material of the
fillers is aluminium. Each annulus filler has a hooked trunnion at
the rear and a dowel pin and a chamfered trunnion pin at the front.
The rear trunnion is inserted in a hole in the rear blade retaining
ring. The front pins are inserted in holes in the front blade
retaining ring. The fillers are radially located by the front and
rear blade retaining rings. Each filler is secured to the front blade
retaining ring by a bolt.
In order to minimize the leakage of air between the fillers and the
aerofoils, there is a rubber seal bonded to each side of each filler.

(3) Inlet cone

(Ref. Fig. 005)
The inlet cone is bolted to the LP compressor retaining ring to form
the gas-path inner wall in front of the blades. The inlet cone is
fabricated of glass-reinforced composite material with a polyurethane
coating. There is a small rubber tip at the apex of the inlet cone.
If ice begins to form on the rubber tip, it is thrown slightly out of
balance and begins to vibrate. This vibration results in the shedding
of the first formations of ice on the inlet cone. The combination of
the low friction polyurethane coating and the 57 degree cone angle
provides the optimum conditions for minimizing ice accretion on the
non-heated cone.
The inlet cone is single plane balanced during manufacture. This is
achieved by the attachment of a strip of steel filled putty to the
cone inner surface
(Ref. Fig. 006)
detail (3).

(4) Fan disk

(Ref. Fig. 003)
The fan disk is driven through a curvic coupling which attaches it to
the LP stub shaft. The curvic coupling radially locates and drives
the fan disk.
During manufacture of the fan disk, it is dynamically balanced by
removal of metal from a land on the disk
(Ref. Fig. 006)
detail (2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Annulus Filler
Figure 004

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Inlet Cone
Figure 005

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Balancing of Rotor and Inlet Cone

Figure 006

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) Balancing and trim balance
(Ref. Fig. 006, 007)
When the LP compressor module is built, the blades are distributed in
an array determined by a computer program utilizing the three
dimensional moment weights marked on each blade.
The annulus fillers are distributed in an array determined by the
weight of each filler.
The LP compressor module without the inlet cone is dynamically
balanced in two planes by the attachment of balance weights to the
front and rear blade retaining rings
(Ref. Fig. 006)
detail (1).
Trim balancing of the LP system can be achieved by the attachment of
weights to the front blade retaining ring and to the inlet cone
flange.
The weights attached to front retaining ring are relatively heavy and
selected for initial estimation. The weights attached to the inlet
cone flange are relatively light and selected for precise trim
balance adjustment
(Ref. Fig. 007)

3. ______________________________________
LP Compressor/Intermediate Case Module

A. General
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The LP compressor intermediate case module consists of booster section, a
fan case section and an internal gearbox and drive section.

B. Description

(1) Internal gearbox and drive section

(Ref. Fig. 009)

(a) General
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The internal gearbox and drive section of LP
compressor/intermediate case module include:
- Intermediate structure,
- Power Take Off (PTO) drive shaft bearing and support,
- No. 3 bearing, internal gearbox and support assembly,
- Front Bearing Compartment rear air seal,
- No. 1 bearing support assembly,
- LP shaft, No. 1 and No. 2 bearing assembly,
- No. 1 bearing seal support and tubes,
- PTO shaft seal tube,
- PTO shaft,
- Intermediate structure oil & air transfer tubes.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Trim Balance
Figure 007

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Section
Figure 008

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Internal Gearbox and Drive Section

Figure 009

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Sub Assemblies of Internal Gearbox and Drive System Section

Figure 010

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Description

1
_ Intermediate structure
(Ref. Fig. 010, 011, 012)
The intermediate structure is a welded titanium structure wich
includes 10 outer struts and 10 inner starts separated by an
annular torsion box.
The intermediate structure provides structural support for the
following:
- HP compressor front case,
- Fan case,
- Booster section,
- Master and slave actuators of the LP compressor air flow
control system,
- PTO drive shaft bearing and support,
- No. 3 bearing, internal gearbox and support assembly,
- F.B.C rear air seal,
- No. 1 bearing support assembly,
- PTO shaft seal tube,
- Intermediate structure oil & air transfer tubes,
- Forward engine mount.
The PTO shaft and No. 1, 2, 3 bearing oil scavenge tube are
located in the bottom strut of the intermediate structure.
Other struts contain the air tubes and the remaining oil
tubes.
Pressure tubes and thermocouples are brazed to the leading
edges of three struts to measure the following parameters
which are used solely in the optional condition monitoring
system:
- Fan discharge air pressure at No. 1 strut,
- HP compressor inlet air pressure at No. 6 strut,
- HP compressor inlet air temperature at No. 5 strut.

2
_ PTO drive shaft bearing and support
(Ref. Fig. 009)
A roller bearing supports the PTO shaft at mid span.

3
_ No. 3 bearing, internal gearbox and support assembly
(Ref. Fig. 013)
This assembly includes:
- Internal gearbox driven gear assembly,
- No. 2 bearing support,
- Hydraulic seal assembly,
- No. 3 bearing rotor center and support assembly.
- Internal gearbox driven gear assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 014)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Diagrammatic Section of Intermediate Structure

Figure 011

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 15
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Foward Engine Mount Brackets and Tube

Figure 012

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 16
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


No. 3 Bearing Internal Gearbox and Support Assembly

Figure 013

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Internal Gearbox Driven Gear Assembly

Figure 014

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 18
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

The function of the driven gear assembly and the PTO shaft is
to transfer drive from the HP spool to the accessory gearbox.
This assembly includes a driven gear (steel), a ball bearing,
two roller bearings and a housing. The driven gear is located
radially and axially by the three bearings.
The housing is bolted to the No. 2 bearing support.
The driven gear is splined to the PTO shaft and engages the
internal gearbox driving gear.
- No.2 bearing support
(Ref. Fig. 013)
No.2 bearing support (titanium) provides structural support
for the following:
- No. 2 bearing,
- internal gearbox driven gear assembly (described
previously),
- LP speed probes trim balance and LP speed/trim balance probe
harness,
- hydraulic seal assembly.
The function of the hydraulic seal is described in paragraph
(11).
- No. 3 bearing rotor center and support assembly
(Ref. Fig. 015)
This assembly includes:
- No. 3 bearing rotor center (titanium),
- Internal gearbox driving gear (steel),
- No.3 bearing,
- No. 3 bearing housing.
The internal gearbox driving bevel gear is splined to the No.3
bearing rotor center.
The rear flange of the No. 3 bearing rotor center is attached
to the HP compressor rotor by a curvic coupling. The No. 3
supports the internal gearbox driving gear.
The No. 3 bearing provides axial and radial location for the
HP compressor rotor.
The No. 3 bearing is a split inner race ball bearing. The
outer race is secured to the No. 3 bearing housing by a bolted
flange on the race. The housing is centered by rods in a cage
configuration which act as springs. A hydraulic damper for the
bearing is formed by an annulus between the housing and the
support.

4
_ FBC rear air seal
The function of the rear air seal is described in paragraph
(11).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 19
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


No.3 Bearing Rotor Center and Support Assembly

Figure 015

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 20
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5
_ No. 1 bearing support assembly
(Ref. Fig. 016)
The No. 1 bearing support provides structural support for the
No. 1 bearing, oil supply tube and No. 1 bearing seal support.
This assembly includes:
a) No. 1 bearing support (steel)
b) Oil jet and oil supply tube

6
_ LP shaft No. 1 and No. 2 bearing assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 017)
This assembly includes:
- LP stub shaft (steel),
- No. 1 bearing rotor center shaft (titanium),
- No. 1 bearing (steel),
- No. 2 bearing (steel).
The front flange of the LP stub shaft, the LP compressor rotor
and the inner flange of the No. 1 bearing rotor center shaft
are secured to each other by bolts.
The outer flange of the No. 1 bearing center shaft is bolted
to the booster rotor.
The rear end of the LP stub shaft is splined to the LP turbine
shaft.
Both No. 1 bearing and the No. 2 bearing support the No. 1
bearing rotor center shaft and the LP stub shaft.
Both shafts perform the following functions:
- To provide axial and radial location for the LP compressor
(fan) module and the booster rotor stages 1.5, 2, 2.3 & 2.5
assembly,
- To provide axial location for the LP turbine,
- To tranfer drive from the LP turbine to the LP compressor
module and the booster stage 1.5, 2, 2.3 & 2.5 assembly.
The No. 1 bearing is a split inner race ball bearing. It is
secured to the No. 1 bearing support by a bolted flange on its
outer race.
The inner races have an interference fit onto the No. 1
bearing rotor center shaft.
The No. 2 bearing is a cylindrical roller bearing with a
shouldered outer race.
The outer race incorporates a squeeze film damper to avoid
unacceptable rotor vibration.
Lugs on the outer race prevent rotation. The inner race has an
interference fit onto the LP stub shaft.
The phonic wheel of the LP rotational speed indicating system
is installed onto the LP stub shaft.
The phonic wheel is secured to the LP stub shaft by the LP
turbine shaft lock nut.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 21
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


No. 1 Bearing Support Assembly

Figure 016

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 22
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Shaft, No. 1 and No. 2 Bearing Assembly

Figure 017

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 23
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

7
_ No. 1 bearing seal support, front air seal and tubes.
(Ref. Fig. 018)
This assembly includes:
- No. 1 bearing seal support,
- No. 1 bearing compartment scavenge oil tube.
The No. 1 bearing seal support provides support for the
following:
- Front bearing compartment front oil seal (carbon seal),
- No. 1 bearing compartment scavenge oil tube.
The No. 1 bearing seal support is bolted to the No. 1 bearing
support.

8
_ PTO shaft seal tube
(Ref. Fig. 010, 019)
The PTO shaft seal tube houses the PTO shaft and allows oil to
drain from the front bearing compartment to the accessory
gearbox.

9
_ PTO shaft
(Ref. Fig. 010)
PTO shaft (steel) is splined to the accessory gearbox driving
gear.

10
__ Intermediate structure oil and air transfer tubes
(Ref. Fig. 011, 019)
The transfer tubes include:
No. 1, 2, 3 bearing scavenge tube
Hot vent tube
The scavenge tube is located in the No. 6 strut.
The hot vent tube is located in the No. 3 strut.
The function of each tube is described in the following
paragraph.

11
__ Sealing parts
(Ref. Fig. 020)
The Nos. 1, 2, and 3 bearings, the internal gearbox driven
gear assembly and the internal gearbox drive gear are
contained within the front bearing compartment and require oil
lubrication.
Sealing of the compartment is performed by the following
components:
No. 1 bearing front carbon oil seal.
Hydraulic seal assembly for center seal.
Bearing compartment rear brush air seal and No. 3 bearing rear
carbon oil seal.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 24
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


No. 1 Bearing Front Seal Support Air Seal and Tubes

Figure 018

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 25
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Front Bearing Compartment and Oil/Air Tube Schematics

Figure 019

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 26
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Oil Feed to No. 1 Bearing and Front Oil Seal

Oil Feed to No. 3 Bearing Rear Oil Seal and Driven Gear Bearings
Figure 020


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-30-00 Page 27
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

The oil feed is divided. The oil flow to the No. 3 bearing
damper is maintained at the full oil feed pressure whilst the
rest of the flow passes through a restrictor to drop the
pressure. This allows larger jet diameters to facilitate flow
tolerance control.
Some of the oil is taken forward to the oil jet and oil supply
tube which directs a jet of oil under an oil catcher formed in
the LP rotor center. Oil is directed from the catcher through
radial holes to the split line of the No. 1 bearing inner
race. Passages machined in the inner race split line abutment
faces carry the oil to the rolling elements of the No. 1
bearing.
A second oil jet black, situated between the No. 2 and No. 3
bearings, is used to lubricate:
The rear of the No. 2 bearing
The hydraulic seal
The internal gearbox driven gear assembly
A third oil jet block is used to direct oil to the bevel gear
mesh and to the oil catcher for the No. 3 bearing. Oil caught
in a groove on the front of the internal gearbox driving gear
is centrifuged through a leak-free path to enter the bearing
through radial holes.

12
__ Balancing of shafts
(Ref. Fig. 021)
The LP stub shaft is dynamically balanced during manufacture
by the removal of a suitable mass of material from lands at
its front and rear.
The No. 1 bearing rotor center shaft is single plane balanced
during manufacture by the removal of a suitable mass of
material.
When the LP stub shaft and the No. 1 bearing rotor center
shaft are assembled, the assembly is dynamically balanced with
a dummy LP compressor rotor and a dummy booster rotor. Balance
is achieved by the removal of a suitable mass of material from
lands on the No.1 bearing rotor center shaft and on the LP
stub shaft.
The PTO shaft is dynamically balanced during manufacture by
the removal of a suitable mass of material from lands near
each end.

(2) Booster section

(a) General
(Ref. Fig. 022)
The booster section of LP compressor/intermediate case module
includes:

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 28
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Balancing of LP Stub Shaft and Rotor Center

Figure 021

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 29
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Booster Section
Figure 022

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 30
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Fan outlet inner vane assembly
Booster stage 1.5, 2, 2.3 & 2.5 assembly
Booster stage bleed valve and actuator and actuating mechanism.
The fan outlet inner vane assembly, compressor stage 1.5, 2, 2.3
& 2.5 assembly and compressor stage 2.5 vanes compress the air
which is received from the fan module and delivers it at a
suitable pressure level to the HP compressor.
An LPC bleed valve and actuating mechanism is incorporated to
bleed the air from the exit of the LP compressor stage 2.5 vanes.
The bleed valve and actuating mechanism is actuated and
controlled by the LP compressor air flow control system. When the
bleed valves are opened, air is bled into the fan duct through
the bleed valve outlet case.
The modulated bleed ensures that the booster has adequate surge
margin under all operating conditions.

(b) Description
(Ref. Fig. 023, 024, 025)

1
_ Fan outlet inner vane assembly, booster stage 1.5, 2, 2.3 &
2.5 assembly and booster stage 2.5 vanes.
The LPC stage 1.5, 2, 2.3 & 2.5 assembly includes:
- Stage 1.5, 2, 2.3 & 2.5 disk (LPC disk)
- Stages 1.5, 2, 2.3 & 2.5 blades
- LPC front case and LPC rear case
- Stages 1.5, 2 and 2.3 vanes
The stage 1.5, 2, 2.3 & 2.5 disk is a welded titanium assembly
which contains axial dovetail slots for the attachment of the
four stages of rotor blades. The disk has oil drain holes so
that any oil on the inner surface of the disk would undergo
centrifugal force and pass through the holes thus avoiding
rotor unbalance. The disk is bolted to the LP stub shaft and
rotor center assembly.
Stages 1.5, 2, 2.3 & 2.5 blades are made of titanium and are
located into the dovetail slots of their respective disks. The
blades are axially retained in the disk by retaining and
locking plates which are inserted into the grooves of the
blades and the disks.
Recirculation of the compressed air is also prevented by the
retaining plates.
Dovetails of the stage 1.5, 2, 2.3 & 2.5 blades are coated
with dry film lubricant to reduce fretting and possible
cracking.
The entire rotor assembly consisting of the fan module, LP
compressor stage 1.5, 2, 2.3 & 2.5 rotor and the LP stub shaft
and rotor centre, is located and supported by the No.1 bearing
(ball) and No.2 bearing (roller).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 31
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Booster Stage Bleed Valve and Actuating Mechanism

Figure 023

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 32
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Booster Stage 2.5 Vanes

Figure 024

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 33
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Outlet Inner Vane Assembly

Figure 025

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 34
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

The LPC stage 1.5, 2, 2.3 & 2.5 disk is dynamically balanced
during its manufacture.
Balance is achieved by removing an appropriate quantity of
metal from a balancing land on the disk. When the disk and
blades are assembled, the blades are distributed in an array
determined by a computer program utilising their radial moment
weights.
The assembly is dynamically balanced in two planes using
balance weights rivetted to the front and rear disk flanges.
Each vane of the fan outlet inner vane assembly is bolted to
the LPC front case flange and the splitter fairing flange. All
vanes are bonded to an inner ring by rubber filler
(Ref. Fig. 025)
The stages 1.5, 2, and 2.3 vanes are bonded to inner rings in
the same way to damp vane vibration
(Ref. Fig. 024)
Stage 2.5 vanes are each secured to an inner ring by a bolt.
The vane are also bonded to an outer ring by rubber filler
(Ref. Fig. 024)
The inner ring of the stage 2.5 vanes is supported by the
intermediate structure. The outer ring of the stage 2.5 vanes
supports the LPC front and rear cases and the bleed valve and
actuating mechanism
(Ref. Fig. 024)
Materials are as follows:
Fan outlet inner vane assembly Titanium
Stage 1.5, 2 and 2.3 vanes Titanium
Stage 2.5 vanes Aluminium
Inner and outer rings Aluminium
Intermediate structure front fairing Aluminium
LPC front and rear cases Aluminium
The following components incorporate an abradable rubber
coating to form the blade rotor paths and inter stage seal
linings.
- LPC front and rear cases.
- Inner rings of the fan outlet inner vanes, stage 1.5, 2 and
2.3 vanes.
- Outer rings of the stage 2.5 vanes.
The abradable rubber enables hight control of stage 1.5, 2,
2.3 & 2.5 blade tip and interstage seal clearances and yet
avoids damage to the blades and disks from rubbing.

2
_ Booster stage bleed valve (BSBV) and actuating mechanism
(Ref. Fig. 026)
The bleed valve mechanism is supported by the intermediate
structure and the outer ring of the stage 2.5 vanes.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 35
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Booster Stage Bleed Valve and Actuating Mechanism

Figure 026

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 36
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Two actuating rods which are each motivated by actuators
impart a circumferential and axial motion to the valve ring
via 2 power arms. 8 arms are synchronized by valve ring itself
and set axial position of valve ring uniformly.

(3) Fan case section

(a) General
(Ref. Fig. 027, 028)
The fan case section of LP Compressor/intermediate case module
consists of the following items:
Fan case
LP compressor outlet guide vanes
Fan case rear panels
Bifurcation panel.

(b) Description
(Ref. Fig. 029)

1
_ Fan case
The fan case provides a titanium shroud around the fan rotor
and forms the outer annulus of the cold stream duct.
The front of the fan case is of reduced section to provide a
locally flexible ring foreward of the containment case. A
flange at the front of the fancase provides attachment for the
intake cowl. The flexible ring provides attachment integrity
for the intake cowl in the event of fan blade loss and
subsequent vibration.
The front acoustic lining is attached to the inner wall of the
flexible ring. This lining is made of 1/2 cell size aluminium
honeycomb covered by a titanium perforated skin. The
combination of the unfilled honeycomb and the perforated skin
provides acoustic attenuation.
At the rear of the front acoustic lining, the containment case
features an annular hook which is embedded and concealed by
the acoustic lining at the front and the rotor path lining at
the rear. This hook is provided to prevent a fan blade exiting
the engine from the front in the event of blade failure.
Fan blade tip sealing is provided by an attrition lining
attached to the inner wall of the containment case. The lining
consists of two honeycomb layers separated by a Glass
Reinforced Composite (GRC) skin. A filled 1/8 honeycomb Nomex
layer forms a smooth annulus surface around the fan blades.
The sub-layer is 1/4 unfilled aluminium honeycomb.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 37
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Case Section

Figure 027

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 38
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Case Section

Figure 028

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 39
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Case
Figure 029

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 40
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

An ice impact panel is attached to the fan case behind the
attrition lining to protect the casing from ice impact damage.
To achieve the required strength, this panel consists of
filled 3/4 aluminium honeycomb, the surface of which is
covered by a GRC skin. The panel forms a continuous smooth
annulus surface rearward of the containment case.
Behind the ice impact panel is the rear acoustic lining. This
lining is made of 1/2 cell size aluminium honeycomb which is
covered by a titanium perforated skin forming an annulus.
The combination of the unfilled honeycomb and the perforated
skin provides acoustic attenuation.
At the rear of the fan case a V-groove provides forward outer
location for the thrust reverser.
The fan case features a number of flanges, the purpose of
which is to support the accessory gearbox and other external
engine components.

2
_ Fan case front panel fairing
(Ref. Fig. 030)
There is a single front panel fairing each of which is an
aluminium-skinned honeycomb sandwich. The honeycomb is
unfilled 1/2 cell size aluminium. The air washed skin is
perforated to provide acoustic attenuation. The fairing is
attached by screws and held off the fan case at the front by a
rubber cushion bonded to the skin of the panel to prevent
fretting.

3
_ LP compressor outlet guide vanes
(Ref. Fig. 031)
Aerodynamic control air flow within the cold air steam duct is
achieved by 60 vanes manufactured in aluminium. The vanes
consist of 20 segments, each containing 3 vanes. Both sides of
the vanes are attached to the outer and inner platforms.
The outer platform is bolted to the fan case and the inner
platform is pinned to the outer shroud ring of the LP
compressor stage 2.5 stator assembly.

4
_ Fan case rear panels
(Ref. Fig. 032)
Fan case rear panels are installed between 10 intermediate
structures which are located in the rear section of the fan
case.
The purpose of these panels is to form an aerodynamic annulus
surface between the 10 vanes.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 41
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Front Panel Fairing

Figure 030

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 42
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Outlet Guide Vane

Figure 031

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 43
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Case Rear Panels

Figure 032

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 44
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5
_ Bifurcation panel
(Ref. Fig. 033)
This panel is made of titanium sheet and is bolted to
intermediate structure.
The purpose of the panel is to provide proof-wall between both
fire zones.

4. ____________________
HP Compressor Module

A. General
(Ref. Fig. 034)
The HP compressor is a 10 stage axial flow module. It comprises the HP
compressor rotor, blades, the front casing and variable vanes, the rear
casing which contains the fixed stators and forms the bleed manifolds.
Mounted on the front casing is the linkage system associated with the
variable inlet guide vanes and stators. Attached to the rear of the
compressor rotor is the rear thrust balance seal rotating member. Power
to drive the HP compressor is provided through the rear shaft from the HP
turbine system.
The function of the HP compressor is to accept air from the LP compressor
and booster system, further compress it, and direct the air to the
diffuser/combustion system where fuel is added.
Air is also bled off to either pressurize/cool various locations of the
core engine or for starting and aircraft supply purposes.
The stages that are bled and the specific reasons for the offtakes are as
follows.
Stage 7:
- Air is supplied at high power setting for aircraft needs (using
anti-icing, cabin pressurization and heating).
Air is also bled off to aid starting and handling by maintening
compressor surge margin.
At all power settings the nose cowl is supplied with anti-icing air
from this stage.
Stage 8:
- Air is bled internally and is used to seal the LP turbine compartment.
The air cools the rear of the stage 2 HP turbine disc and the LP
turbine drum internally. It is also used to pressurize the number 5
bearing compartment.
Stage 10:
- Air is supplied when power settings are low for aircraft needs (using
anti-icing, cabin pressurization and heating).
Air is also bled off to aid starting and handling by maintaining
compressor surge margin.
HP turbine cooling air is supplied at all power settings. A further
controlled supply is taken to the stage 2 HP turbine front face.
Compressor outlet:

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 45
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Bifurcation Panel
Figure 033

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 46
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Compressor Module
Figure 034

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 47
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

- Air is tapped via tubes to an air cooled air cooler and is fed to the
centre air supply (stage 12) bearing buffer cooling zone of the number
4 bearing.
Control of the air bleed system and the variable stator vanes is by the
Electronic Engine Control (EEC).

B. Description

(1) HP Compressor rotor

(Ref. Fig. 035)

(a) The 10 stage HP compressor rotor consists of 2 drums bolted

together at the stage 8-9 split line. A vortex reducer is
incorporated at this split line to remove residual swirl from the
stage 8 internal bleed air.
Attached to the rear of stage 12 is an Inconel mini disc and HP
turbine shaft. The rotating member of the thrust balance seal is
bolted to the turbine shaft.

(b) Blades of the stage 3, 4 and 5 are fitted to axial, dovetail

slots with flatplate lockplates providing axial retention and
root sealing. Stages 6 to 12 blades are fitted in circumferential
dovetail grooves and fixed by a locking and anti-rotation
feature.
Stage 6 to 8 have circumferential sealing wires to reduce root
leakage.
Sealing of stages 9 to 12 roots is achieved by close tolerances.
Stage 3 blades incorporate aerofoil snubbers to reduce vibration.
The blading of each stage is as follows:

STAGE QUANTITY MATERIAL

3 31 Titanium
4 38 Titanium
5 64 Titanium
6 79 Titanium
7 93 Titanium
8 84 Titanium
9 89 Inconel
10 85 Inconel
11 78 Inconel
12 71 Inconel

(c) The rotor is balanced to minimize engine vibration. Primary

balancing of individual rotor shaft components is obtained by
metal removal from balance lands at the front and rear of each
drum. The rotor is then assembled ensuring minimal eccentricity

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 48
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Compressor Module
Figure 035

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 49
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

of each component to the other. The blades are used to reduce any
remaining imbalance by repositioning light/heavy blades around
the disc circumference. Final balance is achieved by inserting
pins in stage 3 blade dovetail holes and by the addition of
balance weights at the rear thrust balance seal location flange.

(d) The rotor is located at the front through a curvic coupling by

the bearing rotor centre and number 3 bearing which is a thrust
bearing. At the rear it is supported by the number 4 bearing.

(e) The HP turbine is splined to the rear shaft and retained by a

clamping nut assembly.

(f) Interstage sealing of the stator vanes on stages 3, 4 and 5 is by

knife edge seals and minimal clearances on stages 6 to 11. An
abrasive coating on the rotor drum prevents metal to metal
contact between the stator vanes and the rotor on stages 6 to 11.

(2) Rear case and vanes assembly

(Ref. Fig. 036)
The rear casing is made of steel and is bolted at the front to the
HPC split casing and to the diffuser casing at the rear and forms
part of the engine structure. It has been designed to minimize engine
carcase distortion and eccentricity and features internal flanges
onto which the inner cases are mounted. The assembly of the inner and
outer cases forms the 7th and 10th stage bleed manifolds. The case
has four bleed houses from the 7th stage from the 10th stage there
are 8 air system off take bosses.
The rear inner case assembly is a series of flanged rings and spacers
mounted off a shallow cone at the front and located at the rear on
crosskeys. The stage 10 flanged ring also carries a seal separating
the stages 7 and 10 manifolds. The inner bores of the flanged rings
are coated with an abradable lining that forms the rotor blade tip
path. The cantilevered stators are clamped into position by the
flanged rings, the spacers ensuring correct clamping is achieved.
Cut-outs in the outer feet of the stator vanes on stages 7 and 10
align with corresponding apertures in the spacers allowing passage of
air from these stages into the bleed manifolds.
The quality and material of each stator vane stage is as follows:

STAGE QUANTITY MATERIAL

7 88 Steel
8 92 Steel
9 104 Steel
10 100 Steel
11 108 Nickel Alloy

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 50
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Rear Case Vanes Assembly

Figure 036

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 51
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Front case and variable stator vane assembly
(Ref. Fig. 037)
The front case is a horizontally split single wall titanium component
which forms part of the engine structure. It houses 4 rows of
variable stator vanes and one fixed row of stator vanes. In addition
it carries the variable stator vane actuating mechanism.
Steel liners, coated with an abradable material, are fitted to form
stages 4 to 6 rotor paths. The stage 3 abradable coating is sprayed
directly onto the front compressor casing. The steel liners of stages
4 to 6 are designed to absorb any heat generated should excessive tip
rubbing occur.
The Inlet Guide Vanes (IGV) and Variable Stator Vanes (VSV) are
spindled at the inner and outer ends, to accomodate the variable
geometry required to maintain the compressor surge margin. The
spindles run in bushes fitted to the front case housing and inner
shroud assemblies. The inner shroud of the IGV is an aluminium
assembly split circumferentially and is sealed to the intermediate
case at the front by an O-ring. The inner shrouds of stages three and
four VSVs are similar to the IGV but have steel rings carrying
abradable linings for the knife edge interstage seals bolted onto the
assemblies.
The stage 5 inner shroud is of steel material and combines the
interstage seal land and abradable lining.
The variable stator actuating mechanism consists of the following
elements:
One Fuel powered actuator ram
One Actuator ram/crakshaft draglinks
One Crankshaft
One Crankshaft unison ring draglinks
One Unison rings
One Spindle levers
Control of the mechanism is by the EEC using power from the fuel
system.
The movement of the ram is transmitted to the crankshaft lever by
draglinks. The unison rings are formed from hollow square section
titanium tubing in circular arcs. The unison ring movement is
transmitted to the vane spindle levers by riveted titanium pins. The
levers are designed to accommodate the small inherent geometrical
imperfections between the lever pins and unison ring movements.
The quantity and material of each variable stator vane stage is as
follows:

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 52
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Front Case and Variable Stator Vane Assembly

Figure 037

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 53
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

STAGE QUANTITY MATERIAL

IGV 40 Titanium
3 32 Nickel alloy
4 50 Nickel alloy
5 64 Nickel alloy

The variable stator vane system is described in ATA 75-30-00.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-30-00

Page 54
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

LP COMPRESSOR MODULE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________

TASK 72-31-00-000-010

Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module

WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE LP COMPRESSOR (FAN)

_______
MODULE. IT WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 395lb (179kg).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
IAE1J12016 2 WRENCH-SPECIAL
IAE1J12017 1 WRENCH-SPECIAL
IAE1J12019 1 STAND - TRANSPORT
IAE1J12100 1 SLING-CANTILEVER
IAE1J12104 1 ADAPTER-SLING
IAE1J12106 1 PIN-ALIGNING
IAE1J12110 1 STAND-STORAGE
IAE1J12180 1 PROTECTOR-HUB
IAE1J12181 1 COVER-PROTECTION
IAE1J12182 1 PROTECTOR-RETAINING
IAE1J12183 1 COVER-PROTECTION

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-11-11-000-010 Removal of the Air Intake Cowl

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone
72-31-00-991-150 Fig. 401
72-31-00-991-151 Fig. 402
72-31-00-991-165 Fig. 403
72-31-00-991-152 Fig. 404
72-31-00-991-153 Fig. 405
72-31-00-991-154 Fig. 406
72-31-00-991-155 Fig. 407
72-31-00-991-166 Fig. 408
72-31-00-991-156 Fig. 409
72-31-00-991-157 Fig. 410
72-31-00-991-168 Fig. 411
72-31-00-991-158 Fig. 412
72-31-00-991-159 Fig. 413

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-00-941-061

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-00-010-067

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the engine
for the removal and installation of the fan module.

Subtask 72-31-00-020-056

C. Remove the air intake cowl (Ref. TASK 71-11-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-31-00-410-069

D. Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-00-020-057

A. Remove the inlet cone (2) and the fairing (3) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-
010).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-00-991-150)

Subtask 72-31-00-020-058

B. Loosen and remove the curvic coupling bolts

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-00-991-150)

WARNING : PUT APPROVED GLOVES ON YOUR HANDS BEFORE YOU HOLD THE FAN
_______
BLADES.
THE LEADING EDGES OF THE FAN BLADES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR
HANDS.

CAUTION : DO NOT TOUCH THE STAGE 1 FAN DISK WITH TOOLS WHEN YOU LOOSEN OR
_______
REMOVE THE CURVIC COUPLING BOLTS.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor (Fan) Module and Attaching Parts

Figure 401/TASK 72-31-00-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CAUTION : THERE ARE TWENTY-FOUR CURVIC COUPLING BOLTS (1) WHICH ATTACH
_______
THE FAN MODULE TO THE LP COMPRESSOR/INTERMEDIATE CASE MODULE.
DURING REMOVAL OF THE FAN MODULE, KEEP THREE OF THE BOLTS IN
POSITION UNTIL AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF THE SUPPORT AND
SLINGING TOOLS.

(1) Install the PROTECTOR-HUB (IAE1J12180), in to the stage 1 hub disk.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-31-00-991-151)

(2) Install the locating ring and the adapter ring on to the front blade
retaining ring.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-00-991-165)

(a) Install the locating ring (part of the WRENCH-SPECIAL

(IAE1J12017)) on to the front blade retaining ring with the four
screws.

(b) Tighten the screws.

(c) Install the adapter ring (part of the WRENCH-SPECIAL (IAE1J12017)

on to the locating ring with the four nuts.

(d) Tighten the nuts lightly.

(e) Adjust the position of the adapter ring so that the 24 holes in
the ring are aligned with the curvic coupling bolts.

(f) Tighten the nuts.

(3) Make sure that the spigot (part of the special wrench, IAE 1J12017)
is attached to the arm with the four bolts (part of the special
wrench, IAE 1J12017).

(4) Hold the fan blades and loosen the curvic coupling bolts (1) by
approximately 1/4 of a turn to break the torque of the bolts.

(a) Make sure that the socket (part of the special wrench, IAE
1J12017) is attached to the arm.

(b) Put the arm in position so that:

- the spigot is engaged with the hole in the adapter ring
- the socket is installed on the curvic coupling bolt.

(c) Install a wrench in to the wrench hole in the spigot.

(d) Hold the fan blades and apply torque to the wrench to loosen the
curvic coupling bolt.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Aligning Pin and Hub Protector

Figure 402/TASK 72-31-00-991-151

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Special Wrench for Torque

Figure 403/TASK 72-31-00-991-165

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(e) Do steps (a) thru (d) for each curvic coupling bolt.

(5) Remove all the parts of the WRENCH-SPECIAL (IAE1J12017), from the
engine.

(6) Remove three of the curvic coupling bolts, 120 degrees apart, one at
a time and replace each one with an PIN-ALIGNING (IAE1J12106).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-31-00-991-151)

(a) Remove the curvic coupling bolt with the WRENCH-SPECIAL

(IAE1J12016).

(b) Install the aligning pin in to position so that the F mark line
on the pin is aligned with the washer face.

(7) Keep the three curvic coupling bolts adjacent to the three guide pins
of the stub shaft in position and remove the other 18 bolts.

(8) Remove the hub protector, IAE 1J12180, from the stage 1 disk hub.

Subtask 72-31-00-480-056

C. Install the support and slinging tools

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-152, 405/TASK 72-31-00-991-153, 406/TASK
72-31-00-991-154)

WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE ASSEMBLY OF THE CANTILEVER SLING, IAE

_______
1J12100 AND THE SLING ADAPTER, IAE 1J12104. THE SLING WEIGHS
165 LB (75 KG) AND THE ADAPTER WEIGHS 74 LB (34 KG).

(1) Attach the first hoist to the link of the ADAPTER-SLING (IAE1J12104)
and lift the adapter.

(2) Move the sling adapter, IAE1J12104, on to the work bench and remove
the first hoist.

(3) Attach the second hoist to the shackle of the SLING-CANTILEVER

(IAE1J12100).

(4) Lift the SLING-CANTILEVER (IAE1J12100) and attach it to the ADAPTER-

SLING (IAE1J12104). Safety them together with the quick release pin.

(5) Turn the adjustment handle to align the witness hole in the side
plate with the S1-mark on the SLING-CANTILEVER (IAE1J12100) beam.

(6) Lock the adjustment handle in position.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Support and Slinging Tools (Sheet 1)

Figure 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-152

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Support and Slinging Tools (Sheet 2)

Figure 405/TASK 72-31-00-991-153

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Sling Adapter and Attaching Parts

Figure 406/TASK 72-31-00-991-154

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 411
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(7) Attach the first hoist to the lifting ring of the SLING-CANTILEVER
(IAE1J12100), and make the hoist rope/chains tight.

(8) Remove the second hoist from the shackle of the SLING-CANTILEVER
(IAE1J12100).

(9) Attach the second hoist to the link of the ADAPTER-SLING

(IAE1J12104), and make the hoist rope/chains tight.

(10) Adjust the two hoists to turn the assembled slinging tools to the
horizontal position. Then, remove the second hoist.

(11) Use the first hoist to lift the assembled slinging tools and move the
assembly adjacent to the forward flange of the fan module.

(12) Install the assembled slinging tools to the fan module.

(13) Attach the flange of the ADAPTER-SLING (IAE1J12104), to the forward

flange of the fan module with 12 bolts. Tighten the bolts.

(14) Turn the adjustment handle to align the witness hole in the side
plate with the S2-mark on the SLING-CANTILEVER (IAE1J12100), beam.

(15) Lock the adjustment handle in position.

Subtask 72-31-00-020-059

D. Remove the fan module from the engine

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-00-991-150, 407/TASK 72-31-00-991-155)

(1) Remove the remaining three curvic coupling bolts (1) with the WRENCH-
SPECIAL (IAE1J12016).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-31-00-991-166)

(2) Slowly move the fan module forward until it gets clear of the fan
cowl.

(3) Lower the fan module.

Subtask 72-31-00-620-052

E. If the STAND-STORAGE (IAE1J12110) is to be used Install the COVER-

PROTECTION (IAE1J12181), on to the curvic teeth of the stage 1 fan disk
of the fan module. Install the three bolts (part of the protection cover)
and the three washers. Tighten the bolts.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-31-00-991-156)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 412
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Support and Slinging Tools and LP Compressor (Fan) Module Assembly

Figure 407/TASK 72-31-00-991-155

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 413
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Special Wrench for Removal/Installation

Figure 408/TASK 72-31-00-991-166

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 414
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Protection Cover
Figure 409/TASK 72-31-00-991-156

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 415
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-00-550-058

F. If the storage stand, IAE1J12110 is to be used, do the following:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE QUICK RELEASE PIN IS INSTALLED IN THE INNER
_______
HOLES IN THE BRACKET OF THE CANTILEVER SLING BEFORE YOU MOVE
THE FAN MODULE/SLINGING TOOL ASSEMBLY.

CAUTION : DO THIS OPERATION WITH TWO HOIST OPERATORS AND TWO PERSONS TO
_______
HELP.

(1) Install the fan module on to the storage stand

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-31-00-991-153, 410/TASK 72-31-00-991-157)

(a) Put the STAND-STORAGE (IAE1J12110) adjacent to the fan module.

(b) Remove the wing nut and the clamp from the STAND-STORAGE
(IAE1J12110).

(c) Attach the first hoist to the link of the ADAPTER-SLING

(IAE1J12104).

(d) Engage the quick release pin in to the inner holes in the bracket
of the SLING-CANTILEVER (IAE1J12100).

(e) Adjust the two hoists to turn the fan module to the vertical
position.

(f) Engage the quick release pin in to the outer holes in the bracket
of the SLING-CANTILEVER (IAE1J12100), and hold the hoist
rope/chains in the bracket.

(g) Disengage the quick release pin from the inner holes in the
brackets of the cantilever sling and install the pin in the outer
holes of the brackets.

(h) Lower the fan module on to the STAND-STORAGE (IAE1J12110).

Subtask 72-31-00-550-059

G. If the storage stand, IAE1J12019 is to be used, do the following:

(1) Install the fan module on to the storage stand

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-31-00-991-153, 411/TASK 72-31-00-991-168)

(a) Put the STAND - TRANSPORT (IAE1J12019) adjacent to the fan

module.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 416
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Storage Stand
Figure 410/TASK 72-31-00-991-157

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 417
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Storage Stand, IAE1J12019

Figure 411/TASK 72-31-00-991-168

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 418
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Move the fan module.

CAUTION : MOVE THE FAN MODULE CAREFULLY. MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
MODULE DOES NOT HIT THE STORAGE STAND.

1
_ Slowly move the fan module to the storage stand, IAE1J12019.

(c) Install the stage 1 fan disk on to the support of the storage
stand, IAE1J12019, with the three screws. The screws must be 120
degrees apart from each other.

(d) Tighten the screws lightly.

(e) Turn the adjustment handle to align the witness hole in the side
plate with the S/-mark on the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100, beam.

(f) Lock the adjustment handle in position.

(g) Remove the 12 bolts that attach the sling adapter, IAE1J12104, to
the forward flange of the fan module.

(h) Install the PROTECTOR-HUB (IAE1J12180), in the stage 1 fan disk.

(i) Install and tighten the remaining screws.

CAUTION : CAREFULLY USE THE SPECIAL WRENCH TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO

_______
THE STAGE 1 FAN DISK WHEN YOU INSTALL/REMOVE AND
TIGHTEN/LOOSEN THE SCREWS.

1
_ Install the remaining 21 screws with the WRENCH-SPECIAL
(IAE1J12016).

2
_ Tighten the 24 screws.

(j) Remove the hub protector, IAE1J12180, from the stage 1 fan disk.

Subtask 72-31-00-080-053

H. Remove the slinging tools from the fan module

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-152, 406/TASK 72-31-00-991-154)

(1) Remove the twelve bolts which attach the sling adapter, IAE1J12104,
to the forward flange of the fan module.

(2) Operate the two hoists to release the slinging tools from the fan
module.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 419
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Lift the slinging tools until clear of the storage stand, IAE1J12110
or IAE1J12019.

(4) Lower the assembled slinging tools on to the work bench.

(5) Disengage the quick release pin which attaches the cantilever sling,
IAE1J12100, to the sling adapter, IAE1J12104.

(6) Remove the second hoist from the link of the cantilever sling,
IAE1J12100, and install it to the shackle of the cantilever sling,
IAE1J12100.

(7) Disengage the quick release pin from the outer holes in the bracket
of the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100, and engage it to the inner holes
of the bracket.

(8) Remove the first hoist from the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100.

(9) Disengage the quick release pin which attaches the cantilever sling,
IAE1J12100, to the sling adapter, IAE1J12104.

(10) Lift the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100, with the second hoist to
release the sling adapter, IAE1J12104.

Subtask 72-31-00-550-060

J. If the storage stand, IAE1J12110, was used, install the clamp and wing
nut
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-31-00-991-157)

(1) Install the clamp of the storage stand, IAE1J12110, on the front hub
of the stage 1 fan disk.

(2) Safety the clamp with the wing nut of the storage stand, IAE1J12110.

Subtask 72-31-00-620-053

K. Install the PROTECTOR-RETAINING (IAE1J12182) and the COVER-PROTECTION

(IAE1J12183)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-31-00-991-151, 412/TASK 72-31-00-991-158, 413/TASK
72-31-00-991-159)

(1) Remove the three aligning pins, IAE1J12106, from the stub shaft.

(2) Align the three guide pin holes in the retaining protector,
IAE1J12182, with the three guide pins of the stub shaft.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 420
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Retaining Protector
Figure 412/TASK 72-31-00-991-158

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 421
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Protection Cover
Figure 413/TASK 72-31-00-991-159

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 422
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Install the retaining protector, IAE1J12182, to the front face of the
stubshaft.

(4) Install the three bolts (part of the retaining protector).

(5) Tighten the bolts.

(6) Install the protection cover, IAE1J12183, on to the fan case of the
LP compressor.

NOTE : Install the protection cover, IAE1J12183, when the fan module
____
is removed from the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 423
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-00-400-010

Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module

WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE LP COMPRESSOR (FAN)

_______
MODULE. IT WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 395lb (179kg).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hoist
No specific lint free cloth
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 62.00 to 900.00 lbf.in
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 180.00 to 1800.00 lbf.in
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
IAE1J12016 1 WRENCH-SPECIAL
IAE1J12017 1 WRENCH-SPECIAL
IAE1J12019 1 STAND - TRANSPORT
IAE1J12026 1 HANDLE - TURNING
IAE1J12100 1 SLING-CANTILEVER
IAE1J12104 1 ADAPTER-SLING
IAE1J12106 1 PIN-ALIGNING
IAE1J12110 1 STAND-STORAGE
IAE1J12180 1 PROTECTOR-HUB
IAE1J12181 1 COVER-PROTECTION
IAE1J12182 1 PROTECTOR-RETAINING
IAE1J12183 1 COVER-PROTECTION

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 424
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-124 *

cleaning fluid (isopropyl alcohol) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V06-069 *
marker (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-077 USA MIL-L-23699
lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-00-00-700-022 Test No.8 : Vibration Survey
71-11-11-400-010 Installation of the Air Intake Cowl
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-38-11-400-010 Installation of the Inlet Cone
72-31-00-991-150 Fig. 401
72-31-00-991-151 Fig. 402
72-31-00-991-165 Fig. 403
72-31-00-991-152 Fig. 404
72-31-00-991-153 Fig. 405
72-31-00-991-154 Fig. 406
72-31-00-991-155 Fig. 407
72-31-00-991-166 Fig. 408
72-31-00-991-156 Fig. 409
72-31-00-991-157 Fig. 410
72-31-00-991-168 Fig. 411
72-31-00-991-158 Fig. 412
72-31-00-991-159 Fig. 413
72-31-00-991-160 Fig. 414
72-31-00-991-162 Fig. 415
72-31-00-991-161 Fig. 416
72-31-00-991-167 Fig. 417
72-31-00-991-169 Fig. 418

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 425
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-00-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) is off. Make sure that a warning notice
is in position to tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position to give access to
the engine for the removal and installation of the fan module.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-00-480-053

A. Prepare the storage stand

(1) Put the STAND-STORAGE (IAE1J12110) or STAND - TRANSPORT (IAE1J12019),

which contains the fan module that is to be installed, adjacent to
the work area.

(2) If the storage stand, IAE1J12110, is to be used

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-31-00-991-157)

(a) Remove the wing nut that safeties the clamp of the storage stand.

(b) Remove the clamp.

Subtask 72-31-00-480-054

B. Install the slinging tools to the fan module, if it is on STAND-STORAGE

(IAE1J12110).

WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CANTILEVER SLING,

_______
IAE1J12100, AND THE SLING ADAPTER, IAE1J12104. THE SLING WEIGHS
165 LB (75 KG) AND THE ADAPTER WEIGHS 74 LB (34 KG).

(1) Attach the first hoist to the link of the ADAPTER-SLING (IAE1J12104).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-152)

(2) Move the sling adapter, IAE1J12104, above the fan module.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 426
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Lower the sling adapter, IAE1J12104, on to the forward flange of the
fan module.

(4) Install the twelve bolts of the sling adapter.

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 72-31-00-991-160)

(5) Tighten the bolts.

(6) Remove the first hoist from the link of the sling adapter,
IAE1J12104.

(7) Attach a second hoist to the shackle of the SLING-CANTILEVER

(IAE1J12100).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-152)

(8) Move the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100, adjacent to the sling adapter,
IAE1J12104.

(9) Install the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100, to the sling adapter,

IAE1J12104.

(10) Safety the cantilever sling to the sling adapter with the quick
release pin.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-00-991-152)

(11) Turn the adjustment handle of the cantilever sling to align the
witness hole in the side plate with the S2-mark on the beam.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-31-00-991-153)

(12) Lock the adjustment handle in position.

(13) Attach the first hoist to the lifting ring of the cantilever sling,
IAE1J12100,
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-31-00-991-153)

(14) Install and hold the hoist rope of the first hoist in the brackets of
the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100.

(15) Install the quick release pin in the outer holes of the brackets.
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-31-00-991-157)

(16) Remove the second hoist from the shackle of the SLING-CANTILEVER
(IAE1J12100).

(17) Attach the second hoist to the link of the sling adapter, IAE1J12104.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 427
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Sling Adapter and Attaching Parts

Figure 414/TASK 72-31-00-991-160

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 428
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-00-480-055

C. Install the slinging tools to the fan module, if it is on the STAND -

TRANSPORT (IAE1J12019).

WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CANTILEVER SLING,

_______
IAE1J12100, AND THE SLING ADAPTER, IAE1J12104. THE SLING WEIGHS
165 LB (75 KG) AND THE ADAPTER WEIGHS 74 LB (34 KG).

(1) Attach the first hoist to the link of the sling adapter, IAE 1J12104,
and lift it.

(2) Move the sling adapter, IAE 1J12104, on to the work bench and remove
the first hoist from the link.

(3) Attach the second hoist to the shackle of the cantilever sling, IAE
1J12100.

(4) Lift and attach the cantilever sling, IAE 1J12100, to the sling
adapter, IAE 1J12104, and safety them with the quick release pin.

(5) Attach the first hoist to the lifting ring of the cantilever sling,
IAE 1J12100.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-31-00-991-153)

(6) Adjust the two hoists to turn the assembled slinging tools to the
horizontal position.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-31-00-991-153)

(7) Install the PROTECTOR-HUB (IAE1J12180), in to the fan disk.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-31-00-991-151)

(8) Remove the screws:

CAUTION : CAREFULLY USE THE SPECIAL WRENCH TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE

_______
STAGE 1 FAN DISK WHEN YOU INSTALL/REMOVE AND TIGHTEN/LOOSEN
THE SCREWS.

(a) Remove the 24 screws which attach the LP compressor (FAN) module
to the support of the storage stand, IAE 1J12019. Use the special
wrench, IAE 1J12016.

(9) Remove the hub protector, IAE 1J12180, from the fan disk.

(10) Turn the adjustment handle to align the witness hole in the side
plate with the S1-mark on the cantilever sling, IAE 1J12100, beam.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 429
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(11) Lock the adjustment handle in position.

(12) Install the assembled slinging tools to the fan module.

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-31-00-991-168)

(13) Turn the adjustment handle to align the witness hole in the side
plate with the S2-mark on the cantilever sling, IAE 1J12100, beam.

(14) Lock the adjustment handle in position.

Subtask 72-31-00-550-056

D. If the fan module is on the storage stand, IAE1J12110 do the following:

WARNING : PUT APPROVED GLOVES ON YOUR HANDS BEFORE YOU HOLD THE FAN
_______
BLADES.
THE LEADING EDGES OF THE FAN BLADES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR
HANDS.

CAUTION : DO THIS OPERATION WITH TWO HOIST OPERATORS AND TWO PERSONS TO
_______
HELP.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE QUICK RELEASE PIN IS INSTALLED IN THE INNER
_______
HOLES IN THE BRACKET OF THE CANTILEVER SLING BEFORE YOU MOVE
THE FAN MODULE/SLINGING TOOL ASSEMBLY.

(1) Remove the fan module from the storage stand

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-31-00-991-155, 410/TASK 72-31-00-991-157)

(a) Adjust the two hoists slowly and equally until the fan module
gets clear of the storage stand, IAE 1J12110,

(b) Remove the quick release pin from the outer holes in the brackets
of the cantilever sling, IAE 1J12100, and install the pin in the
inner holes of the brackets.

(c) Adjust the two hoists to turn the fan module to the horizontal
position.

(d) Remove the second hoist from the link of the sling adapter,
IAE1J12104.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 430
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-00-550-057

E. If the fan module is on the storage stand, IAE1J12019 do the following:

WARNING : PUT APPROVED GLOVES ON YOUR HANDS BEFORE YOU HOLD THE FAN
_______
BLADES.
THE LEADING EDGES OF THE FAN BLADES CAN CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR
HANDS.

CAUTION : DO THIS OPERATION WITH TWO HOIST OPERATORS AND TWO PERSONS TO
_______
HELP.

(1) Remove the fan module from the storage stand

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-31-00-991-155, 411/TASK 72-31-00-991-168)

(a) Adjust the two hoists slowly and equally until the fan module
gets clear of the STAND - TRANSPORT (IAE1J12019).

Subtask 72-31-00-630-051

F. Remove the protection covers

(1) If the storage stand, IAE1J12110, was used, remove the protection
cover, COVER-PROTECTION (IAE1J12181), from the rear flange of the
stage 1 fan disk.
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-31-00-991-156)

(2) Remove the protection cover, COVER-PROTECTION (IAE1J12183), from the

fan case of the LP compressor/intermediate case module.
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-31-00-991-159)

(3) Remove the three bolts which attach the retaining protector,
PROTECTOR-RETAINING (IAE1J12182), to the stub shaft one at a time.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-31-00-991-158)

(4) Replace each bolt with an PIN-ALIGNING (IAE1J12106).

(5) Remove the retaining protector, IAE 1J12182, from the stub shaft.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-31-00-991-158)

(6) Install each PIN-ALIGNING (IAE1J12106) to the correct depth mark.

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 72-31-00-991-162)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 431
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Stub Shaft and Aligning Pin

Figure 415/TASK 72-31-00-991-162

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 432
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-00-110-051

G. Clean the two halves of the curvic coupling

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Make a clean lint free cloth moist with cleaning fluid (isopropyl
alcohol) (Material No. V01-124).

(2) Use the cloth to clean the two halves of the stage 1 fan disk to stub
shaft curvic coupling.

Subtask 72-31-00-210-052

H. Examine the curvic coupling and other parts for damage

(1) Make sure that the teeth on the two halves of the curvic coupling
have no damage.

(2) Make sure that the surfaces of the other parts between the rear face
of the fan module and the LP compressor/intermediate case module have
no damage.

Subtask 72-31-00-420-058

J. Put the fan module on the stub shaft

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 72-31-00-991-162, 416/TASK 72-31-00-991-161, 417/TASK
72-31-00-991-167)

(1) Make a line mark on the stage 1 fan disk.

(a) Find the correlation mark (*) on the disk outer diameter face.

(b) Make a line on the disk inner diameter face with a marker
(Material No. V06-069). The line must be at the same angular
position as the correlation mark (*).

(2) Install HANDLE - TURNING (IAE1J12026) to the stub shaft with the two
washers and wing bolts. Tighten the wing bolts.
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-31-00-991-169)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 433
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 1 Fan Disk

Figure 416/TASK 72-31-00-991-161

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 434
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 72-31-00

Page 435
Nov 01/07
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Curvic Coupling Bolts and Hub Protector

Figure 417/TASK 72-31-00-991-167- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 436
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Curvic Coupling Bolts and Hub Protector

Figure 417/TASK 72-31-00-991-167- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 437
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Install the Turning Handle

Figure 418/TASK 72-31-00-991-169

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 438
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Adjust the angular position of the stub shaft.

(a) Find the correlation mark in the stub shaft.

(b) Turn the stub shaft with the HANDLE - TURNING (IAE1J12026) so
that the correlation mark (*) comes to the same angular position
as the line mark on the disk made in step (1).

(4) Remove HANDLE - TURNING (IAE1J12026) from the stub shaft.

(5) Lift the fan module and move it in to the fan case of the LP
compressor/intermediate case module.

(6) Make sure that the correlation mark (*) on the stub shaft and the
line mark on the disk are aligned.

(7) Move the fan module rearwards until the two halves of the curvic
coupling are engaged.

(8) Make sure that the three PIN-ALIGNING (IAE1J12106), and the guide
pins (10) are engaged with the holes in the stage 1 fan disk flange.

Subtask 72-31-00-420-059

K. Attach the stage 1 fan disk to the stub shaft with the four curvic
coupling bolts (1) at the N5, 6, 7 and 8 positions.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-00-991-150, 417/TASK 72-31-00-991-167)

(1) Apply clean lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) to the
threads and mating faces of four of the curvic coupling bolts (1).

(2) Find the three pins, IAE1J12106. The positions are the N1, 18 and
23.

(3) Find the N5 thru 8 positions.

CAUTION : DO NOT HIT THE STAGE 1 FAN DISK WITH THE SPECIAL WRENCH
_______
WHEN YOU INSTALL AND TIGHTEN THE CURVIC COUPLING BOLTS. THE
TOOL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DISK.

Subtask 72-31-00-420-060

L. Tighten the curvic coupling bolts.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-00-991-150, 417/TASK 72-31-00-991-167)

(1) Tighten the curvic coupling bolts (1) lightly in sequence, use the
WRENCH-SPECIAL (IAE1J12016).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 439
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-00-080-052

M. Remove the support and slinging tools from the fan module
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-31-00-991-153, 406/TASK 72-31-00-991-154)

(1) Turn the adjustment handle of the cantilever sling, IAE 1J12100, to
align the witness hole in the side plate with the S1-mark on the
cantilever sling beam.

(2) Lock the adjustment handle in position.

(3) Remove the twelve bolts which attach the sling adapter, IAE1J12104,
to the forward flange of the fan module.

(4) Slowly move the assembled slinging tools forward until they are clear
of the fan cowls.

(5) Attach the second hoist to the link of the sling adapter, IAE1J12104,
and turn the assembled slinging tools to the vertical position.

(6) Lower the assembled slinging tools on to a work bench.

(7) Disengage the quick release pin which attaches the cantilever sling,
IAE 1J12100, to the sling adapter, IAE 1J12104.

(8) Remove the second hoist from the link of the sling adapter,
IAE1J12104, and attach it to the shackle of the cantilever sling,
IAE1J12100.

(9) Remove the first hoist from the lifting ring of the cantilever sling,
IAE1J12100.

(10) Lift the cantilever sling, IAE1J12100, with the second hoist and
remove it from the sling adapter, IAE1J12104.

Subtask 72-31-00-420-061

N. Install the curvic coupling bolts

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-31-00-991-166, 415/TASK 72-31-00-991-162, 417/TASK
72-31-00-991-167)

(1) Install the PROTECTOR-HUB (IAE1J12180), in the stage 1 fan disk.

(2) Remove the three aligning pins from the stub shaft.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 440
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Apply clean lubricant (engine oil) (Material No. V10-077) to the
threads and mating faces of the remaining 20 curvic coupling bolts.

CAUTION : DO NOT HIT THE STAGE 1 FAN DISK WITH THE SPECIAL WRENCH
_______
WHEN YOU INSTALL AND TIGHTEN THE CURVIC COUPLING BOLTS. THE
TOOL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DISK.

(4) Install the 20 curvic coupling bolts (1) at the N1 thru N4 and N9
thru N24 positions.

(5) Tighten the bolts lightly in sequence, use the WRENCH-SPECIAL

(IAE1J12016).

Subtask 72-31-00-420-057

P. TORQUE the curvic coupling bolts.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-00-991-165, 417/TASK 72-31-00-991-167)

(1) Install the locating ring and the adapter ring on to the front blade
retaining ring.

(a) Install the locating ring (part of WRENCH-SPECIAL (IAE1J12017))

on to the front blade retaining ring with the four screws.

(b) Tighten the screws.

(c) Install the adapter ring (part of the special wrench, IAE
1J12017) on to the locating ring with the four nuts. The N1
position in the adapter ring must be at the top position.

(d) Tighten the nuts lightly.

(e) Adjust the position of the adapter ring so that the 24 holes in
the ring are aligned with the curvic coupling bolts.

(f) Tighten the nuts.

(2) Make sure that the spigot (part of the special wrench, IAE 1J12017)
is attached to the arm with the four bolts (part of the special
wrench, IAE 1J12017).

CAUTION : 1. WHEN YOU TORQUE, IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE TORQUE VALUE

_______
IS ON THE INCREASE. A NEW BOLT MUST BE INSTALLED IF THE
TORQUE VALUE IS CONSTANT OR DECREASES.
2. THE BOLTS MUST NOT BE POWER WRENCHED.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 441
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) TORQUE the 24 curvic coupling bolts to between 443 and 567 lbf.in
(5.00 and 6.40 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-31-00-991-167)

(a) Make sure that the socket (part of the special wrench, IAE
1J12017) is attached to the arm.

(b) Put the arm in position so that:

- the spigot is engaged with the hole in the adapter ring
- the socket is installed on the curvic coupling bolt.

(c) Install a wrench in to the wrench hole in the spigot.

(d) Hold the fan blades and apply the specified torque value to the
curvic coupling bolt.

(e) Do steps (a) thru (d) again to tighten each curvic coupling bolt.

(4) TORQUE all the 24 curvic coupling bolts to between 885 and 1133
lbf.in (10.00 and 12.80 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013) in the
same tightening sequence as in step (3).

(5) Make sure that the 24 bolts are at the required torque of 885 lbf.in
(10.00 m.daN) and 1133 lbf.in (12.80 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).

(a) TORQUE the bolt at the N1 position.

(b) TORQUE the bolt adjacent to the first bolt when you move in a
clockwise direction.

(c) Do step (b) again until all of the bolts are torqued.

(6) Remove the PROTECTOR-HUB (IAE1J12180), from the stage 1 disk hub (6).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-31-00-991-151)

(7) Remove all the parts of the special wrench, IAE 1J12017, from the
engine.

(8) Remove the correlation mark:

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT
_______
ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
FLUID IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR.
IF YOU GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR
EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 442
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(a) Use a lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid (isopropyl
alcohol) (Material No. V01-124), to remove the correlation mark
from the disk bore.

Subtask 72-31-00-420-062

Q. Install the inlet cone (2) and the fairing (3) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-
010).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-00-991-150)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-00-410-063

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(3) Install the air intake cowl (Ref. TASK 71-11-11-400-010).

(4) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).

(6) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 72-31-00-720-051

B. Do a Vibration Survey Test. (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-022).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 443
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-00-920-010

Discard Fan Disk

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 723100-I1

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-00-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module

72-31-00-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
EM 723100

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-00-010-066

A. Remove the LP compressor (fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-00-020-055

A. Remove and discard fan disk (Ref. EM 723100).

Subtask 72-31-00-420-065

B. Install a new fan disk (Ref. EM 723100).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-00-410-068

A. Install the LP compressor (fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010).

Subtask 72-31-00-869-053

B. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 444
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

LP COMPRESSOR MODULE - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________

TASK 72-31-00-200-010

Detailed Visual Inspection of the LP Compressor (Fan) Section

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the detailed visual inspection of the LP
compressor (fan) section.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-200-010 Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan

Blades
72-32-85-200-010 Inspection of the Fan Case Assembly
72-38-11-200-010 Inspection of the Inlet Cone and the Inlet Cone
Fairing

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-00-941-060

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine for
the inspection.

(5) Put the workmat in position in the intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen external to the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give full
____
protection to the lower half of the intake cowl surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-00-210-055

A. Visual Inspection of the LP Compressor (Fan) Section:

(1) Examine the inlet cone (1) and the fairing (2) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-
200-010).

(2) Examine the stage 1 fan blades (4) and the annulus fillers (3)
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010)

(3) Examine the attrition lining (5) for rubs, scores and gouges
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-200-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-00-942-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________

TASK 72-31-11-000-010

Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

WARNING : USE APPLICABLE GLOVES WHEN YOU HOLD THE LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADES. THE
_______
LEADING EDGES OF THE LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADES ARE SHARP AND CAN CAUSE
INJURY.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET TOOLS, PARTS OR UNWANTED MATERIALS FALL ON THE INTAKE COWL
_______
SURFACE WHEN YOU USE THE WORKMAT. TO PREVENT THIS SEAL THE EDGES OF
THE WORKMAT WITH TAPE BEFORE YOU USE IT.

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING RING AND
_______
THE LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADE. THEY EACH WEIGH APPROXIMATELY 10 lb (4.5
kg).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
IAE1J12004 1 PULLER/PUSHER
IAE1J12091 1 CONTAINER-STORAGE
IAE1J12188 1 BOLT-PULLER
IAE1J12312 1 PROGRAM, DISTRIBUTION - FAN BLADE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V06-069 *

marker (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-000-011 Removal of the Annulus Fillers

72-31-11-200-010 Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades
72-31-12-200-010 Inspection of the Stage 1 Fan Disk
72-31-12-300-010 Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan Disk Rear Ramp -
VRS1148
72-31-12-300-011 Repair the Stage 1 Fan Disk Touch up Coating -
VRS1149
72-31-12-300-012 Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Disk, Re-apply
Coating - VRS1974
72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone
72-31-11-991-150 Fig. 401
72-31-11-991-252 Fig. 402
72-31-11-991-176 Fig. 403
72-31-11-991-253 Fig. 404
72-31-11-991-151 Fig. 405
72-31-11-991-168 Fig. 406

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-071

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-941-072

B. Put the Ground Support Equipment in Position

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
intake.

(2) Put the workmat in position in the intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants on the workmat can be
____
seen external to the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the intake cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-010-052

A. Remove the Fairing and the Inlet Cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-31-11-020-056

B. Remove the Front Blade Retaining Ring

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150)

WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING

_______
RING. IT WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 10 LB (4.5 KG). IF YOU ARE NOT
CAREFUL, INJURY TO PERSONS CAN OCCUR.

CAUTION : DO NOT PUT ANY TOOLS OR PARTS THAT ARE REMOVED IN THE LP
_______
COMPRESSOR FAN DISK (FAN DISK) INNER SURFACE.

(1) Use the marker (Material No. V06-069) to make a temporary mark
between each balance weight (20) thru (23) (if installed) and the
bolt (24) hole in the front blade retaining ring (17). Record the
part numbers and position of the balance weights (if installed).

(2) Identify the No.1 LP Compressor fan blade (fan blade) by mark on the
front blade retaining ring.

NOTE : The No.1 fan blade is identified by the mark

1
or
*
on the
____
front retaining ring. IAE SBE 72-0198 introduced a revised
marking on the front retaining ring. The front retaining ring
is identified with marks
1, 2, 3
on the 24-bolt flange.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Front Blade Retaining Ring

Figure 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Front Blade Retaining Ring

Figure 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

The marks are identified in a counter-clockwise direction
looking rearward from front of the engine, consistent with the
identification that is used on the fan disk and within the
PROGRAM, DISTRIBUTION - FAN BLADE (IAE1J12312).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150)

(3) Correlate the front retaining ring to the fan disk inner surface with
a temporary marker. Use the marker (Material No. V06-069) to make a
temporary mark on the fan disk.

NOTE : The front retaining ring is offset dowelled to the fan disk.
____
Marking the position of the No.1 fan blade on the fan disk
helps you during installation of the front retaining ring.

(4) Remove the bolt.

CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE BALANCE WEIGHTS THRU FROM THE 22 BOLT
_______
INNER (SCALLOPED) FLANGE. THESE BALANCE WEIGHTS ARE FITTED
DURING DYNAMIC BALANCE OF THE LP COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY AT
PRODUCTION OR AT OVERHAUL. REMOVAL OF THESE WEIGHTS CAN
RESULT IN SIGNIFICANT OUT OF BALANCE.

(a) Remove the 22 bolts (11) which safe the annulus fillers (13) to
the front blade retaining ring.

(5) Remove the 36 bolts (24) and the balance weights (if installed).

(6) Install the six puller bolts (part of BOLT-PULLER (IAE1J12188)) into
the threaded hole (19).

(7) Tighten each of the six puller bolts (part of BOLT-PULLER

(IAE1J12188)) in increments until the front blade retaining ring (17)
is released. Remove the front blade retaining ring (17).

Subtask 72-31-11-020-071

C. Identify the Position of the Fan Blades and the Annulus Fillers
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150, 402/TASK 72-31-11-991-252)

(1) Move the No.1 fan blade to Top Dead Centre (TDC).

(2) After you remove the front blade retaining ring, use the marker
(Material No. V06-069) to identify the position of the fan blades
(31) and annulus fillers (13). Starting at the No.1 fan blade, number
the fan blades and annulus fillers. When viewed from the front of the
engine looking rearwards the fan blades must be numbered in a
counter-clockwise direction.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Blade Removal/Installation

Figure 402/TASK 72-31-11-991-252

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Identify the fan blade slots on the front face of the fan disk. This
will assist during the installation of the fan blades.

NOTE : The numbering sequence is important if re-distribution of the

____
fan blades is required. The sequence of numbering the fan
blades is consistent with the sequence that is used in the
PROGRAM, DISTRIBUTION - FAN BLADE (IAE1J12312).
The annulus filler that is adjacent to the convex surface of
the fan blade as viewed from the front of the engine must be
identified with the same number as the fan blade. If a limited
number of fan blades is to be removed (i.e. not a full set) go
to para. 4.D.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-11-991-176)

Subtask 72-31-11-020-072

D. Remove the Full Set of Fan Blades

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-11-991-176, 404/TASK 72-31-11-991-253)

WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE FAN BLADE. IT WEIGHS

_______
APPROXIMATELY 10 LB (4.5 KG). IF YOU ARE NOT CAREFUL, INJURY TO
PERSONS CAN OCCUR.

WARNING : TAKE CARE TO PREVENT THE LP COMPRESSOR FROM ROTATING, TO

_______
PREVENT ROTATION OF THE LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADES MUST BE
REMOVED IN SEQUENCE. IF THE FAN BLADES ARE NOT REMOVED IN
SEQUENCE, UNCONTROLLED ROTATION OF THE LP COMPRESSOR CAN OCCUR
AND CAN RESULT IN INJURY TO PERSONS.

(1) Remove the 22 annulus fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-011).

(2) Remove the 22 fan blades (31).

CAUTION : USE ONLY FAN BLADE PULLER (IAE 1J12004) WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
_______
FAN BLADE. IF YOU PUT ANY OTHER TOOL BETWEEN THE REAR BLADE
RETAINING RING AND THE BLADE TO REMOVE THE BLADE, THE TOOL
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE REAR BLADE RETAINING RING.

NOTE : This procedure must be used irrespective of the modification

____
standard of the fan blades that are installed on the engine.

(a) Ensure the No.1 fan blade is at TDC.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Install the PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004) on to the fan disk.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-11-991-253)

1
_ Align the three locating holes in the plate and clevis
assembly (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) with the
locating pins on the fan disk.

2
_ Attach the plate and clevis assembly to the fan disk with the
nine screws (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)). Tighten the
screws.

3
_ Install the handle A and B assembly (part of PULLER/PUSHER
(IAE1J12004)) to the plate and clevis assembly with the clevis
bolt and the nut (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)). Tighten
the nut.

(c) Install the strap, (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) around

the No.1 fan blade and ensure that the strap is correctly fixed
around handle B.

(d) Use the PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004) to release the fan blade from
the fan disk.

1
_ Slowly move handle A (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) in
direction D to move the fan blade forward, move the No.1 fan
blade forward until the forward chocking pad is disengaged
from the fan disk dovetail slot.

NOTE : When the rear chocking pad touches the rear ramp, you
____
can not move the blade easily because of friction
between them. When the blade goes forward sufficiently
and the rear chocking pad is apart from the rear ramp,
you can remove the blade easily.

(e) Repeat steps (2)(c) and (2)(d) to move the No. 2 fan blade
forward.

(f) Remove the No.1 fan blade.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FAN BLADE DOES NOT TOUCH THE
_______
ADJACENT FAN BLADES WHILE YOU REMOVE/INSTALL IT. IF YOU
LET THE FAN BLADES TOUCH EACH OTHER YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE FAN BLADE(S).

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE FAN BLADE. IF YOU ARE
_______
NOT CAREFUL, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE FAN BLADE AND
THE CHOCKING PADS.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Blades and Annulus Fillers

Figure 403/TASK 72-31-11-991-176- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Blades and Annulus Fillers

Figure 403/TASK 72-31-11-991-176- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 411
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Blade Puller (IAE1J12004)

Figure 404/TASK 72-31-11-991-253- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 412
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Blade Puller (IAE1J12004)

Figure 404/TASK 72-31-11-991-253- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 413
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

1
_ Remove the No.1 fan blade. Pull the fan blade forward along
the dovetail slot of the fan disk with an axial motion along
the axis of the dovetail slot ensuring that the leading and
trailing edges of the adjacent fan blades do not contact.
Prevent contact between the fan blade and the fan case
acoustic panels.

(g) Collect and record all available data (the moment weight data
(radial, axial and tangential), serial number and the fan blade
mass data) from the fan blade root.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-31-11-991-151)

NOTE : This data is used in PROGRAM, DISTRIBUTION - FAN BLADE

____
(IAE1J12312) If mass weight is not available, a nominal
155 oz can be used.

(h) Put the removed fan blades into the CONTAINER-STORAGE

(IAE1J12091).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-31-11-991-168)

(i) Repeat steps (2)(f) and (2)(g) to remove the No. 2 fan blade.
Ensure that all the correct radial moment weight and fan blade
mass data is recorded.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-31-11-991-151)

(j) Repeat steps (2)(c) thru (2)(h) to correctly remove all of the
remaining fan blades in numerical sequence counter clockwise as
viewed from the front of the engine. Make sure that you allow the
fan disk to reposition as the centre of gravity of the fan
assembly changes, and that all the correct radial moment weight
and fan blade mass data is recorded for each of the fan blades.

(k) Remove the PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004) from the fan disk.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-11-991-253)

1
_ Remove the nut, the clevis bolt and the handle A and B
assembly from the plate and clevis assembly.

2
_ Remove the screws and the plate and clevis assembly from the
fan disk.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 414
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Moment Weight Written on the Fan Blade Bottom Face

Figure 405/TASK 72-31-11-991-151

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 415
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Storage Container (IAE1J12091)

Figure 406/TASK 72-31-11-991-168

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 416
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-020-073

E. Remove the Individual Fan Blade(s)

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-11-991-176, 404/TASK 72-31-11-991-253)

WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE FAN BLADE. IT WEIGHS

_______
APPROXIMATELY 10 LB (4.5 KG). IF YOU ARE NOT CAREFUL, INJURY TO
PERSONS CAN OCCUR.

WARNING : TAKE CARE TO PREVENT THE LP COMPRESSOR FROM ROTATING, TO

_______
PREVENT ROTATION OF THE LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADES MUST BE
REMOVED IN SEQUENCE. IF THE FAN BLADES ARE NOT REMOVED IN
SEQUENCE, UNCONTROLLED ROTATION OF THE LP COMPRESSOR CAN OCCUR
AND CAN RESULT IN INJURY TO PERSONS.

(1) Find the fan blade to be removed, and identify this fan blade as
blade X. The next adjacent fan blade in the counter-clockwise
direction must also be identified, identify this fan blade as blade
Y. Mark the positions of the annulus fillers either side of blade X
with the marker (Material No. V06-069). Also use the marker to
identify the annulus filler adjacent to the concave surface of blade
Y.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-31-11-991-252)

(2) Remove the three marked annulus fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-011).

(3) Ensure that the first fan blade to be removed (blade X) is at TDC.

(4) Install the PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004) to the fan disk.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-11-991-253)

CAUTION : USE ONLY FAN BLADE PULLER (IAE 1J12004) WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
_______
FAN BLADE. IF YOU PUT ANY OTHER TOOL BETWEEN THE REAR BLADE
RETAINING RING AND THE BLADE TO REMOVE THE BLADE, THE TOOL
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE REAR BLADE RETAINING RING.

(a) Align the three locating holes in the plate and clevis assembly
(part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) with the locating pins on
the fan disk.

(b) Attach the plate and clevis assembly to the fan disk with the
nine screws (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)). Tighten the
screws.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 417
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) Install the handle A and B assembly (part of PULLER/PUSHER
(IAE1J12004)) to the plate and clevis assembly with the clevis
bolt and the nut (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)). Tighten
the nut.

(5) Install the strap (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) around the

first blade (blade X) and ensure that the strap is correctly fixed
around handle B.

(6) Use the PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004) to release the fan blade (blade X)
the fan disk.

(a) Slowly move handle A (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) in

direction D to move the fan blade forward, move the fan blade
forward until the forward chocking pad is disengaged from the fan
disk dovetail slot.

(7) Repeat step (5), (6) to move the second fan blade (blade Y) forwards.

(8) Removal of the second fan blade.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FAN BLADE DOES NOT TOUCH THE ADJACENT
_______
FAN BLADES WHILE YOU REMOVE/INSTALL IT. IF YOU LET THE FAN
BLADES TOUCH EACH OTHER YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE FAN
BLADE(S).

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE FAN BLADE. IF YOU ARE NOT
_______
CAREFUL, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE FAN BLADE AND THE
CHOCKING PADS.

(a) Remove the fan blade (blade X). Pull the fan blade forward along
the dovetail slot of the fan disk with an axial motion along the
axis of the dovetail slot, ensure that the leading and trailing
edges of the adjacent fan blades do not contact. Prevent contact
between the fan blade and the fan case acoustic panels.

NOTE : Make sure that the second fan blade (blade Y) is made safe
____
by engaging the front chock pad in the fan disk dovetail
slot, or by removing blade Y temporarily before installing
blade X or its replacement.

(9) Collect and record all available data (the moment weight data
(radial, axial and tangential), serial number and the fan blade mass
data) from the fan blade root.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-31-11-991-151)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 418
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : This data is used in PROGRAM, DISTRIBUTION - FAN BLADE
____
(IAE1J12312). If mass weight is not available, a nominal 155
oz can be used.

(10) Put the removed fan blade (blade X) in to the CONTAINER-STORAGE

(IAE1J12091).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-31-11-991-168)

(11) Repeat steps E.(1) thru E.(10) as required to remove individual fan
blades.

(12) Remove the PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004) from the fan disk.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-11-991-253)

(a) Remove the nut, the clevis bolt and the handle A and B assembly
from the plate and clevis assembly.

(b) Remove the screws and the plate and clevis assembly from the fan
disk.

Subtask 72-31-11-210-069

F. Examine and Repair the Dovetail Slot of the Fan Disk where you removed
the Fan Blade(s).

(1) Make sure that there is no sign of looseness or separation between

the rear ramp and the fan disk (Ref. TASK 72-31-12-200-010).

(2) Replace the rear ramp if you find signs of looseness or separation
(Ref. TASK 72-31-12-300-010).

(3) Make sure that the dry film lubricant is in an acceptable condition
(Ref. TASK 72-31-12-200-010).

(4) Repair the fan disk with touch up coating if the lubricant is not in
an acceptable condition (Ref. TASK 72-31-12-300-011) or (Ref. TASK
72-31-12-300-012).

Subtask 72-31-11-210-070

G. Examine the Fan Blade(s) which you Removed from the Fan Disk.

(1) Examine the blade root for peeling of the dry film lubricant
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010).

(2) Examine the chocking pads of each fan blade (21) for looseness or
separation (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 419
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-11-400-010

Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING RING
_______
AND THE LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADE. THEY EACH WEIGH APPROXIMATELY 10 LB
(4.5 KG).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific mass weight scale

No specific plastic strip
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1J12004 1 PULLER/PUSHER
IAE1J12141 1 BOLT-PUSHER
IAE1J12312 1 PROGRAM, DISTRIBUTION - FAN BLADE

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 420
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-124 *

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-038 *
petroleum jelly (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-041 *
white petrolatum (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-077 *
clean approved engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-077 USA MIL-L-23699
engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V19-003 *
lint-free cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-00-00-700-013 Procedure to Dry Out the High Pressure Turbine After
Oil Contamination
71-00-00-700-022 Test No.8 : Vibration Survey
71-00-00-710-018 Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown Procedures
71-00-00-710-043 Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
71-00-00-710-047 Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure
71-00-00-860-010 Engine Operation Limits, Guidelines and Special
Procedures
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-200-010 Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades
72-31-11-400-011 Installation of the Annulus Fillers
72-31-12-200-010 Inspection of the Stage 1 Fan Disk
72-38-11-400-010 Installation of the Inlet Cone
72-31-11-991-150 Fig. 401
72-31-11-991-252 Fig. 402
72-31-11-991-168 Fig. 406
72-31-11-991-255 Fig. 407
72-31-11-991-186 Fig. 408
72-31-11-991-187 Fig. 409

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 421
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-991-188 Fig. 410

72-31-11-991-189 Fig. 411
72-31-11-991-191 Fig. 412
72-31-11-991-169-A Fig. 413
72-31-11-991-257 Fig. 414
72-31-11-991-256 Fig. 415
72-31-11-991-167 Fig. 416
72-31-11-991-177 Fig. 417
72-31-11-991-254 Fig. 418

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-860-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Put the ground support equipment in position.

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
intake.

(b) Put the workmat in position in the intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants on the workmat can
____
be seen external to the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to

____
give full protection to the lower half of the intake cowl.

Subtask 72-31-11-360-050

B. Make sure that the dovetail slots of the LP Compressor Fan disk (Fan
disk) have been inspected before the LP Compressor Fan Blades are
installed (Fan blades) (Ref. TASK 72-31-12-200-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 422
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-360-051

C. Make sure that the LP Compressor Fan blades have been inspected before
they are installed (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-420-093

A. Make a Selection of Which Fan Blade Installation Procedure is Necessary

(1) If the fan blade(s) to be installed is the original fan blade(s) and
is to be replaced in the original fan disk slot position(s), go to
para. 4F. for individual fan blade(s) or go to para. 4G. for a full
set of fan blades.

(2) If the fan blade(s) to be installed is not from the original set
installed on the engine, make a selection of fan blade position and
balance correction method.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-31-11-991-255)

Subtask 72-31-11-420-139

B. Make a Selection of Which Balance Correction Procedure is Necessary.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-31-11-991-255)

(1) Get a replacement fan blade with a radial moment weight as near as
possible to that of the removed fan blade. Record the moment weight
of the replacement fan blades.

(2) Subtract the radial moment weight of the removed fan blade (A) from
the radial moment weight of the replacement fan blade (B).

(3) Record the Moment Weight Difference (MWD), (B-A) together with the
sign (+ or -)

(4) The balance correction is recommended to minimize vibration levels as

follows:

NOTE : When one or two fan blades are replaced, select the applicable
____
method for each fan blade. If three or more fan blades are
replaced, select balance correction Method 3.

(a) If the MWD is not more than +/- 4 oz.in., the balance procedure
is not necessary. Go to para. 4.F.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 423
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Selection of Balance Correction Method and Engine Test

Figure 407/TASK 72-31-11-991-255

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 424
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) If the MWD is more than +/- 4 oz.in., you can correct the balance
by Method 1. If you use Method 1, go to para. 4.C. If you can not
use the Method 1, use Method 2, go to para. 4.D. If you can not
use the Method 2, use the Method 3, go to para. 4.E.

(c) If the MWD is more than +/- 50 oz.in. and less than +/- 150
oz.in., you can correct the balance by Method 2. If you cannot
use Method 2, use Method 3. If you use Method 3, go to para. 4.E.

(d) If the MWD is greater than 150 oz.in., use Method 3 by para. 4.E.

Subtask 72-31-11-970-065

C. Calculate the Balance Correction Distribution of the Trim Balance Weights

(Method 1)
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150, 408/TASK 72-31-11-991-186, 409/TASK
72-31-11-991-187, 410/TASK 72-31-11-991-188, 411/TASK 72-31-11-991-189)

NOTE : Install a weight set or weight pair of the trim balance weights
____
(20) thru (23), to the 36 bolt hole flange of the front blade
retaining ring (17) to correct the MWD by this method. The 36 bolt
flange is the joint that attaches the front blade retaining ring
to the fan disk (15).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150)

(1) Find a weight set or a weight pair in Table 6 and Table 7. The
difference between the balance effect value of the weight set/pair
and the MWD must be within 4 oz.in.

(2) Calculate the bolt positions where the trim balance weights (20) thru
(23) are to be installed (Ref. Fig.402/TASK 72-31-11-991-150). The
position must satisfy the following conditions:

(a) If the MWD is negative (-), the centre line of the weight
set/pair is nearest to the angular position of the replacement
fan blade.

(b) If the MWD is positive (+), the centre line of the weight
set/pair is nearest to the diametrically opposite position of the
replacement fan blade.

(c) The trim balance weights (20) thru (23) are installed at open
bolt hole positions.

(d) Record the positions of the balance correction solution, and

retain the solution for use when the front blade retaining ring
(17) is installed.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 425
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Weight Set and Weight Pair

Figure 408/TASK 72-31-11-991-186

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 426
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Balance Effect of the Weight Sets on the Front Blade Retaining Ring Flange
Figure 409/TASK 72-31-11-991-187

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 427
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Balance Effect of the Weight Pairs on the Front Blade Retaining Ring Flange
Figure 410/TASK 72-31-11-991-188

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 428
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Example of Balance Weight Positions - 36 Hole Flange

Figure 411/TASK 72-31-11-991-189

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 429
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Go to para. 4.F.

Subtask 72-31-11-420-132

D. Make a Selection of Matched Pairs of Fan Blades (Method 2)

NOTE : This method removes the replacement of the damaged fan blade and
____
the fan blade diametrically opposite.

NOTE : This method relies on the operator having sufficient stock of

____
spare fan blades with a range of radial moment weights to be able
to match a pair of fan blades.

(1) Remove the fan blade which is 180 degrees opposite to the damaged fan
blade. (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

(2) Select a pair of replacement fan blades for the opposite position
from the spare stock. The pair of replacement blades must satisfy the
following condition:

(a) MWD (at the opposite position) = MWD (at the damaged fan blade
position) +/- 4 oz.in.

(3) Go to para. 4.F.

Subtask 72-31-11-420-133

E. Change the Distribution of the 22 Fan Blades (Method 3)

(1) Change the distribution of the 22 fan blades.

(a) Select 22 fan blades to make up a full set.

(b) Record the following values that are written on the bottom face
of the fan blade:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150)

1
_ Radial moment weight

2
_ Axial moment weight

3
_ Tangential moment weight

4
_ Fan blade serial number

5
_ Mass weight (where marked).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 430
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) If the mass weights are not marked on the fan blade, weight each
fan blade with a mass weight scale.

NOTE : Weighing the mass of each fan blade will give a more
____
accurate balance solution from the fan blade distribution
program. If insufficient time or no access to a suitable
mass weight scale use a nominal figure of 155 oz. in the
program for fan blade mass.

(d) Input the data from steps (1)(b) and (1)(c) to the PROGRAM,
DISTRIBUTION - FAN BLADE (IAE1J12312) and calculate the optimized
fan blade distribution pattern.

(e) Use marker (Material No. V06-069) to make temporary marks on the
fan blades to show the fan blade position as derived from the
optimized distribution pattern.

(2) Go to para. 4.G

Subtask 72-31-11-420-134

F. Installation of an Individual Fan Blade

WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE FAN BLADE. IT WEIGHS

_______
APPROXIMATELY 10 LB (4.5 KG). IF YOU ARE NOT CAREFUL, INJURY TO
PERSONS CAN OCCUR.

WARNING : USE APPLICABLE GLOVES WHEN YOU HOLD THE LP COMPRESSOR FAN
_______
BLADES. THE LEADING EDGES OF THE LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADES ARE
SHARP AND CAN CAUSE INJURY.

CAUTION : FAN BLADES MUST BE INSERTED INTO THE DISK IN THE DIRECTION
_______
INDICATED. BLADES THAT ARE NOT INSTALLED IN THE DIRECTION
INDICATED MAY RESULT IN OUT OF BALANCE.

(1) Remove the replacement fan blade from the storage container.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-31-11-991-168)

(2) Ensure that the adjacent fan blade (blade

Y
) that is
counter-clockwise to the replacement fan blade (blade
X
) has been
pulled forward such that the forward chock pad is disengaged from the
fan disk dovetail slot.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-31-11-991-252)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 431
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Apply the lubricant.

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY THE LUBRICANT TO THE BLADE DOVETAIL. UNWANTED

_______
MATERIAL CAN BE TRAPPED IN THE LUBRICANT APPLIED TO THE FAN
BLADE DOVETAIL. THE UNWANTED MATERIAL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE FAN BLADE DOVETAIL AND THE FAN DISK SLOT WHEN YOU
INSTALL THE FAN BLADE INTO THE FAN DISK.

(a) Apply petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038) or white petrolatum

(Material No. V10-041) to the zone A and the zone B on each slot
of the fan disk.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-31-11-991-191)

(b) Apply petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038) or white petrolatum

(Material No. V10-041) to the bottom faces of the front and rear
chocking pads of the replacement fan blade (blade
X
).
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-31-11-991-169-A)

(4) Install the replacement fan blade.

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 72-31-11-991-257)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FAN BLADE DOES NOT TOUCH THE ADJACENT
_______
FAN BLADES WHILE YOU REMOVE/INSTALL IT. IF YOU LET THE FAN
BLADES TOUCH EACH OTHER YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE FAN
BLADE(S).

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL THE FAN BLADE. IF YOU ARE NOT
_______
CAREFUL, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE FAN BLADE AND THE
PADS.

(a) Install the PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004) 1 off on the disk.

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 72-31-11-991-257)

1
_ Align the three locating holes in the plate and clevis
assembly (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) with the
locating pins on the fan disk.

2
_ Attach the plate and clevis assembly to the fan disk with the
nine screws (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)). Tighten the
screws.

3
_ Install the support (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) to
the plate and clevis assembly with the two bolts (part of
PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)). Tighten the bolt.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 432
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Application of the Lubricant

Figure 412/TASK 72-31-11-991-191

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 433
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Application of Lubricant to the Chocking Pads

Figure 413/TASK 72-31-11-991-169-A

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 434
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R




 72-31-11

Page 435
Aug 01/09
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Blade Puller/Pusher on Stage 1 Fan Disk

Figure 414/TASK 72-31-11-991-257- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 436
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Blade Puller/Pusher on Stage 1 Fan Disk

Figure 414/TASK 72-31-11-991-257- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 437
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4
_ Install the handle and pusher assembly (part of PULLER/PUSHER
(IAE1J12004)) to the plate and clevis assembly with the clevis
bolt and the nut (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)). Tighten
the nut.

(b) Engage the fan blade root in the fan disk slot.

(c) Put the pad (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) and pusher (part
of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) on the blade root through the hole
of the support and set the pad.

(d) Turn the handle (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) in the

direction D to push the blade (blade
X
) rearward fully.

(e) Repeat step (b) thru (d) for the adjacent fan blade (blade
Y
).

(f) Repeat to install the remaining replacement fan blades as

required.

(g) Remove the PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004) from the disk.

(5) Go to para. 4.H.

Subtask 72-31-11-420-135

G. Installation of the Full Set of 22 Fan Blades

WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE FAN BLADE. IT WEIGHS

_______
APPROXIMATELY 10 LB (4.5 KG). IF YOU ARE NOT CAREFUL, INJURY TO
PERSONS CAN OCCUR.

WARNING : USE APPLICABLE GLOVES WHEN YOU HOLD THE LP COMPRESSOR FAN
_______
BLADES. THE LEADING EDGES OF THE LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADES ARE
SHARP AND CAN CAUSE INJURY.

(1) Install the PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004) 1 off on the disk.

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 72-31-11-991-257)

(a) Align the three locating holes in the plate and clevis assembly
(part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) with the locating pins on
the fan disk.

(b) Attach the plate and clevis assembly to the fan disk with the
nine screws (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)). Tighten the
screws.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 438
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) Install the support (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) to the
plate and clevis assembly with the two bolts (part of
PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)). Tighten the bolt.

(d) Install the handle and pusher assembly (part of PULLER/PUSHER

(IAE1J12004)) to the plate and clevis assembly with the clevis
bolt and the nut (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)). Tighten
the nut.

(2) Install the No.1 fan blade.

(a) Find the No. 1 slot of the fan disk (15).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150)

(b) Apply petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038) or white petrolatum

(Material No. V10-041) to the zone A and the zone B of the slot
in the fan disk.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-31-11-991-191)

(c) Apply petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038) or white petrolatum

(Material No. V10-041) to the bottom faces of the front and rear
chocking pads of No.1 fan blade.
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-31-11-991-169-A)

(d) Engage the No.1 fan blade root in the No.1 fan disk slot. Take
care to prevent the contact between the fan blade tip and the fan
case acoustic panels or the fan track lining.

(e) Put the pad (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) and pusher (part
of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) on the blade root through the hole
of the support and set the pad.

(f) Turn the handle (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) in the

direction D to push the blade rearward fully.

(3) Repeat the step (2) for the next 19 fan blades in the sequence 22,
21, 20, 19, to 4.
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 72-31-11-991-256)

NOTE : The fan blades must be installed in the clockwise direction,

____
looking rearward from the front of engine, to prevent damage
due to contact between the leading and trailing edges of the
fan blades as they are installed.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 439
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


The Numbering of the Fan Blades and Annulus Fillers

Figure 415/TASK 72-31-11-991-256

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 440
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Install the No.3 fan blade and the No.2 fan blade.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FAN BLADE DOES NOT TOUCH THE ADJACENT
_______
FAN BLADES WHILE YOU REMOVE/INSTALL IT. IF YOU LET THE FAN
BLADES TOUCH EACH OTHER YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE FAN
BLADE(S).

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL THE FAN BLADE. IF YOU ARE NOT
_______
CAREFUL, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE FAN BLADE AND THE
PADS.

(a) Apply petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038) or white petrolatum

(Material No. V10-041) to the zone A and the zone B of the No.3
and No.2 slot in the fan disk.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-31-11-991-191)

(b) Apply petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038) or white petrolatum

(Material No. V10-041) to the bottom faces of the front and rear
chocking pads of fan blade No.3.
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-31-11-991-169-A)

(c) Engage the No.3 fan blade root in the No.3 fan disk slot. Take
care to prevent contact between the fan blade tip and the fan
case acoustic panels or the fan track lining.

(d) Put the pad (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) and pusher (part
of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) on the blade root through the hole
of the support and set the pad.

(e) Turn the handle (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) in the

direction D to push the blade rearward, but do not engage the
blade fully.

(f) Apply petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038) or white petrolatum

(Material No. V10-041) to the bottom faces of the front and rear
chocking pads of fan blade No.2.
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-31-11-991-169-A)

(g) Engage the No.2 fan blade root in the No.2 fan disk slot. Take
care to prevent contact between the fan blade tip and the fan
case acoustic panels or the fan track lining.

(h) Put the pad (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) and pusher (part
of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) on the No.2 blade root through the
hole of the support and set the pad.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 441
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(i) Turn the handle (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) in the
direction D to push the blade rearward fully.

(j) Put the pad (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) and pusher (part
of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) on the No.3 fan blade root through
the hole of the support and set the pad.

(k) Turn the handle (part of PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004)) in the

direction D to push the blade rearward fully.

(l) Remove the PULLER/PUSHER (IAE1J12004) from the disk.

Subtask 72-31-11-420-136

H. Installation of the Annulus Filler(s)

(1) Install the annulus fillers (13) (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-011).

Subtask 72-31-11-420-137

J. Installation of the Front Blade Retaining Ring

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150)

WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING

_______
RING. IT WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 10 LB (4.5 KG). IF YOU ARE NOT
CAREFUL, INJURY TO PERSONS CAN OCCUR.

(1) Identify the correlation mark on the front blade retaining ring (17)
signified by mark
1
or
*
and align this mark with the No.1 fan
blade.

(2) Align the three locating holes in the front blade retaining ring (17)
with the three headless pins (16) attached to the fan disk (15).

(3) Install the four pusher bolts (part of BOLT-PUSHER (IAE1J12141)) set
1 off.

(a) Carefully turn each pusher bolt at 90 degrees apart from each
other in increments to apply the same pressure in turn to the
front blade retaining ring (17).

NOTE : Hold a fan blade when you turn the pusher bolts. This
____
prevents rotation of the LP-Compressor Fan rotor.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 442
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Continue to turn each pusher bolt (part of BOLT-PUSHER
(IAE1J12141)) in turn until each locating hole (12) in the front
blade retaining ring (17) engages correctly with the locating
pins (14).

(4) Remove the four pusher bolts (part of BOLT-PUSHER (IAE1J12141)) from
the front blade retaining ring (17).

Subtask 72-31-11-420-138

K. Installation of the Bolts (24) and the Trim Balance Weights

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150)

(1) Lubricate the threads of the 36 bolts (24) with clean approved engine
oil (Material No. V10-077).

(2) If Method 3 was not used, do the following steps:

(a) Install the bolts (24) with the trim balance weights (20) thru
(23), which were removed, (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010) to the
initial positions.

(b) If Method 1 was used, install the bolts (24) with the additional
trim balance weights (20) thru (23) to the positions that were
calculated in para. 4.C.

(c) Install the remaining bolts (24), which were not installed in
step (2)(a) and (b), to the 36 bolt holes.

(d) Go to the step (4).

(3) If Method 3 was used, do the following steps:

(a) Install the bolts (24) to the 36 bolt holes.

NOTE : Do not install the trim balance weights (20) thru (23)
____
which were removed (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

(b) Go to the step (4).

(4) TORQUE the bolts (24) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013), in the sequence.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150)

(5) Torque the bolts (24) in the sequence again to make sure that the
bolts are at the correct torque value.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 443
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-110-093

L. Cleaning of the Temporary Marks

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Make a clean lint-free cloth (Material No. V19-003) moist with
cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-124) and erase the temporary marks
on the following parts.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150, 402/TASK 72-31-11-991-252)

(a) The annulus fillers (13) and fan blades (31).

(b) The balance weights (20) thru (23) and fan blade holes on the
front blade retaining ring (17).

Subtask 72-31-11-420-095

M. Secure the 22 Annulus Fillers with the Bolts

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150, 416/TASK 72-31-11-991-167)

(1) Lubricate the threads of the 22 bolts (11) with clean approved engine
oil (Material No. V10-077).

(2) Install the bolts (11).

(3) TORQUE the bolts (11) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013), in the sequence shown.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 72-31-11-991-167)

(4) Torque the bolts (11) in sequence again to make sure the bolts are at
the correct torque value.

Subtask 72-31-11-280-068

N. Make Sure that the Annulus Filler Rubber Seal is in the Correct Position
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-31-11-991-177)

CAUTION : DO NOT USE A PLASTIC STRIP WITH A ROUGH SURFACE OR EDGES. THE
_______
PLASTIC STRIP CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RUBBER SEAL.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 444
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Annulus Filler Bolts - Torque Sequence

Figure 416/TASK 72-31-11-991-167

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 445
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Position of the Annulus Filler and Rubber Seal

Figure 417/TASK 72-31-11-991-177

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 446
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CAUTION : DO NOT BREAK THE PLASTIC STRIP AND DO NOT LEAVE PIECES OF IT IN
_______
THE FAN. THE PIECES CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RUBBER SEAL.

NOTE : Do this subtask for both sides of all the 22 and blades. The
____
rubber seal of the annulus fillers (13) can move to an incorrect
position when you install the front blade retaining ring (17).
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-31-11-991-177)
provides detail of the correct annulus filler seal position.

(1) Push the plastic strip between the annulus filler (13) and the blade
at the rear end.

(a) If you can push the plastic strip easily, the rubber seal is in
the correct position. Go to the step (3).

(b) If you cannot push the plastic strip easily, the rubber seal is
possibly in the incorrect position. Go to the step (2).

(2) Push the rubber seal into the correct position with the plastic
strip.

(3) Move the plastic strip forward.

(a) If you can move the plastic strip easily, the rubber seal is in
the correct position. Continue to move forward and go to the step
(5).

(b) If the movement becomes difficult, the rubber seal is in the

incorrect position. Correct the rubber seal position by the step
(4).

(4) Correct the position of the annulus filler rubber seal.

CAUTION : IF A RUBBER SEAL IS IN POSITION, DO NOT PUSH THE SEAL

_______
FORWARD WITH THE PLASTIC. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
RUBBER SEAL.

(a) Pull the plastic strip out of the annulus filler (13).

(b) Push the rubber seal in the inner direction with the plastic
strip to put the rubber seal in the correct position.

(5) Do steps (3) and (4) until the plastic strip goes to the front end of
the fan blade (31).

(6) Go to para. 4.P.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 447
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-410-065

P. Installation of the Inlet Cone

(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-31-11-991-254)

CAUTION : READ ALL THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS SUBTASK BEFORE YOU INSTALL
_______
THE INLET CONE. IF YOU DO NOT, DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE CAN OCCUR.

(1) If Method 1 or 2 was used, do the following step:

(a) Install the inlet cone with the trim balance weights (1) thru (5)
which were removed (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010), to the initial
positions (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

(2) If Method 3 was used, do the following step:

(a) Install the inlet cone. (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

NOTE : Do not install the trim balance weights (1) thru (5) which
____
were removed (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-31-11-410-066

Q. Install the Inlet Cone Faring (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-074

A. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Remove the workmat from the intake cowl.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 72-31-11-710-050

B. Dry-Out High Pressure Turbine

(1) Perform the dry-out procedure for the High Pressure Turbine
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-013).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 448
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Inlet Cone
Figure 418/TASK 72-31-11-991-254

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 449
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-750-053

C. Make a selection of which Test Method is necessary.

(1) If you used Method 1 or Method 2, go to para. 5.D.

(2) If you used Method 3 go to para. 5.E.

(3) If a replacement blade with a MWD within +/- 4oz.in. was used, no
vibration testing is required.

Subtask 72-31-11-750-058

D. Engine Vibration Test

CAUTION : DURING GROUND RUNNING, CONCERN FOR FAN BLADE INTEGRITY

_______
PROHIBITS STABILISED ENGINE OPERATION IN THE FOLLOWING SPEED
RANGE:
- FOR PRE-SCN17/V A/C: DO NOT STABILISE THE ENGINE BETWEEN 61%
TO 74% N1 SPEED RANGE
- FOR POST-SCN17/V A/C (SERVICE BULLETIN A320-73-1075):
STABILISED OPERATION OF THE ENGINE BETWEEN APPROXIMATELY 60% TO
74% N1 SPEED RANGE (LIMITS ARE A FUNCTION OF OUTSIDE
TEMPERATURE) WILL BE PROHIBITED BY THE EEC, AS THE SOFTWARE
INCLUDES THE KEEP-OUT-ZONE FOR ON-GROUND, STATIC OPERATION.
THEREFORE, THE PILOT MAY NOTICE A DIFFERENCE IN ENGINE POWER
RESPONSE COMPARED TO AN ENGINE WITH PRE-SCN17/V SOFTWARE. REFER
TO SERVICE BULLETIN A320-73-1075 FOR MORE DETAILS.

(1) Start both engines by the Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).

(2) Make sure that the indications of operation are in the operation
limits.

(3) Operate the engine at MIN IDLE for five minutes.

(4) Slowly increase the power of the engine that is not being tested, to
1.08 EPR minimum.

(5) Slowly increase the power of the test engine to 1.20 EPR for three
minutes to let the test engine become thermally stable.

(6) Slowly increase the power of the test engine to 85 percent N1. If 85
percent N1 is prevented by noise control, increase to highest N1
allowed.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 450
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(7) Let the engine become stable for one minute and decrease to MIN IDLE.

(8) Decrease power of the engine that is not being tested to MIN IDLE.

(9) Keep both engines at MIN IDLE for five minutes.

(10) Do a shutdown by the Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown

Procedure. (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018)

(11) Make sure that the vibration is within the limits listed in Engine
Operation Limits, Guidelines and Special Procedures, section
Vibration Limits and Fan Trim Balance Vibration Guidelines
(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-860-010).

Subtask 72-31-11-750-059

E. Vibration Survey

(1) Do a vibration survey (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-022).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 451
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-11-000-011

Removal of the Annulus Fillers

CAUTION : DO NOT LET TOOLS, PARTS OR UNWANTED MATERIALS FALL ON THE INTAKE COWL
_______
SURFACE WHEN YOU USE THE WORKMAT. TO PREVENT THIS SEAL THE EDGES OF
THE WORKMAT WITH TAPE BEFORE YOU USE IT.

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING RING AND
_______
THE FAN BLADE. THEY EACH WEIGH APPROXIMATELY 10 LB (4.5 KG).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
IAE1J12188 1 BOLT-PULLER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V06-069 *

marker (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 452
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone

72-31-11-991-150 Fig. 401
72-31-11-991-252 Fig. 402
72-31-11-991-176 Fig. 403
72-31-11-991-151 Fig. 405
72-31-11-991-256 Fig. 415

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-077

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine
1(2).

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice tell persons not to energize the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 72-31-11-941-078

B. Put the ground support equipment in position

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
intake.

(2) Put the workmat in position in the intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants on the workmat can be
____
seen external to the aircraft.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 453
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the intake cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-010-056

A. Remove the fairing and the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-31-11-020-061

B. Remove the Front Blade Retaining Ring

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150)

WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING

_______
RING. IT WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 10 LB (4.5 KG). IF YOU ARE NOT
CAREFUL, INJURY TO PERSONS CAN OCCUR.

CAUTION : DO NOT PUT ANY TOOLS OR PARTS THAT ARE REMOVED IN THE FAN DISK
_______
INNER SURFACE.

(1) Use the marker (Material No. V06-069) to make a temporary mark
between each balance weight (20) thru (23) (if installed) and the
bolt hole in the front blade retaining ring (17). Record the part
numbers and positions of the balance weights (if installed).

(2) Identify the No.1 fan blade slot on the front blade retaining ring.

NOTE : The No.1 fan blade slot is identified by the mark 1 or *

____
on the front retaining ring.

NOTE : IAE SBE 72-0198 introduced the revised the marking on the
____
front retaining ring. The front retaining ring is identified
with marks
1, 2, 3
on the 24-bolt hole flange. The marks are
identified in a counter-clockwise direction looking rearward
from the front of the engine.

(3) Correlate the front blade retaining ring to the fan disk inner
surface with a temporary mark. Use the marker (Material No. V06-069)
to make a temporary mark on the fan disk.

NOTE : The front retaining ring is offset dowelled to the fan disk.
____
Marking the position of the No.1 fan blade on the fan disk
helps you during installation of the front retaining ring.

(4) Remove the 22 bolts (11) which safety the annulus fillers (13) to the
front blade retaining ring (17).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 454
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) Remove the bolts and balance weights.

CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE BALANCE WEIGHTS (33) THRU (38) FROM THE
_______
22 BOLT INNER (SCALLOPPED) FLANGE. THESE BALANCE WEIGHTS
ARE FITTED DURING DYNAMIC BALANCE OF THE LP COMPRESSOR
ASSEMBLY AT PRODUCTION OR AT OVERHAUL. REMOVAL OF THESE
WEIGHTS CAN RESULT IN SIGNIFICANT OUT OF BALANCE. (Ref.
Fig. 402/TASK 72-31-11-991-150).

(a) Remove the 36 bolts (24) and balance weights (20) thru (23) (if
installed). Record the part numbers and positions of the balance
weights (if installed).

(6) Install the six puller bolts (part of BOLT-PULLER (IAE1J12188)) into
the threaded holes (19).

(7) Tighten each of the six puller bolts (part of BOLT-PULLER

(IAE1J12188)) in increments until the front blade retaining ring (17)
is released. Remove the front blade retaining ring (17).

Subtask 72-31-11-020-075

C. Prepare to Remove the Annulus Fillers

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150, 402/TASK 72-31-11-991-252, 403/TASK
72-31-11-991-176, 415/TASK 72-31-11-991-256)

(1) Use the marker (Material No. V06-069) to identify the position of the
fan blades (31) and annulus fillers (13).

(2) Starting at the annulus filler adjacent to the convex surface of the
No.1 fan blade, number the fillers. When viewed from the front of the
engine looking rearwards the annulus fillers must be numbered in a
counter-clockwise direction.

Subtask 72-31-11-020-062

D. Remove the Annulus Fillers

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-11-991-176, 405/TASK 72-31-11-991-151)

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE ANNULUS FILLERS. IF YOU ARE NOT
_______
CAREFUL, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ANNULUS FILLER RUBBER
SEALS.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 455
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(1) Remove the annulus fillers (13).

(a) Put the annulus filler that is to be removed at TDC.

(b) Lift the front lug of the annulus filler.

(c) Pull the annulus filler forwards to remove it from the rear blade
retaining ring (41).

(d) Turn the filler counter-clockwise and then remove it from the fan
disk.

(2) Turn the LP system until the next annulus filler in sequence is at
TDC.

(3) Repeat steps D.(1) and D.(2) until all of the annulus fillers have
been removed.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 456
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-11-400-011

Installation of the Annulus Fillers

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task is for V2500-A5 engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific plastic strip
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1J12141 1 BOLT-PUSHER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-124 *

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V06-069 *
marker pen (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-R038 *
petrolatum jelly (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-041 *
white petrolatum (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-077 USA MIL-L-23699
lubricant (engine oil) (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 457
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-00-00-700-022 Test No.8 : Vibration Survey
72-31-11-200-012 Inspection of the LP Compressor Annulus Fillers
72-38-11-400-010 Installation of the Inlet Cone
72-31-11-991-150 Fig. 401
72-31-11-991-176 Fig. 403
72-31-11-991-167 Fig. 416
72-31-11-991-177 Fig. 417
72-31-11-991-258 Fig. 419
72-31-11-991-166 Fig. 420

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

(4) Make sure that the workmat is in position in the intake cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-420-064

A. Install the Annulus Fillers

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150, 403/TASK 72-31-11-991-176)

NOTE : Make sure that the annulus fillers have been inspected before
____
installation (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 458
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(1) Apply white petrolatum (Material No. V10-041) or petrolatum jelly
(Material No. V10-R038) to the rubber seals of each annulus filler.

(2) Install the annulus fillers to their initial positions.

NOTE : Where possible, replace rejected annulus fillers with fillers

____
of the same weight to keep the previous heavy/light/heavy
balance configuration. Where this is not possible, keep the
difference in weight between the original and replacement
parts to not more than 4g (0.14oz). If it is not possible to
install a part that is within 4g (0.14oz) of the rejected
annulus filler, do the heavy/light/heavy distribution again to
para. 4.B. and do a vibration survey (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-700-
022).

NOTE : If you replace one annulus filler and you cannot get within
____
the 4g (0.14oz) difference in weight, you can install two
annulus fillers, 180 degrees apart. These two annulus fillers
must have the same difference in weight between each other as
the two replacement parts, or be within 4g of that difference.
The heavier new part should go in the same position as the
heavier replaced part.

NOTE : If only one annulus filler is replaced (and no other

____
LP-Compressor assembly parts are replaced or moved) and the
replacement part weight difference is not more than 4g
(0.14oz) of the original part, it is not necessary to the
heavy/light/heavy distribution or a vibration survey.

(3) Hang the rear guide pin of each annulus filler to the hole in the
rear blade retaining ring (41).

Subtask 72-31-11-280-080

B. Annulus Fillers in a Heavy-Light-Heavy Sequence

NOTE : This Subtask is optional.

____

NOTE : If this Subtask is carried out, do a vibration survey (Ref. TASK

____
71-00-00-700-022).

(1) Weigh the annulus fillers.

(a) Weigh each annulus filler and write the weight on the outer
surface of each filler with the marker pen (Material No. V06-
069).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 459
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Put the annulus fillers on a work bench, in a heavy-light-heavy
sequence.
(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 72-31-11-991-258)

(2) Install the annulus fillers.

(a) Install the annulus fillers between the blades in a

heavy-light-heavy sequence.
(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 72-31-11-991-258)

1
_ Put the heaviest annulus filler and fit between two blades at
any position around disk, H1.

2
_ Put the second heaviest annulus filler opposite at position
H2.

3
_ Put the lightest annulus filler at position L1.

4
_ Put the second lightest annulus filler opposite at position
L2.

5
_ Continue to install the remaining annulus fillers in a
heavy-light-heavy sequence.

Subtask 72-31-11-420-065

C. Install the Front Blade Retaining Ring

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150)

WARNING : BE CAREFUL DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING

_______
RING. IT WEIGHS APPROXIMATELY 10 LB (4.5 KG). IF YOU ARE NOT
CAREFUL, INJURY TO PERSONS CAN OCCUR.

(1) Identify the correlation mark on the front blade retaining ring (17)
signified by the mark
1
or
*
and align this mark with the No.1
fan blade.

(2) Align the three locating holes in the front blade retaining ring (17)
with the three headless pins (16) attached to the fan disk (15).

(3) Install the four pusher bolts (part of BOLT-PUSHER (IAE1J12141)).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 460
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Sequence Diagram to Install the Annulus Fillers

Figure 419/TASK 72-31-11-991-258

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 461
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Carefully turn each pusher bolt (part of BOLT-PUSHER (IAE1J12141)) at
90 degrees apart from each other in increments to apply the same
pressure in turn to the front blade retaining ring (17).

NOTE : Hold a fan blade when you turn the pusher bolts to prevent
____
turn of the fan disk.

(5) Continue to turn each pusher bolt (part of BOLT-PUSHER (IAE1J12141))

in turn until each locating hole (12) in the front blade retaining
ring (17) engages correctly with the locating pins (14).

(6) Lubricate the threads of the 36 bolts (11) with clean lubricant
(engine oil) (Material No. V10-077).

(7) Remove the four pusher bolts (part of BOLT-PUSHER (IAE1J12141)) from
the front blade retaining ring (17).

(8) Install the bolts (24) and the trim balance weights (20) thru (23)
(if removed) to their initial position.

(9) Torque the bolts (24) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013) in sequence.
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-31-11-991-166)

(10) Torque the bolts (24) in sequence again to make sure that the bolts
(24) are at the correct torque.
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-31-11-991-166)

Subtask 72-31-11-110-064

D. Clean the Temporary Marks

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Make a clean lint free cloth moist with cleaning fluid (Material No.
V01-124) and erase the temporary marks on these parts:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150)

(a) The annulus fillers (13)

(b) The balance weights (20) thru (23) and bolt holes on the front
blade retaining ring (17)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 462
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Front Blade Retaining Ring Bolts - Torque Sequence

Figure 420/TASK 72-31-11-991-166

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 463
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-420-066

E. Secure the 22 Annulus Fillers with the Bolts

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-11-991-150)

(1) Lubricate the threads of the 22 bolts (11) with clean lubricant
(engine oil) (Material No. V10-077).

(2) Install the bolts (11).

(3) Torque the bolts (11) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013) in the sequence.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 72-31-11-991-167)

(4) Torque the bolts (1) in sequence again to make sure the bolts are at
the correct torque.
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 72-31-11-991-167)

Subtask 72-31-11-280-053

F. Make Sure that the Annulus Filler Rubber Seal is in the Correct Position
(Credit card check)
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-31-11-991-177)

CAUTION : DO NOT USE A PLASTIC STRIP WITH A ROUGH SURFACE OR EDGES. THE
_______
PLASTIC STRIP CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RUBBER SEAL.

CAUTION : DO NOT BREAK THE PLASTIC STRIP AND DO NOT LEAVE PIECES OF IT IN
_______
THE FAN. THE PIECES CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RUBBER SEAL.

NOTE : Do this subtask for both sides of all the 22 fan blades. The
____
rubber seal of the annulus fillers (13) can move to an incorrect
position when you install the front blade retaining ring.

(1) Push the plastic strip between the annulus filler (13) and the fan
blade at the rear end.

(a) If you can push the plastic strip in easily, the rubber seal is
in the correct position. Go to the step (3).

(b) If you cannot push the plastic strip in easily, the rubber seal
is possibly in the incorrect position.
Go to the step (2).

(2) Push the rubber seal into the correct position with the plastic
strip.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 464
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Move the plastic strip forward.

CAUTION : DO NO PUSH THE RUBBER SEAL FORWARD WITH THE PLASTIC STRIP.
_______
IF IT IS IN THE INCORRECT POSITION, THE PLASTIC STRIP CAN
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RUBBER SEAL.

(a) If you can move the plastic strip in easily, the rubber seal is
in the correct position. Continue to move forward and go to the
step (5).

(b) If the movement becomes difficult, the rubber seal is in the

incorrect position. To correct the rubber seal position, go to
the step (4).

(4) Correct the position of the annulus filler rubber seal.

(a) Pull the plastic strip out of the annulus filler (3).

(b) Push the rubber seal in inner direction with the plastic strip to
put the rubber seal into the correct position.

(5) Repeat steps (3) and (4) until the plastic strip goes to the front of
the fan blade (31).

Subtask 72-31-11-410-055

G. Install the inlet cone and the fairing (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-073

A. Remove the ground support equipment

(1) Remove the workmat from the intake cowl.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 465
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Balance Weight on the 22 Bolt Hole Flange

Figure 421/TASK 72-31-11-991-178- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 466
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Balance Weight on the 22 Bolt Hole Flange

Figure 421/TASK 72-31-11-991-178- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 467
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Example of Balance Weight Positions

Figure 422/TASK 72-31-11-991-180

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 468
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Selection of Balance Correction Method and Engine Test

Figure 423/TASK 72-31-11-991-185

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 469
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of the Fan Blade Puller

Figure 424/TASK 72-31-11-991-250

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 470
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Removal of the Fan Blade with the Fan Blade Puller

Figure 425/TASK 72-31-11-991-251

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 471
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________________

TASK 72-31-11-200-010

Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan Blades

CAUTION : DETECTED REPAIRABLE DAMAGE ON THE LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADES MUST BE

_______
REPAIRED AS SOON AS DAMAGE IS FOUND, TO GET BACK THE LP COMPRESSOR
EFFICIENCY AND KEEP THE FAN BLADE DETERIORATION TO A MINIMUM.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the Low Pressure (LP)
Compressor fan blades and annulus fillers.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific warning notice
No specific workmat

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

72-31-11-200-013 Detailed Inspection of Fan Blades Leading Edge for
Erosion
72-31-11-300-014 Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Blade Touch Up
Coating - VRS1030
72-31-11-300-016 Repair Damage on the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC)
Fan Blades by Local Material Removal - VRS1506
72-31-11-300-019 Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Blade Chocking Pads -
VRS1063
72-31-11-300-020 Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Re-apply Coating -
VRS1973
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-991-153 Fig. 601
72-31-11-991-159 Fig. 602

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-991-161 Fig. 603

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-061

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the support equipment in position.

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(b) Put the workmat in position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external of the aircraft. Make sure that workmat
has sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the
lower half of the fan case surface.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-210-058

A. Examine the LP Compressor fan blade airfoils.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-31-11-991-153, 602/TASK 72-31-11-991-159)

CAUTION : FOLLOWING LOSS OF ONE OR MORE ACOUSTIC LINER(S), CARRY OUT

_______
INSPECTION OF:
- LP COMPRESSOR FAN BLADES AS ACOUSTIC LINER RELEASE CAN
INCREASE FAN BLADE ROOT STRESSES.
- FAN CASE ACOUSTIC LINER(S) TO ENSURE FURTHER DISBOND/DAMAGE
IS PRESENT.

(1) Examine the areas Ar and Br of the LP Compressor fan blades for
cracks, nicks, dents, scores and scratches.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they have nicks, dents, scores or scratches up to 0.008 in.

(0.20 mm) in depth, accept them.

(c) If they have nicks, dents, scores or scratches more than 0.008
in. (0.20 mm) in depth, reject them.

(d) If the leading edge of area Ar or the trailing edge of area Br

has nicks, dents, scores or scratches more than 0.008 in. (0.20
mm) in depth, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-016).

(2) Examine the areas At and Bt of the LP Compressor fan blades for
cracks, nicks, dents, scores and scratches.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they have nicks, dents, scores or scratches up to 0.025 in.

(0.63 mm) in depth, accept them.

(c) If they have nicks, dents, scores or scratches more than 0.025
in. (0.63 mm) in depth, reject them.

(d) If the leading edge of area At or the trailing edge of area Bt

has nicks, dents, scores and scratches more than 0.008in. (0.20
mm) in depth, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-016).

(3) Examine the areas Ar and At of the stage 1 fan blades for erosion
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-013).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 1 Fan Blades

Figure 601/TASK 72-31-11-991-153- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 1 Fan Blades

Figure 601/TASK 72-31-11-991-153- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 1 Fan Blades

Figure 601/TASK 72-31-11-991-153- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 606
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Typical Leading Edge Profile

Figure 602/TASK 72-31-11-991-159

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 607
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Examine the area Ct of the LP Compressor fan blades for cracks,
nicks, dents, scores and scratches.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they have nicks, dents, scores or scratches up to 0.008 in.

(0.20 mm) in depth, accept them.

(c) If they have nicks, dents, scores or scratches more than 0.008
in. (0.20 mm) in depth, reject them.

(5) Examine the area F of the LP Compressor fan blades for cracks, nicks,
dents, scores and scratches.

(a) If there are radial cracks extending from the tips :

1
_ Less than 0.394 in. (10.00 mm), accept them.

2
_ More than 0.394 in. (10.00 mm), replace them at the next A
Check.

(b) If any other cracking (not radial) is present, reject them.

(c) If they have nicks, dents, scores or scratches up to 0.008 in.

(0.20 mm) in depth, accept them.

(d) If they have nicks, dents, scores or scratches more than 0.008
in. (0.20 mm) in depth, reject them.

(6) Examine, when available, the area Cr of the LP Compressor fan blades
for cracks, nicks, dents, scores and scratches.

(a) If they have cracks, nicks, dents, scores or scratches, reject

them.

(7) Examine the areas Ar, At, Br, Bt, Cr and Ct of the LP Compressor fan
blades for arc-burns.

NOTE : An arc-burn is evident by a small circular or semi-circular

____
heat-affected area on the blade surface that can contain
pitting, melting or cracking. Visually a dark blue oxide
discoloration is associated with the heat-affected area.

(a) If they show signs of arc-burns, reject them.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 608
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(8) Examine the blade annulus line areas of the LP Compressor fan blades.

(a) If wear on the fan blade airfoil surfaces, caused by contact with
the annulus filler sealing strip, is not more than 0.008 in.
(0.20 mm), accept it.

(b) If wear on the fan blade airfoil surfaces, caused by contact with
the annulus filler sealing strip, is more than 0.008 in. (0.20
mm), reject it.

(9) Examine the leading and trailing edges of the LP Compressor fan
blades for bends

(a) Blade bends - general

1
_ The number of bent blades in one fan rotor assembly must not
be more than three.

2
_ If there is more than one bend in a blade, reject it.

3
_ If the bend in the blade has kinks, creases, tears, cracks or
nicks, reject it.

4
_ All blade untwist is not acceptable.

5
_ There must be a smooth transition between the undamaged
airfoil and the bent area.

(b) Accept circumferential deviation (X) of not more than 0.2 in.
(5.08 mm) if:

1
_ The axial length of bend (Y) is not less than 8 times
circumferential deviation (X).

2
_ The radial length of bend (Z) is not less than 15 times
circumferential deviation (X).

3
_ Bends do not go into the panel area by more than 2.0 in.
(50.80 mm) from the leading edge.

(c) Accept circumferential deviation (X) of between 0.2 in. (5.08 mm)
and 0.5 in. (12.70 mm) if:

1
_ The blade is replaced within 125 flight hours or 25 flight
cycles, whichever occurs first.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 609
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

2
_ The axial length of bend (Y) is not less than 8 times
circumferential deviation (X).

3
_ The radial length of bend (Z) is not less than 15 times
circumferential deviation (X).

(d) If the blade has bends that are more than the limits in (b) and
(c), reject it.

(10) Examine the leading edge tips of the LP Compressor fan blades for
bends.

(a) If they have leading edge tip bends, reject them.

(11) Examine the blade tips and the airfoil surfaces of the LP Compressor
fan blades for discoloration/blueing caused by heat.

(a) If there is discoloration/blueing on the blade tips and on no

more than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) of the adjacent airfoil surfaces
radially from the blade tip, accept them.

(b) If there is discoloration/blueing on the blade tips and on more

than 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) of the adjacent airfoil surfaces radially
from the blade tip, reject them.

Subtask 72-31-11-210-086

B. Examine the LP Compressor fan blade roots.

(1) Remove the fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-
000-010).

(2) Examine the stage 1 fan blade roots.

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-31-11-991-161)

NOTE : Ensure that NMSB 72-0386 is complied with at appropriate

____
intervals.

(a) Examine the blade root of fan blades for dry film lubricant
peeling.

1
_ If they have any amount of peeling of dry film lubricant,
repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-014) or (Ref. TASK 72-31-
11-300-020).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 610
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 1 Fan Blades

Figure 603/TASK 72-31-11-991-161

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 611
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) For post SBE 72-0375 or post SBE 72-0384, examine the blade root
of the stage 1 fan blades for the Metco 58 coating on the
dovetail root flank.

1
_ If there are scores of root flank Metco 58 coating.

a
_ Up to 0.004 in. (0.1 mm) deep, not more than 0.006 in.
(0.15 mm) wide and no longer than 0.6 in. (15 mm) long,
accept them if the underlying titanium is not visible
and/or the location is not at the edge of bedding.

b
_ More than a, reject them.

2
_ If there are localised gouges/chips in Metco 58 coating.

a
_ Up to 0.015 in.2 (10 mm2) in total area, accept them if the
underlying titanium is not visible and/or the location is
not at the edge of bedding.

b
_ More than a, reject them.

3
_ If there are flakings/debonds of Metco 58 coating from root
flanks, reject them.

(c) Examine the chocking pads of the stage 1 fan blades for looseness
or separation.

1
_ If they show signs of looseness or separation between chocking
pad and fan blade root, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-
019).

Subtask 72-31-11-420-116

C. Install the stage 1 fan blades.

(1) Install the stage 1 fan blade to the stage 1 fan disk (Ref. TASK 72-
31-11-400-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 612
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-059

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 613
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-11-200-012

Inspection of the LP Compressor Annulus Fillers

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific warning notice
No specific workmat

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-300-010 Repair of the LP Compressor Annulus Fillers - VRS1815

72-31-11-300-015 Repair of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC) Annulus
Fillers - Repair VRS1113
72-31-11-300-023 Repair of the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers -
VRS1058
72-31-11-991-158 Fig. 604

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-082

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 614
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the support equipment in position.

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
for the inspection task.

(b) Put the workmat in position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external of the aircraft. Make sure the workmat
has sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the
lower half of the fan case surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-210-089

A. Examine the Annulus Fillers

(1) Examine the outers surfaces of the Annulus Fillers for cracks, nicks,
dents and scores.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they have nicks, dents or scores up to 0.005in. (0,12 mm) in

depth, accept them.

(c) If they have nicks, dents or scores more to 0.005in. (0,12 mm) in
depth, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-010).

(2) Examine the rubber seals of the Annulus Fillers for security of
attachment or seals that are not there

(a) If they are raised above the Annulus line, accept them, if:

1
_ They are still attached to the Annulus Fillers.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 615
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

2
_ They have no cracks.

NOTE : You may pick and pull up the raised seals to make sure
____
whether the seals are attached or not

(b) If UP to 6 separate seals are detached from the Annulus Fillers,

repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-015).

NOTE : Only one seal per Annulus Fillers is permitted to be

____
partially or completely detached.

(c) If UP to 6 separate seals are missing from the Annulus Fillers,

accept them.

NOTE : Only one seal per Annulus Fillers is permitted to be

____
partially or completely missing.

(d) If the seals are detached or missing more than in (b) or (c),
reject them.

(e) If the seals are worn, accept them. Worn seals must be replaced
at the next shop visit.

(3) Examine the front and rear trunnions of the Annulus Fillers for
peeling of dry film lubricant.
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 72-31-11-991-158)

(a) If they have any amount of peeling of dry film lubricant, repair
them at next C-check (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-023).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-079

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 616
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Annulus Fillers - Dry Film Lubricant Coating Area

Figure 604/TASK 72-31-11-991-158

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 617
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-11-200-013

Detailed Inspection of Fan Blades Leading Edge for Erosion

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 723100-I4

This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific warning notice
No specific workmat

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-300-021 Repair Leading Edge Erosion on the LP Compressor

Rotor Blades by Material Removal - VRS1065
72-31-11-991-159 Fig. 602
72-31-11-991-162 Fig. 605

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-086

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 618
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the support equipment in position.

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
for the inspection task.

(b) Put the workmat in position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external of the aircraft. Make sure the workmat
has sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the
lower half of the fan case surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-210-093

A. Examine the Fan Blade Leading Edge

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-31-11-991-159, 605/TASK 72-31-11-991-162)

(1) Examine the area Ar and At of the fan blades for erosion.

(a) Leading edge condition.

1
_ If the surface texture is smoother than V05-021 240 GRIT
Glasspaper, accept them.

2
_ More than 1, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-021).

(b) Leading edge profile.

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-31-11-991-159)

1
_ If the profile is rounded as shown in typical leading edge
profile, accept them.
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-31-11-991-159)

2
_ If the profile is blunt or square as shown in typical leading
edge profile, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-021).
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-31-11-991-159)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 619
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Low Pressure Fan Blades

Figure 605/TASK 72-31-11-991-162- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 620
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Low Pressure Fan Blades

Figure 605/TASK 72-31-11-991-162- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 621
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-083

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 622
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS - CLEANING/PAINTING
____________________________________________________

TASK 72-31-11-100-010

Cleaning of the LP Compressor Blades

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK gives the procedure for the cleaning of the LP compressor blades.
This TASK can contribute to fuel savings.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific soft bristle brush
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-005 *

Solvent cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
cleaning fluid (isopropyl alcohol) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-230 *
gas path cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-232 *
gas path cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 701
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-055

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-31-11-941-058

B. Put the support equipment in to position

(1) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the engine
for the cleaning task.

(2) Put the workmat in to position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen external of the aircraft. Make sure the workmat has
sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the lower
half of the fan case surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-110-052

A. Clean the LP compressor

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 702
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CAUTION : THE LP COMPRESSOR ROTOR BLADE TO BE WASHED MUST BE POSITIONED
_______
TO BOTTOM DEAD CENTRE TO PREVENT FOREIGN MATTER GOING IN TO THE
BLADE ROOT.

(1) Turn the LP rotor blade to be cleaned to bottom dead centre.

(2) Enter the inlet cowl and clean the LP rotor blade with a clean lint
free cloth or soft bristle brush made moist with Solvent cleaner
(Material No. V01-005), cleaning fluid (isopropyl alcohol) (Material
No. V01-124) or gas path cleaner (Material No. V01-230) to gas path
cleaner (Material No. V01-232).

(3) Wipe the LP rotor blade dry with a clean lint free cloth.

(4) Do again steps (1), (2) and (3) until all the LP rotor blades are
clean.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-054

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the support equipment

(3) Remove the workmat.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

(5) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 703
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

LP COMPRESSOR BLADES AND FILLERS - REPAIRS
__________________________________________

TASK 72-31-11-300-010

Repair of the LP Compressor Annulus Fillers - VRS1815

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific abrasive wheel

No specific access platform
No specific fine files
No specific hot air gun
No specific lint free cloth
No specific portable grinder
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-124 *

isoprophyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-275 *
chromate conversion coating (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-004 *
paint brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-007 *
two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-080 *

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

two-pack epoxy primer and catalyst (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-05-230-010 Local Application of Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection

70-30-00-918-010 Consumable Materials Index
72-31-11-200-010 Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades
72-31-11-991-154 Fig. 801
72-31-11-991-165 Fig. 802

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-059

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Put the ground support equipment in to position.

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(b) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external of the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to

____
give full protection to the lower half of the air intake
cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-350-059

A. Remove nicks, scores and dents from the annulus filler

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-11-991-154)

(1) Use the portable grinder and the abrasive wheel or fine files to
remove nicks, scores and/or dents from the annulus filler.

(2) Polish and make the repaired area smooth with waterproof abrasive
paper (Material No. V05-021). The surface finish must be the same as
the adjacent area.

Subtask 72-31-11-210-056

B. Visually examine the repaired area for nicks, scores and dents (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-200-010).

Subtask 72-31-11-230-055

C. Do a penetrant crack test of the repaired area (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-230-

010).

Subtask 72-31-11-350-058

D. If cracks are found, rub the damaged area with waterproof abrasive paper
(Material No. V05-020) or waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
021), until the damaged area is made the same as the adjacent surface.
Repeat step 4.C.
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-11-991-154)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Annulus Fillers - Blend Limits

Figure 801/TASK 72-31-11-991-154

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-110-054

E. Clean the Repaired Area

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Make a clean lint free cloth moist with isoprophyl alcohol (Material
No. V01-124) and clean the repaired area.

Subtask 72-31-11-370-054

F. Apply Coating

(1) Apply chromate conversion coating (Material No. V01-275) to the

repaired area with a paint brush (Material No. V02-004) until the
surface color turns from iridescent gold to a light brown.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-11-991-165)

NOTE : This procedure usually requires between two to seven minutes

____
to do.

Subtask 72-31-11-160-052

G. Clean the repaired area with cold water and a dry air blast.

Subtask 72-31-11-370-057

H. Apply Coating
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-11-991-165)

(1) Apply one coat of two-pack epoxy primer and catalyst (Material No.
V07-080) to the repaired area with a paint brush (Material No. V02-
004).

(2) Dry the area for 4 to 16 hours at a minimum temperature of 61 deg F

(16 deg C), or heat it for a minimum time of 30 minutes at a
temperature of 248 to 266 deg F (120 to 130 deg C) with a hot air
gun.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 805
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Annulus Fillers

Figure 802/TASK 72-31-11-991-165

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 806
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-370-060

J. Apply Coating
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-11-991-165)

(1) Apply one coat of two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst (Material
No. V07-007) to the repaired area with a paint brush (Material No.
V02-004).

(2) Dry the prepared area for a minimum time of one hour at a temperature
of 61 deg F (16 deg C).

(3) Apply another coat of two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst
(Material No. V07-007), if it is necessary.

(4) Dry the prepared area for a minimum time of 4 hours at a minimum
temperature of 61 deg F (16 deg C), or heat it for 30 minutes at a
temperature of 248 to 266 deg F (120 to 130 deg C) with a hot air
gun.

Subtask 72-31-11-210-072

K. Examine the layer of two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst (Material
No. V07-007) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010) on the annulus filler.
The layer must not have any flakes.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-057

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 807
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-11-300-013

Repair of the LP Compressor Annulus Fillers - Repair VRS1816

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific hot air gun
No specific lint free cloth
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-076 *

cleaning fluid Methylethylketone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
cleaning fluid (Isopropyl Alcohol) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-275 *
chromate conversion coating (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-004 *
paint brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-007 *
two pack epoxy finish white and catalyst
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-080 *
two pack epoxy primer and catalyst (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 808
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-991-165 Fig. 802

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-060

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the ground support equipment in to position.

(a) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the

engine.

(b) Put the workmat in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen externally.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to

____
give full protection to the lower half of the air intake
cowl.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 809
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-350-060

A. Rub down the damaged area with waterproof abrasive paper (Material No.
V05-020) or waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) until the
surface of the damaged area is made the same as the adjacent surface.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-11-991-165)

Subtask 72-31-11-110-055

B. Clean the Area

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the area with a clean lint free cloth made moist with cleaning
fluid Methylethylketone (Material No. V01-076) or cleaning fluid
(Isopropyl Alcohol) (Material No. V01-124).
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-11-991-165)

Subtask 72-31-11-370-053

C. Apply chromate conversion coating (Material No. V01-275) to the repaired

area with a paint brush (Material No. V02-004) until the surface color
turns from iridescent gold to a light brown.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-11-991-165)

NOTE : This procedure usually requires between 2 and 7 minutes to do.

____

Subtask 72-31-11-160-051

D. Clean the repaired area with cold water and a dry air blast.

Subtask 72-31-11-370-056

E. Apply Coating
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-11-991-165)

(1) Apply one coat of two pack epoxy primer and catalyst (Material No.
V07-080) to the repaired area with a paint brush (Material No. V02-
004).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 810
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Dry the area for 4 to 16 hours at a minimum temperature of 61 deg F
(16 deg C), or heat it for 30 minutes at a temperature of 248 to 266
deg F (120 to 130 deg C) with a hot air gun.

Subtask 72-31-11-370-055

F. Apply Coating
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-11-991-165)

(1) Apply one coat of two pack epoxy finish white and catalyst (Material
No. V07-007) to the repaired area with a paint brush (Material No.
V02-004).

(2) Dry the prepared area for a minimum time of one hour at a minimum
temperature of 61 deg F (16 deg C).

(3) Apply another coat of two pack epoxy finish white and catalyst
(Material No. V07-007) to the repaired area, if it is necessary.

(4) Dry the prepared area for a minimum time of 4 hours at a minimum
temperature of 61 deg F (16 deg C), or heat it at a temperature of
248 to 266 deg F (120 to 130 deg C) with a hot air gun.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-11-991-165)

Subtask 72-31-11-210-057

G. Examine the layer of two pack epoxy finish white and catalyst (Material
No. V07-007) on the annulus filler.
The layer must not have any flakes.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-058

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 811
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-11-300-014

Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Blade Touch Up Coating - VRS1030

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-076 *

methyl-ethyl-ketone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-018 *
brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-005 *
high load dry lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-106 *
bonded lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-991-173 Fig. 803

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 812
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-066

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Install the support equipment.

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
for the repair.

(b) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external of the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to

____
give full protection to the lower half of the air intake
cowl surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-020-053

A. Remove the LP compressor fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 813
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-110-058

B. Clean the Missing Coat Area on the Dovetail Pressure Surface of the Fan
Blade

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE ANY EXISTING ROOT LUBRICANT FROM THE BLADE ROOT.
_______
LOOSE FLAKES OF EXISTING LUBRICANT MUST ONLY BE REMOVED USING A
LINT FREE CLOTH MADE MOIST WITH CLEANING FLUID.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE ABRASIVE MEDIUMS TO SMOOTH OR REMOVE EXISTING ROOT

_______
LUBRICANT. METCO 58 COATING LOSES ITS ABILITY TO RETAIN
LUBRICANT IF SMOOTHED WITH SCOTCHBRITE OR OTHER ABRASIVE
MATERIALS.

(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with methyl-ethyl-ketone
(Material No. V01-076) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124).

Subtask 72-31-11-350-066

C. Apply the Lubricant on the Dovetail Pressure Surface of the Fan Blade
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-31-11-991-173)

(1) Touch up the lubricant to the missing coat area with a clean brush
(Material No. V02-018), use high load dry lubricant (Material No.
V10-005) or bonded lubricant (Material No. V10-106).

(2) Apply three coats of the lubricant to a total thickness of between

0.001 in. and 0.002 in. (0.025 mm and 0.050 mm) to surface AD.

(3) Air dry as follows:

(a) If high load dry lubricant (Material No. V10-005) was used, dry
for 20 minutes.

(b) If bonded lubricant (Material No. V10-106) was used, dry for 30
minutes.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 814
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Fan Blades

Figure 803/TASK 72-31-11-991-173

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 815
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-210-063

D. Do a Visual Check of the Dry Film Lubricant on the Dovetail of the Fan
Blade

(1) The layer must be smooth and bonded correctly to the surface of the
part.

(2) The layer must not have any cracks or flakes.

Subtask 72-31-11-420-055

E. Install the LP compressor fan blade to the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-064

A. Remove the Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 816
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-11-300-015

Repair of the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC) Annulus Fillers - Repair VRS1113

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-064

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 817
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Put the ground support equipment into position.

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(b) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen externally.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to

____
give full protection to the lower half of the air intake
cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-350-062

A. Repair of the LPC Annulus Fillers

CAUTION : DO NOT DAMAGE THE FAN BLADES AND THE ANNULUS FILLER.
_______

(1) Cut and remove pieces of the rubber seal which are likely to be
released from the annulus filler.

NOTE : It is permissible to cut and remove pieces from up to 6 seals.

____

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-062

A. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 818
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-11-300-016

Repair Damage on the Low Pressure Compressor (LPC) Fan Blades by Local Material
Removal - VRS1506

CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT- YOU MUST USE SILICON CARBIDE TYPE ABRASIVE WHEELS
_______
STONES AND PAPERS TO DRESS, BLEND AND POLISH THIS COMPONENT.

CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT- DO NOT USE FORCE WITH MECHANICAL CUTTERS OR THE
_______
MATERIAL WILL BECOME TOO HOT.

CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT- IF THE MATERIAL SHOWS A CHANGE IN COLOR TO DARKER

_______
THAN A LIGHT STRAW COLOR, THE COMPONENT IS TO BE REJECTED.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific cloth
No specific portable grinding equipment
No specific ultra violet light
No specific vibro-engraving equipment
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific workshop inspection equipment
No specific X10 binocular
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 819
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-300 *

alkali cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-339 *
alkani cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-422 *
alkani cleaner (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-064 *
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V06-022 *
fluorescent penetrant (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-11-50-100-010 Remove Grease from the External Surfaces of the

Engine
70-23-05-230-010 Local Application of Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection
72-31-11-200-010 Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades
EM 723111300016
EM 723111300025
72-31-11-991-174 Fig. 804

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-065

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 820
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the support equipment in to position.

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(b) Put the workmat in position in the air intake.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external to the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to

____
give full protection to the lower half of the air intake
cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DRESSED BLADES FOR A GIVEN THE LP COMPRESSOR
_______
FAN BLADES SET IS THE EQUIVALENT OF THREE BLADES DRESSED TO THE
MAXIMUM LIMIT. ALL THE REMAINING BLADES MUST NOT BE DRESSED.

NOTE : This repair lets you scallop the leading edge and trailing edge,
____
remove damage from the airfoil surface and if damage is found in Zone
AD, then you must blend parallel with the leading edge and trailing
edge, to remove any material above the repaired area by material
removal.

Subtask 72-31-11-110-057

A. Chemically Clean the Blades

(1) Use alkali cleaner (Material No. V01-300), alkani cleaner (Material
No. V01-339) or alkani cleaner (Material No. V01-422) and prepare the
solution (Ref. TASK 70-11-50-100-010).

(2) Wash the repaired area with a cloth soaked in the solution.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 821
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Use a cloth soaked in clean cold water until the area is fully
cleaned.

(4) If necessary repeat steps (2) and (3).

(5) Wipe the area with a clean dry cloth.

Subtask 72-31-11-230-056

B. Do a Local Penetrant Crack Test on the Damaged Blades.

(1) Use fluorescent penetrant (Material No. V06-022) and do a penetrant

inspection of the damaged area (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-230-010).

Subtask 72-31-11-210-062

C. Examine the Blade Airfoil

(1) Examine the blade airfoil for crack indications. Use X10 binocular
under ultra violet light.

(a) If a blade is cracked, reject it.

(2) Examine the blade for damage (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010).

(a) If a blade is damaged, do step (4.D.) that follows.

Subtask 72-31-11-350-064

D. Remove Local Damage on the Leading Edge and Trailing Edge

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 72-31-11-991-174)

CAUTION : DO NOT USE FORCE WITH MECHANICAL CUTTERS, OR THE MATERIAL WILL
_______
BECOME TOO HOT.

CAUTION : YOU MUST USE SILICON CARBIDE TYPE ABRASIVE WHEELS, STONES AND
_______
PAPERS TO DRESS, BLEND AND POLISH THIS COMPONENT.

(1) Remove damage on the leading edge and trailing edge by removal of
minimum material. Continue to remove damage until all the damage is
removed. Use portable grinding equipment.

NOTE : If damage is shown in Zone AD, you must blend the damage
____
parallel with the blade leading edge and trailing edge, to
remove any material above the repaired area.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 822
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : If you blend in Zone AD, you can only have one scallop in Zone
____
AC, Zone AA and Zone AB, can each have a scallop,
independently of the repair of Zones AD and AC.

(2) Remove damage as necessary on the airfoil surface by the removal of

minimum material. Continue to remove damage until all the damage is
removed. The maximum depth to remove the damage must not be more than
0.015 in. (0.38 mm). The diameter of the repaired area is to be 50
times the depth.

(3) Make smooth the repaired area(s). Make sure all the damaged marks are
completely removed and the surface finish is made the same as the
adjacent material. Use waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
021), waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) and/or
waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-064).

(4) Polish the repaired area(s), to remove scratches and make the surface
finish the same as the adjacent material. Use waterproof abrasive
paper (Material No. V05-021), waterproof abrasive paper (Material No.
V05-020) and/or waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-064).

NOTE : The last polish is to be in a radial direction.

____

Subtask 72-31-11-220-052

E. Examine the LP Compressor Fan Blades

(1) Visually examine and measure the dimensions of the scallop on the
leading edge, trailing edge and the airfoil surface. Make sure the
maximum depth of the repair on the airfoil surfaces is not more than
0.015 in. (0.38 mm). Discard the blades, if they are not in the
limits specified. Use workshop inspection equipment.

Subtask 72-31-11-230-057

F. Do a Local Penetrant Crack Test on the Damaged Blades.

(1) Use fluorescent penetrant (Material No. V06-022) and do a penetrant

inspection of the damaged area (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-230-010).
Cracks are not permitted.

(2) If the local penetrant inspection equipment is not available, do step

G.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 823
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Fan Blades

Figure 804/TASK 72-31-11-991-174- 19 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 824
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Fan Blades

Figure 804/TASK 72-31-11-991-174- 29 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 825
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Fan Blades

Figure 804/TASK 72-31-11-991-174- 39 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 826
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Fan Blades

Figure 804/TASK 72-31-11-991-174- 49 (SHEET 4)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 827
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Fan Blades

Figure 804/TASK 72-31-11-991-174- 59 (SHEET 5)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 828
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Fan Blades

Figure 804/TASK 72-31-11-991-174- 69 (SHEET 6)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 829
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Fan Blades

Figure 804/TASK 72-31-11-991-174- 79 (SHEET 7)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 830
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Fan Blades

Figure 804/TASK 72-31-11-991-174- 89 (SHEET 8)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 831
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Fan Blades

Figure 804/TASK 72-31-11-991-174- 99 (SHEET 9)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 832
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-210-073

G. Visually examine the repaired blades.

(1) Use a white light source and 10 times magnification. If no crack is

found, apply the fly-back limits as follow:

(a) If the repaired area is in ZONE AA or AB, do step F.(1) within

six flight hours or three flight cycles maximum.

(b) If the reapaired area is in ZONE AC or AD, do step F.(1) within

50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles maximum.

NOTE : If you find a crack during the penetrant inspection, tell

____
IAE immediatly. Any such cracked blades must be returned
to IAE for inspection, and the above fly-back limits may
no longer be applied to those blades.

Subtask 72-31-11-350-065

H. Identify the Repair

(1) A log book entry is necessary when you have completed this repair.
Write VRS1506 in the engine log book.

(2) At the next shop visit make a mark VRS1506 adjacent to the part
number. Use vibro-engraving equipment.

NOTE : Blades repaired to this scheme, must be swab etched and

____
inspected as specified in the (Ref. EM 723111300025) (VRS1026)
and glass bead peened at the next shop visit, to the
instructions specified in the (Ref. EM 723111300016)
(VRS1724).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-063

A. Remove the Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the engine air intake.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 833
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 834
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-11-300-019

Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Blade Chocking Pads - VRS1063

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the replacement of the LP Compressor fan
blade choking pads.
This task includes two alternative procedures to repair the LP Compressor
fan blade chocking pads.
PRE SBE 72-0260 (assembly A) - adhesive application
POST SBE 72-0260 (assembly B) - double sided tape application

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific spatula or small trowel
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-124 *

isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-438 *
solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-001 *
adhesive tape (Masking) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-271 *
double sided adhesive tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-126 *
scotch brite (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-013 *
cold curing silicone compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-014 *
primer for silicoset 151, 152, 153 (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 835
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-991-181 Fig. 805
72-31-11-991-182 Fig. 806

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-070

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the support equipment in position.

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
for the repair task.

(b) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external of the aircraft. Make sure the workmat
has sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the
lower half of the air intake cowl surface.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 836
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-020-055-A

A. Remove the stage 1 fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-31-11-350-088

B. Remove the chocking pads from the fan blade.

(1) Remove the front and/or rear chocking pads from the fan blade using
hand methods.

NOTE : Take extreme care not to cause damage to the fan blade.
____

Subtask 72-31-11-350-089

C. Remove adhesive residue from the chocking pads and the fan blade.

(1) Remove adhesive residue from the chocking pads and the fan blade
using hand methods.

NOTE : Take extreme care not to cause damage to the chocking pads and
____
fan blade.

Subtask 72-31-11-210-091

D. Visually examine the chocking pads for damage.

(1) Any damage that changes thickness of the chocking pads is not
allowed.

Subtask 72-31-11-350-070

E. Prepare the blade and the chocking pad bonding surface, assembly A.
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-31-11-991-181)

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

WARNING : KEEP FLAMES AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WHICH IS NOT FLAMEPROOF

_______
AWAY FROM THE WORK AREA. THE CLEANING FLUID IS FLAMMABLE.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 837
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Replace the Front and Rear Chocking Pads, assembly A

Figure 805/TASK 72-31-11-991-181- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 838
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Replace the Front and Rear Chocking Pads, assembly A

Figure 805/TASK 72-31-11-991-181- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 839
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

PRE SBE 72-0260 (assembly A)

(1) Make rough the bonding areas of the chocking pad on the blade. Use
scotch brite (Material No. V05-126).

(2) Swab degrease the blade and bonding areas of the chocking pad. Use
isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124).

END OF PRE SBE 72-0260 (assembly A)

Subtask 72-31-11-350-071

F. Bond the chocking pads to the fan blade, assembly A.

(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-31-11-991-181)

CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT EAT OR SMOKE AT LOCATIONS WHERE THESE MATERIALS
_______
ARE USED. THEY SHOULD BE PREPARED AND USED IN AREA OF GOOD
AIRFLOW.

CAUTION : AFTER PREPARATION, THE MATING SURFACES MUST BE FULLY CLEANED

_______
AND MUST NOT BE TOUCHED BY HAND, TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION.

CAUTION : BONDING MUST BE DONE IMMEDIATELY AFTER PREPARATION OF THE

_______
SURFACE.

PRE SBE 72-0260 (assembly A)

(1) Apply a thin layer of primer for silicoset 151, 152, 153 (Material
No. V08-014) to all the prepared surfaces and let it dry for 30
minutes.

(2) Apply cold curing silicone compound (Material No. V08-013) from the
tube to the mating surfaces with an applicator nozzle. Apply the
necessary thickness with the use for an applicable hand tool such as
a spatula or small trowel.

(3) Assemble the component before there is a skin on the surface of the
compound and not longer than three minutes maximum. Use finger
pressure to hold the pads in position until the compound is seen all
around the pads.

(4) Use adhesive tape (Masking) (Material No. V02-001) to hold the pads
in position and let the compound cure for four hours at a temperature
of between 69 deg.F (20.55 deg.C) to 77 deg.F (24.99 deg.C). Remove
the masking carefully after this time.

END OF PRE SBE 72-0260 (assembly A)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 840
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-220-057

G. Visually and dimensionally examine the bonded chocking pads, assembly A.

PRE SBE 72-0260 (assembly A)

(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-31-11-991-181)

END OF PRE SBE 72-0260 (assembly A)

Subtask 72-31-11-350-090

H. Prepare the LPC Rotor blade for attaching the chocking pads, assembly B.

POST SBE 72-0260 (assembly B)

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-31-11-991-182)

(1) Locally swab degrease the bonding area. Use isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. V01-124).

(2) Abrade bond area with scotch brite (Material No. V05-126) soaked in
solvent (Material No. V01-438) (Area AE).

(3) Swab degrease the bonding area and allow to evaporate. Use isopropyl
alcohol (Material No. V01-124).

END OF POST SBE 72-0260 (assembly B)

Subtask 72-31-11-350-091

J. Prepare the chocking pad, assembly B.

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-31-11-991-182)

CAUTION : THE BACKING PAPER OF THE DOUBLE SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE MUST BE
_______
STILL INTACT UNTIL IT IS ATTACHED TO THE FAN BLADE.

POST SBE 72-0260 (assembly B)

NOTE : If the chocking pad is to be replaced, this procedure do not need

____
to be done.

(1) Swab degrease the surface E of the chocking pad. Use isopropyl
alcohol (Material No. V01-124).

(2) Apply double sided adhesive tape (Material No. V02-271) to surface E.
No air bubbles, creases or wrinkles are permissible.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 841
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair of the Front and Rear Chocking Pads, Assembly B

Figure 806/TASK 72-31-11-991-182- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 842
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair of the Front and Rear Chocking Pads, Assembly B

Figure 806/TASK 72-31-11-991-182- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 843
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair of the Front and Rear Chocking Pads, Assembly B

Figure 806/TASK 72-31-11-991-182- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 844
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) The adhesive tape on the pad is to be trimmed flush. It is
permissible to stick out within 0.04 in. (1.0 mm) all round.

END OF POST SBE 72-0260 (assembly B)

Subtask 72-31-11-350-092

K. Attach the chocking pad to the fan blade, assembly B.

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-31-11-991-182)

POST SBE 72-0260 (assembly B)

(1) Remove the backing paper from chocking pad.

(2) Installation of the pad

CAUTION : DO NOT TOUCH ADHESIVE TAPE.

_______

(a) Put the pad on the blade root.

(3) Apply light hand pressure for one minute.

NOTE : Once in position the pad cannot be moved or its position

____
adjusted.

(4) Lightly twist the pad to ensure full adhesion to blade and backing
plate.

END OF POST SBE 72-0260 (assembly B)

Subtask 72-31-11-220-054

L. Visually and dimensionally examine the bonded chocking pads, assembly B.

POST SBE 72-0260 (assembly B)

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-31-11-991-182)

END OF POST SBE 72-0260 (assembly B)

Subtask 72-31-11-420-057-A

M. Install the stage 1 fan blade on the stage 1 fan disk assembly (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-400-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 845
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-068

A. Remove the support equipment

(1) Remove the workmat.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 846
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-11-300-021

Repair Leading Edge Erosion on the LP Compressor Rotor Blades by Material

Removal - VRS1065

CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT- YOU MUST USE SILICON CARBIDE TYPE ABRASIVE WHEELS
_______
STONES AND PAPERS TO DRESS, BLEND AND POLISH THIS COMPONENT.

CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT - AVOID BUILD UP OF HEAT BY APPLYING ONLY GENTLE

_______
PRESSURE AND KEEPING THE TOOL SPEED AS LOW AS POSSIBLE.

CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT - YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT WHEN YOU REMOVE
_______
MATERIAL, BLEND AND POLISH, TO MAKE SMOOTH, THAT NO SPARKS ARE
PRODUCED.

CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT- IF THE MATERIAL SHOWS A CHANGE IN COLOR TO DARKER

_______
THAN A LIGHT STRAW COLOR, THE COMPONENT IS TO BE REJECTED.

CAUTION : YOU MUST PROTECT THE AIRFOIL SURFACES OF THE BLADE AND THE BEFORE AND
_______
AFTER BLADES, WHEN YOU REMOVE EROSION FROM THE LEADING EDGE, AS
PARTICLES OF TITANIUM CAN BOND TO THE BLADE AIRFOIL SURFACE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific brush
No specific cloth
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific Vibro-engraving equipment
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
IAE2R19427 1 TEST KIT
IAE3R19320 1 TEMPLATE

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 847
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-050 *

High temperature glass cloth tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-051 *
High temperature glass cloth tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-052 *
High temperature glass cloth tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-053 *
High temperature glass cloth tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-121 *
marker pen (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V03-398 *
Metal spray stopping-off compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-019 *
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-019 *
Waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
Waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
Waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-064 *
waterproof silicon abr asive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-064 *
Waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 848
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-00-00-200-023 Eddy Current Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan

Blades Leading Edge
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-991-193 Fig. 807
72-31-11-991-197 Fig. 808
72-31-11-991-199 Fig. 809

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-074

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine
1(2).

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the ground support equipment in position.

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(b) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external to the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to

____
give full protection to the lower half of the air intake
cowl.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 849
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-869-057

A. General

NOTE : This repair can only be done at a facility that has eddy current
____
test equipment

NOTE : This repair must only be done when instruction to do so is given

____
in 72-31-11 Inspection/Check.

NOTE : Removal of material may affect the moment weight of the fan blade.
____
The correct moment weight should be measured prior to
redistribution using the IAE software IAE1J12312. An incorrect
moment weight may lead to a false distribution and can result in
high vibration.

NOTE : This repair gives the procedure to repair erosion on the leading
____
edge only, of the LP Compressor Rotor Blades, by material removal.

NOTE : This repair may be performed with the fan blade installed or
____
removed. If the fan blades to be repaired are installed, you must
ensure that the fan blades are sufficiently secured prior to
dressing. If the fan blades are removed, you must follow the
procedure given in (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

NOTE : Although erosion can be removed by full edge material removal,

____
erosion will be more evident on the top half of the LP Compressor
Rotor Blade.

NOTE : This repair gives two alternative methods of removing leading edge
____
erosion. Method 1 is using mechanical tools and method 2 is using
hand tools only.

NOTE : This repair gives two alternative methods to examine the repaired
____
area(s).

NOTE : If IAE 3R19469, scraper, is being used you must ensure that is in
____
good condition and clean before using it on the fan blade.

NOTE : Fan Blades repaired to this scheme, must be glass bead peened, in
____
accordance with VRS1724, at the next shop visit.

NOTE : A log book entry is necessary, when you complete this repair.
____

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 850
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-350-081

B. Method 1: Remove erosion from the LP Compressor Fan Blade Leading Edge
using mechanical tools.
(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-31-11-991-193, 808/TASK 72-31-11-991-197, 809/TASK
72-31-11-991-199)

NOTE : This SUBTASK 72-31-11-350-081 and SUBTASK 72-31-11-350-074 are

____
alternatives.

Subtask 72-31-11-390-052

C. Seal the Airfoil Surface of the LP Compressor Rotor Blade

CAUTION : YOU MUST PROTECT THE AIRFOIL SURFACES OF THE BLADE AND THE
_______
BEFORE AND AFTER BLADES, WHEN YOU REMOVE EROSION FROM THE
LEADING EDGE, AS PARTICLES OF TITANIUM CAN BOND TO THE BLADE
AIRFOIL SURFACE.

(1) Use Metal spray stopping-off compound (Material No. V03-398) or High
temperature glass cloth tape (Material No. V02-050), High temperature
glass cloth tape (Material No. V02-051), High temperature glass cloth
tape (Material No. V02-052) or High temperature glass cloth tape
(Material No. V02-053).

(2) Remove erosion and re-profile the leading edge radius.

(a) The profiling of the leading edge must be done such that excess
thickness is removed only from the suction surface of the airfoil
and leading edge radius is re-created/blended smoothly into the
original non-eroded fan blade profile. Only the minimum amount of
material removal is required to get a satisfactory leading edge
profile. Use portable grinding equipment

NOTE : Althought erosion can be removed by full edge material

____
removal, erosion will be more evident on the top half of
the LP Compressor fan blade.

(3) Make smooth and polish the repaired area(s).

(a) Use waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
021), waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No.
V05-020), waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No.
V05-019) and/or waterproof silicon abr asive paper (Material No.
V05-064).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 851
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair Details and Dimensions - Assemblies A and B

Figure 807/TASK 72-31-11-991-193- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 852
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair Details and Dimensions - Assemblies A and B

Figure 807/TASK 72-31-11-991-193- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 853
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair Details and Dimensions - Assembly A

Figure 808/TASK 72-31-11-991-197

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 854
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair Details and Dimensions

Figure 809/TASK 72-31-11-991-199

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 855
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Make sure all erosion is completly removed and the area is made
smooth into the adjacent material.

NOTE : The last polish is to be in a radial direction.

____

(4) Make sure the leading edge profile radius is polished all round the
nose. The finished profile must give a full radius or a nose down
condition.
(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 72-31-11-991-199)

(5) Remove the stopping-off compound or masking tape.

Subtask 72-31-11-350-074

D. Method 2: Remove Erosion from the LP Compressor Fan Blade using hand
tools only.

CAUTION : TITANIUM COMPONENT- YOU MUST USE SILICON CARBIDE TYPE ABRASIVE
_______
WHEELS STONES AND PAPERS TO DRESS, BLEND AND POLISH THIS
COMPONENT.

(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-31-11-991-193, 808/TASK 72-31-11-991-197, 809/TASK

72-31-11-991-199)

NOTE : This SUBTASK 72-31-11-350-074 and SUBTASK 72-31-11-350-081 are

____
alternatives.

NOTE : Do not use mechanical tools for this Method 2 procedure.

____

(1) Remove erosion and re-profile the leading edge radius.

(a) The profiling of the leading edge must be done such that excess
thickness is removed only from the suction surface of the airfoil
and the leading edge radius is recreated/blended smoothly into
the original non-eroded blade profile. Only the minimum amount of
material removal is required to get a satisfactory leading edge
profile. Use IAE3R19469, scraper, 1 off and hand tools only.

NOTE : Although erosion can be removed by full edge material

____
removal, erosion will be more evident on the top half of
the LP Compressor Rotor Blade.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 856
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Make smooth and polish the repaired area(s).

(a) Use Waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
021), Waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No.
V05-020), Waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No.
V05-019) and/or Waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Material No. V05-064). Make sure all the erosion is completely
removed and the area is made smooth into adjacent material.
Polish the repaired area(s) to remove scratches and to give
surface finish the same as the adjacent material.

NOTE : The last polish is to be in a radial direction.

____

(3) Make sure the leading edge profile radius is polished all round the
nose. The finished profile must give a full radius or a nose down
condition.
(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 72-31-11-991-199)

Subtask 72-31-11-110-062

E. Clean the LP Compressor Rotor Blade Airfoil Surfaces

CAUTION : FOR FAN BLADES THAT ARE INSTALLED ONLY, IF V03-398 METAL
_______
SPRAYING STOPPING-OFF COMPOUND IS USED, YOU MUST REMOVE THE
STOPPING-OFF COMPOUND WITH THE BLADES IN THE BOTTOM DEAD CENTER
POSITION TO PREVENT FOREIGN OBJECTS GOING INTO THE BLADE ROOT.

(1) Remove the stopping-off compound, as necessary.

(a) Use a cloth or brush soaked in clean cold water.

(b) If the fan blades are still installed, make sure the blades are
in the bottom dead Center position.

(2) Clean the blade.

(a) If the fan blades are still installed, make sure the blades are
in the bottom dead Center position.

(b) Use chemical cleaning equipment.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 857
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-230-063

F. Do an Eddy Current Crack Test on the repaired area(s).

(1) Do an eddy current Crack Test on the repaired area(s).

(a) Use TEST KIT (IAE2R19427). Cracks are not permitted (Ref. TASK
72-00-00-200-023).

(b) If a crack is found, contact IAE Technical Services immediately.

NOTE : Any such cracked blades must be returned to IAE Technical

____
Services.

Subtask 72-31-11-210-076

G. Method 1: Examine the LP Compressor Fan Blade.

(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-31-11-991-193, 808/TASK 72-31-11-991-197, 809/TASK
72-31-11-991-199)

NOTE : This SUBTASK 72-31-11-210-076 and SUBTASK 72-31-11-210-077 are

____
alternatives.

(1) Visually and dimensionally measure the dimensions of the repaired

area(s).

(a) Use marker pen (Material No. V02-121), IAE3R19574, profile gage,
1 off, and standard workshop inspection equipment. Make sure
there is a good large radius, with any change in camber to be in
a full radius or a nose down condition.
(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 72-31-11-991-199)

(b) Measure Dimension BJ.

1
_ Mark out the section to be measured. Measure dimension BA and
BC true down the leading and trailing edge. Make a mark using
marker pen (Material No. V02-121).

2
_ Use standard workshop inspection equipment. Measure across the
fan blade at the points marked.

(c) If the fan blade chordal width is below the minimum dimension BJ,
reject it.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 858
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-210-077

H. Method 2: Examine the LP Compressor Fan Blade.

(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 72-31-11-991-193, 808/TASK 72-31-11-991-197, 809/TASK
72-31-11-991-199)

NOTE : This SUBTASK 72-31-11-210-076 and SUBTASK 72-31-11-210-077 are

____
alternatives.

(1) Visually and dimensionally measure the dimensions of the repaired

area(s).

(a) Use TEMPLATE (IAE3R19320), template, 1 off, marker pen (Material

No. V02-121), IAE3R19574, profile gage, 1 off, and standard
workshop inspection equipment. Make sure there is a good large
radius, with any change in camber to be in a full radius or a
nose down condition. a good large radius, with any change in
camber, to be in a nose down condition.
(Ref. Fig. 809/TASK 72-31-11-991-199)

(b) Measure dimension BJ.

1
_ Mark out the area to be measured. Use IAE 3R19320, template, 1
off and marker pen (Material No. V02-121). Make a mark through
the holes in the template.

2
_ Use standard workshop inspection equipment. Measure across the
fan blade at the points marked.

(c) If the fan blade chordal width is below the minimum dimension BJ,
reject it.

Subtask 72-31-11-930-051

J. Identify the repair.

CAUTION : DO NOT VIBRO-ENGRAVE ON THE FAN BLADE AIRFOIL OR CONTACT

_______
SURFACES, OR ANY OTHER PARTS, E.G. DOVETAIL PRESSURE SURFACES,
DOVETAIL FRONT AND REAR SURFACES.

(1) A log entry is necessary when you have completed this repair. Write
VRS1065 in the engine log book.

(2) At the next shop visit, moment weight the LP Compressor Rotor Blade
Assembly and make a mark of the moment weight accordance with the
Engine Manual.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 859
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) At the next shop visit make a mark VRS1065 adjacent to the assembly
number. Use Vibro-engraving equipment.

(4) Fan blades repaired to this scheme, must be glass bead peened at the
next shop visit, to the instructions specified in VRS1724.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-071

A. Remove the support equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 860
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-11-300-022

Repair of the LP Compressor Annulus Filler Touch-up Coating - VRS1059

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-031 *

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-275 *
chromate conversion coating (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-004 *
brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-018 *
brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-099 *
lint-free cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-005 *
coloidal molybdenum disulphide in toluene
(Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 861
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

72-31-11-200-010 Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-991-200 Fig. 810

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-080

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Install the support equipment

(a) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the

engine for repair.

(b) Put the workmat in to position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external of the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give

____
full protection to the lower half of the intake cowl
surface.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 862
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-020-064

A. Remove the Annulus Filler from the stage 1 Fan Disk. (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-
000-010)

Subtask 72-31-11-350-080

B. Remove any roughness from missing dry film lubricant areas. Use
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020).

Subtask 72-31-11-110-086

C. Clean the area with a clean lint-free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made
moist with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-031) or cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-124).

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

Subtask 72-31-11-370-061

D. Apply chromate conversion coating (Material No. V01-275) to the repaired

area with the brush (Material No. V02-004) until the surface color turns
from iridescent god to light brown.

NOTE : This procedure usually requires between two and seven minutes to
____
do.

Subtask 72-31-11-110-087

E. Clean the area with a lint-free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist
with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-031) or cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-124).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 863
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-11-370-062

F. Apply the dry film lubricant to the repaired area of annulus filler.
(Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 72-31-11-991-200)

(1) Touch-up coloidal molybdenum disulphide in toluene (Material No. V10-

005) to the missing coat area with a clean brush (Material No. V02-
018).

(2) Cure the dry film lubricant. Air dry at room temperature for minimum
one hour.

Subtask 72-31-11-210-087

G. Do a visual check of the dry film lubricant to the repaired area of

Annulus Filler. (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010).

(1) The layer must be smooth and bonded correctly to the surface of the
part.

(2) The layer must not have any cracks or flakes.

Subtask 72-31-11-420-117

H. Install the Annulus Filler to the stage 1 Fan Disk. (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-
400-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-077

A. Remove the ground support equipment

(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(2) Remove the acces platform.

(3) Remove the warning notices.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 864
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair Details and Dimensions - Assemblies A and B

Figure 810/TASK 72-31-11-991-200

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 865
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-11-300-023

Repair of the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers - VRS1058

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-031 *

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-275 *
chromate conversion coating (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-004 *
brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-018 *
brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-099 *
lint-free cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-005 *
colloidal molybdenum disulphide in toluene
(Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 866
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

72-31-11-200-010 Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-991-210 Fig. 811

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-083

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Install the support equipment

(a) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the

engine for repair.

(b) Put the workmat in to position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external of the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give

____
full protection to the lower half of the intake cowl
surface.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 867
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-020-065-A

A. Remove the Annulus Filler from the stage 1 Fan Disk (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-
000-010).

Subtask 72-31-11-350-083

B. Remove and roughness from missing dry film lubricant areas. Use
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020).

Subtask 72-31-11-110-088

C. Clean the area with lint-free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist
with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-031) or cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-124).

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

Subtask 72-31-11-370-063

D. Apply chromate conversion coating (Material No. V01-275) to the repaired

area with brush (Material No. V02-004) until the surface color turns from
iridescent gold to light brown.

NOTE : This procedure usually requires between two and seven minutes to
____
do.

Subtask 72-31-11-110-089

E. Clean the area with lint-free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist
with cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-031) or cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-124).

Subtask 72-31-11-370-064

F. Apply the dry film lubricant to the repaired area of Annulus Filler.
(Ref. Fig. 811/TASK 72-31-11-991-210)

(1) Touch up colloidal molybdenum disulphide in toluene (Material No.

V10-005) to the missing coat area with brush (Material No. V02-018).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 868
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Annulus Fillers - Touched Up Areas

Figure 811/TASK 72-31-11-991-210

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 869
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Cure the dry film lubricant. Air dry at room temperature for minimum
one hour.

Subtask 72-31-11-210-090-A

G. Do a visual check of the dry film lubricant to the repaired area of

Annulus Filler (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010).

(1) The layer must be smooth and bonded correctly to the surface of the
part.

(2) The layer must not have any cracks or flakes.

Subtask 72-31-11-420-118-A

H. Install the Annulus Filler to the stage 1 Fan Disk (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-
400-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-080

A. Remove the ground support equipment

(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(2) Remove the acces platform.

(3) Remove the warning notices.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 870
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-11-300-020

Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Re-apply Coating - VRS1973

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This Task gives the procedure to re-apply the Dry Film Lubricant on the
dovetails of the Low Pressure (LP) compressor fan blades.

NOTE : It is recommended to apply this task in conjunction with Re-apply the

____
Dry Film Lubricant (VRS1974) on the Low Pressure (LP) compressor fan
disk.

NOTE : The rapid re-lube system is the revised method of applying the dry
____
film lubricant. A purpose-designed rapid re-lube kit contains the
cleaning and applicator tools for the re-lubrication of one fan blade
set and fan disk. The rapid re-lube kit is a disposable kit and must
be disposed of accordingly after the fan blade set and fan disk have
been re-lubricated.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific Access Platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-031 *

acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-338 *
cleaning solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-099 *
lint free cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V04-016 *

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 871
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

dry film lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)

Material No. V04-017 *
rapid re-lube kit (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

72-31-11-200-010 Inspection of the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades
72-31-11-300-019 Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Blade Chocking Pads -
VRS1063
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-991-220 Fig. 812

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-11-941-087

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 872
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Put the ground support equipment into position.

(a) Put the Access Platform in position to give access to the engine.

(b) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external of the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to

____
give full protection to the lower half of the air intake
cowl surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-11-020-066-A

A. Remove the LP compressor fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-31-11-350-093

B. Remove the loose chocking pads if required (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-300-019).

Subtask 72-31-11-110-090

C. Clean the dovetail of the fan blade.

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

CAUTION : ONLY REMOVE THE LOOSE DRY FILM LUBRICANT. DO NOT REMOVE THE
_______
WELL-ADHERED DRY FILM LUBRICANT. ESPECIALLY, REMOVING IT MAY
DAMAGE THE METCO COATING ON THE FAN BLADE ROOT IF THE FAN BLADE
HAS THE COATING.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE SCOTCHBRITE OR SIMILAR MATERIAL TO CLEAN THE FAN

_______
BLADE ROOT IF THE FAN BLADE HAS THE METCO COATING. IT WILL
DAMAGE THE METCO COATING ON THE FAN BLADE ROOT.

(1) Remove the grease. Use a lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made
moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031) or isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. V01-124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 873
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Remove the loose dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016). Use a
rapid re-lube kit (Material No. V04-017), fan blade cleaning pads.
Regularly change the fan blade cleaning pad and use all 6 pads on a
set of fan blades.

(3) Discard the used cleaning pads.

(4) Remove the grease. Use a lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made
moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031) or isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. V01-124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338).

Subtask 72-31-11-210-094-A

D. Examine the root of the fan blade

(1) Do a visual inspection of the part (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-200-010).

Subtask 72-31-11-350-094

E. Apply the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016)

(Ref. Fig. 812/TASK 72-31-11-991-220)

(1) Assemble the fan blade applicator

(a) Use a rapid re-lube kit (Material No. V04-017), fan blade
applicator handle and paint pads. Remove the excess fibers from
the pads. Assemble the fan blade applicator handle and pad.

(b) Loose fibers must be removed from the paint pads as the fibers
may be applied to the blade root within the dry film lubricant
coat. Fibers in the coating are to be avoided where possible.

(2) Prepare the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016). Use the dry
film lubricant (Material No. V04-016). Use rapid re-lube kit
(Material No. V04-017), paint tray. Shake the container for 1 minute
before opening. Remove any congealed dry film lubricant from the
container. Pour a small amount of the dry film lubricant (Material
No. V04-016) into the paint tray, approximate diameter 1.0 in.
(25.3999 mm).

NOTE : A small amount of the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-
____
016) must be poured into a paint tray in order to avoid the
dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) drying quickly.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 874
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Fan Blades

Figure 812/TASK 72-31-11-991-220

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 875
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : Before topping up the paint tray with the dry film lubricant
____
(Material No. V04-016), any dried lubricant must be removed
from the paint tray. If the dried dry film lubricant (Material
No. V04-016) remains on the tray, the dried dry film lubricant
(Material No. V04-016) can contaminate the dry film lubricant
(Material No. V04-016) and cause inconsistencies of both
coating quality and thickness.

(3) Load the pad with the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) for
each root application. Make sure all the paint pad fibers are coated
with dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016). Remove the excess dry
film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) using the edge of the paint
tray until the paint pad is an even dark gray color. Do not overload
the paint pad as this will result in drips when the dry film
lubricant (Material No. V04-016) is applied to the fan blade root.

CAUTION : THE APPLICATOR PAINT PAD MUST BE REPLACED AFTER EVERY 8

_______
SINGLE SIDED FAN BLADE ROOT APPLICATIONS, AS THE PAINT PAD
FIBRES BECOME STICKY AND THE PAD DETERIORATES.

NOTE : If a full engine set (22 OFF) is to be repaired with the dry
____
film lubricant (Material No. V04-016), it is recommended to
lay the fan blades on a flat surface, and to apply the dry
film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) to one side of the fan
blades. Once the coat is touch dry, the batch of fan blades is
turned over and the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016)
applied to the other side.

(4) Apply the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) to the fan blade
root. Put the applicator paint pad on one end of the fan blade root
and press down gently. Apply the dry film lubricant (Material No.
V04-016) along the fan blade root and back. For example, apply the
dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) from the left-to-right of
the fan blade root and then from right-to-left. Do not reload the
paint pad during this application.

(5) Visually examine the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016)
coating.

(a) Make sure the surface is evenly coated. If an area of AD is

uncoated and the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) is not
dry, then apply the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) to
the fan blade root. Continue from step E(4). If an area of AD is
uncoated and the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) is
dry, then the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) must be
removed. Use a lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 876
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

with acetone (Material No. V01-031), isopropyl alcohol (Material
No. V01-124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338). Continue
from step E (1).

(b) Do a check of the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016)

coating for fibers after each coating. If the coating contains
more than 5 fibers per 0.155 sqin (1 sqcm), then remove the dry
film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) coating. Use a lint free
cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist with acetone (Material
No. V01-031), isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124) or
cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338). Continue from step E
(1).

(c) Do a check of the fan blade root for drips. Remove all drips. Use
a lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist with acetone
(Material No. V01-031), isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124)
or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338).

(6) Dry the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) for a minimum of 10
minutes at room temperature or until touch dry, before turning over
the fan blade to apply the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016)
to the other side of the dovetail root.

(7) Turn the fan blade over in order to apply the dry film lubricant
(Material No. V04-016) to the remaining fan blade dovetail roots.

(8) Apply the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) to the remaining
fan blade dovetail roots. Repeat step E (1) to step E (6).

(9) Cure the dry film lubricant (Material No. V04-016) for a minimum of
30 minutes at room temperature.

Subtask 72-31-11-350-095

F. Install the chocking pads if the pads were removed in step B (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-300-019).

Subtask 72-31-11-420-120-A

G. Install the LP compressor fan blade on the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 877
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-11-942-084

A. Remove the ground support equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-11

Page 878
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

DISK - FAN, LP COMPRESSOR STAGE 1 - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________________

TASK 72-31-12-200-010-A

Inspection of the Stage 1 Fan Disk

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the stage 1 fan disk.
This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific dental mirror

No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-12-300-010 Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan Disk Rear Ramp -
VRS1148
72-31-12-300-011 Repair the Stage 1 Fan Disk Touch up Coating -
VRS1149
72-31-12-300-012 Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Disk, Re-apply
Coating - VRS1974
72-31-12-300-020 Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan Disk Shank Nut -
VRS1174
72-31-12-991-150 Fig. 601

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-12-941-059

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the support equipment in position.

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
for the inspection.

(b) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external of the aircraft. Make sure the workmat
has sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the
lower half of the intake cowl surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-12-020-057

A. Removal of the Stage 1 Fan Blade

(1) Remove the stage 1 fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-12-210-052

B. Examine the stage 1 fan disk assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-31-12-991-150)

(1) Examine the dovetail slots of the stage 1 fan disk assembly for
peeling of the dry film lubricant. Use a dental mirror.

(a) If they have any amount of peeling of dry film lubricant, do

repair VRS1149 (Ref. TASK 72-31-12-300-011) or VRS1974 (Ref. TASK
72-31-12-300-012).

(2) Examine the rear ramps of the stage 1 fan disk assembly for being
loose or separated.

(a) If they show signs of being loose or separating between the rear
ramp and fan disk assembly, do repair VRS1148 (Ref. TASK 72-31-
12-300-010).

(3) Examine the shank nuts of the stage 1 fan disk assembly.

(a) If they show signs of being loose or damaged, do repair VRS1174

(Ref. TASK 72-31-12-300-020).

(b) If the locking torque is greater than 60.00 lbfin (6.780 Nm) or
less than 6.500 lbfin (0.735 Nm), do repair VRS1174.

Refer to standard practice/procedure manual 70-23-11.

Subtask 72-31-12-420-056

C. Installation of the Stage 1 Fan blade

(1) Install the stage 1 fan blade to the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-12-942-056

A. Removal of the Support Equipments

(1) Remove the workmat.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Stage 1 Fan Disk

Figure 601/TASK 72-31-12-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

DISK - FAN, LP COMPRESSOR STAGE 1 - REPAIRS
___________________________________________

TASK 72-31-12-300-010

Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan Disk Rear Ramp - VRS1148

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific clean lint-free cloth

No specific spatula
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-031 *

acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-019 *
masking tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-017 *
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-126 *
scotch brite pad (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-114 *
toughened acrylic adhesive with initiator
(Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-12-991-151 Fig. 801

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-12-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the support equipment into position

(a) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants on the workmat can
____
be seen external to the aircraft. Make sure that the
workmat has sufficient dimensions to give full protection
to the lower half of the air intake cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-12-020-052-A

A. Remove the stage 1 fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-12-220-054

B. Examine and identify the damaged or peeled rear ramp.

Subtask 72-31-12-020-055

C. Remove the damaged or peeled rear ramp without any damage to the parent
material.

(1) Discard the removed rear ramp and prepare a new rear ramp.

Subtask 72-31-12-110-050

D. Clean the disk and rear ramp bonding surfaces.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-12-991-151)

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Remove the remaining bonding on the fan disk and hand abrade the disk
and rear ramp bonding area. Use scotch brite pad (Material No. V05-
126) or garnet paper (Material No. V05-017).

(2) Swab degrease the disk and rear ramp bonding areas. Use a clean lint-
free cloth made moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031) or
isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124).

Subtask 72-31-12-350-050

E. Bond the rear ramp to the stage 1 fan disk.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-12-991-151)

CAUTION : THERE MUST BE NO SMOKING OR EATING AT WORKPLACES WHERE THESE

_______
MATERIALS ARE USED. THEY SHOULD BE PREPARED AND USED IN WELL
VENTILATED AREAS.

CAUTION : MATING SURFACES OF COMPONENT MUST BE SCRUPULOUSLY CLEAN AND

_______
CONTACT SURFACES MUST NOT BE TOUCHED BY HAND OR OTHERWISE
CONTAMINATED.
BONDING MUST BE CARRIED OUT IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING SURFACE
PREPARATION.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan Disk Rear Ramp

Figure 801/TASK 72-31-12-991-151

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(1) Apply the masking tape to the rear ramp. Use masking tape (Material
No. V02-019).

(2) Apply the adhesive to the disk and rear ramp bond areas. Use
toughened acrylic adhesive with initiator (Material No. V08-114). Use
a spatula or small trowel.

(3) Assemble the rear ramp to the fan disk and remove the masking tape
from the rear ramp.

(4) Use finger pressure to hold the rear ramp in position for three
minutes.

(5) Cure the adhesive for one hour at room temperature betwwen 69 deg.F
and 77 deg.F (21 deg.C and 25 deg.C).

Subtask 72-31-12-220-050

F. Visually and dimensionally examine the bonded rear ramp.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-12-991-151)

Subtask 72-31-12-420-052-A

G. Install the stage 1 fan blade to the stage 1 fan disk assembly (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-400-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-12-942-052

A. Remove the support equipment.

(1) Remove the workmat.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 805
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-12-300-011

Repair the Stage 1 Fan Disk Touch up Coating - VRS1149

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-ALL engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific clean lint-free cloth

No specific dental mirror
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-031 *

acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-018 *
brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-005 *
multi purpose high load dry lubricant
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-106 *
bonded lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 806
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-12-300-011 Repair the Stage 1 Fan Disk Touch up Coating -
VRS1149
72-31-12-991-152 Fig. 802

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-12-941-055

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the support equipment into position

(a) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants on the workmat can
____
be seen external to the aircraft. Make sure that the
workmat has sufficient dimensions to give full protection
to the lower half of the air intake cowl.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 807
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-12-020-053-A

A. Remove the stage 1 fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-31-12-350-051

B. Clean the missing coat areas on the dovetail slot.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-12-991-152)

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Use a clean lint-free cloth made moist with clean acetone (Material
No. V01-031) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124).

Subtask 72-31-12-370-050

C. Apply the dry film lubricant on the dovetail slot of the disk.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-12-991-152)

(1) Touch up the dry film lubricant to the missing coat areas with a
clean brush (Material No. V02-018), use multi purpose high load dry
lubricant (Material No. V10-005) or bonded lubricant (Material No.
V10-106).

(2) Apply three coats of the dry lubricant to a total thickness of

between 0.001 and 0.002 in. (0.025 and 0.051 mm) to surface BJ.

(3) Air dry as follows:

(a) If V10-005 multi purpose high load dry lubricant was used, dry
for 20 minutes.

(b) If V10-106 bonded lubricant was used, dry for 30 minutes.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 808
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Touch up Coating - Fan Disk

Figure 802/TASK 72-31-12-991-152

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 809
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-12-220-051

D. Visually examine the dry film lubricant on the dovetail slot of the disk.
Use a dental mirror.

(1) The layer must be smooth and bonded correctly to the surface of the
part.

(2) The layer must not have any cracks or flakes.

Subtask 72-31-12-420-053-A

E. Install the stage 1 fan blade to the stage 1 fan disk assembly (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-400-010).

Subtask 72-31-12-350-052

F. Identify the repair

(1) A log book entry is necessary when you have touched up the slot
surface of over 50 percent. Write VRS1149 in the engine log book.

(2) At the next shop visit the disk must be repaired in accordance with
VRS1149 (Ref. TASK 72-31-12-300-011).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-12-942-053

A. Remove the support equipment.

(1) Remove the workmat.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 810
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-12-300-020

Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan Disk Shank Nut - VRS1174

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This Task is for V2500-ALL engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific peening tool, IAE 3J12712

No specific warning notices
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-12-991-153 Fig. 803

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-12-941-056

A. On the panel 115VU

(1) Put warning notices to tell persons not to start the engine 1 (2).

Subtask 72-31-12-869-053

B. Make sure that the engine 1 (2) has been shutdown for at least five
minutes.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 811
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-12-869-054

C. On the panel 50VU

(1) Make sure that the ON Legend of the ENG FADEC GND PWR pushbotton
switch if off.

(2) Install the warning notices.

Subtask 72-31-12-941-057

D. Install the support equipment

(1) Put the access platform into position to give access to the engine
for the repair.

(2) Put the workmat into position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen external to the aircraft. Make sure that the workmat has
sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the lower
half of the air intake cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-12-020-054-A

A. Remove the stage 1 fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-31-12-350-053

B. Remove the damaged shank nuts of the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-31-12-991-153)

CAUTION : DO NOT DAMAGE THE PARENT MATERIAL OF THE STAGE 1 FAN DISK.
_______

(1) Examine and identify the damaged shank nuts.

(2) Write down the part number and location of damaged shank nuts.

(3) Remove the damage shank nut. Use a hand drilling machine or
equivalent, drill the flare of the shank nut until the flare twists.
Use a 9.60 mm (0.3779 in.) drill. Take care not to damage the flange
bore or face.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 812
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Replacement of the Stage 1 Fan Disk Shank Nut

Figure 803/TASK 72-31-12-991-153

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 813
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Remove sharp edges around the nut location hole. Use V05-020
Waterproof silicon carbite abrasive paper.

(5) Clean the hole with a shoft clean cloth and blast with air.

Subtask 72-31-12-230-050

C. Examine the flange nut location hole of the stage 1 fan disk assembly

(1) Do a penetrant crack test. Use V06-022 fluorescent penetrant (ultra

high post-emulsified). Refer to standard practice/procedure manual
70-23-05. Cracks are not permitted.

Subtask 72-31-12-220-052

D. Examine the flange of the stage 1 fan disk assembly

(1) Visually examine the nut location hole. Nicks, scratches and burrs
are not permitted.

Subtask 72-31-12-350-054

E. Fit a new shank nut to the stage 1 fan disk assembly

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-31-12-991-153)

CAUTION : DO NOT DAMAGE THE PARENT MATERIAL OF THE STAGE 1 FAN DISK.
_______

(1) Prepare the new shank nut which has the same part number as
identified for each location hole in SUBTASK 72-31-12-350-053, step B
(1), (2).

(2) Fit a new shank nut into the flange nut location hole. Make sure the
shank nut is installed correctly.

(3) Hold the shank nut in position and make a flare. Use peening tool,
IAE 3J12712.

Shank nut must be firmly held against the flange before the start of
swaging. Care must be taken that the flange does not become damaged.
During swaging, the tool may damage the silver coating inside the
shank. This is permitted and it is not necessary to touch up if
coating is damaged. Any loose flakes of silver coating are to be
removed.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 814
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-12-220-053

F. Examine the shank nut of the stage 1 fan disk assembly

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-31-12-991-153)

(1) Visually examine the shank nut. Flare should be evently peened.
Cracks are not permitted. Circumferential movement of nut to flange
is permitted but there must be no axial movement.

Subtask 72-31-12-420-054-A

G. Install the stage 1 fan blade to the stage 1 fan disk assembly (Ref. TASK
72-31-11-400-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-12-942-054

A. Remove the support equipment

(1) Remove the workmat.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 815
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-12-300-012

Repair of the LP Compressor Fan Disk, Re-apply Coating - VRS1974

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK gives the procedure to re-apply the Dry Film Lubricant on the
dovetail of the low pressure (LP) compressor fan blades.

NOTE : It is recommended to apply this TASK in conjunction with Re-apply the

____
Dry Film Lubricant (VRS1973) on the Low Pressure (LP) Compressor Fan
Blades.

NOTE : The rapid re-lube system is the revised method of applying the dry
____
film lubricant. A purpose-designed rapid Re-Lube Kit contains the
cleaning and applicator tools for the re-lubrication of one fan blade
set and fan disk. The Rapid Re-lube Kit is a disposable kit and must
be disposed of accordingly after the fan blade set and fan disk have
been re-lubricated.

NOTE : A logbook entry is necessary when you complete this repair.

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific warning notice
No specific workmat

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 816
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-031 *

acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-338 *
cleaning solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-099 *
lint free cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V04-016 *
film lubricant (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V04-017 *
rapid re-lube kit (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades

72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-12-200-010 Inspection of the Stage 1 Fan Disk
72-31-12-991-154 Fig. 804

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-12-941-058

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 817
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the support equipment into position:

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(b) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants on the workmat can
____
be seen external to the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to

____
give full protection to the lower half of the air intake
cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-12-020-056

A. Remove the LP compressor fan blade from the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-31-12-110-051

B. Clean the dovetail slot of Fan Blade

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

CAUTION : ONLY REMOVE THE LOOSE DRY FILM LUBRICANT. DO NOT REMOVE THE
_______
WELL-ADHERED DRY FILM LUBRICANT. ESPECIALLY, REMOVING IT MAY
DAMAGE THE METCO COATING ON THE FAN BLADE ROOT IF THE FAN BLADE
HAS THE COATING.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE SCOTCHBRITE OR SIMILAR MATERIAL TO CLEAN THE FAN

_______
BLADE ROOT IF THE FAN BLADE HAS THE METCO COATING. IT WILL
DAMAGE THE METCO COATING ON THE FAN BLADE ROOT.

(1) Assemble the fan disk cleaning tool. Use a rapid re-lube kit
(Material No. V04-017), fan disk cleaning handle and roller.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 818
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Remove the loose dry film lubricant. Use all 5 cleaning rollers to
clean the fan disc slots. Discard the rollers once they have become
dirty. It is acceptable to use the fan disc cleaning tool with
acetone (Material No. V01-031) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No.
V01-124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338). Immerse the
roller in the above solvent and brush along the slot to remove the
loose dry film lubricant and debris.

(3) Discard the cleaning handle and rollers.

(4) Remove the grease. Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with
acetone (Material No. V01-031), isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-
124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338)

Subtask 72-31-12-220-055-A

C. Examine the Fan Disk

(1) Do a visual inspection of the part (Ref. TASK 72-31-12-200-010).

Subtask 72-31-12-350-055

D. Apply the dry film lubricant

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 72-31-12-991-154)

(1) Assemble the fan disk applicator.

(a) Use a rapid re-lube kit (Material No. V04-017), fan disk
applicator handle and paint pads. Remove the excess fibers from
the pads. Assemble the fan disk applicator handle and pad.

(b) Loose fibers must be removed from the paint pads as the fibers
may be applied to the blade root within the dry film lubricant
coat. Fibers in the coating are to be avoided where possible.

(2) Prepare the dry film lubricant. Use the dry film lubricant (Material
No. V04-016). Use a rapid re-lube kit (Material No. V04-017), paint
tray. Shake the container for 1 minute before opening. Remove any
congealed dry film lubricant from the container. Pour a small amount
of the dry film lubricant into the paint tray, approximate diameter
1.5 in (40 mm.).

NOTE : A small amount of the dry film lubricant must be poured into a
____
paint tray in order to avoid the dry film lubricant drying
quickly.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 819
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Fan Disk

Figure 804/TASK 72-31-12-991-154

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 820
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : Before topping up the paint tray with the dry film lubricant,
____
any dried lubricant must be removed from the paint tray. If
the dried dry film lubricant remains on the tray, the dried
dry film lubricant can cause contamination of the dry film
lubricant and inconsistencies in both coating quality and
thickness.

(3) Load the pad with the dry film lubricant for each root application.
Make sure all the paint pad fibers are coated with the dry film
lubricant. Remove the excess dry film lubricant using the edge of the
paint tray until the paint pad is an even dark gray colour. Do not
overload the paint pad as this will result in drips when the dry film
lubricant is applied to the fan blade root.

CAUTION : THE APPLICATOR PAINT PAD MUST BE REPLACED AFTER EVERY 6

_______
DOVETAIL SLOTS RE-LUBRICATIONS, AS THE PAINT PAD FIBERS
BECOME STICKY AND THE PAD DETERIORATES.

(4) Apply the dry film lubricant to each dovetail slot. Make sure it is
applied at the top-dead-center position of the fan disk. Rotate the
disk to locate the dovetail slot at this position before starting the
application process.
Place the applicator paint pad in the dovetail slot at the
top-dead-center position of the disk. Place the paint pad on the
left-hand-side surface of the dovetail slot, gently pushing left and
up. Apply a coat of dry film lubricant to the left-hand-side surface
with an even stroke along the full length of the dovetail slot and
back. For example, from the front to the rear of the disc, and then
from the rear to the front of the disc, while located on the
left-hand-side surface.
Place the paint pad on the right-hand-side surface of the dovetail
slot, gently pushing right and up. Apply a coat of dry film lubricant
to the right-hand-side surface with an even stroke along the full
length of the dovetail slot and back. For example, from the front to
the rear of the disc, and then from the rear to the front of the
disc, while located on the right-hand-side surface.

(5) Visually examine the dry film lubricant coating.

(a) Make sure the surface is evenly coated. Use a mirror and torch.
If an area of BJ is uncoated and the dry film lubricant is not
dry, then apply the dry film lubricant to the fan disk dovetail
slot. Continue from Step D (4). If an area of BJ is uncoated and
the dry film lubricant is dry, then the dry film lubricant must
be removed. Use a lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 821
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031), isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. V01-124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-
338). Continue from step D(1).

(b) Do a check of the dry film lubricant coating, after each coating,
for fibers. If the coating contains more than 5 fibers per 0.155
sqin (1 sqcm.), then remove the dry film lubricant coating. Use a
lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099) made moist with acetone
(Material No. V01-031), isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124)
or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-338). Continue from Step D
(1).

(c) Do a check of the fan blade root and shear key slot for drips.
Remove all drips. Use a lint free cloth (Material No. V02-099)
made moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031), isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. V01-124) or cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-
338).

(6) Apply the dry film lubricant to the remaining fan blade dovetail
roots. Repeat Step D (1) to Step D (6).

(7) Cure the dry film lubricant for a minimum of 30 minutes at room
temperature.

(8) Discard the applicator tool.

Subtask 72-31-12-420-055

E. Install the LP compressor fan blade on the stage 1 fan disk assembly
(Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

Subtask 72-31-12-350-056

F. Identify the repair.

(1) A logbook entry is necessary when you have touched up the slot
surface. Write VRS1974 in the engine logbook.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 822
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-12-942-055

A. Remove the ground support equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the engine air intake.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-12

Page 823
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

RING - RETAINING, LP COMPRESSOR FRONT BLADE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________

TASK 72-31-13-000-010

Removal of the Front Blade Retaining Ring

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
IAE1J12188 1 BOLT-PULLER

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-13-400-010 Installation of the Front Blade Retaining Ring

72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone
72-31-13-991-170 Fig. 401
72-31-13-991-171 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-13-941-059

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the ground support equipment in to position.

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET TOOLS, PARTS OR UNWANTED MATERIALS FALL ON

_______
THE INTAKE COWL SURFACE WHEN YOU USE THE WORKMAT. TO
PREVENT THIS SEAL THE EDGES OF THE WORKMAT WITH TAPE
BEFORE YOU USE IT.

(b) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external of the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to

____
give full protection to the lower half of the air intake
cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-13-010-054

A. Remove the fairing and the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).

CAUTION : DO NOT PUT ANY TOOLS OR PARTS THAT ARE REMOVED IN THE STAGE 1
_______
FAN DISK INNER SURFACE.

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING RING
_______
AND THE STAGE 1 FAN BLADE. THEY EACH WEIGH APPROXIMATELY 10lb
(4.5kg).

Subtask 72-31-13-020-055

B. Remove the front blade retaining ring.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-13-991-170, 402/TASK 72-31-13-991-171)

(1) Remove the 22 bolts (11) which attach the annulus fillers (1) to the
front blade retaining ring (6).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of the front blade retaining ring

Figure 401/TASK 72-31-13-991-170

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of the sectional view of the Fan Module

Figure 402/TASK 72-31-13-991-171

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Record the balance weights (9) and remove the bolts (10) which attach
the front blade retaining ring to the fan disk (4).

(a) Record the size and the positions of the balance weights (9) (if
installed) on an applicable record sheet.

NOTE : This record is used in (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-400-010) to

____
return the balance weights to the initial positions.

(b) Remove the bolts (10) and the balance weights (9).

(3) Remove the front blade retaining ring (6) from the fan disk (4).

(a) Install the six puller bolts, BOLT-PULLER (IAE1J12188), to the

threaded holes (13) in the front blade retaining ring.

(b) Turn the puller bolts equally to release the front blade
retaining ring from the fan disk.

(c) Remove the front blade retaining ring from the fan disk. Remove
the puller bolts from the front blade retaining ring

Subtask 72-31-13-020-056

C. Remove the balance weights (7) if installed.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-13-991-170)

(1) Record the size and the positions of the balance weights (7) on an
applicable record sheet.

NOTE : This record is used in (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-400-010) to return

____
the balance weights to the initial positions.

(2) Remove the nuts (8) and the bolts (5) which attach the balance
weights (7) to the front blade retaining ring. Remove the balance
weights (7).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-13-400-010

Installation of the Front Blade Retaining Ring

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in

(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1J12141 1 BOLT-PUSHER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V10-077 *

approved engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

72-31-13-000-010 Removal of the Front Blade Retaining Ring
72-38-11-400-010 Installation of the Inlet Cone
72-31-13-991-170 Fig. 401
72-31-13-991-171 Fig. 402
72-31-13-991-172 Fig. 403
72-31-13-991-173 Fig. 404
72-31-13-991-174 Fig. 405

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-13-869-052

A. Make sure that the aircraft is in the same configuration as for the
removal task.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-13-420-059

A. Install the balance weights (7) if they were removed in (Ref. TASK 72-31-
13-000-010).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-13-991-170)

(1) Install the balance weights (7) to the front blade retaining ring (6)
at the initial bolt hole positions with the bolts (5) and the nuts
(8).

(2) TORQUE the nuts (8) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

Subtask 72-31-13-420-060

B. Install the front blade retaining ring (6).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-13-991-170, 402/TASK 72-31-13-991-171)

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL DURING THE REMOVAL OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING RING
_______
AND THE STAGE 1 FAN BLADE. THEY EACH WEIGH APPROXIMATELY 10lb
(4.5kg).

(1) Align the three locating holes (12) in the front blade retaining ring
with the three headless pins (3) on the fan disk (4).

(2) Push the front blade retaining ring with the pusher bolts, BOLT-
PUSHER (IAE1J12141).

(a) Install the four pusher bolts into the nuts (21) at 90 degrees
apart from each other, thru the front blade retaining ring.

(b) Carefully turn the pusher bolts to apply the same pressure in
turn to the front blade retaining ring.

(c) Continue to turn each pusher bolt in turn until the face A on the
front blade retaining ring touches the fan disk front end.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Lubricate the threads of the 36 bolts (10) with clean approved engine
oil (Material No. V10-077).

(4) Remove the four pusher bolts from the front blade retaining ring.

(5) Install the bolts (10) and the balance weights (9), which were
removed in (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-000-010) to the initial positions.

(6) TORQUE the bolts (10) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-13-991-172)

(7) TORQUE the bolts (10) in sequence again to make sure that the bolts
are at the correct torque.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-31-13-991-172)

Subtask 72-31-13-420-061

C. Attach the 22 annulus fillers to the retaining ring with the bolts.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-31-13-991-170)

(1) Lubricate the threads of the 22 bolts (11) with clean approved engine
oil (Material No. V10-077).

(2) Install the bolts.

(3) TORQUE the bolts to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-13-991-173)

(4) TORQUE the bolts in sequence again to make sure the bolts are at the
correct torque.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-31-13-991-173)

Subtask 72-31-13-420-062

D. Make sure that the annulus filler rubber seal is in the correct position.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-31-13-991-174)

CAUTION : DO NOT USE A PLASTIC STRIP WITH A ROUGH SURFACE OR EDGES. THE
_______
PLASTIC STRIP CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RUBBER SEAL.

CAUTION : DO NOT BREAK THE PLASTIC STRIP AND DO NOT LEAVE PIECES OF IT IN
_______
THE FAN. THE PIECES CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RUBBER SEAL.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of theFront Blade Retaining Ring Bolts - Torque Sequence

Figure 403/TASK 72-31-13-991-172

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of the Annulus Filler Bolts - Torque Sequence

Figure 404/TASK 72-31-13-991-173

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of thePosition of the Annulus Filler Rubber Seal

Figure 405/TASK 72-31-13-991-174

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 411
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : Do this subtask for both sides of all 22 fan blades. The rubber
____
seal of the annulus fillers can move to incorrect position when
you install the front blade retaining ring.

(1) Push the plastic strip between the annulus filler and the fan blade
at the rear end.

(a) If you can push the plastic strip easily, the rubber seal is in
the correct position. Go to step (3).

(b) If you can not push the plastic strip easily, the rubber seal is
possibly in incorrect position. Go to step (2).

(2) Push the rubber seal in to correct position with the plastic strip.

(3) Move the plastic strip forward.

(a) If you can move the plastic strip easily, the rubber seal is in
the correct position. Continue to move forward and go to step
(5).

(b) If the movement becomes difficult, the rubber seal is in

incorrect position. Correct the rubber seal position by step (4).

(4) Correct the position of the annulus filler rubber seal.

CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE RUBBER SEAL THAT IS IN INCORRECT POSITION,

_______
FORWARD WITH PLASTIC STRIP, THE PLASTIC STRIP CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE RUBBER SEAL.

(a) Pull the plastic strip out of the annulus filler.

(b) Push the rubber seal in inner direction with the plastic strip to
put the rubber seal into the correct position.

(5) Do steps (3) and (4) until the plastic strip goes to the front end of
the fan blade.

Subtask 72-31-13-410-052

E. Install the inlet cone and the fairing (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 412
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-13-942-057

A. Remove the support equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the engine air intake.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 413
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

RING - RETAINING, LP COMPRESSOR FRONT BLADE - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________________________________

TASK 72-31-13-200-010

Inspection of the Front Blade Retaining Ring Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the LP compressor front
blade retaining ring assembly.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-13-300-010 Repair of the LP Compressor Front Blade Retaining

Ring - VRS1810
72-31-13-300-012 Replace the Shank Nuts of the Front Blade Retaining
Ring - VRS1175
72-31-13-991-150 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-13-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-31-13-941-055

B. Put the ground support equipment in to position.

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen external of the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give full
____
protection to the lower half of the intake cowl surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-13-210-051

A. Examine the fan front blade retaining ring.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-31-13-991-150)

(1) Examine the abutment face of the front blade retaining ring assembly
for gall, at locations 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5.

(a) If it has any gall, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-300-010).

(2) Examine the bolt holes of the front blade retaining ring assembly for
burrs at locations 6, 7 and 13.

(a) If the edges are burred, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-300-010).

(3) Examine the snap diameter of the front blade retaining ring assembly
for scores at locations 8 and 9.

(a) If it has scores, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-300-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Front Blade Retaining Ring

Figure 601/TASK 72-31-13-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Examine the outside diameter of the front blade retaining ring
assembly for nicks, scratches and dents at location 10.

(a) If it has nicks, scratches or dents, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-31-

13-300-010).

(5) Examine the pin holes of the front blade retaining ring assembly for
scores and burrs, at locations 11 and 12.

(a) If they have scores, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-300-010).

(b) If they have burrs, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-13-300-010).

(6) Examine the shank nut and spacer of the front blade retaining ring
assembly for damage at location 14.

(a) If they show signs of being loose or damaged, repair them

(Ref. TASK 72-31-13-300-012).

(b) If the locking torque is greater than 60.00 lbfin. (6.780 N.m) or
less than 6.500 lbfin. (0.735 N.m), repair them (Ref. TASK 72-31-
13-300-012).

(7) Examine the shank nut and spacer of the front blade retaining ring
assembly for damage at location 15.

(a) If they are loose or missing, reject the ring.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-13-942-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

RING - RETAINING, LP COMPRESSOR FRONT BLADE - REPAIRS
_____________________________________________________

TASK 72-31-13-300-010

Repair of the LP Compressor Front Blade Retaining Ring - VRS1810

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific abrasive wheel

No specific fine file
No specific portable grinding equipment
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific 10X magnifying glass
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V05-019 *

waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-05-230-010 Local Application of Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection

72-31-13-991-151 Fig. 801

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-13-941-053

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Install the support equipment

(a) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the

engine for repair.

(b) Put the workmat in to position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external of the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give

____
full protection to the lower half of the intake cowl
surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-13-350-051

A. Dress and blend damaged areas on the front blade retaining ring
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-13-991-151)

CAUTION : ON TITANIUM COMPONENTS, ONLY SILICON CARBIDE TYPE WHEELS,

_______
STONES AND ABRASIVE PAPERS ARE TO BE USED FOR THIS REPAIR.
ALUMINIUM OXIDE TYPES MUST NOT BE USED.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Front Blade Retaining Ring - Blend Limits

Figure 801/TASK 72-31-13-991-151

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CAUTION : THE TITANIUM COMPONENTS WILL OXIDIZE AND CRACK IF MECHANICAL
_______
CUTTERS ARE USED HEAVILY. THIS HAS OCCURED IF THE COMPONENT
SHOWS DARK STRAW TO BLUE DISCOLORATION. IF AT ANY TIME THIS
COLORATION OCCURS, THE RETAINING RING MUST BE REJECTED.

(1) Dress to remove nicks, scratches, dents, galls, burrs and scores from
the front blade retaining ring. Use the abrasive wheel and portable
grinding equipment or fine file. Dress until all damage is removed.
Use light pressure to prevent the risk that the material will become
too hot,

(2) Blend the dressed areas and polish out scores on the front blade
retaining ring with waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019)
waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) waterproof abrasive
paper (Material No. V05-021). The surface finish must be the same as
that of the adjacent undressed area.

Subtask 72-31-13-220-051

B. Do a visual check of the front blade retaining ring. Examine for nicks,
scratches, dents, galls, burrs and scores with the 10X magnifying glass.
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-31-13-991-151)

Subtask 72-31-13-230-051

C. Do a penetrant crack test (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-230-010) . If it is

cracked, reject it.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-13-942-052

A. Remove the support equipment

(1) Remove the workmat.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-31-13-300-012

Replace the Shank Nuts of the Front Blade Retaining Ring - VRS1175

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific peening tool

No specific radial drilling machine
No specific soft clean cloth
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V05-019 *

waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V06-018 *
fluorescent penetrant (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 805
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-05-230-010 Local Application of Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-13-991-152 Fig. 802

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-31-13-941-056

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Install the support equipment

(a) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the

engine for repair.

(b) Put the workmat in to position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen external of the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give

____
full protection to the lower half of the intake cowl
surface.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 806
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-31-13-020-050-A

A. Remove the front blade retaining ring assembly from the stage 1 fan disk
assembly (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-31-13-350-052

B. Removed the damaged shank nuts of the front blade retaining ring
assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-13-991-152)

(1) Examine and identify the damaged shank nuts.

(2) Remove the damaged shank nut. Use a radial drilling machine or
equivalent, drill the flare of the shank nut until the flare twists.
Use a 0.378in. (9,60mm) drill. Take care not to damage the flange
bore or face.

(3) Remove the sharp edges around the nut location hole. Use waterproof
silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019) or waterproof
silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) or waterproof
silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021).

(4) Clean the hole with a soft clean cloth and blast with air.

Subtask 72-31-13-230-052

C. Examine the flange nut location hole of the front blade retaining ring
assembly.

(1) Do a penetrant crack test. Use fluorescent penetrant (Material No.

V06-018) (high post-emulsified). Refer to SPPM (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-
230-010). Cracks are not permitted.

Subtask 72-31-13-220-052

D. Examine the flange of the front blade retaining ring assembly.

(1) Visually inspect the nut location hole. Nicks, scratches and burrs
are not permitted.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 807
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Replace the Shank Nuts of the Front Retaining Ring

Figure 802/TASK 72-31-13-991-152

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 808
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-31-13-350-053

E. Fit a new shank nut to the front blade retaining ring assembly.

CAUTION : DO NOT DAMAGE THE PARENT METAL OF THE FRONT BLADE RETAINING
_______
RING.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-13-991-152)

(1) Fit a new shank nut into the flange location hole. Make sure the
shank nut is installed correctly.

(2) Hold the shank nut in position and make a flare. Use peening tool,
IAE 3J12713.

NOTE : Shank nut must be firmly held against the flange before the
____
start of swaging. Care must be taken that the flange does not
become damaged. During swaging, the tool may damage the silver
coating inside the shank. This is permitted and it is not
necessary to touch up if coating is damaged. Any loose flakes
of silver coating are to be removed.

Subtask 72-31-13-220-053

F. Examine the shank nut of the front blade retaining ring assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-31-13-991-152)

(1) Visually examine the shank nut hole. Flare should be evenly peened.
Cracks are not permitted. Circumferential movement of nut to flange
is permitted but there must be no axial movement.

Subtask 72-31-13-420-050-A

G. Install the front blade retaining ring assembly to the stage 1 fan disk
assembly. (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-31-13-942-054

A. Remove the support equipment.

(1) Remove the workmat.

(2) Remove the access platform.

(3) Remove the warning notices.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-31-13

Page 809
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

FAN FRAME - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________________

TASK 72-32-03-200-010

Inspection of the Fan Frame Assembly and the Mount Tube Stopper Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-32-03-300-010 Repair of the Fan Frame Assembly - VRS1731
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-03-991-150 Fig. 601
72-32-03-991-153 Fig. 602

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-03-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-03-010-056

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(1) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the engine.

Subtask 72-32-03-040-053

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK
78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-32-03-010-057

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-03-210-052

A. Examine the fan frame assembly

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-03-991-150, 602/TASK 72-32-03-991-153)

(1) Examine the area A of the struts for cracks, nicks, scores,
scratches, scores and/or dents.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they have nicks, dents, scores and/or scratches, up to 0.006

in. (0.15 mm) in depth and 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) in length, accept
them.

(c) If they have nicks, dents, scores and/or scratches that are more
than (b), repair them (Ref. TASK 72-32-03-300-010).

(2) Examine the area B of the struts for cracks, nicks, scores scratches
and/or dents.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they have nicks , dents, scores and/or scratches, up to 0.004

in. (0.10 mm) in depth and 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) in length, accept
them.

(c) If they have nicks, dents, scores and/or scratches that are more
than (b), repair them (Ref. TASK 72-32-03-300-010).

(3) Examine the inner surface of the fan frame for cracks, nicks, scores,
scratches, dents and/or black spots.

(a) If it is cracked, reject it.

(b) If it has nicks, dents, scores and/or scratches, up to 0.008 in.

(0.20 mm) in depth and 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) length, accept it.

(c) If it has nicks, dents, scores and/or scratches that are more
than (b), repair it (Ref. TASK 72-32-03-300-010).

(d) If it has smooth contour dents, up to 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) in

depth, accept it.

(e) If there are rings, spots or squares which are darker in

appearance than neighboring material, accept it.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Frame Assembly

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-03-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Frame Assembly

Figure 602/TASK 72-32-03-991-153

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Examine the mount tube stopper assembly on the fan frame for cracks,
nicks, scratches, loose, missing, deformation, peeling, distortion,
cut, torn and bend.

(a) If the rubber is cut, cracked, torn, missing or loose, reject the
mount tube stopper assembly.

(b) If the rubber is deformed or peeled, not loose, accept the mount
tube stopper assembly.

(c) If the bracket is distorted or bent, reject the mount tube

stopper assembly.

(d) If the bracket has nicks or scratches, up to 0.020 in. (0.50 mm)
in depth, accept the mount tube stopper assembly.

(e) If the bracket has nicks or scratches that are more than the
above limits, reject the mount tube stopper assembly.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-03-410-056

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-32-03-440-053

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-32-03-410-057

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 606
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 607
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

FAN FRAME - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE - REPAIRS
____________________________________________

TASK 72-32-03-300-010

Repair of the Fan Frame Assembly - VRS1731

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific 10X magnifying glass
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V05-019 *

waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
SPM 702305

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-03-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-03-010-051

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 437AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(1) Put the access platform in position.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-03-040-051

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU) (Ref. TASK
78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-32-03-010-053

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 451AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-32-03-941-052

E. Put the support equipment in position

(1) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen external of the aircraft. Make sure that the workmat has
sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the lower
half of the air intake cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-03-350-050

A. Dress and blend the damaged areas on the fan frame

CAUTION : ON TITANIUM COMPONENTS, ONLY SILICON CARBIDE TYPE WHEELS,

_______
STONES AND ABRASIVE PAPERS ARE TO BE USED FOR THIS REPAIR.
ALUMINIUM OXIDE TYPES MUST NOT BE USED.

CAUTION : THE TITANIUM COMPONENTS WILL OXIDIZE AND CRACK IF MECHANICAL

_______
CUTTERS ARE USED HEAVILY. THIS HAS OCCURED IF THE COMPONENT
SHOWS DARK STRAW TO BLUE DISCOLORATION. IF AT ANY TIME THIS
COLORATION OCCURS, THE RETAINING RING MUST BE REJECTED.

(1) Remove nicks and scraches from the fan frame assembly. Use the
abrasive wheel and portable grinding equipment or fine file. Dress
until all damage is removed.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Blend the dressed areas and polish our scores on the fan frame
assembly. Use waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019),
waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) and waterproof
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021). The surface finish must be the
same as that of the adjacent undressed area.

Subtask 72-32-03-210-051

B. Visually examine the fan frame assembly for nicks and scratches with the
10X magnifying glass

Subtask 72-32-03-230-050

C. Do a penetrant crack test (Ref. SPM 702305).

If it is cracked, reject it.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-03-942-050

A. Remove the support equipment.

(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

Subtask 72-32-03-410-051

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-32-03-440-050

C. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-03-410-053

D. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AR, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 805
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-03-300-011

Fan Frame T2.5CM Repair - VRS1596

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific crimping tool AMP No.49935

No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 50.00 lbf.in
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V08-013 *

cold curing silicone rubber compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0 terminal assembly 72-32-03 80A-020

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 806
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-03-991-152 Fig. 801

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-03-941-056

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-03-010-060

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 807
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-03-040-055

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-32-03-010-061

D. Get Access

(1) Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

(2) Put the access platform into position.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-03-020-052

A. Remove the terminal assembly from fan frame.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-03-991-152)

Subtask 72-32-03-350-056

B. Dig out silicone compound from the block connector.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-03-991-152)

Subtask 72-32-03-020-053

C. Remove the thermocouple wires from the terminal block.

Subtask 72-32-03-750-052

D. Do a check for the resistance of each thermocouple (between chromel wires

and almel wires).

(1) The resistance must be between 1.15 and 1.45 ohm.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 808
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Install Serviceable T/C to Fan Frame Assembly

Figure 801/TASK 72-32-03-991-152

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 809
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-03-420-051

E. Install serviceable terminal assembly (0) to fan frame assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-03-991-152)

(1) Cut the dead thermocouple wires to isolate.

(2) Connect the serviceable thermocouple wires to the terminal block

using crimping tool AMP No.49935.

(3) Fill the block connector with cold curing silicone rubber compound
(Material No. V08-013).

(4) Put the wire into the silicone compound in the block connector,
making the shape of a coil, until the wire is fully contained in the
connector.

(5) Install the terminal assembly and the bracket to the block connector
using two bolts. Tighten the bolts.

(6) TORQUE the bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN).

Subtask 72-32-03-750-053

F. Do the loop resistance check between the almel stud and chromel stud.

(1) The resistance must be between 0.4 and 1.8 ohm.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-03-410-060

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-32-03-440-055

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 810
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-03-410-061

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-03

Page 811
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

STUB SHAFT - LP COMPRESSOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________

TASK 72-32-51-920-010

Discard LP Stub Shaft

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 726000-I2

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-20-000-040 Removal of the Power Plant

71-00-20-400-040 Installation of the Power Plant
EM 723200

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-51-010-050

A. Remove the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-000-040).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-51-020-050

A. Remove and discard Low Pressure stub shaft (Ref. EM 723200).

Subtask 72-32-51-420-050

B. Install a new LP stub shaft (Ref. EM 723200).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-51-410-050

A. Install the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-51

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

STUB SHAFT - LP COMPRESSOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________

TASK 72-32-51-200-010

Inspection of the LP Compressor Stub Shaft

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK gives the procedure for the inspection of the LP compressor stub
shaft

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-51-300-010 Repair of the LP Compressor Stub Shaft - VRS1811

72-32-51-991-150 Fig. 601
72-32-51-991-151 Fig. 602

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-51-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-51

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-51-941-055

B. Put the ground support equipment in position.

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally. Make sure that the workmat has sufficient
dimensions to give full protection to the lower half of the
air intake cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-51-210-051

A. Examine the LP compressor stub shaft

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-51-991-150, 602/TASK 72-32-51-991-151)

(1) Examine the curvic teeth of the stub shaft for galls, cracks,
corrosion pitting and damage

(a) If it is cracked, reject it.

(b) If it has corrosion pitting of tooth crest flats, root flats,

root fillets and curvic side faces (excluding working flanks) ;
Up to 0.005 in. (0.13 mm) in depth, accept it.

(c) If it has galls and damage that is more than 0.005 in. (0.13 mm)
in depth, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-32-51-300-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-51

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Stub Shaft

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-51-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-51

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Stub Shaft - Curvic Teeth

Figure 602/TASK 72-32-51-991-151

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-51

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-51-942-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-51

Page 605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

STUB SHAFT - LP COMPRESSOR - REPAIRS
____________________________________

TASK 72-32-51-300-010

Repair of the LP Compressor Stub Shaft - VRS1811

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific abrasive stone

No specific fine file
No specific vibro-engraver
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V05-019 *

waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-05-230-010 Local Application of Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection

72-32-51-991-152 Fig. 801
72-32-51-991-153 Fig. 802

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-51

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-51-941-053

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the ground support equipment in position.

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(b) Put the workmat in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen externally.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to

____
give full protection to the lower half of the air intake
cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-51-350-052

A. Repair of the LP compressor stub shaft curvic teeth.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-51-991-152, 802/TASK 72-32-51-991-153)

(1) Remove galls and/or damage from the curvic teeh with the abrasive
stone, the abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) and/or the fine
file.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-51

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Stub Shaft

Figure 801/TASK 72-32-51-991-152

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-51

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Stub Shaft

Figure 802/TASK 72-32-51-991-153

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-51

Page 804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Make the repaired area smooth and polish out scores on the curvic
teeth with the waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019) and
waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020). The surface finish
must be the same as adjacent area.

Subtask 72-32-51-230-051

B. Do a penetrant crack test (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-230-010).

Subtask 72-32-51-220-051

C. Do a detailed and dimensional check of the curvic teeth.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-51-991-152, 802/TASK 72-32-51-991-153)

Subtask 72-32-51-350-053

D. Use the vibro-engraver to write VRS1811 adjacent to the stub shaft part
number.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-51-942-052

A. Remove the ground support equipment.

(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-51

Page 805
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

SCREEN - BLEED VALVE OUTLET CASE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________

TASK 72-32-60-000-010

Removal of the screen

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task is for V2500-A1 engines and V2500-A5 PRE SBE 70-0631 engines.
This task is not required for V2500-A5 POST SBE 70-0631 engines.
This task gives the procedure for the removal of the screen.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

IAE1J12187 1 COVER-PROTECTION LPC BLEED DUCT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-60-991-153 Fig. 401
72-32-60-991-154 Fig. 402
72-32-60-991-155 Fig. 403
72-32-60-991-156 Fig. 404

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-60-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-60-010-054

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-32-60-040-052

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-60-010-055

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-60-010-056

A. Remove the screen for A1 engines.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-60-991-153, 402/TASK 72-32-60-991-154, 403/TASK
72-32-60-991-155)

CAUTION : IF THE SCREEN IS TORN OR THE SCREEN IS NOT INSTALLED, YOU MUST
_______
INSTALL A PLASTIC COVER OVER THE BLEED DUCT OUTLET WHEN
MAINTENANCE WORK IS DONE IN THE ADJACENT AREA. YOU MUST MAKE
SURE THAT THE COVER HAS A WARNING FLAG TO TELL PERSONS TO
REMOVE THE COVER BEFORE THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.

CAUTION : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE PLASTIC COVER FROM THE
_______
BLEED DUCT OUTLET. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS IT CAN CAUSE ENGINE
SURGE AND DAMAGE WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.

CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT DROP THE PART (SCREEN) INTO THE ENGINE (BLEED
_______
DUCT). IF THE PART IS DROPPED, IT CAN CAUSE ENGINE SURGE AND
DAMAGE WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.

(1) Cut the frame of the screen (1).

(2) Pull up and remove the screen (1) from the bleed duct. Take care not
to damage the bleed duct. Make sure that no part of the removed
screen goes into the duct.

Subtask 72-32-60-010-057

B. Remove the screen for V2500-A5 PRE SBE 70-0631 engines.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-60-991-153, 404/TASK 72-32-60-991-156)

CAUTION : IF THE SCREEN IS TORN OR THE SCREEN IS NOT INSTALLED, YOU MUST
_______
INSTALL A PLASTIC COVER OVER THE BLEED DUCT OUTLET WHEN
MAINTENANCE WORK IS DONE IN THE ADJACENT AREA. YOU MUST MAKE
SURE THAT THE COVER HAS A WARNING FLAG TO TELL PERSONS TO
REMOVE THE COVER BEFORE THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of the Bleed Duct Screen

Figure 401/TASK 72-32-60-991-153

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of the Bleed Duct Screen

Figure 402/TASK 72-32-60-991-154

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of the Bleed Duct Screen

Figure 403/TASK 72-32-60-991-155

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of the Bleed Duct Screen

Figure 404/TASK 72-32-60-991-156

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CAUTION : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE PLASTIC COVER FROM THE
_______
BLEED DUCT OUTLET. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS IT CAN CAUSE ENGINE
SURGE AND DAMAGE WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.

CAUTION : DO NOT FULLY UNSCREW THE ATTACHING SCREWS. IF THE SCREWS ARE
_______
DETACHED FROM THE FRAME OF SCREEN, RETAINERS BECOME FREE UNDER
THE FRAME OF SCREEN AND MAY DROP INTO THE BLEED DUCT.

CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT DROP THE PART (SCREEN, SCREWS AND RETAINERS) INTO
_______
THE ENGINE (BLEED DUCT). IF THE PART IS DROPPED, IT CAN CAUSE
ENGINE SURGE AND DAMAGE WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.

(1) Loosen the three screws (3) until the thread of the screw is free
from the duct. Ensure the retainer remains on the thread of the
screw.

(2) Remove the damaged screen (2), from the bleed duct. Take care not to
damage the bleed duct.

(3) Check the quantity of screens (2), screws (3) and retainers (4)
removed from engine.
There should be three screws.
There should be three retainers, threaded on the screws.
There should be one screen.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-60-942-052

A. Remove the ground support equipment.

CAUTION : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE PLASTIC COVER FROM THE
_______
BLEED DUCT OUTLET. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS IT CAN CAUSE ENGINE
SURGE AND DAMAGE WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.

(1) Remove the COVER-PROTECTION LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) from the
bleed duct outlet, if installed.

(2) Remove the access platform (s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-60-410-054

B. Close Access.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-32-60-440-052

C. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-32-60-410-055

D. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-60-400-010

Installation of the Screen

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task is not required for V2500-A1 engines and V2500-A5 PRE SBE 70-0631
engines.

NOTE : Removal of the screen is acceptable for continued engine use until
____
the next shop visit.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

Not Applicable

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-60-941-053

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-60-420-050

A. Not Applicable

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

SCREEN - BLEED VALVE OUTLET CASE - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________________

TASK 72-32-60-200-010

Inspection of the Screen

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task is for V2500-A1 engines and V2500-A5 PRE SBE 70-0631 engines.
This task is not required for V2500-A5 POST SBE 70-0631 engines.
This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the screen.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

IAE1J12187 1 COVER-PROTECTION LPC BLEED DUCT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-32-60-000-010 Removal of the screen
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-60-991-150 Fig. 601
72-32-60-991-151 Fig. 602

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-60-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-60-010-050

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-32-60-040-050

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-60-010-051

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-60-210-050

A. Visually examine the screen

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-60-991-150, 602/TASK 72-32-60-991-151)

CAUTION : IF THE SCREEN IS TORN OR THE SCREEN IS NOT INSTALLED, YOU MUST
_______
INSTALL A PLASTIC COVER OVER THE BLEED DUCT OUTLET WHEN
MAINTENANCE WORK IS DONE IN THE ADJACENT AREA. YOU MUST MAKE
SURE THAT THE COVER HAS A WARNING FLAG TO TELL PERSONS TO
REMOVE THE COVER BEFORE THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.

(1) Remove the cover, protection - LPC Bleed Duct (IAE1J12187) from the
bleed duct outlet, if installed.

(2) If the screen is torn, remove all loose fibers and accept it.

(3) If the frame of the screen is damaged, but not cracked, accept it.

(4) If the frame is cracked, remove the screen and accept it until the
next shop visit (Ref. TASK 72-32-60-000-010).

NOTE : Removal of the screen is acceptable for engine use until the
____
next shop visit.

(5) Install the cover, protection - LPC Bleed Duct (IAE1J12187) on the
bleed duct outlet, if the screen is torn.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-60-942-050

A. Remove the ground support equipment

CAUTION : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE PLASTIC COVER FROM THE
_______
BLEED DUCT OUTLET. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS IT CAN CAUSE ENGINE
SURGE AND DAMAGE WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Screen
Figure 601/TASK 72-32-60-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Screen
Figure 602/TASK 72-32-60-991-151

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(1) Remove the COVER-PROTECTION LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) from the
bleed duct outlet, if installed.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-32-60-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-32-60-440-050

C. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-32-60-410-051

D. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 606
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-60-200-011

Inspection of the LPC Bleed Duct Seal

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK gives the procedure for the inspection of the LPC Bleed Duct Seal

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific cutter
No specific scissors
No specific warning notice
No specific Flexible Borescope
No specific Rigid Borescope
IAE1J12187 1 COVER-PROTECTION LPC BLEED DUCT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-710-013 Test No.11 : High Power Assurance Test

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-60-991-152 Fig. 603

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 607
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-60-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-60-010-052

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-32-60-040-051

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 608
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-60-010-053

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-60-210-051

A. Visually examine the LPC Bleed Duct Seal with a Flexible Borescope or
Rigid Borescope
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-32-60-991-152)

CAUTION : IF THE SCREEN IS TORN OR THE SCREEN IS NOT INSTALLED, YOU MUST
_______
INSTALL A PLASTIC COVER OVER THE BLEED DUCT OUTLET WHEN
MAINTENANCE WORK IS DONE IN THE ADJACENT AREA. YOU MUST MAKE
SURE THAT THE COVER HAS A WARNING FLAG TO TELL PERSONS TO
REMOVE THE COVER BEFORE THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.

(1) If the LPC bleed duct seal is detached, the steps below are
necessary:

(a) Cut the peeled part of the seal of the LPC bleed duct assembly
near the part of the seal still bonded. Use a cutter and/or
scissors.

(b) Carry out test No.11: High Power Assurance Test (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-013). No fault is permitted.

(c) Maintenance requirements:

1
_ the EGT trend is monitored on a regular basis for margin
deterioration (as with Compass).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-60-942-051

A. Remove the ground support equipment

CAUTION : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE PLASTIC COVER FROM THE
_______
BLEED DUCT OUTLET. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS IT CAN CAUSE ENGINE
SURGE AND DAMAGE WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATED.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 609
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LPC Bleed Duct Seal

Figure 603/TASK 72-32-60-991-152

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 610
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(1) Remove the COVER-PROTECTION LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) from the
bleed duct outlet, if installed.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-32-60-410-052

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-32-60-440-051

C. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-32-60-410-053

D. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-60

Page 611
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

LP COMPRESSOR STAGE 1.5, 2 AND 2.5 DISK - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________

TASK 72-32-81-920-010

Discard Booster Disk

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 723000-I1

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-20-000-040 Removal of the Power Plant

71-00-20-400-040 Installation of the Power Plant
EM 723200

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-81-010-050

A. Remove the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-000-040).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-81-020-050

A. Remove and discard booster disk (Ref. EM 723200).

Subtask 72-32-81-420-050

B. Install a new booster stage disk (Ref. EM 723200).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-81-410-050

A. Install the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-81

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

FAN CASE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________

TASK 72-32-85-000-010

Removal of the Engine Identification Plate and Name Plate Bracket.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for the V2500-A5 which have SBE 72-0378 incorporated

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

72-32-85-991-156 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-941-142

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-85-010-121

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
identification plate.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-85-020-050

A. Remove the name plate bracket and the engine identification plate from
the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-85-991-156)

(1) Remove the two bolts (5) that attach the name plate bracket (1) to
the flange FE of the fan case.

(2) Remove the four bolts (3) and the nuts (2) that attach the engine
identification plate (4) to the name plate bracket.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Engine Identification Plate and Name Plate Bracket.

Figure 401/TASK 72-32-85-991-156

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-85-400-011

Installation of the Engine Identification Plate and the Name Plate Bracket.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for the V2500-A5 which have SBE 72-0378 incorporated

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 50.00 lbf.in
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-32-85-991-156 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-85-420-053

A. Install the name plate bracket and the engine identification plate to the
fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-85-991-156)

(1) Make sure that a new engine rating indicator is installed to the
correct TAKE-OFF RATING/VARIANT position in the engine
identification plate (4) (see SBE 72-0285).

(2) Install the engine identification plate (4) to the name plate bracket
(1) with the four bolts (3) and the nuts (2).

(3) Torque the bolts (3) to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(4) Install the name plate bracket to the flange FE of the fan case with
the two bolts (5).

(5) Torque the bolts (5) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-85-942-114

A. Close Access

(1) Remove the access platform.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

For 1000EM1: 437AL, 438AR.
For 1000EM2: 447AL, 448AR.

(3) Remove the warning notices.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

FAN CASE - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________

TASK 72-32-85-200-010

Inspection of the Fan Case Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
IAE1N20444 1 TOOL-TAPPING
IAE2J13056 1 GAGE - WEAR

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-00-00-200-022 Inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blades and Fan
Case Acoustic Linings
72-31-00-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
72-31-00-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-32-85-300-020 Repair by Replacement of the Acoustic Linings -
VRS1845
72-32-85-300-021 Repair by Replacement of the Anti-ice Impact Panels -
VRS1844
72-32-85-300-022 Repair by Replacement of the Attrition Linings -
VRS1843
72-32-85-300-042 Repair of Fan Case - VRS1806 - Post SBE 72-0160
72-32-85-300-047 Repair of the Fan Case Acoustic Linings by bonding -
VRS1511

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-85-350-015 Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1824

72-32-85-350-016 Repair of the Fan Case Acoustic Lining - VRS1827
72-32-85-350-017 Repair of the Fan Case Anti-ice Impact Panels -
VRS1826
72-32-85-350-018 Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining Down to the
GRC Layer - VRS1825
72-32-85-350-019 Repair of the Blue Filler - VRS1828
72-32-85-350-042 Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining Below the
Glass Reinforced Composite (GRC) Layer - VRS1946
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-85-991-194 Fig. 601
72-32-85-991-165 Fig. 602
72-32-85-991-166 Fig. 603
72-32-85-991-195 Fig. 604
72-32-85-991-213 Fig. 605

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-941-067

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-010-062

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-32-85-040-052

C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-32-85-010-060

D. Get Access

(1) Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-32-85-010-102

E. Remove the LP Compressor (fan) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010) , or

Remove the LP Compressor (Fan) Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-
000-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-941-132

F. Put the support equipment in to position

(1) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the engine
for the inspection task.

(2) Put the workmat in to position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-85-220-054

A. Wear Measurement of the Attrition Linings

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-85-991-194)

(1) Measure the depth of damage using the GAGE - WEAR (IAE2J13056) off,
or equivalent.

(a) Position GAGE - WEAR (IAE2J13056) on the fan case so that gage
body straddles the attrition lining.

(b) Align the rear corner of the wear gage front side with the split
line of the hook and the attrition lining.

(c) Measure the basic distance between the measurement surface of the
GAGE - WEAR (IAE2J13056) and the original surface of the
attrition lining with the vernier caliper or equivalent depth
measurement equipment.

(d) Measure the damaged area with same as above procedure.

(2) Calculate the actual damage depth

A = Basic distance (Result of step (1) (c)).

B = Distance of damaged area (Result of step (1) (d)).
C = Actual depth of damage.
C = B - A

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Wear measurement of the Attrition Lining

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-85-991-194

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-210-065

B. Examine the Attrition Lining (6) for Rubs, Gouges and Scores
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-85-991-165, 603/TASK 72-32-85-991-166)

(1) Blade tip rubs are acceptable, if:

(a) The maximum depth of the rubbing is less than 0.158 in. (4.01
mm).

(2) Wear, gouges and galls on the attrition linings are acceptable, if
the following limits are not exceeded.

(a) The Glass Reinforced Composite (GRC) layer is not damaged.

(b) The maximum dimension of the damaged area is less than 3.00 in.
(76.2 mm) measured in the axial width and 10.0 in. (254.0 mm) in
the circumferential width.

(c) A total of five areas of damage within (a) and (b) are
acceptable, if they are separated by a distance equal to the
maximum dimension of the nearest damaged area.

(d) Any number of damaged areas within (a) whose maximum dimensions
are less than 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) measured in the axial width and
1.5 in. (38.1 mm) in the circumferential width are acceptable, if
they are separated by at least 3.0 in. (76.2 mm) of undamaged
lining.

(3) Circumferential scores on the attrition linings are acceptable, if

the limits that follow are not exceeded.

(a) The GRC layer is not damaged.

(b) Scores of any length are acceptable, if the lining around them is
undamaged.

(4) Damage more than in (1), (2) and (3) is acceptable, if:

(a) The GRC layer is not damaged.

(b) The linings will have been repaired within 10 flight hours or 5
flight cycles whichever is sooner - repair, refer to VRS1825
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-018)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 606
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Inspection of the Fan Case Assembly (PRE SBE 72-0160)

Figure 602/TASK 72-32-85-991-165

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 607
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Inspection of the Fan Case Assembly (SBE 72-0160)

Figure 603/TASK 72-32-85-991-166

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 608
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) Damage deeper than the GRC layer

(a) If the damaged area is less than 20 percent of each attrition

lining - repair, refer to VRS1946 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-042).

(b) Damage more than (a) - repair within 10 flight hours or 5 flight
cycles whichever is sooner, refer to VRS1843 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-
300-022).

(6) Any cracks are acceptable.

(7) Unbond on the linings is acceptable, if the limits that follow are
not exceeded:

NOTE : Check the attrition lining for unbond by tap testing. The
____
attrition lining is tapped, or hit lightly, with a metallic
coin (not less than 1 in. (25.4 mm)) or small metal rod with a
ball end or TOOL-TAPPING (IAE1N20444). If the unbond is
present directly below the point of impact, a change in pitch
(hollow sound) will be emitted from the attrition lining. Plot
the results of the tap test, if necessary.

(a) The unbond area(s) are less than 5 percent at the edge of each
attrition lining panel.

(b) The unbond area(s) are less than 5 percent of each attrition
lining panel, without area of step (a).

(c) The lining panel will be repaired within 10 flight hours or 5

flight cycles whichever is the sooner (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-
042).

(8) Unbond more than (7) is acceptable if:

(a) The damaged area is less than 10 percent of the total area of
each attrition lining panel.

(b) The lining panel will be repaired within 5 flight hours or 2

flight cycles whichever is the sooner (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-
042).

(9) Unbond more than (8) (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-042).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 609
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-210-066

C. Examine the Acoustic Linings (4) for unbond, cracks, dents and scores
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-85-991-165, 603/TASK 72-32-85-991-166, 604/TASK
72-32-85-991-195, 605/TASK 72-32-85-991-213)

CAUTION : CHECK THE TOTAL REPAIR AREA PRIOR TO STARTING THE REPAIR. DO
_______
NOT CARRY OUT REPAIR BY FILLING THE ACOUSTIC LININGS IF THE
TOTAL REPAIRED AREA EXCEEDS 30 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL FAN CASE
ACOUSTIC LINING AREA.

(1) If there are cracks - repair, refer to VRS1827 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-
350-016).

(2) Scores not more than 0.002 in. (0.05 mm) in depth and less than 1 in.
(25.4 mm) in length are acceptable.

(3) Damage more than in (2) is acceptable, if:

(a) The depth of the scores does not exceed 0.004 in. (0.1 mm).

(b) The linings will have been repaired within 500 flight hours or
250 flight cycles whichever is sooner - repair, refer to VRS1827
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-016).

(4) Smooth dents in the linings are acceptable, if the limits that follow
are not exceeded:

(a) The dents are less than 2.17 in. (55.0 mm) in diameter.

(b) The bond between the perforated skin and honeycomb is not broken.

(5) Damage more than in (4) is acceptable, if:

(a) The dents are less than 0.22 in. (5.5 mm) in depth.

(b) The linings will be repaired within 350 flight hours or 400
flight cycles whichever is sooner (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-016).

(6) Damage more than in (3) or (5) is acceptable, if:

(a) The linings will be repaired within 250 flight hours or 125
flight cycles whichever is sooner (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-016).

(7) Visually examine the bond of the acoustic lining, if you can see the
unbond of the acoustic lining - repair, refer to VRS1827 (Ref. TASK
72-32-85-350-016) or VRS1511 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-047).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 610
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Acoustic Lining Damage Form

Figure 604/TASK 72-32-85-991-195

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 611
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Inspection Diagram of the Unbonded Acoustic Linings

Figure 605/TASK 72-32-85-991-213

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 612
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(8) Unbond in the linings is acceptable, if the limits that follow are
not exceeded:
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 72-32-85-991-213)

NOTE : Do a check of the acoustic lining for unbond by the tap test.
____
The acoustic lining is tapped, or hit lightly, with a metallic
coin (not less than 1.0 in. (25.4 mm)) or a small metal rod
with a ball end or IAE 1N20444, tapping tool. If the unbond is
present directly below the point of impact, a change in pitch
(hollow sound) will be emitted from the acoustic lining. Plot
the results of the tap test, if necessary.

(a) The unbond area(s) are less than 7 percent in area A of each
acoustic lining panel.

(b) The unbond area(s) are less than 20 percent in area B of each
acoustic lining panel.

(c) The lining will be repaired within 50 flight hours or 25 flight

cycles whichever is sooner - repair, refer to VRS1827 (Ref. TASK
72-32-85-350-016) or VRS1511 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-047).

(9) Unbond more than (8) is acceptable, if:

(a) The damaged area is less than 30 percent of the total area of
each acoustic lining panel.

(b) The lining will be repaired within 10 flight hours or 5 flight

cycles whichever is sooner - repair, refer to VRS1827 or VRS1511
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-016).

(10) Unbond more than (9) and perforated skin still attached - repair,
refer to VRS1827 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-016) or VRS1511 (Ref. TASK
72-32-85-300-047).

(11) Missing perforated skin is acceptable, if:

(a) An inspection of the LP Compressor Fan Blades is accomplished

(Ref. TASK 72-00-00-200-022).

(b) Not more than one acoustic lining perforated skin is completely
missing.

(c) The lining will be repaired within 10 flight hours or 5 flight

cycles whichever is the sooner - repair, refer to VRS1827
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-016) or VRS1845 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
020).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 613
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(12) Damage more than (9) - repair, refer to VRS1827 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-
350-016) or VRS1845 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-020).

(13) If the area repaired with VRS1827 and/or VRS1511 in steps (1), (3)
and (5) to (12) is less than 30 percent of the total fan case
acoustic lining area, accept.

(14) If the area repaired with VRS1827 and/or VRS1511 area in steps (1),
(3) and (5) to (12) is more than 30 percent of the total fan case
acoustic lining area, replace within 10 flight hours or 5 flight
cycles whichever is sooner - repair, refer to VRS1845 (Ref. TASK 72-
32-85-300-020).

Subtask 72-32-85-210-067

D. Examine the Anti-ice Impact Panel (10), for Damage and Scores
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-85-991-165, 603/TASK 72-32-85-991-166)

(1) Many damage marks or identations provided the GRC skin is not
penetrated, are acceptable.

(2) Damage more than in (1) is acceptable, if:

(a) The panels will have been repaired within 50 flight hours or 25
flight cycles whichever is sooner - repair, refer to VRS1826
(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-017).

(b) The damaged area is less than 20 percent of each anti-ice impact
panel.

(3) Damage more than (2) - repair, refer to VRS1844 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-
300-021).

Subtask 72-32-85-210-068

E. Examine the flanges (1) the outer surface (2) and the inner surface (3)
for nicks, scratches, galls or scores and bolt hole burrs.
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-85-991-165)

PRE SBE 72-0160

(1) Nicks, scratches, galls or scores in the outer surface and the inner
surface - repair, refer to VRS1824 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-015).

(2) Bolt hole burrs - repair, refer to VRS1824 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-
015).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 614
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-210-117

F. Examine the Flanges (1) the Outer Surface (2) and the Inner Surface (3)
for Nicks, Scratches, Galls or Scores and Bolt Hole Burrs
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-32-85-991-166)

SBE 72-0160: Weight reduced fan case assembly

(1) Nicks, scratches, galls or scores in the outer surface and the inner
surface - repair, refer to VRS1806 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-042).

(2) Bolt hole burrs - repair, refer to VRS1806 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
042).

Subtask 72-32-85-210-069

G. Examine the Hook (8) and the Flexible Ring Surface (9) for Nicks, Dents
or Scores
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-85-991-165)

PRE SBE 72-0160

(1) Nicks, dents or scores in the hook and on the flexible ring surface -
repair, refer to VRS1824 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-015).

Subtask 72-32-85-210-118

H. Examine the Hook (8) and the Flexible Ring Surface (9) for Nicks, Dents
or Scores
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 72-32-85-991-166)

SBE 72-0160: Weight reduced fan case assembly

(1) Nicks, dents or scores in the hook and on the flexible ring surface -
repair, refer to VRS1806 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-042).

Subtask 72-32-85-210-070

J. Examine the Blue Filler (7) for Damage and Erosion

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-85-991-165, 603/TASK 72-32-85-991-166)

(1) Erosion of the blue filler between the anti ice impact panel and the
acoustic lining that is not more than 0.2 in. (5.08 mm) in depth, is
acceptable.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 615
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Damage that is more than in (1) - repair within 160 flight hours or
80 flight cycles , whichever is sooner, refer to VRS1828 (Ref. TASK
72-32-85-350-019).

Subtask 72-32-85-210-071

K. Examine the Groove (10) for Galls, Scores or Scratches

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-85-991-165)

PRE SBE 72-0160

(1) Galls, scores or scratches in the groove - repair, refer to VRS1824

(Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-015).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-85-410-102

A. Install the LP Compressor (Fan) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010), or

Install the LP Compressor Blades and Filler (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-410-063

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

(3) Remove the support equipment

(a) Remove the workmat from the fan case.

(b) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-32-85-440-052

C. Activate the HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 616
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-410-064

D. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 617
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

FAN CASE - REPAIRS
__________________

TASK 72-32-85-300-013

Repair of Fan Case Attrition Lining Down to the GRP Layer - VRS1411

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific putty knife

No specific scraper
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-076 *

cleaning fluid (MEK) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-016 *
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-006 *
filler, two pack (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-00-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module

72-31-00-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
72-32-85-200-010 Inspection of the Fan Case Assembly
72-32-85-991-153 Fig. 801

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-941-055

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-85-010-053-A

B. Remove the LP compressor (fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-941-056

C. Put the ground support equipment into position.

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat in position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-85-350-053

A. Prepare areas of damage.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-85-991-153)

(1) Remove loose and damaged material from repair area with scraper.

(2) Take care not to damage the GRP layer which is sandwiched between the
two layers of honeycomb in this area.

(3) Check security of panels adjacent to repair area.

(a) Check visually and by tapping. A hollow sound is indicative of a

suspect bond.

(b) Remove loose and damaged material from repair with scrapers until
the hollow sound disappears.

(4) Make rough the repair area with garnet paper (Material No. V05-016).

(5) Remove any remaining debris with vacuum cleaner.

(6) Degrease the area except the blue filler surface cleaning fluid (MEK)
(Material No. V01-076).

(7) Immediately dry out area with oil free dry air blast.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-052

B. Prepare and apply filler material:

(1) Prepare filler material with filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006).

(a) Prepare filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006) which consists of
EC3524A (White) accelerator and EC3524B (Blue) base.

(b) Weigh out 100 parts of EC3524B and 94 parts of EC3524A. Mix the
two parts by kneading with putty knife, until the filler is a
constant blue color.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Attrition Lining
Figure 801/TASK 72-32-85-991-153

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Apply filler material.

(a) Apply blue filler to repair area with a putty knife. Make sure
that the repair area is fully filled with no air pockets.

(b) If the complete fan track is to be filled to the depth to the GRP
skin start at the bottom and work both sides.

(c) The gradual setting of the filler will support the newly applied
filler.

(d) If any sagging is apparent locally produced supports will be

necessary.

(e) Partially cure at room temperature. Permit sufficient time for

filling material to stiffen.

(f) Remove most of overfilled material by a planing or burnishing

action. Use putty knife or scraper.

(g) Cure the filler at room temperature 72 deg.F (22 deg.C) for 24
hours. Optional cure: Heat to 200 deg.F (93 deg.C) for 1/2 hour
approximately.

(h) Blend after material is hard to the touch. Use scraper and garnet
paper (Material No. V05-016).

Subtask 72-32-85-210-052-A

C. Visually inspect (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-200-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-85-942-054

A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(1) Remove the ground support equipment.

(2) Remove the workmat from the fan case.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 805
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-410-053-A

B. Installation of the LP Compressor (FAN) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-

010).

Subtask 72-32-85-942-055

C. Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 806
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-85-350-015

Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1824

CAUTION : SILICON CARBIDE TYPE WHEELS, STONES AND ABRASIVE PAPERS ARE TO BE
_______
USED FOR THIS REPAIR. ALUMINUM OXIDE TYPES MUST NOT BE USED.

CAUTION : THE MATERIAL WILL OXIDIZE AND CRACK IF MECHANICAL CUTTERS ARE USED
_______
HEAVILY. THIS HAS OCCURRED IF THE COMPONENT SHOWS DARK STRAW TO BLUE
DISCOLORATION.
IF AT ANY TIME THIS COLORATION OCCURS THE CASES MUST BE REJECTED

CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN SOME AREAS.
_______
IF YOU BLEND TOO MUCH, THE PART CANNOT BE SERVICEABLE AND WILL HAVE
TO BE REPLACED.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD EQUIPMENT.
_______
FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hand held pneumatic grinder

No specific rotary files
No specific ultrasonic wall thickness measuring equipment
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 807
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V05-020 *

abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-85-991-172 Fig. 802

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-941-080

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 808
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-010-072

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-32-85-040-055

C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-32-85-010-073

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-32-85-941-081

E. Put the Support Equipment in to Position

(1) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat in to position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 809
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-85-350-060

A. General Instructions for the Blend Repair of the Fan Case

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-85-991-172)

(1) Use the hand held pneumatic grinder, the rotary files and the
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) to blend the burred, galled and
scored area and remove all damage.

NOTE : The blend ratio, lenght to depth, must be a minimum of 50 to

____
1.

NOTE : Remove the minimum quantity of material necessary to remove

____
all damage.

NOTE : All repaired areas must be have a surface finish that is of

____
equal or better quality than that of the adjacent area.

NOTE : The maximum surface area for each blend is 4.00 in.2 (2580.64
____
mm2). The maximum number of blends on the inner and the outer
surfaces of the containment area is 20.

(2) Polish the blended areas with abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020)
to make the blended surface as smooth as the initial surface.

Subtask 72-32-85-350-061

B. Blend Repair the Fan Case

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-85-991-172)

(1) The maximum blend depth on the flange, location 1, is 0.010 in.
(0.254 mm).

(2) The maximum blend depth on the outer and inner surfaces, locations 2
and 3, is 0.010 in. (0.254 mm). This does NOT include the containment
areas, location 7, 8 and 9.

(3) The maximum blend depth on the hook, location 4, is 0.010 in. (0.254
mm).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 810
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Blends are permitted in the straight area of the flexible ring,
locations 5, only if the wall thickness does not go below the
minimum.

NOTE : The wall thickness can be measured with the ultrasonic wall
____
thickness measuring equipment.

NOTE : Make sure that ultrasonic wall thickness measuring equipment

____
was calibrated by the necessary procedures given in operation
manuals of the measuring equipment or local regulations.
Calibration piece to be made from the same material
(Ti-6Al-4V) or a material with the same acoustic velocity as
the part to be tested. The calibration piece thickness must be
within the thickness limits of the part to be measured,
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-85-991-172)

(5) The maximum blend depth on the other surface of the flexible ring,
locations 5, is 0.010 in. (0.254 mm).

(6) The maximum blend depth on the groove, location 6, is 0.005 in.
(0.13mm).

(7) Blending is permitted in the corner and containment areas, Locations

7, 8 and 9 only if the minimum wall thickness can be maintained.

NOTE : In addition to that, maximum depth to remove the damage on the

____
corner, Location 7 must not be more than 0.005 in. (0.13 mm).

NOTE : Thickness can be measured using an ultrasonic wall thickness

____
measuring equipment.

NOTE : Make sure that ultrasonic wall thickness measuring equipment

____
was calibrated by the necessary procedures given in operation
manuals of the measuring equipment or local regulations.
Calibration piece to be made from the same material
(Ti-6Al-4V) or a material with the same acoustic velocity as
the part to be tested. The calibration piece thickness must be
within the thickness limits of the part to be measured,
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-85-991-172)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 811
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Blend Repair of the Fan Case

Figure 802/TASK 72-32-85-991-172- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 812
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Blend Repair of the Fan Case

Figure 802/TASK 72-32-85-991-172- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 813
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-220-052

C. Examine the Blend Repaired Area

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-85-991-172)

(1) Measure the dimentions of the blended areas

(a) The maximum area for each blend is 4.00 in.2 (2580.64 mm2). The
maximum number of blends on the inner and outer surfaces of the
containment area is 20.

(b) The blended area must be agree with the minimum blend ratio. The
blend ratio, length to depth, must be a minimum of 50 to 1.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-85-942-071

A. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the fan case.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-32-85-410-074

B. Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-32-85-440-055

C. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 814
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-410-075

D. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 815
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-85-350-016

Repair of the Fan Case Acoustic Lining - VRS1827

CAUTION : CHECK THE TOTAL REPAIR AREA PRIOR TO STARTING THE REPAIR. DO NOT
_______
CARRY OUT REPAIR BY FILLING THE ACOUSTIC LININGS IF THE TOTAL
REPAIRED AREA EXCEEDS 30 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL FAN CASE ACOUSTIC
LINING AREA.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task is for V2500-A5 engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific air powered sealant gun

No specific hand held pneumatic grinder
No specific lint-free cloth
No specific polyethylene sheet
No specific putty knife
No specific rotary files
No specific scraper
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-076 *

cleaning fluid (methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-005 *
adhesive tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-160 *
Teflon tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-223 *
release film (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 816
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V05-016 *

garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof silicon carbide adhesive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-006 *
filler, two pack (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-024 *
sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-125 *
sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-30-00-918-010 Consumable Materials Index

72-31-00-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
72-31-00-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-32-85-300-020 Repair by Replacement of the Acoustic Linings -
VRS1845
72-32-85-300-042 Repair of Fan Case - VRS1806 - Post SBE 72-0160
72-32-85-350-015 Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1824
72-32-85-991-173 Fig. 803
72-32-85-991-174 Fig. 804
72-32-85-991-210 Fig. 805

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-941-082

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 817
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-85-010-074

B. Remove the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010) and

the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-941-122

C. Put the Ground Support Equipment in Position

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat in position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-85-350-087

A. Prepare areas of damaged area

CAUTION : SILICON CARBIDE TYPE WHEELS, STONES AND ABRASIVE PAPERS ARE TO
_______
BE USED FOR THIS REPAIR. ALUMINUM OXIDE TYPES MUST NOT BE USED.

CAUTION : THE MATERIAL WILL OXIDIZE AND CRACK IF MECHANICAL CUTTERS ARE
_______
USED HEAVILY. THIS HAS OCCURRED IF THE COMPONENT SHOWS DARK
STRAW TO BLUE DISCOLORATION.
IF AT ANY TIME THIS COLORATION OCCURS THE CASES MUST BE
REJECTED

(1) Use adhesive tape (Material No. V02-005) and polyethylene sheet or
equivalent to protect the engine opening.

NOTE : Make sure that the masking sheet has sufficient dimensions to
____
give full protection to the inlet of the LPC guide vane

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 818
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

assembly, outlet of the stage 2.5 bleed duct and inside of the
LP stub shaft.

Subtask 72-32-85-350-062

B. Remove all damage from the defective area

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-85-991-173)

WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD

_______
EQUIPMENT. FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.

CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN SOME
_______
AREAS. IF YOU HIT THE FAN CASE WITH A CHISEL OR SCRAPER YOU CAN
MAKE IT UNSERVICEABLE.

CAUTION : YOU MUST USE THE CHISEL, SHARP BLADE OR SCRAPER IN A

_______
CIRCUMFERENTIAL DIRECTION TO PREVENT THE EDGES OF THE BLADE
SCORING THE FAN CASE.

CAUTION : STOP MACHINING AS SOON AS THE FILES, CUTTERS OR MACHINING BITS

_______
ARE THROUGH THE PANEL MATERIAL. USE A STOP-MACHINING OR SLEEVE
OR OTHER PENETRATION LIMITING DEVICE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
CASING MATERIAL.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE POWERED TOOLS WITH STEEL CHISEL OR SIMILAR BITS.
_______

CAUTION : YOU MUST ALWAYS TRY TO POINT THE CHISEL OR SHARP BLADE PARALLEL
_______
WITH THE SURFACE OF THE FAN CASE.

(1) Use the hand held pneumatic grinder and the rotary files to cut away
broken pieces from the damaged area or to cut a hole or holes for the
injection of filler into the damaged area. Be careful not to cause
damage to the inner surface of the fan case assembly.

NOTE : Remove the minimum quantity of material necessary to remove

____
all damage.

(2) Make sure that the remaining skin surface is smooth. All burrs on the
edges of cut skin must be removed.

(3) Remove all remaining debris with the vacuum cleaner.

(4) If the repair area on the acoustic lining is more than 30 percent of
the total acoustic lining, replace the acoustic lining within 10
flight hours or 5 flights cycles, whichever is sooner (Ref. TASK 72-
32-85-300-020).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 819
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Filling Repair of the Acoustic Lining

Figure 803/TASK 72-32-85-991-173

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 820
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-110-052

C. Remove the Grease from the Repair Area

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid (methyl-
ethyl-ketone) (Material No. V01-076) to remove all grease from the
repair area.

(2) Immediately dry the repair with a clean, dry air blast.

Subtask 72-32-85-210-131

D. Examine the fan case inner surface of the repair area. If necessary
repair any nicks, dents, scratches and gouges (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
042) or (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-015).

Subtask 72-32-85-340-095

E. Prepare the Filler Material

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE OF
_______
THE FILLER TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

(1) Use filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006), option 1.

(a) Weigh out 100 parts of blue paste (part B) and 94 parts of white
paste (part A).

(b) Mix the two parts together until the color of paste is constant
blue. No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : The life of the mixed filler is approximately one hour at

____
72 deg.F (22 deg.C).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 821
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024) or sealant (Material No. V08-125),
option 2.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
SEALANT IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATH THE GAS.
IF YOU GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH
IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES
BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024) or sealant (Material No. V08-
125) . This is supplied in several forms. The preferred form is
SEMKIT B1/2 (Material No.V08-125), alternative is the tin form
(Material No. V08-024).

(b) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-125), prepare either by

hand, or using a mixing machine as described in the
manufacturer
s leaflet.

(c) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-024), measure 75 parts of

the base compound and 10 parts of curing compound (accelerator)
by weight.

(d) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-024), knead the two parts
together until the paste is a constant color with the putty knife
or equivalent. No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : When mixed, the life of the sealant is approximately half

____
an hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

NOTE : Sealant cure times are with a relative humidity of 50

____
percent.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-096

F. Apply the filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006), option 1

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-85-991-173, 804/TASK 72-32-85-991-174)

(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the filler into the repair
area to slightly more than the necessary level. Do NOT put the filler
into the slots between the acoustic linings.

(2) When the filler starts to feel hard, remove all unwanted filler.

(3) Use the putty knife or a scraper to get the burnished effect.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 822
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Slots between the Acoustic Linings

Figure 804/TASK 72-32-85-991-174

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 823
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) If necessary, apply a small quantity of cold water to the putty knife
to get a smooth finish.

NOTE : Do not use too much water because it will cause the filler to
____
plasticize.

(5) Cure the filler:

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
FILLER IS 176 DEG.F (80 DEG.C)

(a) The cure times are given in figure Curing Chart of Filling
Material (V08-006) .
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-32-85-991-210)

NOTE : The minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (60 deg.C)
____

NOTE : The filler will not cure at a temperature of less than 54

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).

(6) Blend the filler to the contour with garnet paper (Material No. V05-
016), (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010), if necessary.

(7) Remove all unwanted material with the vacuum cleaner.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-209

G. Apply sealant Material (when using V08-024 or V08-125 sealant), option 2

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-85-991-173, 804/TASK 72-32-85-991-174)

(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the V08-024 sealant or V08-125
sealant into the repair area to slightly more than the necessary
level.

(2) When the sealant starts to feel hard, remove the unnecessary sealant
material.

(3) Place release film (Material No. V02-223) (non-porous) over the
repair area and hold it in place with Teflon tape (Material No. V02-
160).

(4) Apply pressure to keep contact between the repair area during the
sealant cycle with Teflon tape (Material No. V02-160) or equivalent,
if necessary.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 824
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Curing Chart of the Filling Material (V08-006)

Figure 805/TASK 72-32-85-991-210

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 825
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) Let the sealant cure.

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
SEALANT IS 120 DEG.F (49 DEG.C)

(a) Let the sealant cure by heating to 113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for
approximately 1.5 hours.

NOTE : The minimum cure time is 1.5 hours. Sealant cure times are
____
with a relative humidity of 50 percent.

(6) Remove the release film, teflon tape and applied pressure source from
the repair area and remove all the masking materials from the engine.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-097

H. If necessary, fill the slots between the Acoustic Linings.

(Ref. Fig. 804/TASK 72-32-85-991-174)

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE OF
_______
THE SEALANT TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Prepare the sealant material

(a) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024) or sealant (Material No. V08-
125). This is supplied in several forms. The preferred form is
SEMKIT B1/2 (Material No. V08-125), alternative is the tinform
(Material No. V08-024). (25 deg.C).

(b) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-125), prepare either by

hand, or using a mixing machine as described in the
manufacturer
s leaflet.

(c) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-024), measure 75 parts of

the base compound and 10 parts of curing compound (accelerator)
by weight.

(d) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-024), knead the two parts
together until the paste is a constant color with the putty knife
or equivalent. No streaks are permitted.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 826
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : When mixed, the life of the sealant is approximately half
____
an hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

NOTE : Sealant cure times are with a relative humidity of 50

____
percent.

(2) Apply the sealant material:

(a) Put the sealant into the slots with the putty knife.

(b) When the sealant starts to feel hard, remove all unwanted
sealant.

(c) Cure the sealant.

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
SEALANT IS 120 DEG.F (49 DEG.C)

1
_ Let the sealant cure for 10 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or
heat to 113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for approximately 1.5 hours.

NOTE : The minimum cure time is 1.5 hours. Sealant cure time
____
is with relative humidity of 50 percent.

(d) If the remaining sealant material after repair exceeds the limit,
dress the sealant material with the waterproof silicon carbide
adhesive paper (Material No. V05-020) or equivalent.

Subtask 72-32-85-210-086

J. Examine the Repair Area

(Ref. Fig. 803/TASK 72-32-85-991-173, 804/TASK 72-32-85-991-174)

(1) Make sure that the filler surface is smooth and flat.

(2) Accept a step if it is less than 0.02 in. (0.5 mm).

(3) Visually examine the slots between the acoustic linings.

(4) If necessary, apply more filler and/or sealant.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 827
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-85-942-072

A. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the fan case.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-32-85-410-076

B. Install the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010) and

the LP compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-942-073

C. Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 828
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-85-300-020

Repair by Replacement of the Acoustic Linings - VRS1845

CAUTION : YOU MUST KEEP ALL SURFACES CLEAN DURING THIS REPAIR. DIRT OR GREASE
_______
ON BONDING SURFACES WILL CAUSE UNSATISFACTORY BONDS. CLEAN COTTON OR
POLYTHENE GLOVES MUST BE WORN BY ALL PERSONS TOUCHING THE PARTS TO BE
BONDED. THE TOUCHING OF PARTS MUST BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM AND
COMPONENTS MUST NOT BE TOUCHED ON THEIR PREPARED SURFACES.

CAUTION : TO GET GOOD BONDING, YOU MUST TAKE CARE TO CORRECTLY PREPARE THE
_______
ABRADED SURFACES AND TO USE THE ADHESIVE CORRECTLY.

NOTE : This repair procedure is estimated to take less than 15 hours in the
____
hangar when done by skilled mechanics familiarized with this procedure.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific air grinder

No specific air hammer
No specific airpowered sealant gun
No specific brush
No specific flux chipper
No specific portable sandblaster
No specific putty knife
No specific scraper
No specific ultrasonic leak detector
No specific ultrasonic wall thickness measuring equipment
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific vacuum pump
No specific vacuum sandblaster
No specific vacuum valve
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
IAE3J13053 1 FIXTURE-BONDING
IAE3J13055 1 FIXTURE-BONDING

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 829
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific polyethylene sheet

Material No. V01-031 *
acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-060 *
acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-076 *
cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-005 *
adhesive tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-097 *
lint free gloves (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-100 *
white nylon gloves (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-166 *
breather cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-222 *
bagging film (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-223 *
release film (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-224 *
silicon adhesive polyester tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-334 *
porous release film (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-003 *
abrasive medium (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-016 *
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
water proof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-185 *
polishing discs (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-186 *
conditioning discs (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-006 *
filler, two pack (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-021 *
adhesive (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-024 *

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 830
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)

Material No. V12-045 *
vacuum bag sealant tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V12-046 *
vacuum bag sealant tape (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-30-00-918-010 Consumable Materials Index

72-31-00-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
72-31-00-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-32-85-350-015 Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1824
72-32-85-991-175 Fig. 806
72-32-85-991-176 Fig. 807
72-32-85-991-160 Fig. 808
72-32-85-991-209 Fig. 809
72-32-85-991-206 Fig. 810
72-32-85-991-208 Fig. 811

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-941-139

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 831
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-85-010-076

B. Remove the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010) or LP

Compressor Blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-941-083

C. Put the Ground Support Equipment into Position

(1) Put the access platform into position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat into position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-85-350-090

A. Prepare areas of damaged area

(1) Use adhesive tape (Material No. V02-005) and polyethylene sheet or
equivalent to protect the engine opening.

NOTE : Make sure that the masking sheet has sufficient dimensions to
____
give full protection to the inlet of the LPC guide vane
assembly, outlet of the stage 2.5 bleed duct and inside of the
LP stub shaft.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-098

B. Prepare the repair area.

WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD

_______
EQUIPMENT. FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.

CAUTION : SILICON CARBIDE TYPE WHEELS, STONES AND ABRASIVE PAPERS ARE TO
_______
BE USED FOR THIS REPAIR. ALUMINUM OXIDE TYPES MUST NOT BE USED.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 832
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CAUTION : THE MATERIAL WILL OXIDIZE AND CRACK IF MECHANICAL CUTTERS ARE
_______
USED HEAVILY. THIS HAS OCCURRED IF THE COMPONENT SHOWS DARK
STRAW TO BLUE DISCOLORATION.
IF AT ANY TIME THIS COLORATION OCCURS THE CASES MUST BE
REJECTED

CAUTION : DO NOT USE POWERED TOOLS WITH STEEL CHISEL OR SIMILAR BITS.
_______

CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN SOME
_______
AREAS. IF YOU HIT THE FAN CASE WITH A CHISEL OR SCRAPER YOU CAN
MAKE IT UNSERVICEABLE.

CAUTION : YOU MUST USE THE CHISEL, SHARP BLADE OR SCRAPER IN A

_______
CIRCUMFERENTIAL DIRECTION TO PREVENT THE EDGES OF THE BLADE
SCORING THE FAN CASE.

CAUTION : YOU MUST ALWAYS TRY TO POINT THE CHISEL OR SHARP BLADE PARALLEL
_______
WITH THE SURFACE OF THE FAN CASE.

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-32-85-991-175, 807/TASK 72-32-85-991-176)

(1) Remove most of the damaged linings. Use air hammer or flux chipper
with aluminum chisel.
(Ref. Fig. 808/TASK 72-32-85-991-160)

CAUTION : THE GRINDER IS NOT TO BE USED AT THE SAME LOCATION,

_______
STOPPING FOR 30 SECONDS OR MORE.

CAUTION : PREVENT TOO MUCH SURFACE ABRASION OF THE FAN CASE MATERIAL.
_______
SURFACE FINISH USING ABRASIVE BLASTING IS NECESSARY. THIS
WILL GIVE THE BEST BONDING RESULTS.

(2) Remove all the remaining unwanted material and adhesive from the case
with air grinder and polishing discs (Material No. V05-185) or
conditioning discs (Material No. V05-186)

(3) Remove all remaining unwanted material with the vacuum cleaner.

(4) Make sure that the replacement linings can be placed in position.

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT
_______
ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
FLUID IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR.
IF YOU GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR
EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 833
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair of the Acoustic Linings

Figure 806/TASK 72-32-85-991-175

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 834
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 72-32-85

Page 835
Nov 01/07
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair of the Acoustic Linings

Figure 807/TASK 72-32-85-991-176- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 836
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair of the Acoustic Linings

Figure 807/TASK 72-32-85-991-176- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 837
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Aluminum Chisel for Air Hammers or Flux Chippers

Figure 808/TASK 72-32-85-991-160

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 838
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) Remove all grease from the repair area with acetone (Material No.
V01-031), acetone (Material No. V01-060), cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-076) or cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-124) and a brush
(Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).

NOTE : Examine the bonding area of the fan case assembly for the
____
surface finish and for any nicks, dents, scratches and gouges.
The wall thickness can be measured with the ultrasonic wall
thickness measuring equipment or equivalent, if necessary. If
necessary do blend repair (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-015).

(6) Fully mask off all areas except bonding area with silicon adhesive
polyester tape (Material No. V02-224) and/or other applicable
procedure.

WARNING : A PRESSURIZED AIR STREAM CAN CAUSE INJURY. WEAR SAFETY

_______
GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.

CAUTION : USE THE VACUUM SANDBLASTER FOR THE BEST BONDING SURFACE OF
_______
THE TITANIUM PARTS.

CAUTION : YOU MUST USE OIL-FREE DRY AIR ONLY.

_______

(7) Make the repair area rough with dry abrasive blast with abrasive
medium (Material No. V05-003) and vacuum sandblaster or portable
sandblaster.

NOTE : Remove the glossy surface from the repair area of the fan case
____
assembly. Make sure that there is a constant matt surface on
the repair area.

NOTE : IAE recommends that the working pressure of the vacuum

____
sandblaster or portable sandblaster is approximately 70 psi to
100 psi (480 KPa to 690 KPa).

NOTE : IAE recommends that the minimum time of operation for a

____
blasting of repair area is 40 minutes for each panel area.

(8) Remove all remaining unwanted material with the vacuum cleaner.

(9) Immediately dry the area with the oil free dry air blast.

NOTE : Continue with the bonding process in less than 8 hours after
____
the cleaning procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 839
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-210-087

C. Do a Water-break Inspection of the Repair Area

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

CAUTION : DO NOT TOUCH THE PREPARED SURFACE, BETWEEN THE PROCEDURE TO

_______
CLEAN AND THE BONDING PROCEDURE.

(1) Clean the bonding surface with acetone (Material No. V01-031),
acetone (Material No. V01-060), cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-076)
or cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-124).

(2) Use a clean soft brush to quickly apply a layer of clean distilled or
de-ionized water to the bonding surface.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE TAP WATER AND MINERAL WATER. YOU MUST USE
_______
DISTILLED OR DEIONIZED WATER DURING THE WATER-BREAK
INSPECTION.

(3) Immediately look to see if the layer has a break in continuity.

(4) If a break in continuity occurs in less than 30 seconds, clean the

surface again until a continuous layer is seen.

(5) Remove the water with clean acetone (Material No. V01-031) or acetone
(Material No. V01-060), then let the surface dry.

NOTE : Continue with the bonding process in less than 8 hours after
____
the water break check.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-099

D. Bond the New Linings

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-32-85-991-175, 807/TASK 72-32-85-991-176)

(1) Make the bonding surfaces on the replacement linings rough with
garnet paper (Material No. V05-016).

(2) Remove all remaining unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 840
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Prepare the adhesive (Material No. V08-021).

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE
_______
OF THE ADHESIVE TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

WARNING : DO NOT MIX QUANTITIES MORE THAN 1 POUND (454 GRAMS) AS

_______
DANGEROUS HEAT BUILD UP CAN OCCUR CAUSING UNCONTROLLED
DECOMPOSITION OF THE MIXED ADHESIVE.

(a) Part A (grey paste) must be mixed in the container before it is

weighed out, while part B (amber liquid) is used as supplied.

(b) Weigh out 100 parts of part A (grey paste) and 33 parts of part B
(amber liquid). Fully mix the two parts.

NOTE : When mixed the life of the adhesive is approximately 40

____
minutes at 72 deg.F (22 deg.C).

(4) Use a putty knife or airpowered sealant gun to apply the adhesive to
mating surfaces of both components to a thickness of between 0.005
and 0.024 in. (0.13 and 0.61 mm).

NOTE : For the best results apply a thin layer of adhesive, but
____
satisfactory results can be got with layers with a thickness
of as much as 0.040 in. (1.02 mm).

NOTE : Wear lint free gloves (Material No. V02-097) or white nylon
____
gloves (Material No. V02-100) when you touch the parts.

(5) Put the replacement linings into position and hold them with silicon
adhesive polyester tape (Material No. V02-224).

Subtask 72-32-85-340-100

E. Hold the New Linings in Position with the vacuum bag

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-32-85-991-175, 807/TASK 72-32-85-991-176, 809/TASK
72-32-85-991-209)

(1) Make up the annular vacuum bag:

(a) Cover the replacement linings with a sheet of porous release film
(Material No. V02-334) that is 3.00 in. (76,2 mm) longer than
each end of the linings, 3 plies of breather cloth (Material No.
V02-166) and one ply of release film (Material No. V02-223).

(b) Over them apply a bagging film (Material No. V02-222) to the
anti-ice impact panels and the metal surface of the fan case.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 841
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Vacuum Bag
Figure 809/TASK 72-32-85-991-209

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 842
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) Install the vacuum valve to the bagging film.

(d) Seal the edges of the bagging film to the anti-ice impact panels
and the metal surface of the fan case with vacuum bag sealant
tape (Material No. V12-045) or vacuum bag sealant tape (Material
No. V12-046).

(e) Remove the air from the vacuum bag with the vacuum pump. Do a
check for leaks with your ears or with an ultrasonic leak
detector.

(f) Apply and keep a vacuum of 10.2 psi (70 kpa). This must be kept
during the cure time.

(g) Cure the adhesive. The cure time given in figure Curing Chart of
Adhesive , is determined by the selected temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 72-32-85-991-206)

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
FILLER IS 176 DEG.F (80 DEG.C)

NOTE : The minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (60 deg.C).
____

NOTE : The adhesive will not cure at a temperature of less than

____
54 deg.F (12 deg.C).

NOTE : Make sure the full cure time is used, and correct
____
temperature maintained.

(h) Remove the vacuum bag and the sealant tape.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-201

F. Hold the New Linings in Position with the FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) or

FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13055).
(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-32-85-991-175, 807/TASK 72-32-85-991-176, 810/TASK
72-32-85-991-206)

(1) Install the FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) or FIXTURE-BONDING

(IAE3J13055) to hold the new linings in position.

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
FILLER IS 176 DEG.F (80 DEG.C)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 843
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Curing Chart of the Adhesive (V08-021)

Figure 810/TASK 72-32-85-991-206

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 844
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Cure the adhesive. The cure time given in figure Curing Chart of
Adhesive , is determined by the selected temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 810/TASK 72-32-85-991-206)

NOTE : The minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (60 deg.C).
____

NOTE : The adhesive will not cure at a temperature of less than 54

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).

NOTE : Make sure the full cure time is used, and correct temperature
____
maintained.

(3) Remove the FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) or FIXTURE-BONDING

(IAE3J13055).

Subtask 72-32-85-340-101

G. Prepare the Filler Material

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE OF
_______
THE FILLER TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

(1) Use filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006). Measure 100 parts of
blue paste (part B) and 94 parts of white paste (part A).

(2) Mix the two parts together until the paste is a constant blue colour.
No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : The minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (60 deg.C).
____

NOTE : When mixed the life of the filler is approximately one hour at
____
72 deg.F (22 deg.C).

Subtask 72-32-85-340-102

H. Apply the filler material

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-32-85-991-175, 807/TASK 72-32-85-991-176)

(1) Use the airpowered sealant gun to put the filler into the gaps around
the replacement linings to slightly more than the necessary level.

(2) When the filler starts to feel hard, remove all unwanted filler.

(3) Use the putty knife or a scraper to get a burnished effect.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 845
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) If necessary, to get a smooth finish apply a small quantity of cold
water to the putty knife to make it moist.

NOTE : Do not use too much water because it will cause the filler to
____
plasticize.

(5) Cure the filler. The cure time given in figure Curing Chart of
Filling Material , is determined by the selected temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 811/TASK 72-32-85-991-208)

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
FILLER IS 176 DEG.F (80 DEG.C)

NOTE : The minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (60 deg.C).
____

NOTE : The filler will not cure at a temperature of less than 54

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).

NOTE : Make sure the full cure time is used, and correct temperature
____
maintained.

(6) Blend the filler to the contour with garnet paper (Material No. V05-
016), if necessary.

(7) Remove all unwanted material with the vacuum cleaner.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-103

J. If necessary, fill the slots between the acoustic linings

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-32-85-991-175, 807/TASK 72-32-85-991-176)

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE OF
_______
THE SEALANT TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Prepare the sealant material.

(a) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024). Measure 75 parts of base

compound and 10 parts of curing compound (accelerator).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 846
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Curing Chart of Filling Material (V08-006)

Figure 811/TASK 72-32-85-991-208

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 847
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Mix the two parts together until the paste has a constant
quality. No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : When mixed the life of the sealant is approximately half

____
an hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

NOTE : Sealant cure time is with relative humidity of 50 percent.

____

(2) Apply the sealant:

CAUTION : DO NOT PUT THE SEALANT INTO THE WATER DRAINAGE SLOTS.
_______

(a) Put the sealant into the slots between the acoustic linings with
a putty knife.

(b) When the sealant starts to feel hard, remove all unwanted
sealant.

(3) Curing of the sealant:

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
SEALANT IS 120 DEG.F (49 DEG.C)

(a) Let the sealant cure for 10 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat
to 113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for approximately 1.5 hours.

NOTE : The minimum cure time is 1.5 hours. Sealant cure time is
____
with relative humidity of 50 percent.

(b) If the remaining sealant material after repair exceeds the limit,
dress the sealant material with the water proof silicon carbide
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) or equivalent, if
necessary.

Subtask 72-32-85-210-088

K. Examine the Repaired Area

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 72-32-85-991-175, 807/TASK 72-32-85-991-176)

(1) Make sure that the filler surface is smooth and flat.

(2) Accept a step if it is less than 0.020 in. (0.5 mm).

(3) If necessary, apply more filler and/or sealant.

(4) Press or tap the linings to do a check for lack of bond.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 848
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) If lack of bond is apparent, do this TASK again.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-85-410-077

A. Install the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010) or LP

compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-942-074

B. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 849
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-85-350-017

Repair of the Fan Case Anti-ice Impact Panels - VRS1826

CAUTION : CHECK THE TOTAL REPAIR AREA PRIOR TO STARTING THE REPAIR. DO NOT
_______
CARRY OUT REPAIR BY FILLING THE ANTI ICE PANELS IF THE TOTAL REPAIRED
AREA EXCEEDS 20 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL FAN CASE ANTI ICE PANEL AREA.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific air powered sealant gun

No specific hand held pneumatic grinder
No specific lint free cloth
No specific putty knife
No specific rotary files
No specific scraper
No specific vacuum
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-076 *

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-005 *
adhesive tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-160 *
teflon tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-223 *
release film (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-016 *

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 850
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)

Material No. V08-006 *
filler, two pack (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-024 *
sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-125 *
sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-00-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module

72-31-00-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-32-85-300-021 Repair by Replacement of the Anti-ice Impact Panels -
VRS1844
72-32-85-300-042 Repair of Fan Case - VRS1806 - Post SBE 72-0160
72-32-85-350-015 Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1824
72-32-85-991-177 Fig. 812
72-32-85-991-204 Fig. 813

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-941-085

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 851
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-85-010-111

B. Remove the LP compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-010-077

C. Remove the LP compressor (fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-941-086

D. Put the Ground Support Equipment into Position

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat into position in the fan case or air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case or air
intake cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-85-350-083

A. Prepare Areas of Damage

(1) Use adhesive tape (Material No. V02-005) and polyethylene sheet or
equivalent to protect the engine opening.

NOTE : Make sure that the masking sheet has sufficient dimensions to
____
give full protection to the inlet of the LPC guide vane
assembly, outlet of the stage 2.5 bleed duct and inside of the
LP stub shaft.

Subtask 72-32-85-350-063

B. Remove all Damage from the Defective Area

(Ref. Fig. 812/TASK 72-32-85-991-177)

CAUTION : TAKE CARE NOT TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE CASING MATERIAL OF THE FAN
_______
CASE.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 852
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Filler Repair of the Anti-ice Impact Panels

Figure 812/TASK 72-32-85-991-177

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 853
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN SOME
_______
AREAS. IF YOU HIT THE FAN CASE WITH A CHISEL OR SCRAPER YOU CAN
MAKE IT UNSERVICEABLE.

CAUTION : YOU MUST USE THE CHISEL, SHARP BLADE OR SCRAPER IN A

_______
CIRCUMFERENTIAL DIRECTION TO PREVENT THE EDGES OF THE BLADE
SCORING THE FAN CASE.

CAUTION : STOP MACHINING AS SOON AS THE FILES, CUTTERS OR MACHINING BITS

_______
ARE THROUGH THE PANEL MATERIAL. USE A STOP-MACHINING OR SLEEVE
OR OTHER PENETRATION LIMITING DEVICE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
CASING MATERIAL.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE POWERED TOOLS WITH STEEL CHISEL OR SIMILAR BITS.
_______

CAUTION : YOU MUST ALWAYS TRY TO POINT THE CHISEL OR SHARP BLADE PARALLEL
_______
WITH THE SURFACE OF THE FAN CASE.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD

_______
EQUIPMENT. FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.

(1) Use the hand held pneumatic grinder and rotary files to cut away all
broken pieces of material or to make a hole for the injection of
filler in to the damaged area. Be careful not to cause damage to the
inner surface of the fan case assembly.

NOTE : Remove the minimum quantity of material necessary to remove

____
all damage.

(2) Examine the Glass Reinforced Composite (GRC) skin. Press or tap it to
do a check for indications of blisters or unsatisfactory bonds.

(a) A hollow sound is an indication of an unsatisfactory bond.

(b) Remove all unsatisfactory material. Be careful not to cause

damage to the inner surface of the fan case assembly.

(3) Make the repair area rough with garnet paper (Material No. V05-016).

(4) Remove all remaining debris with the vacuum cleaner.

(5) If the repair area on the anti-ice panel is more than 20 percent of
total anti-ice panel, replace it (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-021).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 854
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-110-059

C. Remove the Grease from the Repair Area

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Use the clean lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-076), to remove all grease from the repair area
except the blue filler surface.

(2) Immediately dry out the repair area with a clean dry air blast.

Subtask 72-32-85-210-138

D. Examine the fan case inner surface of the repaired area, if necessary.
Repair any nicks, dents, scratches and gouges (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
042) or (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-015).

Subtask 72-32-85-340-104

E. Prepare the Filler Material

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE OF
_______
THE FILLER TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

(1) Use filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006), option 1.

(a) Weigh out 100 parts of blue paste (part B) and 94 parts of white
paste (part A).

(b) Mix the two parts together until the color of paste is constant
blue. No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : The life of the mixed filler is approximately one hour at

____
72 deg.F (22 deg.C).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 855
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024) or sealant (Material No. V08-125),
option 2.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
SEALANT IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATH THE GAS.
IF YOU GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH
IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES
BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024) and sealant (Material No. V08-
125). This sealant is supplied in several forms. The preferred
form is SEMKIT B1/2 (material No. V08-125), alternative is the
tin form (material No. V08-024).

(b) If using sealant (Material No. V08-125), prepare either by hand,

or using a mixing machine as described in the manufacturer
s
leaflet.

(c) If using sealant (Material No. V08-024), measure 75 parts of base

compound and 10 parts of curing compound (accelerator) by weight.

(d) If using sealant (Material No. V08-024) knead the two parts
together until the paste is a constant color with the putty knife
or equivalent. No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : When mixed the life of the sealant is approximately half

____
an hour at 77 deg.F (25deg.C) in case of use of the
V08-024 and V08-125 sealant.

NOTE : Sealant cure times with a relative humidity of 50 percent.

____

Subtask 72-32-85-340-105

F. Apply the Filler Material (material No. V08-006), option 1

(Ref. Fig. 812/TASK 72-32-85-991-177)

(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the filler into the repair
area to slightly more than necessary level.

(2) When the filler starts to feel hard, remove all unwanted filler.

(3) Use the putty knife or a scraper to get a burnished effect.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 856
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) If necessary, to get a smooth finish apply a small quantity of cold
water to the putty knife.

NOTE : Do not use too much water because it will cause the filler to
____
plasticize.

(5) Cure the filler. The cure time and temperature is given in figure
Curing Chart of Filling Material(V08-006) .
(Ref. Fig. 813/TASK 72-32-85-991-204)

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
FILLER IS 176 DEG.F (80 DEG.C)

NOTE : The minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (60 deg.C).
____

NOTE : The filler will not cure at a temperature of less than 54

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).

(6) Blend the filler to the contour with garnet paper (Material No. V05-
016), if necessary.

(7) Remove all unwanted material with the vacuum cleaner.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-215

G. Apply the Sealant Material (when using V08-024 or V08-125 sealant),

option 2
(Ref. Fig. 812/TASK 72-32-85-991-177)

(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the V08-024 sealant or V08-125
sealant into the repair area to slightly more than necessary level.

(2) When the sealant starts to feel hard, remove any unnecessary sealant
material.

(3) Place release film (Material No. V02-223) (non-porous) over the
repair area and hold it in place with teflon tape (Material No. V02-
160).

(4) Use a vacuum to apply pressure to keep contact between the repair
area during the sealant cure cycle. Use teflon tape (Material No.
V02-160) or equivalent, if necessary.

(5) Let the sealant cure.

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
SEALANT IS 120 DEG.F (49 DEG.C)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 857
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Curing Chart of Filling Material (V08-006)

Figure 813/TASK 72-32-85-991-204

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 858
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(a) Let the sealant cure the V08-024 sealant or V08-125 sealant by
heating to 113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for approximately 1.5 hours.

NOTE : The minimum cure time is 1.5 hours. Sealant cure time is
____
with relative humidity of 50 percent.

(6) Remove the release film, teflon tape and applied pressure source from
the repair area and remove all the masking materials from the engine.

Subtask 72-32-85-210-089

H. Examine the Surface of the Repair Area

(Ref. Fig. 812/TASK 72-32-85-991-177)

(1) Make sure that the surface of the filler is smooth and flat.

(2) Accept a step if it is less than 0.020 in. (0.5 mm).

(3) If necessary, apply more filler.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-85-410-078

A. Install the LP compressor (fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-410-109

B. Install the LP compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-

010).

Subtask 72-32-85-942-075

C. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the fan case.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-32-85-942-076

D. Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 859
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-85-300-021

Repair by Replacement of the Anti-ice Impact Panels - VRS1844

CAUTION : YOU MUST KEEP ALL SURFACES CLEAN DURING THIS REPAIR. DIRT OR GREASE
_______
ON BONDING SURFACES WILL CAUSE UNSATISFACTORY BONDS. CLEAN COTTON OR
POLYTHENE GLOVES MUST BE WORN BY ALL PERSONS TOUCHING THE PARTS TO BE
BONDED. THE TOUCHING OF PARTS MUST BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM AND
COMPONENTS MUST NOT BE TOUCHED ON THEIR PREPARED SURFACES.

CAUTION : TO GET GOOD BONDING, YOU MUST TAKE CARE TO CORRECTLY PREPARE THE
_______
ABRADED SURFACES AND TO USE THE ADHESIVE CORRECTLY.

NOTE : This repair procedure is estimated to take less than 15 hours in the
____
hangar when done by skilled mechanics familiarized with the procedure.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific air grinder

No specific air hammer
No specific airpowered sealant gun
No specific brush
No specific flux chipper
No specific polyethylene sheet
No specific portable sandblaster
No specific putty knife
No specific shim plate (locally made)
No specific ultrasonic leak detector
No specific ultrasonic wall thickness measuring equipment
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific vacuum pump
No specific vacuum sandblaster
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
IAE3J13053 1 FIXTURE-BONDING
IAE3J13055 1 FIXTURE-BONDING

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 860
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-031 *

acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-060 *
acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-076 *
cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
cleaning agent (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-005 *
adhesive tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-097 *
lint free gloves (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-100 *
white nylon gloves (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-166 *
breather cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-222 *
bagging film (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-223 *
release film (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-224 *
silicone adhesive polyester tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-334 *
porous release film (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-003 *
abrasive medium (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-016 *
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
water proof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-185 *
polishing discs (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-186 *
conditioning discs (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-024 *
sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-125 *
sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-142 *
polysulfide compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 861
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V12-045 *

vacuum bag sealant tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V12-046 *
vacuum bag sealant tape (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-00-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module

72-31-00-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-32-85-350-015 Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1824
72-32-85-991-160 Fig. 808
72-32-85-991-178 Fig. 814
72-32-85-991-207 Fig. 815

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-941-087

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 862
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) Put the workmat into position in the fan case or air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case or air
intake cowl.

Subtask 72-32-85-010-113

B. Remove the LP compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-010-078

C. Remove the LP compressor (fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-85-340-196

A. Prepare Areas of Damaged Area

(1) Use adhesive tape (Material No. V02-005) and polyethylene sheet or
equivalent to protect the engine opening.

NOTE : Make sure the masking sheet has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the inlet of the LPC guide vane assembly,
outlet of the stage 2.5 bleed duct and inside of the LP stub
shaft.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-106

B. Prepare the Repair Area

(Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-178)

CAUTION : DO NOT USE POWERED TOOLS WITH STEEL CHISEL OR SIMILAR BITS.
_______

CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN SOME
_______
AREAS. IF YOU HIT THE FAN CASE WITH A CHISEL OR SCRAPER YOU CAN
MAKE IT UNSERVICEABLE.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD

_______
EQUIPMENT. FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 863
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair of the Anti-ice Impact Panels

Figure 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-178- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 864
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair of the Anti-ice Impact Panels

Figure 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-178- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 865
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CAUTION : YOU MUST USE THE CHISEL, SHARP BLADE OR SCRAPER IN A
_______
CIRCUMFERENTIAL DIRECTION TO PREVENT THE EDGES OF THE BLADE
SCORING THE FAN CASE.

CAUTION : YOU MUST ALWAYS TRY TO POINT THE CHISEL OR SHARP BLADE PARALLEL
_______
WITH THE SURFACE OF THE FAN CASE.

CAUTION : DO NOT TOUCH THE FAN BLADES WITH TOOLS WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
_______
DAMAGED PANELS.

(1) Remove most of the damaged panels. Use air hammer or flux chipper
with aluminum chisel
(Ref. Fig. 808/TASK 72-32-85-991-160)

CAUTION : PREVENT TOO MUCH SURFACE ABRASION OF THE FAN CASE MATERIAL
_______
SURFACE FINISH USING ABRASIVE BLASTING IS NECESSARY. THIS
WILL GIVE THE BEST BONDING RESULT.

CAUTION : THE GRINDER IS NOT TO BE USED AT THE SAME LOCATION,

_______
STOPPING FOR 30 SECONDS OR MORE.

(2) Remove all the remaining unwanted material and adhesive from the fan
case with an air grinder and polishing discs (Material No. V05-185)
or conditioning discs (Material No. V05-186).

(3) Cut the replacement panel (2) to the correct length to give the
necessary gap.

NOTE : The replacement panel (2) is made longer than necessary to

____
make easier the necessary adjustment.

(4) Remove all remaining unwanted material with the vacuum cleaner.

(5) Make sure that the replacement panels can be placed in position.

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT
_______
ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
FLUID IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR.
IF YOU GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR
EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 866
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(6) Remove all grease from the repair area with acetone (Material No.
V01-031), acetone (Material No. V01-060), cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-076) or cleaning agent (Material No. V01-124) and the brush.

NOTE : Examine the bonding area of the fan case assembly for the
____
surface finish and for any nicks, dents, scratches and gouges.
The wall thickness can be measured with the ultrasonic wall
thickness measuring equipment or equivalent, if necessary. If
necessary do blend repair (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-015).

(7) Fully mask off all areas except the bonding area with silicone
adhesive polyester tape (Material No. V02-224) and/or other
applicable procedure.

WARNING : A PRESSURIZED AIR STREAM CAN CAUSE INJURY. WEAR SAFETY

_______
GOGGLES AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.

CAUTION : USE THE VACUUM SANDBLASTER FOR THE BEST BONDING SURFACE OF
_______
THE TITANIUM PARTS.

CAUTION : YOU MUST USE OIL-FREE DRY AIR ONLY.

_______

(8) Make the repair area rough with dry abrasive blast with abrasive
medium (Material No. V05-003) and vacuum sandblaster or portable
sandblaster.

NOTE : Remove the glossy surface from the repair area of the fan case
____
assembly. Make sure that there is a constant matt surface on
the whole repair area.

NOTE : IAE recommends that the working pressure of the vacuum

____
sandblaster or portable sandblaster is approximately 70 psi to
100 psi (480 Kpa to 690 KPa).

NOTE : IAE recommends that the minimum time of operation for a

____
blasting of repair area is 40 minutes for each panel area.

(9) Remove all remaining unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.

(10) Immediately dry the area with an oil free dry air blast.

NOTE : Continue with the bonding process in less than 8 hours after
____
the cleaning procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 867
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-340-107

C. Bond the New Panels

(Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-178)

(1) Make a rough bonding surface on the replacement panels with garnet
paper (Material No. V05-016).

(2) Remove all remaining unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.

(3) Method 1: Prepare the sealant (Material No. V08-024) (PR-1422-B-1/2)

or sealant (Material No. V08-125) (PR-1422-B-1/2).

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE
_______
OF THE ADHESIVE TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

(a) Use the sealant (Material No. V08-024). Weigh out 75 parts of
base compound and 10 parts of curing compound (accelerator). If
using sealant (Material No. V08-125) (form of SEMKIT), prepare
either by hand, or using a mixing machine as described in the
manufacturer
s leaflet.

NOTE : This sealant is supplied in several forms. The preferred

____
form is SEMKIT, alternative is the tin form.

(b) Mix the two parts together until the paste is a constant color.
No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant is approximately half an

____
hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

NOTE : Sealant cure time is with relative humidity of 50 percent.

____

(c) Use a putty knife or airpowered sealant gun to apply the sealant
to mating surfaces of both components to a thickness of between
0.38 mm (0.0149 in.) and 0.61 mm (0.0240 in.).

NOTE : For the best results, apply a thin layer of the sealant
____
but satisfactory results can be achieved with layers as
much as 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) thick.

NOTE : Wear lint free gloves (Material No. V02-097) or white

____
nylon gloves (Material No. V02-100) when you touch the
parts.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 868
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : If necessary, apply the sealant to the gaps around the
____
panels. This step will dispense with apply the sealant to
the gaps .

(d) Put the replacement panels into position with the suction cup or
equivalent handle and hold them with silicone adhesive polyester
tape (Material No. V02-224).

NOTE : Move the new panels into position with the shim plates
____
(locally made) between the panels, if necessary.

(4) Method 2: Prepare the polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142)

(PR-1440-B-1/2 or PR-1440-B-2).

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE
_______
OF THE ADHESIVE TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

(a) Use the polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142). Weigh out
100 parts of base compound and 10 parts of curing compound
(accelerator). If using the SEMKIT form, prepare either by hand
or using a mixing machine as described in the manufacturer
s
leaflet.

(b) Mix the two parts together until the paste is a constant color.
No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant (PR-1440B-1/2) is

____
approximately half an hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant (PR-1440B-2) is

____
approximately 2 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

NOTE : Sealant cure time is with relative humidity of 50 percent.

____

(c) Use a putty knife or airpowered sealant gun to apply the sealant
to mating surfaces of both components to a thickness of between
0.38 mm (0.0149 in.) and 0.61 mm (0.0240 in.).

NOTE : For the best results, apply a thin layer of sealant, but
____
satisfactory results can be achieved with layers as much
as 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) thick.

NOTE : Wear lint free gloves (Material No. V02-097) or white

____
nylon gloves (Material No. V02-100) when you touch the
parts.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 869
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : If necessary, apply the sealant to the gaps around the
____
panels. This step will dispense with apply the sealant to
the gaps .

(d) Put the replacement panels into position with the suction cup or
equivalent handle and hold them with silicone adhesive polyester
tape (Material No. V02-224).

NOTE : Move the new panels into position with the shim plate
____
(locally made) between the panels, if necessary.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-108

D. Hold the New Panels in Position

(Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-178, 815/TASK 72-32-85-991-207)

(1) Method 1: hold the new panels in position with the vacuum bag:

(a) Make up the annular vacuum bag.

NOTE : If you use the shim plate (locally made) in SUBSTASK

____
72-32-85-340-107 step D.(3).(d) or step D.(4).(d), remove
the shim plate (locally made) from the gaps. Make sure
that no shim plate (locally made) remain in the gaps.

1
_ Cover the replacement panels with a sheet of porous release
film (Material No. V02-334) that is 3.00 in. (76.2 mm) longer
than each end of the panels, 3 plies of breather cloth
(Material No. V02-166) and one ply of release film (Material
No. V02-223).

2
_ Over them apply a bagging film (Material No. V02-222) between
the area of the hook and the metal surface behind the acoustic
linings.

3
_ Install the vacuum valve to the bagging film.

4
_ Seal the edges of the bagging film to the hook and the metal
surface behind the acoustic linings with vacuum bag sealant
tape (Material No. V12-045) or vacuum bag sealant tape
(Material No. V12-046).

(b) Remove the air from the vacuum bag with the vacuum pump. Do an
audible check for leaks or with an ultrasonic leak detector.

(c) Apply and keep a vacuum of 10.2 psi (70 kpa). This must be kept
during the cure time.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 870
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Vacuum Bag
Figure 815/TASK 72-32-85-991-207

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 871
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(d) Cure the sealant.

1
_ If you use sealant (Material No. V08-024), sealant (Material
No. V08-125) or polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142)
(PR-1422B-1/2 or PR-1440B-1/2), let the sealant cure for 24
hours at ambient temperature 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat to
113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for minimum 6 hours. Let the temperature
become stable for 10 minutes, before starting cure time.

NOTE : The minimum cure time is 6 hours at 113 deg.F (45

____
deg.C). Sealant cure time is with relative humidity of
50 percent.

NOTE : Make sure that you monitor the ambient temperature of

____
the adhesive and work area with suitable instruments,
across all of the panels.

NOTE : The actual temperature of the sealant may be lower than

____
the ambient temperature. If the ambient temperature is
too low select heating process from this procedure. The
temperature becomes stable at the adhesive after a
heating time of approximately 10 minutes.

NOTE : The sealant will not cure at a temperature of less than

____
54 deg.F (12 deg.C).

2
_ If you use polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142), let
the sealant cure for 48 hours at ambient temperature 77 deg.F
(25 deg.C) or heat to 113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for minimum 15
hours. Let the temperature become stable for 10 minutes,
before starting cure time.

NOTE : The minimum cure time is 15 hours at 113 deg.F (45

____
deg.C). Sealant cure time is with relative humidity of
50 percent.

NOTE : Make sure that you monitor the ambient temperature of

____
the adhesive and work area with suitable instruments,
across all of the panels.

NOTE : The actual temperature of the sealant may be lower than

____
the ambient temperature. If the ambient temperature is
too low, select heating process from this procedure.
The temperature of the adhesive becomes stable after a
heating time of approximately 10 minutes.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 872
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : The sealant will not cure at a temperature of less than
____
54 deg.F (12 deg.C).

3
_ If the remaining sealant material after repair exceeds the
limit, dress the sealant material with the water proof silicon
carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020), if necessary.

(e) Remove the vacuum bag and the sealant tape.

(2) Method 2: hold the new panels in position with the bonding fixtures:

NOTE : If you use the shim plate (locally made) in SUBTASK

____
72-32-85-340-107 step D.(3).(d) or step D.(4).(d), remove the
shim plate (locally made) from the gaps. Make sure that no
shim plate (locally made) remain in the gaps.

(a) Install the FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) and FIXTURE-BONDING

(IAE3J13055), to hold the new panels in position.

(b) Cure the sealant.

1
_ If you use sealant (Material No. V08-024), sealant (Material
No. V08-125) or polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142)
(PR-1422B-1/2 or PR-1440B-1/2), let the sealant cure for 24
hours at ambient temperature 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat to
113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for minimum 6 hours. Let the temperature
stable for 10 minutes, before starting cure time.

NOTE : The minimum cure time is 6 hours at 113 deg.F (45

____
deg.C). Sealant cure time is with relative humidity of
50 percent.

NOTE : Make sure that you monitor the ambient temperature of

____
the adhesive and work area with suitable instruments,
across all of the panels.

NOTE : The actual temperature of the sealant may be lower than

____
the ambient temperature. If the ambient temperature is
too low, select heating process from this procedure.
The temperature becomes stable at the adhesive after a
heating time of approximately 10 minutes.

NOTE : The sealant will not cure at a temperature of less than

____
54 deg.F (12 deg.C).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 873
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

2
_ If you use polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142)
(PR-1440B-2), let the sealant cure for 48 hours at ambient
temperature 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat to 113 deg.F (45
deg.C) for minimum 15 hours. Let the temperature become stable
for 10 minutes, before starting cure time.

NOTE : The minimum cure time is 15 hours at 113 deg.F (45

____
deg.C). Sealant cure time is with relative humidity of
50 percent.

NOTE : Make sure that you monitor the ambient temperature of

____
the adhesive and work area with suitable instruments,
across all of the panels.

NOTE : The actual temperature of the sealant may be lower than

____
the ambient temperature. If the ambient temperature is
too low select heating process from this procedure. The
temperature of the adhesive becomes stable after a
heating time of approximately 10 minutes.

NOTE : The sealant will not cure at a temperature of less than

____
54 deg.F (12 deg.C).

3
_ If the remaining sealant material after repair exceeds the
limit, dress the sealant material with the water proof silicon
carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020), if necessary.

(c) Remove the FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) and FIXTURE-BONDING

(IAE3J13055).

Subtask 72-32-85-340-179

E. Prepare the Filler Material

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE OF
_______
THE FILLER TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

(1) Method 1: Prepare the sealant (Material No. V08-024) or sealant

(Material No. V08-125) material (PR-1422B-1/2).

(a) Use the sealant (Material No. V08-024). Weigh out 75 parts of
base compound and 10 parts of curing compound (accelerator). If
using sealant (Material No. V08-125) (form of SEMKIT), prepare
either by hand, or using a mixing machine as described in the
manufacturer
s leaflet.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 874
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

NOTE : This sealant is supplied in several forms. The preferred
____
form is SEMKIT, alternative is the tin form.

(b) Mix the two parts together until the paste is a constant color.
No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant is approximately half an

____
hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

NOTE : Sealant cure time is with relative humidity of 50 percent.

____

(2) Method 2: Prepare the polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142).

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE
_______
OF THE ADHESIVE TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

(a) Use the polysulfide compound (Material No. V08-142) Weigh out 100
parts of base compound and 10 parts of curing compound
(accelerator). If using the SEMKIT form, prepare either by hand,
or using a mixing machine as described in the manufacturer
s
leaflet.

(b) Mix the two parts together until the paste is a constant color.
No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant (PR-1440B-1/2) is

____
approximately half an hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

NOTE : The life of the mixed sealant (PR-1440B-2) is

____
approximately 2 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C).

NOTE : Sealant cure time is with relative humidity of 50 percent.

____

Subtask 72-32-85-340-109

F. Apply the Filler Material, Method 1: Apply the sealant material (material
No. V08-024, V08-125 or V08-142) (PR-1422B-1/2 or PR-1440B-1/2)
(Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-178)

(1) Use the putty knife to put the sealant into the slots between the
anti ice panels.

(2) When the sealant starts to feel hard, remove all unwanted sealant.

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
SEALANT IS 120 DEG.F (49 DEG.C)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 875
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Let the sealant cure for 10 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat to
113 deg.F (45deg.C) for at least 1.5 hours.

NOTE : The minimum cure time is 1.5 hours. Sealant cure time is with
____
relative humidity of 50 percent.

NOTE : The minimum cure times are similar to Tack-Free Time .

____

(4) If the remaining sealant material after repair exceeds the limit,
dress the sealant material with the water proof silicon carbide
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) or equivalent , if necessary.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-212

G. Apply the Filler Material, Method 2: Apply the sealant material (material
No. V08-142) (PR-1440B-2)
(Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-178)

(1) Use the putty knife to put the sealant into the slots between the
anti ice panels.

(2) When the sealant starts to feel hard, remove all unwanted sealant.

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
SEALANT IS 120 DEG.F (49 DEG.C)

(3) Let the sealant cure for 36 hours at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) or heat to
113 deg.F (45deg.C) for at least 4 hours.

NOTE : The minimum cure time is 4 hours. Sealant cure time is with
____
relative humidity of 50 percent.

NOTE : The minimum cure times are similar to Tack-Free Time .

____

(4) If the remaining sealant material after repair exceeds the limit,
dress the sealant material with the water proof silicon carbide
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) or equivalent , if necessary.

Subtask 72-32-85-210-091

H. Examine the Repair Area

(Ref. Fig. 814/TASK 72-32-85-991-178)

(1) Make sure that the surface of the filler is flat and smooth.

(2) Accept a step if it is less than 0.020 in. (0.5 mm).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 876
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) If necessary, apply more filler.

(4) Press or tap the panels, to do a check for lack of bond.

(5) If lack of bond is apparent, do this TASK again.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-85-410-079

A. Install the LP compressor (fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-410-111

B. Install the LP compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-

010).

Subtask 72-32-85-942-077

C. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 877
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-85-350-018

Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining Down to the GRC Layer - VRS1825

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific air powered sealant gun

No specific lint-free cloth
No specific polyethylene sheet
No specific putty knife
No specific scraper
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-076 *

cleaning fluid (methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-005 *
adhesive tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-016 *
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-006 *
filler, two pack (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 878
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-00-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module

72-31-00-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-32-85-300-022 Repair by Replacement of the Attrition Linings -
VRS1843
72-32-85-350-042 Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining Below the
Glass Reinforced Composite (GRC) Layer - VRS1946
72-32-85-991-204 Fig. 813
72-32-85-991-179 Fig. 816

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-941-089

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-85-010-079

B. Remove the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010) and

the LPC blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 879
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-941-090

C. Put the Ground Support Equipment in Position

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat in position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-85-350-100

A. Prepare areas of damage

(1) Use adhesive tape (Material No. V02-005) and polyethylene sheet or
equivalent to protect the engine opening.

NOTE : Make sure that the masking sheet has sufficient dimensions to
____
give full protection to the inlet of the LPC guide vane
assembly, outlet of the stage 2.5 bleed duct and inside of the
LP stub shaft.

Subtask 72-32-85-350-064

B. Prepare the Repair Area

(Ref. Fig. 816/TASK 72-32-85-991-179)

CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN SOME
_______
AREAS. IF YOU HIT THE FAN CASE WITH A CHISEL OR SCRAPER YOU CAN
MAKE IT UNSERVICEABLE.

CAUTION : YOU MUST USE THE CHISEL, SHARP BLADE OR SCRAPER IN A

_______
CIRCUMFERENTIAL DIRECTION TO PREVENT THE EDGES OF THE BLADE
SCORING THE FAN CASE.

CAUTION : STOP MACHINING AS SOON AS THE FILES, CUTTERS OR MACHINING BITS

_______
ARE THROUGH THE LINING MATERIAL. USE A STOP-MACHINING OR SLEEVE
OR OTHER PENETRATION LIMITING DEVICE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
CASING MATERIAL.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE POWERED TOOLS WITH STEEL CHISEL OR SIMILAR BITS.
_______

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 880
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Filler Repair of the Attrition Lining

Figure 816/TASK 72-32-85-991-179

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 881
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CAUTION : YOU MUST ALWAYS TRY TO POINT THE CHISEL OR SHARP BLADE PARALLEL
_______
WITH THE SURFACE OF THE FAN CASE.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD

_______
EQUIPMENT. FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.

(1) Use a scraper to remove all loose and damaged material from the
repair area. Be careful not to cause damage to the inner surface of
the fan case assembly.

NOTE : Remove the minimum quantity of material necessary to remove

____
all damage.

(2) Take care not to cause damage to the Glass Reinforced Composite (GRC)
layer which is between the two layers of honeycomb in this area.

(3) Do a check of the panels adjacent to the repair area for satisfactory
bonds.

(a) Visually examine and tap the panels. A hollow sound is an

indication of an unsatisfactory bond.

(b) Remove more material until you have removed all areas of
unsatisfactory bond. Be careful not to cause damage to the inner
surface of the fan case assembly.

(c) If the damage has got to the GRC layer or below the GRC layer, do
the following procedures.
- if the damaged area is less than 20 percent of each attrition
lining, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-042)
- if the damaged area is more than 20 percent of each attrition
lining, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-022)

NOTE : These repair limits must be applied to the full depth of

____
the GRC layer.

(4) Use garnet paper (Material No. V05-016) to make the repair area
rough.

(5) Use a vacuum cleaner to remove all remaining unwanted material.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 882
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(6) Degrease the repair area.

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT
_______
ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
FLUID IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR.
IF YOU GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR
EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Use a clean lint-free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid
(methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Material No. V01-076), to remove all
grease from the repair area.

(7) Immediately dry the repair area with a clean dry blast.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-111

C. Prepare the Filler Material

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE OF
_______
THE FILLER TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

(1) Use filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006). Measure 100 parts of
blue paste (part B) and 94 parts of white paste (part A).

(2) Knead the two parts together until the paste is a constant blue
color. No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : When mixed the life of the filler is approximately one hour at
____
72 deg.F (22 deg.C).

Subtask 72-32-85-340-112

D. Apply the Filler Material

(Ref. Fig. 816/TASK 72-32-85-991-179)

(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the filler into the repair
area to slightly more than the necessary level.

(2) Make sure that the repair area is fully filled without air pockets.

(3) The gradual setting of the filler will support the newly applied
filler.

(4) If sagging is apparent, locally produced supports will be necessary.

(5) When the filler starts to feel hard, remove all unwanted filler.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 883
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(6) Use the putty knife or a scraper to get a burnished effect.

(7) If necessary, apply a small quantity of cold water to the putty knife
to get a smooth finish.

NOTE : Do not use too much water because it will cause the filler to
____
plasticize.

(8) Curing of the filler. The cure times are given in figure Curing
Chart of Filling Material (V08-006)
(Ref. Fig. 813/TASK 72-32-85-991-204)

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
FILLER IS 176 DEG.F (80 DEG.C)

NOTE : The minimum cure time is one hour.

____

NOTE : The filler will not cure at a temperature of less than 54

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).

(9) Use garnet paper (Material No. V05-016) to blend the filler to the
correct contour.

(10) Remove all unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.

Subtask 72-32-85-210-092

E. Examine the Surface of the Repaired Area

(Ref. Fig. 816/TASK 72-32-85-991-179)

(1) Make sure that the surface of the filler is smooth and flat.

(2) Accept a step if it is less than 0.020 in. (0.5 mm).

(3) If necessary, apply more filler.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-85-942-078

A. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the fan case.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 884
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-32-85-410-080

B. Install the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010) and

install the LPC blades and filler (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-942-079

C. Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 885
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-85-300-022

Repair by Replacement of the Attrition Linings - VRS1843

CAUTION : YOU MUST KEEP ALL SURFACES CLEAN DURING THIS REPAIR. DIRT OR GREASE
_______
ON BONDING SURFACES WILL CAUSE UNSATISFACTORY BONDS. CLEAN COTTON OR
POLYTHENE GLOVES MUST BE WORN BY ALL PERSONS TOUCHING THE PARTS TO BE
BONDED. THE TOUCHING OF PARTS MUST BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM AND
COMPONENTS MUST NOT BE TOUCHED ON THEIR PREPARED SURFACES.

CAUTION : TO GET GOOD BONDING, YOU MUST TAKE CARE TO CORRECTLY PREPARE THE
_______
ABRADED SURFACES AND TO USE THE ADHESIVE CORRECTLY.

NOTE : This repair procedure is estimated to take less than 15 hours in the
____
hangar when done by skilled mechanics familiarized with the procedure.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific air grinder

No specific air hammer
No specific airpowered sealant gun
No specific brush
No specific flux chipper
No specific polyethylene sheet
No specific portable sandblaster
No specific putty knife
No specific scraper
No specific ultrasonic leak detector
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific vacuum pump
No specific vacuum sandblaster
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
IAE3J13053 1 FIXTURE-BONDING
IAE3J13055 1 FIXTURE-BONDING

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 886
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-031 *

acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-060 *
acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-076 *
cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-076 *
cleaning fluid (methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-201 *
distilled or deionized water (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-005 *
adhesive tape (masking) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-097 *
lint free gloves (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-100 *
white nylon gloves (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-166 *
breather cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-222 *
bagging film (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-223 *
release film (porous type) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-224 *
silicone adhesive polyester tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-334 *
porous release film (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-003 *
abrasive medium (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-016 *
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-185 *
polishing discs (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-186 *
conditioning disc (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-006 *
filler, two-pack (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-021 *
adhesive (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V12-045 *

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 887
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

vacuum bag sealant tape (Ref. 70-30-00)

Material No. V12-046 *
vacuum bag sealant tape (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-00-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module

72-31-00-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-32-85-350-015 Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1824
72-32-85-991-160 Fig. 808
72-32-85-991-208 Fig. 811
72-32-85-991-207 Fig. 815
72-32-85-991-180 Fig. 817
72-32-85-991-222 Fig. 818

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-941-091

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine
1(2).

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 888
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Put the ground support equipment into position.

(a) Put the access platform into position to give access to the
engine.

(b) Put the workmat into position in the fan case or air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can
____
be seen externally.
Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to
give full protection to the lower half of the fan case or
air intake cowl.

Subtask 72-32-85-010-124

B. Remove the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010)

Subtask 72-32-85-010-080

C. Remove the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-85-340-113

A. Preparation of the Repair Surfaces

(1) Prepare areas of damaged area.

(a) Use adhesive tape (masking) (Material No. V02-005) and

polyethylene sheet or equivalent to protect the engine opening.

NOTE : Make sure the masking sheet has sufficient dimensions to

____
give full protection to the inlet of the LP guide vane
assembly, outlet of the stage 2.5 bleed duct and inside of
the LP stub shaft.

(2) Prepare the repair area.

(Ref. Fig. 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-180)

WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD

_______
EQUIPMENT. FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE POWERED TOOLS WITH STEEL CHISEL OR SIMILAR BITS.
_______

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 889
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair of Attrition Linings

Figure 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-180- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 890
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair of Attrition Linings

Figure 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-180- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 891
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair of Attrition Linings

Figure 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-180- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 892
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN
_______
SOME AREAS. IF YOU HIT THE FAN CASE WITH A CHISEL OR
SCRAPER YOU CAN MAKE IT UNSERVICEABLE.

CAUTION : YOU MUST USE THE CHISEL, SHARP BLADE OR SCRAPER IN A

_______
CIRCUMFERENTIAL DIRECTION TO PREVENT THE EDGES OF THE BLADE
SCORING THE FAN CASE.

CAUTION : YOU MUST ALWAYS TRY TO POINT THE CHISEL OR SHARP BLADE
_______
PARALLEL WITH THE SURFACE OF THE FAN CASE.

(a) Remove most of the damaged linings. Use air hammer or flux
chipper with aluminum chisel
(Ref. Fig. 808/TASK 72-32-85-991-160)

CAUTION : PREVENT TOO MUCH SURFACE ABRASION OF THE FAN CASE

_______
MATERIAL SURFACE FINISH USING ABRASIVE BLASTING IS
NECESSARY. THIS WILL GIVE THE BEST BONDING RESULT.

CAUTION : THE GRINDER IS NOT TO BE USED AT THE SAME LOCATION,

_______
STOPPING FOR 30 SECONDS OR MORE.

(b) Remove all unwanted material and adhesive from the fan case with
air grinder and polishing discs (Material No. V05-185) or
conditioning disc (Material No. V05-186).

(c) Remove all remaining unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.

(d) Make sure that the replacement linings can be placed in position.

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES.

_______
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK.
USE THE FLUID IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE
THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN
OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL
AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(e) Remove all grease from the repair area with acetone (Material No.
V01-031), acetone (Material No. V01-060), cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-076) or cleaning fluid (Material No. V01-124)
and a brush.

(f) Fully mask off all areas except the bonding area with silicone
adhesive polyester tape (Material No. V02-224) and/or other
applicable procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 893
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CAUTION : USE THE VACUUM SANDBLASTER FOR THE BEST BONDING SURFACE
_______
OF THE TITANIUM PARTS.

CAUTION : YOU MUST USE OIL-FREE DRY AIR ONLY.

_______

(g) Make the repair area rough with dry abrasive blast with abrasive
medium (Material No. V05-003) and portable sandblaster or vacuum
sandblaster.

NOTE : Examine the surface finish and repaired marks of the

____
bonding area of the fan case assembly. The wall thickness
can be measured with the ultrasonic wall thickness
measuring equipment or equivalent, if necessary (Ref. TASK
72-32-85-350-015)

NOTE : Remove the glossy surface from the repair area of the fan
____
case assembly. Make sure that there is a constant matt
surface on the repair area.

NOTE : IAE recommends that the working pressure of the vacuum

____
sandblaster or portable sandblaster is approximately 70
psi to 100 psi (480 KPa to 690 KPa).

NOTE : IAE recommends that the minimum time of operation for a

____
blasting of repair area is 40 minutes for each panel area.

(h) Remove all remaining unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.

(i) Immediately blow out the area with a clean, dry air blast.

NOTE : Continue with the bonding process in less than 8 hours

____
after the cleaning procedure.

Subtask 72-32-85-210-093

B. Do a Water-break Inspection of the Repair Area

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

CAUTION : DO NOT TOUCH THE PREPARED SURFACE, BETWEEN THE PROCEDURE TO

_______
CLEAN AND THE BONDING PROCEDURE.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 894
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(1) Clean the bonding surface with cleaning fluid (methyl-ethyl-ketone)
(Material No. V01-076).

(2) Use a clean soft brush to quickly apply a layer of clean distilled or
deionized water (Material No. V01-201) to the mating surface.

(3) Look immediately to see if the layer has a break in continuity.

(4) If a break in continuity occurs in less than 30 seconds, clean the

surface again until a continuous layer is seen.

(5) Remove the water with clean acetone (Material No. V01-031) or acetone
(Material No. V01-060) then let the surface dry.

NOTE : Continue with the bonding process in less than 8 hours after
____
the water break check.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-114

C. Bond the New Linings

(Ref. Fig. 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-180)

(1) Make the bonding surfaces on the replacement linings rough with
garnet paper (Material No. V05-016).

(2) Remove all remaining unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.

(3) Prepare the adhesive (Material No. V08-021).

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE
_______
OF THE ADHESIVE TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

WARNING : DO NOT MIX QUANTITIES MORE THAN 1 POUND (454 GRAMS) AS

_______
DANGEROUS HEAT BUILD UP CAN OCCUR CAUSING UNCONTROLLED
DECOMPOSITION OF THE MIXED ADHESIVE.

(a) Use adhesive (Material No. V08-021). Part A (grey paste) must be
mixed in the container before it is weighed out. Part B (amber
liquid) is used as supplied.

(b) Weigh out 100 parts of part A (grey paste) and 33 parts of part B
(amber liquid) or prepare the cartridge kits. Fully mix the two
parts.

NOTE : The life of the mixed adhesive is approximately 40 minutes

____
at 72 deg.F (22.22 deg.C).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 895
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Use a putty knife or airpowered sealant gun to apply the adhesive to
mating surfaces of both components to a thickness of between 0.005
and 0.024 in. (0.13 and 0.61 mm).

NOTE : For the best results apply a thin layer of the adhesive but
____
satisfactory results can be got with layers with a thickness
of as much as 0.040 in. (1.02 mm).

NOTE : Wear lint free gloves (Material No. V02-097) or white nylon
____
gloves (Material No. V02-100) when you touch the parts.

(5) Put the replacement linings into position and hold them with silicone
adhesive polyester tape (Material No. V02-224).

NOTE : If all the attrition linings are to be replaced,

____
circumferential position is free from the initial location.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-115

D. Hold the New Linings in Position

(Ref. Fig. 815/TASK 72-32-85-991-207, 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-180)

(1) Method 1: Hold the new linings in position with a vacuum bag:

(a) Make an annular vacuum bag.

1
_ Cover the replacement linings with a sheet of porous release
film (Material No. V02-334) that is 3.00 in. (76.1998 mm)
longer than each end of the linings, 3 plies of breather cloth
(Material No. V02-166) and one ply of release film (porous
type) (Material No. V02-223).

2
_ Over them apply a bagging film (Material No. V02-222) between
the area of the middle or the rear anti-ice impact panels and
the metal surface of the fan case.

3
_ Install the vacuum valve to the bagging film.

4
_ Seal the edges of the bagging film to the anti-ice impact
panels and the metal surface of the fan case with vacuum bag
sealant tape (Material No. V12-045) or vacuum bag sealant tape
(Material No. V12-046).

(b) Remove the air from the vacuum bag with the vacuum pump. Do a
check for leaks with your ears or with an ultrasonic leak
detector.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 896
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) Apply and keep a vacuum of 10.2 psi (70 kpa). This must be kept
during the cure time.

(d) Cure the adhesive. The cure time given in Figure Curing Chart of
Adhesive is determined by the selected temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 818/TASK 72-32-85-991-222)

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
FILLER IS 176 DEG.F (80 DEG.C)

NOTE : Make sure the full cure time is used, and correct
____
temperature maintained.

NOTE : Minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (59.99 deg.C).
____

NOTE : The adhesive will not cure at a temperature of less than

____
54 deg.F (12 deg.C).

(e) Remove the vacuum bag and the sealant tape.

(2) Method 2: Hold the new linings in position with bonding fixtures ,
FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) and FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13055)

(a) Install the FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) and FIXTURE-BONDING

(IAE3J13055), to hold the new linings in position.

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
FILLER IS 176 DEG.F (80 DEG.C)

(b) Cure the adhesive. The cure time given in Figure Curing Chart of
Adhesive is determined by the selected temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 818/TASK 72-32-85-991-222)

NOTE : Make sure the full cure time is used, and correct
____
temperature maintained.

NOTE : Minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (59.99 deg.C).
____

NOTE : The adhesive will not cure at a temperature of less than

____
54 deg.F (12 deg.C).

(c) Remove the bonding fixtures, FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13053) and

FIXTURE-BONDING (IAE3J13055).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 897
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Curing Chart of Filling Material (V08-006)

Figure 818/TASK 72-32-85-991-222

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 898
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-340-116

E. Prepare the Filler Material

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE OF
_______
THE FILLER TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

(1) Use filler, two-pack (Material No. V08-006). Measure 100 parts of the
blue paste (part B) and 94 parts of the white paste (part A).

(2) Mix the two parts together until the paste is a constant blue colour.
No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : Minimum cure time is one hour at 72 deg.F (22.22 deg.C).

____

NOTE : The life of the mixed filler is approximately one hour at 72

____
deg.F (22 deg.C).

Subtask 72-32-85-340-117

F. Apply the Filler to the Lining Honeycomb and the Gap around the
Replacement Linings
(Ref. Fig. 811/TASK 72-32-85-991-208, 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-180)

(1) Use the airpowered sealant gun to put the filler into the repair area
to slightly more than the necessary level. Do not put the filler into
the slots between the acoustic linings.

(2) When the filler starts to feel hard, remove all unwanted filler.

(3) Use the putty knife or a scraper to get a burnished effect.

(4) If necessary, to get a smooth finish apply a small quantity of cold

water to the putty knife.

NOTE : Do not use too much water because it will cause the filler to
____
plasticize.

(5) Cure the filler. The cure time given in Figure Curing Chart of
Filling Material is determined by the selected temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 811/TASK 72-32-85-991-208)

NOTE : Minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (59.99 deg.C).
____

NOTE : The filler will not cure at a temperature of less than 54

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page 899
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(6) Blend the filler to the contour with garnet paper (Material No. V05-
016), if necessary.

(7) Remove all unwanted material with the vacuum cleaner.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-118

G. Dress the Linings

(Ref. Fig. 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-180)

WARNING : DO NOT INHALE DUST. USE A BREATHING PROTECTION MASK DURING THIS
_______
OPERATION.

(1) Use garnet paper (Material No. V05-016) to dress the linings to the
necessary contour.

(2) Remove all unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.

Subtask 72-32-85-210-094

H. Examine the Repaired Area

(Ref. Fig. 817/TASK 72-32-85-991-180)

(1) Make sure that the surface of the filler is smooth and flat.

(2) Accept a step if it is less than 0.020 in. (0.5079 mm).

(3) If necessary, apply more filler.

(4) Press or tap the linings to do a check for unsatisfactory bond.

(5) If an unsatisfactory bond is apparent, do this TASK again.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-85-410-081

A. Install the LP Compressor (Fan) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-410-120

B. Install the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A800
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-942-080

C. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Remove the workmat from the fan case.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-85-350-019

Repair of the Blue Filler - VRS1828

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific air powered sealant gun

No specific lint free cloth
No specific polyethylene sheet
No specific putty knife
No specific scraper
No specific vacuum
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-076 *

cleaning fluid (methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-005 *
adhesive tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-160 *
teflon tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-223 *
release film (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-016 *
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-017 *
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-006 *
filler, two pack (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V08-024 *

sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-125 *
sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-00-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module

72-31-00-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-32-85-300-042 Repair of Fan Case - VRS1806 - Post SBE 72-0160
72-32-85-350-015 Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1824
72-32-85-350-016 Repair of the Fan Case Acoustic Lining - VRS1827
72-32-85-350-017 Repair of the Fan Case Anti-ice Impact Panels -
VRS1826
72-32-85-991-210 Fig. 805
72-32-85-991-181 Fig. 819

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-941-093

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-010-081

B. Remove the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010) and

the LPC blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-941-094

C. Put the Ground Support Equipment in to Position

(1) Put the access platform into position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat into position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-85-350-065

A. Prepare the Damaged Area

(Ref. Fig. 819/TASK 72-32-85-991-181)

(1) Use adhesive tape (Material No. V02-005) and polyethylene sheet or
equivalent to protect the engine opening.

WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD

_______
EQUIPMENT. FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE CASING
_______
MATERIAL OF THE FAN CASE, THE ANTI-ICE IMPACT PANEL OR THE
ACOUSTIC LINING.

CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN
_______
SOME AREAS. IF YOU HIT THE FAN CASE WITH A CHISEL OR
SCRAPER YOU CAN MAKE IT UNSERVICEABLE.

CAUTION : YOU MUST USE THE CHISEL, SHARP BLADE OR SCRAPER IN A

_______
CIRCUMFERENTIAL DIRECTION TO PREVENT THE EDGES OF THE BLADE
SCORING THE FAN CASE.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Filler Repair of Gap

Figure 819/TASK 72-32-85-991-181

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A805
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CAUTION : STOP MACHINING AS SOON AS THE FILES, CUTTERS OR MACHINING
_______
BITS ARE THROUGH THE PANEL MATERIAL. USE A STOP-MACHINING
OR SLEEVE OR OTHER PENETRATION LIMITING DEVICE TO PREVENT
DAMAGE TO THE CASING MATERIAL.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE POWERED TOOLS WITH STEEL CHISEL OR SIMILAR BITS.
_______

CAUTION : YOU MUST ALWAYS TRY TO POINT THE CHISEL OR SHARP BLADE
_______
PARALLEL WITH THE SURFACE OF THE FAN CASE.

NOTE : Make sure that the masking sheet has sufficient dimensions to
____
give full protection to the inlet of the LPC guide vane
assembly, outlet of the stage 2.5 bleed duct and inside of the
LP stub shaft.

(2) Remove all damaged material from the repair area with garnet paper
(Material No. V05-017). Be careful not to cause damage to the inner
surface of the fan case assembly.

NOTE : Remove the minimum quantity of material necessary to remove

____
all damage.

(3) Examine the anti-ice impact panel and the acoustic lining.

(4) If damage is apparent, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-016)

and/or (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-017).

(5) Remove all remaining unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.

(6) Degrease the repair area

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT
_______
ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
FLUID IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR.
IF YOU GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR
EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Use a clean lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid
(methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Material No. V01-076), to remove all
grease from the repair area except the surface of the blue
filler.

(7) Immediately dry the repair area with a clean, dry air blast.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A806
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-210-139

B. Examine the fan case inner surface of the repaired area, if necessary.
Repair any nicks, dents, scratches and gouges (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
042) or (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-015).

Subtask 72-32-85-340-119

C. Prepare the Filler Material

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE OF
_______
THE FILLER TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

(1) Use filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006), option 1.

(a) Weigh out 100 parts of blue paste (part B) and 94 parts of white
paste (part A).

(b) Mix the two parts together until the color of paste is constant
blue. No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : The life of the mixed filler is approximately one hour at

____
72 deg.F (22 deg.C).

(2) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024) or sealant (Material No. V08-125),
option 2.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
SEALANT IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATH THE GAS.
IF YOU GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH
IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES
BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024) and sealant (Material No. V08-
125). This sealant is supplied in several forms. The preferred
form is SEMKIT B1/2 (material No. V08-125), alternative is the
tin form (material No. V08-024).

(b) If using sealant (Material No. V08-125), prepare either by hand,

or using a mixing machine as described in the manufacturer
s
leaflet.

(c) If using sealant (Material No. V08-024), measure 75 parts of base

compound and 10 parts of curing compound (accelerator) by weight.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A807
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(d) If using sealant (Material No. V08-024) knead the two parts
together until the paste is a constant color with the putty knife
or equivalent. No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : When mixed the life of the sealant is approximately half

____
an hour at 77 deg.F (25deg.C) in case of use of the
V08-024 and V08-125 sealant.

NOTE : Sealant cure times with a relative humidity of 50 percent.

____

Subtask 72-32-85-340-120

D. Apply the Filler Material (material No. V08-006), option 1

(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-32-85-991-210, 819/TASK 72-32-85-991-181)

(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the filler into the repair
area to slightly more than necessary level.

(2) When the filler starts to feel hard, remove all unwanted filler.

(3) Use the putty knife or a scraper to get a burnished effect.

(4) If necessary, to get a smooth finish apply a small quantity of cold

water to the putty knife.

NOTE : Do not use too much water because it will cause the filler to
____
plasticize.

(5) Cure the filler. The cure time and temperature is given in figure
Curing Chart of Filling Material(V08-006) .
(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 72-32-85-991-210)

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
FILLER IS 176 DEG.F (80 DEG.C)

NOTE : The minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (60 deg.C).
____

NOTE : The filler will not cure at a temperature of less than 54

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).

(6) Blend the filler to the contour with garnet paper (Material No. V05-
016), if necessary.

(7) Remove all unwanted material with the vacuum cleaner.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A808
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-340-216

E. Apply the Sealant Material (when using V08-024 or V08-125 sealant),

option 2

(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the V08-024 sealant or V08-125
sealant into the repair area to slightly more than necessary level.

(2) When the sealant starts to feel hard, remove any unnecessary sealant
material.

(3) Place release film (Material No. V02-223) (non-porous) over the
repair area and hold it in place with teflon tape (Material No. V02-
160).

(4) Use a vacuum to apply pressure to keep contact between the repair
area during the sealant cure cycle. Use teflon tape (Material No.
V02-160) or equivalent, if necessary.

(5) Let the sealant cure.

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
SEALANT IS 120 DEG.F (49 DEG.C)

(a) Let the sealant cure the V08-024 sealant or V08-125 sealant by
heating to 113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for approximately 1.5 hours.

NOTE : The minimum cure time is 1.5 hours. Sealant cure time is
____
with relative humidity of 50 percent.

(6) Remove the release film, teflon tape and applied pressure source from
the repair area and remove all the masking materials from the engine.

Subtask 72-32-85-210-095

F. Examine the Surface of the Repaired Area

(Ref. Fig. 819/TASK 72-32-85-991-181)

(1) Make sure that the surface of the filler is smooth and flat.

(2) Accept a step if it is less than 0.02 in. (0.5 mm).

(3) If necessary, apply more filler.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A809
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-85-942-081

A. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the fan case.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-32-85-410-082

B. Install the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010) and

the LP compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-942-101

C. Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A810
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-85-350-042

Repair of the Fan Case Attrition Lining Below the Glass Reinforced Composite
(GRC) Layer - VRS1946

CAUTION : CHECK THE TOTAL REPAIR AREA PRIOR TO STARTING THE REPAIR. DO NOT
_______
CARRY OUT REPAIR BY FILLING THE ATTRITION LININGS IF THE TOTAL
REPAIRED AREA EXCEEDS 20 PERCENT OF THE TOTAL FAN CASE ATTRITION
LINING AREA. THESE REPAIR LIMITS MUST BE APPLIED TO THE FULL DEPTH OF
THE GRC LAYER.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific air powered sealant gun

No specific hand held pneumatic grinder
No specific lint-free cloth
No specific polyethylene sheet
No specific putty knife
No specific rotary files
No specific scraper
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A811
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-076 *

cleaning fluid (methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-005 *
adhesive tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-016 *
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-006 *
filler, two pack (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-00-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module

72-31-00-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-32-85-300-022 Repair by Replacement of the Attrition Linings -
VRS1843
72-32-85-300-042 Repair of Fan Case - VRS1806 - Post SBE 72-0160
72-32-85-350-015 Repair of the Fan Case - VRS1824
72-32-85-991-193 Fig. 820
72-32-85-991-214 Fig. 821

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-941-109

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A812
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-85-010-117

B. Remove the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-010-089

C. Remove the LP Compressor (Fan) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-941-110

D. Put the Ground Support Equipment in Position

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat in position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-85-350-094

A. Prepare the Damaged Areas

(1) Use adhesive tape (Material No. V02-005) and polyethylene sheet or
equivalent to protect the engine opening.

NOTE : Make sure that the masking sheet has sufficient dimensions to
____
give full protection to the inlet of the LPC guide vane
assembly, outlet of the stage 2.5 bleed duct and inside of the
LP stub shaft.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A813
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-350-069

B. Remove all Damage from the Defective Area

(Ref. Fig. 820/TASK 72-32-85-991-193)

WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD

_______
EQUIPMENT. FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.

CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN SOME
_______
AREAS. IF YOU HIT THE FAN CASE WITH A CHISEL OR SCRAPER YOU CAN
MAKE IT UNSERVICEABLE.

CAUTION : YOU MUST USE THE CHISEL, SHARP BLADE OR SCRAPER IN A

_______
CIRCUMFERENTIAL DIRECTION TO PREVENT THE EDGES OF THE BLADE
SCORING THE FAN CASE.

CAUTION : STOP MACHINING AS SOON AS THE FILES, CUTTERS OR MACHINING BITS

_______
ARE THROUGH THE LINING MATERIAL. USE A STOP-MACHINING OR SLEEVE
OR OTHER PENETRATION LIMITING DEVICE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
CASING MATERIAL.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE POWERED TOOLS WITH STEEL CHISEL OR SIMILAR BITS.
_______

CAUTION : YOU MUST ALWAYS TRY TO POINT THE CHISEL OR SHARP BLADE PARALLEL
_______
WITH THE SURFACE OF THE FAN CASE.

(1) Remove all loose and damaged material from the repair area with a
scraper. Be careful not to cause damage to the inner surface of the
fan case assembly.

NOTE : Remove the minimum quantity of material necessary to remove

____
all damage.

(2) Take care not to cause damage to the GRC layer which is between two
layers of honeycomb in this area.

(3) Do a check of the GRC layer adjacent to the repair area for
unsatisfactory bonds.

(a) Check visually and by tapping. A hollow sound is indicative of a

suspect bond.

(b) Remove any unsound material. Be careful not to cause damage to

the inner surface of the fan case assembly.

(c) Make sure that the repair area is not more than 20 percent of the
attrition lining of one segment.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A814
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Filling Repair of the Attrition Lining

Figure 820/TASK 72-32-85-991-193

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A815
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(d) If it is more than 20 percent, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
022).

NOTE : These repair limits must be applied to the full depth of

____
the GRC layer.

(4) Cutting of the defective area:

(a) Cut away the defective area with the hand held pneumatic grinder
and the rotary files. Be careful not to cause damage to the inner
surface of the fan case assembly.

NOTE : Remove the minimum quantity of material necessary to

____
remove all damage.

(5) Make the repair area rough with the use of garnet paper (Material No.
V05-016).

(6) Remove all remaining unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.

Subtask 72-32-85-110-054

C. Remove the Grease from the Repair Area

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Use the clean lint-free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid
(methyl-ethyl-ketone) (Material No. V01-076), to remove all grease
from the repair area.

(2) Immediately dry the area with a clean, dry air blast.

Subtask 72-32-85-210-133

D. Examine the fan case inner surface of the repair area. If necessary
repair any nicks, dents, scratches and gouges (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-
042) or (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-350-015).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A816
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-340-151

E. Prepare the Filler Material

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE OF
_______
THE FILLER TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

(1) Use filler, two pack (Material No. V08-006). Weigh out 100 parts of
blue paste (part B) and 94 parts of white paste (part A).

(2) Mix the two parts together until the paste is a constant blue color.
No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : When mixed, the life of the filler is approximately one hour
____
at 72 deg.F (22 deg.C).

Subtask 72-32-85-340-152

F. Apply the Filler Material

(Ref. Fig. 820/TASK 72-32-85-991-193)

(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the filler into the repair
area to slightly more than the necessary level.

(2) Make sure that the repair area is fully filled and has no air
pockets.

(3) The gradual setting of the filler will support the newly applied
filler.

(4) If any sagging is apparent, locally produced supports will be

necessary.

(5) When the filler starts to feel hard, remove unwanted filler.

(6) Use a putty knife or a scraper to get a burnished effect.

(7) If necessary, to get a smooth finish, apply a small quantity of cold

water to the putty knife to make it moist.

NOTE : Do not use too much water because it will cause the filler to
____
plasticize.

(8) Curing of the filler:

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
FILLER IS 176 DEG.F (80 DEG.C)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A817
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(a) Cure the filler. The cure time and temperature are given in
figure Curing Chart of the Filler Material .
(Ref. Fig. 821/TASK 72-32-85-991-214)

NOTE : The minimum cure time is one hour at 140 deg.F (60 deg.C).
____

NOTE : The filler will not cure at a temperature of less than 54

____
deg.F (12 deg.C).

(9) Blend the filler to the contour with garnet paper (Material No. V05-
016), if necessary.

(10) Remove all unwanted material with a vacuum cleaner.

Subtask 72-32-85-210-107

G. Examine the Surface of the Repaired Area

(Ref. Fig. 820/TASK 72-32-85-991-193)

(1) Make sure that the surface of the filler is flat and smooth.

(2) Accept a step if it is less than 0.020 in. (0.5 mm).

(3) If necessary, apply more filler.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-85-410-090

A. Install the LP Compressor (Fan) Module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-410-115

B. Install the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-

010).

Subtask 72-32-85-942-092

C. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the fan case.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A818
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Curing Chart of the Filler Material

Figure 821/TASK 72-32-85-991-214

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A819
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-942-093

D. Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A820
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-85-300-042

Repair of Fan Case - VRS1806 - Post SBE 72-0160

CAUTION : SILICON CARBIDE TYPE WHEELS, STONES AND ABRASIVE PAPERS ARE TO BE
_______
USED FOR THIS REPAIR. ALUMINUM OXIDE TYPES MUST NOT BE USED.

CAUTION : THE MATERIAL WILL OXIDIZE AND CRACK IF MECHANICAL CUTTERS ARE USED
_______
HEAVILY. THIS HAS OCCURRED IF THE COMPONENT SHOWS DARK STRAW TO BLUE
DISCOLORATION.
IF AT ANY TIME THIS COLORATION OCCURS THE CASES MUST BE REJECTED

CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN SOME AREAS.
_______
IF YOU BLEND TOO MUCH, THE PART CANNOT BE SERVICEABLE AND WILL HAVE
TO BE REPLACED.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD EQUIPMENT.
_______
FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hand held pneumatic grinder

No specific rotary files
No specific ultrasonic wall thickness measuring equipment
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A821
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V05-020 *

waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-85-991-198 Fig. 822

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-941-127

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A822
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-85-010-098

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-32-85-040-056

C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-32-85-010-099

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-32-85-941-128

E. Put the ground support equipment into position.

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat in position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A823
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 822/TASK 72-32-85-991-198)

Subtask 72-32-85-350-073

A. General Instructions for the Blend Repair of the Fan Case

(1) Blend the burred, galled and scored with hand held pneumatic grinder,
rotary files and waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material
No. V05-021) to remove damage.

NOTE : The blend ratio, length to depth, must be a minimum of 50 to

____
1.

NOTE : Keep the material removal to the minimum necessary to remove

____
damage.

NOTE : The surface texture of all repaired surface must have the same
____
or better quality to that of the adjacent not damaged area.

NOTE : Maximum surface area per blend is 4.00 in.2 (2580.64 mm2) and
____
maximum number of blend is 20 totally on the inner and outer
surface of containment area.

(2) Polish the blended areas with waterproof silicon carbide abrasive
paper (Material No. V05-020) to make the blended surface as smooth as
the initial surface.

Subtask 72-32-85-350-074

B. Blend Repair the Fan Case

(1) Maximum blend limit on the flange, Location 1 is 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
in depth.

(2) Maximum blend limit on the outer surface and inner surface, Locations
2 and 3 are 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in depth except containment areas,
Locations 6, 7 and 8.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A824
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Maximum blend limit on the hook, Location 4 is 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in
depth.

(a) Blending is permitted in the thin area of the flexible ring,

Location 5 only if the minimum wall thickness can be maintained.

NOTE : In addition to that, maximum depth to remove the damage on

____
the other surface of the flexible ring, Location 5 must
not be more than 0.010 in. (0.25 mm).

NOTE : Thickness can be measured using an ultrasonic wall

____
thickness measuring equipment.

NOTE : Make sure that ultrasonic wall thickness measuring

____
equipment was calibrated by the necessary procedures given
in operation manuals of the measuring equipment or local
regulations. Calibration piece to be made from the same
material (Ti-6Al-4V) or a material with the same acoustic
velocity as the part to be tested. The calibration piece
thickness must be within the thickness limits of the part
to be measured,
(Ref. Fig. 822/TASK 72-32-85-991-198)

(4) Blending is permitted in the corner and containment areas, Locations

6, 7 and 8 only if the minimum wall thickness can be maintained.

NOTE : In addition to that, maximum depth to remove the damage on the

____
corner, Location 6 must not be more than 0.005 in. (0.13 mm).

NOTE : Thickness can be measured using an ultrasonic wall thickness

____
measuring equipment.

NOTE : Make sure that ultrasonic wall thickness measuring equipment

____
was calibrated by the necessary procedures given in operation
manuals of the measuring equipment or local regulations.
Calibration piece to be made from the same material
(Ti-6Al-4V) or a material with the same acoustic velocity as
the part to be tested. The calibration piece thickness must be
within the thickness limits of the part to be measured,
(Ref. Fig. 822/TASK 72-32-85-991-198)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A825
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Blend Repair the Fan Case

Figure 822/TASK 72-32-85-991-198- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A826
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Blend Repair the Fan Case

Figure 822/TASK 72-32-85-991-198- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A827
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-210-121

C. Examine the Blend Repaired Area

(1) Measure the dimensions of the blended areas

(a) Maximum blended area per blend is 4.00 in.2 (2580.64 mm2) and
maximum number of blend is 20 totally on the inner and outer
surface of containment areas.

(b) The blended area must satisfy minimum blend ratio. The blend
ratio must be a minimum of 50 to 1.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-85-942-106

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the fan case.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-32-85-410-098

B. Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-32-85-440-056

C. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-32-85-410-099

D. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A828
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A829
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-85-300-047

Repair of the Fan Case Acoustic Linings by bonding - VRS1511

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific air powered sealant gun

No specific drilling equipment
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
IAE1N20444 1 TOOL-TAPPING

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific polyethylene sheet

Material No. V01-076 *
cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-005 *
adhesive tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-160 *
teflon tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-162 *
syringe (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-223 *
release film (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof silicon carbide (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-024 *
sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A830
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V08-115 *

sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-125 *
sealant (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-31-00-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module

72-31-00-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor (Fan) Module
72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-31-11-400-010 Installation of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-32-85-300-020 Repair by Replacement of the Acoustic Linings -
VRS1845
72-32-85-991-202 Fig. 823
72-32-85-991-203 Fig. 824

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-85-941-137

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A831
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-010-112

B. Remove the LP Compressor Blades and Fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010)

or remove the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-000-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-941-138

C. Put the Ground Support Equipment in to Position

(1) Put the access platform into position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat into position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the fan case.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-85-350-084

A. Prepare areas of unbond.

(Ref. Fig. 823/TASK 72-32-85-991-202, 824/TASK 72-32-85-991-203)

(1) Use adhesive tape (Material No. V02-005) and polyethylene sheet or
equivalent to protect the engine opening.

NOTE : Make sure that the masking sheet has sufficient dimensions to
____
give full protection to the inlet of the LPC guide vane
assembly, outlet of the stage 2.5 bleed duct and inside of the
LP stub shaft.

(2) Make the sealant filler holes for the unbonded areas.

WARNING : STOP DRILLING AS SOON AS THE DRILL IS THROUGH THE

_______
PERFORATED SKIN. USE A STOP-DRILL OR SLEEVE OR OTHER
PENETRATION LIMITING DEVICE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE CASING
MATERIAL OF THE FAN CASE.

WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT SAFETY GOGGLES AND OTHER GUARD

_______
EQUIPMENT. FLYING PARTICLES CAN CAUSE INJURY.

CAUTION : THE FAN CASE IS MADE FROM TITANIUM ALLOY AND IS THIN IN
_______
SOME AREAS. IF YOU HIT THE FAN CASE WITH A CHISEL OR
SCRAPER YOU CAN MAKE IT UNSERVICEABLE.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A832
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Bonding Repair of the Acoustic Lining

Figure 823/TASK 72-32-85-991-202

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A833
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Bonding Repair of the Acoustic Lining

Figure 824/TASK 72-32-85-991-203

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A834
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(a) Use the drill and drilling equipment. Be careful not to cause
damage to the inner surface of the fan case assembly.

(b) Drill 0.161 in. (4,09 mm) holes along the repair area 0.90 in.
(22,9 mm) intervals in axial direction and at 0.50 in. (12,7 mm)
intervals in cross axial direction.

(c) Make sure the holes cover at least 1.00 in. (25,4 mm) more than
the unbonded area.

(3) Remove the adhesive material from the unbonded area.

(a) Remove the adhesive material from the unbonded area on the
underside of the perforated skin using a locally manufactured
tool and
(Ref. Fig. 824/TASK 72-32-85-991-203)
vacuum cleaner.

(b) The tool may either be a hand tool or fitted to an angle drill
(maximum speed 300 rpm). Be careful not to cause damage to the
inner surface of the fan case assembly.

(c) When carrying out this TASK, use a piece of suitable clear
plastic with a slot and hole so as to press downwards on the
outer side of the skin whilst at the same time pulling upwards
onto the underside of the skin with the tool. This will balance
the forces on the skin and prevent further accidental skin unbond
(Ref. Fig. 824/TASK 72-32-85-991-203)

(d) Do not carry out this TASK more than is necessary to remove the
adhesive or the skin may be totally machined away.

(4) Make sure the remaining skin surface is smooth. All burrs on the edge
of holes must be removed with the waterproof silicon carbide
(Material No. V05-020).

(5) Remove the remaining debris.

WARNING : AIR BLAST CREATE FLYING PARTICLES. YOU MUST USE SAFETY
_______
SHIELD AND OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. FLYING PARTICLES CAN
CAUSE EYE INJURY.

(a) Remove the remaining debris with dry air blast and/or vacuum
cleaner.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A835
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(6) Mask the repair area with the adhesive tape (Material No. V02-005).
Make sure the adhesive tape covers at least 0.17 in. (4,3 mm) more
than hole diameter.

Subtask 72-32-85-110-060

B. Remove the grease from the repair area.

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Use syringe (Material No. V02-162) or equivalent and cleaning fluid
(Material No. V01-076) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124) to
remove the grease from the honeycomb and inside of the perforated
skin.

(2) Use a clean lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-076) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124) to remove
all grease from the repair area.

(3) Immediately dry the repair area with a clean dry air blast.

Subtask 72-32-85-350-085

C. Prepare sealant material (when using V08-024 sealant and V08-125

sealant).

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE OF
_______
THE FILLER TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE SEALANT
IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATH THE GAS. IF YOU GET
THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH IT AWAY WITH
WATER. GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Use sealant (Material No. V08-024) or sealant (Material No. V08-125).
This is supplied in several forms. The preferred form is SEMKIT B1/2
(material No.V08-125), alternative is the tin form (material No.
V08-024).

(2) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-125), prepare either by hand, or

using a mixing machine as described in the manufacturer
s leaflet.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A836
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-024), measure 75 parts of base
compound and 10 parts of curing compound (accelerator) by weight.

(4) If using a sealant (Material No. V08-024), knead the two parts
together until the paste is a constant color with the putty knife or
equivalent. No streaks are permitted.

NOTE : When mixed the life of the sealant is approximately half an

____
hour at 77 deg.F (25 deg.C) using V08-024 sealant.

NOTE : Sealant cure times with a relative humidity of 50 percent.

____

Subtask 72-32-85-350-086

D. Prepare sealant material (when using V08-115 sealant).

WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE OF
_______
THE FILLER TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE SEALANT
IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATH THE GAS. IF YOU GET
THE SEALANT ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES, FLUSH IT AWAY WITH
WATER. GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Use sealant (Material No. V08-115). This is supplied in several

forms. The preferred form is SEMKIT B2, alternative is the tin form.

(2) If using a SEMKIT, prepare either by hand, or using a mixing machine

as described in the manufacturer
s leaflet.

(3) If using the tin form, measure 75 parts of base compound and 10 parts
of curing compound (accelerator) by weight.

(4) If using the tin form, knead the two parts together until the paste
is a constant color with the putty knife or equivalent. No streaks
are permitted.

NOTE : When mixed the life of the sealant is approximately 2 hours at

____
77 deg.F (25 deg.C) using V08-024 sealant.

NOTE : Sealant cure times with a relative humidity of 50 percent.

____

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A837
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-85-340-194

E. Apply sealant material (when using V08-024 sealant or V08-125).

(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the V08-024 sealant or V08-125
sealant into the repair area. Stop injecting when sealant material
appears in the holes.

(2) When the sealant starts to feel hard, remove the unnecessary sealant
material and adhesive tape.

(3) Place release film (Material No. V02-223) (non-porous) over the
repair area and hold it in place with teflon tape (Material No. V02-
160).

(4) Apply pressure to keep contact between the repair area perforated
skin and the aluminum honeycomb during the sealant cure cycle with
teflon tape (Material No. V02-160) or equivalent, if necessary.

(5) Let the sealant cure.

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
SEALANT IS 120 DEG.F (49 DEG.C)

(a) Let the sealant cure the V08-024 sealant or V08-125 sealant by
heating to 113 deg.F (45 deg.C) for approximately 1.5 hours.

NOTE : The minimum cure time is 1.5 hours. Sealant cure times
____
with a relative humidity of 50 percent.

(6) Remove the release film, teflon tape and applied pressure source from
the repair area and remove all the masking materials from the engine.

Subtask 72-32-85-340-195

F. Apply sealant material (when using V08-115 sealant).

(Ref. Fig. 823/TASK 72-32-85-991-202)

(1) Use the air powered sealant gun to put the sealant (Material No. V08-
115) into the repair area. Stop injecting when sealant material
appears in the holes.

(2) When the sealant starts to feel hard, remove the unnecessary sealant
material and adhesive tape.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A838
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Place release film (Material No. V02-223) (non-porous) over the
repair area and hold it in place with teflon tape (Material No. V02-
160).

(4) Apply pressure to keep contact between the repair area perforated
skin and the aluminum honeycomb during the sealant cure cycle with
teflon tape (Material No. V02-160) or equivalent, if necessary.

(5) Let the sealant cure.

CAUTION : THE MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE WHICH CAN BE USED TO CURE THE

_______
SEALANT IS 120 DEG.F (49 DEG.C)

(a) Let the sealant cure the V08-115 sealant heat to 113 deg.F (45
deg.C) for approximately 3 hours.

NOTE : The minimum cure time is 3 hours. Sealant cure times with
____
a relative humidify of 50 percent.

(6) Remove the release film, teflon tape and applied pressure source from
the repair area and remove all the masking materials from the engine.

Subtask 72-32-85-210-128

G. Examine the surface of repair area.

(Ref. Fig. 823/TASK 72-32-85-991-202)

(1) Visually examine the completed repair to be sure all the requirements
of this procedure are done.

(2) Repeat the tap test method to ensure that full bonding of the
repaired area has been achieved. If necessary, repeat the repair
procedure again.

NOTE : The sound of a successfully repaired area will differ from a

____
fully bonded area. The sound will be less metallic. TOOL-
TAPPING (IAE1N20444) may be used.

(3) If the remaining sealant material after repair exceeds the limit
(Ref. Fig. 823/TASK 72-32-85-991-202)
dress the sealant material with the waterproof silicon carbide
(Material No. V05-020) or equivalent, if necessary.

(4) If the repaired area is more than 30 percent of total acoustic

lining, replace within 10 flight hours or 5 flight cycles whichever
is sooner - repair, refer to VRS1845 (Ref. TASK 72-32-85-300-020).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A839
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-85-410-110

A. Install the LP compressor (Fan) module (Ref. TASK 72-31-00-400-010) or

install the Low Pressure Compressor blades and fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-
11-400-010).

Subtask 72-32-85-942-112

B. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the fan case.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-85

Page A840
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

FAIRING - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE, REAR - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________________________

TASK 72-32-86-200-010

Inspection of the Rear Fairing Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the Rear Fairing
Assembly.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 3 m (9 ft. 10 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-86-300-010 Repair of the Missing Screw on the Intermediate

Structure Rear Fairing - VRS1937
72-32-86-991-153 Fig. 601
72-32-86-991-155 Fig. 602

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-86-941-058

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-86

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-86-941-059

B. Put the Support Equipment into Position

(1) Put the access platform into position to give access to the engine
for the inspection.

(2) Put the workmat into position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally of the aircraft. Make sure that the workmat
has sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the lower
half of the fan case surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-86-220-051

A. Examine the rear fairing

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-86-991-153)

(1) Examine the outer surface of the rear fairing for delaminating,
nicks, dents and gouges.

(a) If it has delaminating, reject it.

(b) If it has nicks, dents or gouges up to 0.019 in. (0.4825 mm) in

depth, accept it.

(c) If it has nicks, dents or gouges more than 0.019 in. (0.4825 mm)
in depth, reject it.

(2) Examine the screws of the rear fairing.

NOTE : PRE SBE 72-0155: Screws are installed at the 18 hole positions
____
except for No.6 and No.16.
POST SBE 72-0155: Screws are installed at all the 20 hole
positions.
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-86-991-155)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-86

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Rear Fairing Assembly

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-86-991-153

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-86

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Rear Fairing Assembly

Figure 602/TASK 72-32-86-991-155

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-86

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(a) If one screw is missing from the rear fairing, repair it
(Ref. TASK 72-32-86-300-010).

(b) If more than one screw is missing from the rear fairing, reject
it.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-86-942-055

A. Removal of the Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-86

Page 605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

FAIRING - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE, REAR - REPAIRS
________________________________________________

TASK 72-32-86-300-010

Repair of the Missing Screw on the Intermediate Structure Rear Fairing -

VRS1937

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific clean cloth

No specific soft brush
No specific spatula
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 3 m (9 ft. 10 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-124 *

isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-275 *
chromate conversion coating (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-019 *
waterproof silicone carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof silicone carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-013 *
cold curing silicone compound (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-014 *
primer (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-045 *

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-86

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

silicone rubber compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-86-200-010 Inspection of the Rear Fairing Assembly

SPM 703802
72-32-86-991-154 Fig. 801

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-86-941-056

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-86

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-86-941-057

B. Put the Support Equipment into Position

(1) Put the access platform into position to give access to the engine
for the inspection.

(2) Put the workmat into position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally of the aircraft. Make sure that the workmat
has sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the lower
half of the fan case surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-86-360-051

A. Repair of the Intermediate Structure Rear Fairing

(1) Remove the dimple washer on the screw hole where the screw is
missing.

(2) Remove all remaining adhesive on screw hole. Use waterproof silicone
carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019) and waterproof silicone
carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) (Ref. TASK 72-32-86-
200-010).

(3) Apply chromate conversion coating (Material No. V01-275) to the

repair surfaces as necessary (Ref. SPM 703802).

(4) Clean the repaired surface. Use a clean cloth or a soft brush made
moist with isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124).

(5) Apply a thin layer of primer (Material No. V08-014) with a soft brush
to the screw hole. Air dry for 30 minutes minimum.

NOTE : Apply the primer in less than eight hours after the surface is
____
cleaned.

(6) Fill and press cold curing silicone compound (Material No. V08-013)
or silicone rubber compound (Material No. V08-045) into the hole.
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-86-991-154)

(a) Fill the hole with silicone compound from the nozzle of the
compound tube.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-86

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair Details and Dimensions

Figure 801/TASK 72-32-86-991-154

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-86

Page 804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Press the silicone compound into the hole with a spatula.

NOTE : Press the silicone compound into a hole immediately after

____
it is applied to the hole.

(7) Cure the silicone compound for four hours at a temperature between 69
and 77 deg F (21 to 25 deg C). Do not apply load during this time.

(8) Identify the repair:

(a) A log entry is necessary when you have completed this repair.
Write VRS1937 in the engine log book.

(b) At the next shop visit, the rear fairing and missing screw must
be repaired.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-86-942-054

A. Removal of the Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-86

Page 805
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

PANEL - FAN CASE, REAR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________

TASK 72-32-87-000-010

Removal of the Panel Rubber Seals

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific scraper or equivalent hand tool

No specific thin blade cutter
No specific vacuum cleaner
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
IAE1J12187 1 COVER-PROTECTION LPC BLEED DUCT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

72-32-87-000-011 Removal of the Fan Case Liner Panels
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-87-991-153 Fig. 401
72-32-87-991-150 Fig. 402
72-32-87-991-152 Fig. 403
72-32-87-991-154 Fig. 404
72-32-87-991-156 Fig. 405
72-32-87-991-175 Fig. 406

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-87-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-87-010-055

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Put the access platform in position.

Subtask 72-32-87-040-051

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-87-010-065

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-87-620-051

A. Install the COVER-PROTECTION LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) or equivalent

around the bleed duct not to let unwanted material fall into the bleed
duct.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-87-991-153)

(1) Put the canvas of the protection cover on the upper half of the bleed
duct.

(2) Engage the hooks of the protection cover with the rings at the bottom
position of the bleed duct to safety the protection cover.

Subtask 72-32-87-020-052

B. Removal of the front panels.

Pre SBE 72-0156

(1) Remove the two front liner panels in the front of No.1 strut if you
remove the No.1 panel rubber seal.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-32-87-991-150, 403/TASK 72-32-87-991-152,
404/TASK 72-32-87-991-154)
and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-011)

Subtask 72-32-87-020-085

C. Cut of the silicone compound.

CAUTION : CAREFULLY USE A THIN BLADE CUTTER. THE CUTTER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
_______
TO THE SURFACE OF THE PANEL RUBBER SEAL AND THE FAN FRAME
STRUT.

SBE 72-0156

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Protection Cover
Figure 401/TASK 72-32-87-991-153

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Panel Rubber Seals

Figure 402/TASK 72-32-87-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Case Liner Panels

Figure 403/TASK 72-32-87-991-152

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 72-32-87

Page 407
Nov 01/07
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Removal/Installation of Silicone Compound in Corner between No. 1 Panel Rubber

Seal and No. 1 Strut
Figure 404/TASK 72-32-87-991-154- 12 (SHEET 1)


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-32-87 Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Removal/Installation of Silicone Compound in Corner between No. 1 Panel Rubber

Seal and No. 1 Strut
Figure 404/TASK 72-32-87-991-154- 22 (SHEET 2)


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-32-87 Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(1) Cut the silicone compound between the No.1 panel rubber seal and the
No.1 strut. Use a thin blade cutter.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-32-87-991-154)

Subtask 72-32-87-020-086

D. Remove the screws and the nuts which attach the damaged panel rubber
seals to the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-32-87-991-156)

Subtask 72-32-87-020-087

E. Remove the panel rubber seals.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-32-87-991-150)

CAUTION : CAREFULLY USE A THIN BLADE CUTTER. THE CUTTER CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
_______
TO THE SURFACE OF THE PANEL RUBBER SEALS AND THE FAN CASE.

(1) Cut the silicone compound between the panel rubber seals and the fan
case. Use a thin blade cutter.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-32-87-991-175)

(2) Remove the panel rubber seals.

(3) Use a scraper or equivalent hand tool to remove the remaining

silicone compound from the panel rubber seals, the fan frame strut
and the fan case.

(4) Use a vacuum cleaner to fully remove the remaining silicone compound
from the engine. Make sure that there is no remaining silicone
compound in the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 72-32-87

Page 411
Nov 01/07
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Positions of the Screws to attach the Panel Rubber Seals

Figure 405/TASK 72-32-87-991-156- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 412
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Positions of the Screws to attach the Panel Rubber Seals

Figure 405/TASK 72-32-87-991-156- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 413
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Removal of Silicone Compound from Panel Rubber Seals and Fan Case
Figure 406/TASK 72-32-87-991-175

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 414
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-87-400-010

Installation of the Panel Rubber Seals

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific sealant dispenser

No specific spatula
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-031 *

acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-014 *
primer (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-045 *
silicone compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 415
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-32-87-400-011 Installation of the Fan Case Liner Panels
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-87-991-153 Fig. 401
72-32-87-991-150 Fig. 402
72-32-87-991-152 Fig. 403
72-32-87-991-154 Fig. 404
72-32-87-991-156 Fig. 405
72-32-87-991-176 Fig. 407

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-87-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 416
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-87-010-063

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-32-87-040-052

C. Make sure that the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) is
deactivated: (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-87-110-050

A. Make sure that all the mating faces of the panel rubber seals are clean.

Subtask 72-32-87-420-052

B. Install the replacement panel rubber seals.

(1) Attach the panel rubber seals to the fan case and safety them with
the screws and the nuts. Tighten the screws lightly.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-32-87-991-156)

(2) TORQUE the screws to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 417
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-87-420-066

C. Installation of the two front liner panels.

Pre SBE 72-0156

(1) Install the two front liner panels in the front of No. 1 strut, if
they were removed.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-87-991-152)
and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-400-011)

Subtask 72-32-87-420-067

D. Application of the silicone compound to the corner.

SBE 72-0156

(1) Apply silicone compound to the corner between the No.1 panel rubber
seal and the No.1 fan frame strut.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-32-87-991-150, 404/TASK 72-32-87-991-154)

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT
_______
ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
FLUID IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR.
IF YOU GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR
EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Clean the mating surfaces with acetone (Material No. V01-031) or
isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124).

(b) Apply a thin layer of primer (Material No. V08-014) to the

surface in less than eight hours after the faces are cleaned. Air
dry for 30 minutes minimum.

(c) Put silicone compound (Material No. V08-045) in to the corner

with the sealant dispenser.

(d) Press the silicone compound with a spatula and make a smooth
surface.

(e) Cure the silicone compound at room temperature for 48 hours. Do

not push the silicone compound during this time.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 418
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-87-420-068

E. Apply silicone compound to the clearances between the panel rubber seals
and the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-32-87-991-150, 407/TASK 72-32-87-991-176)

NOTE : This subtask is only necessary if you have sufficient time for the
____
cure of the sealant. If you do not do this subtask it can cause a
small decrease in engine performance. Thus, you are recommended to
do this subtask when you next have sufficient time to let the
sealant cure.

(1) Find the clearances to be filled with silicone compound.

(a) Measure the dimensions HA, HB, HC and HD of the clearances.

(b) You must fill silicone compound in to the clearances of which

dimension HA, HB, HC or HD is more than 0.079 in. (2,0 mm).

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES.

_______
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK.
USE THE FLUID IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE
THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN
OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL
AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(2) Clean the mating surfaces with acetone (Material No. V01-031) or
isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124).

(3) Apply a thin layer of primer (Material No. V08-014) to the surfaces
in less than eight hours after the faces are cleaned. Air dry for 30
minutes minimum.

(4) Put silicone compound (Material No. V08-045) in to the clearances

with the sealant dispenser.

(5) Press the silicone compound with a spatula and move the spatula along
the fan case rear end.

(6) Cure the silicone compound at room temperature for 48 hours. Do not
push the silicone compound during this time.

Subtask 72-32-87-630-052

F. Remove the protection cover, IAE 1J12187 or equivalent, from the bleed
duct.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-87-991-153)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 419
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Application of Silicone Compound to Clearances between Panel Rubber Seals and

Fan Case
Figure 407/TASK 72-32-87-991-176- 13 (SHEET 1)


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-32-87 Page 420
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Application of Silicone Compound to Clearances between Panel Rubber Seals and

Fan Case
Figure 407/TASK 72-32-87-991-176- 23 (SHEET 2)


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-32-87 Page 421
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Application of Silicone Compound to Clearances between Panel Rubber Seals and

Fan Case
Figure 407/TASK 72-32-87-991-176- 33 (SHEET 3)


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-32-87 Page 422
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-87-410-055

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-32-87-440-051

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-32-87-410-063

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 423
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-87-000-011

Removal of the Fan Case Liner Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
IAE1J12187 1 COVER-PROTECTION LPC BLEED DUCT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-87-991-153 Fig. 401
72-32-87-991-152 Fig. 403
72-32-87-991-160 Fig. 408
72-32-87-991-161 Fig. 409

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-87-941-055

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 424
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-87-010-056

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Put the access platform in position to give access to the fan case
liner panels.

Subtask 72-32-87-040-054

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-32-87-010-067

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 425
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-87-620-052

A. Install the COVER-PROTECTION LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) or equivalent

around the bleed duct not to let unwanted material fall into the bleed
duct.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-87-991-153)

(1) Put the canvas of the protection cover on the upper half of the bleed
duct

(2) Engage the hooks of the protection cover with the rings at the bottom
position of the bleed duct to safety the protection cover.

Subtask 72-32-87-020-088

B. Remove the screws which attach the damaged fan case front liner panels to
the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-32-87-991-160, 409/TASK 72-32-87-991-161)

Subtask 72-32-87-020-053

C. Remove the fan case front liner panels.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-87-991-152)

Subtask 72-32-87-020-089

D. Remove the screws which attach the damaged fan case rear liner panels to
the fan case.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-32-87-991-160, 409/TASK 72-32-87-991-161)

Subtask 72-32-87-020-090

E. Remove the fan case rear liner panels.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-87-991-152)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 426
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Positions of the Screws to attach the Fan Case Liner Panels

Figure 408/TASK 72-32-87-991-160

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 427
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Positions of the Screws to attach the Fan Case Liner Panels

Figure 409/TASK 72-32-87-991-161

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 428
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-87-400-011

Installation of the Fan Case Liner Panels

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-87-991-153 Fig. 401
72-32-87-991-160 Fig. 408
72-32-87-991-161 Fig. 409

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 429
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-87-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

Subtask 72-32-87-010-064

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-32-87-040-060

C. Make sure that the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) is
deactivated: (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)

Subtask 72-32-87-110-051

D. Make sure that all the mating faces of the fan case liner panels are
clean.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 430
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-87-420-053

A. Install the replacement fan case liner panels.

(1) Install the fan case rear liner panels and attach them with the
screws. Tighten the screws lightly.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-32-87-991-160, 409/TASK 72-32-87-991-161)

(2) Install the fan case front liner panels and attach them with the
screws. Tighten the screws lightly.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-32-87-991-160, 409/TASK 72-32-87-991-161)

(3) Adjust the positions of the fan case liner panels to make a minimum
clearance between the front and the rear panels.

(4) TORQUE the screws to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

Subtask 72-32-87-630-053

B. Remove the protection cover, IAE 1J12187 or equivalent, from the bleed
duct.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-87-991-153)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-87-410-056

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-32-87-440-053

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 431
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-87-410-065

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 432
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

PANEL - FAN CASE, REAR - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________

TASK 72-32-87-200-010

Examine the Fan Case Liner Panel and the Panel Rubber Seal

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

This TASK gives the procedure for the inspection of the Fan Caser Liner
Panel and Panel Rubber Seal.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-32-87-000-010 Removal of the Panel Rubber Seals
72-32-87-000-011 Removal of the Fan Case Liner Panels
72-32-87-300-010 Repair the Crack in the Fan Case Liner Panel -
VRS1802
72-32-87-400-010 Installation of the Panel Rubber Seals
72-32-87-400-011 Installation of the Fan Case Liner Panels
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-87-991-170-A Fig. 601
72-32-87-991-171 Fig. 602

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-87-941-059

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-87-010-058

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Put the access platform in to position.

Subtask 72-32-87-040-058

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-87-010-060

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-32-87-941-058

E. Put the support equipment into position

(1) Put the workmat in position in the intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants on the workmat can be
____
seen external to the aircraft. Make sure that the workmat has
sufficient dimensions to give full protection to the lower
half of the intake cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-87-991-170-A)

Subtask 72-32-87-210-053

A. Examine the fan case liner panels.

(1) Examine the fan case liner panels for cracks, nicks, scores,
scratches and damage holes (material that is not there).

(a) If they are cracked, up to 6 in. (152.4 mm) in length, accept

them, provided that they are replaced (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-
011) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-400-011) or repaired, refer to
VRS1802 (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-300-010), within 125 flight hours or
25 flight cycles, whichever occurs first.

(b) If they have nicks, scores or scratches, up to 0.020 in (0.5 mm)

in depth, accept them.

(c) If they have nicks, scores or scratches more than in (b), accept
them, provided that they are replaced (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-
011) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-400-011) or repaired, refer to
VRS1802 (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-300-010), within 125 flight hours or
25 flight cycles, whichever occurs first.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Case Liner Panel and Panel Rubber Seal

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-87-991-170-A

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(d) If they have damage holes (material that is not there), up to 2
in.(50.8 mm) diameter, accept them, provided:

1
_ They are replaced (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-011) and (Ref. TASK
72-32-87-400-011) or repaired, refer to VRS1802 (Ref. TASK 72-
32-87-300-010), within 125 flight hours or 25 flight cycles,
whichever occurs first.

2
_ The loose pieces are removed.

(e) If they have damage that is more than in (a) or (d),replace them
(Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-011) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-400-011),
within 50 flight hours or 10 flight cycles, whichever occurs
first, provided :

1
_ The loose pieces are removed.

2
_ Examine those damages after 5 flight cycles, and remove loose
pieces if they are found .

Subtask 72-32-87-210-054

B. Examine the panel rubber seals for cracks, nicks, scores and scratches.
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-87-991-170-A, 602/TASK 72-32-87-991-171)

(1) Missing Material

Replace them (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-
400-010) within 25 flight hours or 5 flight cycles. Any loose pieces
must be removed prior to the next flight.

(2) Cracks

(a) Any number of cracks up to 0.50 in. (12.7 mm) long are
acceptable, if they are not intersecting any other cracks and are
not extending from a bolt hole. Examine these cracks again at A
Check interval and replace the seal at next shop visit.

(b) One crack per bolt hole is acceptable, if they are in the panel
area A or panel area B. Examine these cracks again at A Check
interval and replace the seal at next shop visit.

(c) Up to ten cracks are acceptable, if they are not crossing the
three areas (panel area A, panel area B and fillet area), and if
they are not intersecting any other cracks. Examine these cracks
again at A Check interval and replace the seal at the next shop
visit.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Case Liner Panel and Panel Rubber Seal

Figure 602/TASK 72-32-87-991-171

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 606
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(d) If there are cracks that are more than (a), (b) or (c), and if
any of the cracks are not intersecting each other, replace them
(Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-400-010)
within 50 flight cycles, provided:

1
_ The loose pieces are removed.

2
_ Examine for cracks after 35 flight cycles and thereafter every
5 flight cycles.

3
_ The cracks do not go through from the outer end to the inner
end of the seal.

(e) If there are cracks that are more than (d), replace them
(Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-400-010)
within 50 flight hours or 10 flight cycles, whichever occurs
first, provided :

1
_ The loose pieces are removed.

2
_ Examine those damages after 5 flight cycles, and remove loose
pieces if they are found .

(3) Nicks, Scores and Scratches

(a) If there are nicks, scores and scratches, up to 0.030 in. (0.76
mm) in depth, accept them.

(b) If there is damage that is more than (a), examine damage again at
2A Check intervals and replace them (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-000-010)
and (Ref. TASK 72-32-87-400-010) at next shop visit.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-87-410-058

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 607
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Remove the workmat from the intake cowl

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-32-87-440-055

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-32-87-410-060

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 608
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

PANEL - FAN CASE, REAR - REPAIRS
________________________________

TASK 72-32-87-300-010

Repair the Crack in the Fan Case Liner Panel - VRS1802

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific drill and drilling equipment

No specific hot air gun
No specific lint free cloth
No specific spatula
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-348 *

cleaning solvent (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-018 *
brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-016 *
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-017 *
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-047 *
hardener (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-048 *
resin (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-049 *
fiberglass cloth (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-87-991-163 Fig. 801

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-87-941-056

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-87-010-057

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Put the access platform in position.

Subtask 72-32-87-040-057

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-32-87-010-059

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-87-991-163)

Subtask 72-32-87-350-050

A. Drill Stop Holes at the Ends of the Crack

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL THAT YOU DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE FAN CASE INNER
_______
WALL WHEN YOU DRILL THE STOP HOLES.

(1) Use a 0.125 in. (3.17 mm) drill and drilling equipment to drill stop
holes at both ends of each crack.

Subtask 72-32-87-110-052

B. Clean the Damaged Area

(1) Hand clean the damaged area with garnet paper (Material No. V05-017)
or garnet paper (Material No. V05-016).

(2) Prepare the cleaning solvent (Material No. V01-348). Refer to the
manufacturer
s instructions.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Case Liner Panel - Crack Repair

Figure 801/TASK 72-32-87-991-163

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with cleaning solvent
(Material No. V01-348), to clean the repair area.

(4) Wipe the repair area with a lint free cloth, made moist with
distilled water.

Subtask 72-32-87-350-051

C. Prepare the Bond Patches

(1) Find the three sizes of the bond patches for each crack.

(2) Cut the bond patches to the correct sizes from the fiberglass cloth
(Material No. V08-049).

NOTE : The sizes of the three bond patches for each crack are
____
different.

NOTE : All three patches are installed on each repair area.

____

Subtask 72-32-87-350-052

D. Prepare the Resin Mixture

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE RESIN MIXTURE ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT
_______
ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE
THE RESIN IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS. IF
YOU GET THE RESIN ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES GET MEDICAL AID
IMMEDIATELY.

(1) Measure 100 parts of the resin (Material No. V08-048) by weight.
Measure 10 to 12 parts of the hardener (Material No. V08-047) by
weight.

(2) Put 3.5 oz (100 g) of resin (Material No. V08-048) in to a container.

Add between 0.35 oz (10 g) and 0.42 oz (12 g) of hardener (Material
No. V08-047) and mix them with a spatula.

NOTE : When mixed the life of the resin mixture is approximately one
____
hour at room temperature.

NOTE : It is recommended that the quantity of the mixture that you

____
make each time is approximately 2.03 oz (100 g).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 805
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-87-350-053

E. Apply the resin mixture on to the repair area and the three bond patches.

(1) Use the brush (Material No. V02-018) to apply the resin mixture to
the damage holes, the cracks, the stop holes and the surface to which
the bond patches will be installed.

(2) Use the brush (Material No. V02-018) to apply the resin mixture to
both surfaces of each of the bond patches.

(3) Remove all unwanted resin mixture and make the surfaces smooth.

Subtask 72-32-87-350-054

F. Install the bond patches on the repair area

(1) Install the first bond patch (smallest size) on the repair area to
cover all the damaged area.

(2) Install the second bond patch (middle size) on the repair area to
cover the first bond patch.

(3) Install the third bond patch (largest size) on the repair area to
cover the second bond patch.

(4) Use the hot air gun to cure the bond patches for three hours at
between 131 deg.F (55 deg.C) and 149 deg.F (65 deg.C) .

Subtask 72-32-87-210-052

G. Examine the repair area to make sure that the bonds are satisfactory.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-87-410-057

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 806
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-32-87-440-054

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-32-87-410-062

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-87

Page 807
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

OUTLET GUIDE VANES - LP COMPRESSOR (FAN) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________

TASK 72-32-88-000-010

Removal of the Fan Exit Guide Vanes (FEGVs)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory.
This task is for V2500-A5 engines.
There are two alternative methods to get access to the FEGVs:
Method 1: You must remove the inlet cone, the fan blades and the splitter
fairing for access to the FEGVs from front of the fan case.
Method 2: You must move the rear fairing rearward for access to the FEGVs
from rear of the fan case.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific cover sheet

No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
IAE1J12187 1 COVER-PROTECTION LPC BLEED DUCT

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V06-069 *

marker (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

72-31-11-000-010 Removal of the LP Compressor Fan Blades
72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-88-991-154 Fig. 401
72-32-88-991-158 Fig. 402
72-32-88-991-175 Fig. 403
72-32-88-991-176 Fig. 404
72-32-88-991-159 Fig. 405

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-88-941-058

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-88-010-057

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)>

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-88-040-051

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-32-88-010-060

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010).

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-32-88-941-059

E. Method 1: Put the ground support equipment in position

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
intake and the FEGV rear end.

(2) Put the workmat in position in the intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants on the workmat can be
____
seen external to the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the intake cowl.

Subtask 72-32-88-941-064

F. Method 2: Put the ground support equipment in position.

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the FEGV rear
end.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-88-010-058

A. Remove the inlet cone and fan blades (Method 1).

(1) Remove the inlet cone (2) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-88-991-154)

(2) Remove the 22 stage 1 fan blades (4) and annulus fillers (3).

(a) Use the marker (Material No. V06-069) to make a temporary mark on
the blades, the fillers retaining ring to indicate the initiale
positions of the blades and the fillers.

(b) Remove the blades and the fillers (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-32-88-620-051

B. Install an applicable cover sheet on to the stage 1 fan disk (1) to

prevent unwanted materials and damage to the disk.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-88-991-154)

Subtask 72-32-88-010-059

C. Remove the splitter fairing (12).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-32-88-991-158)

(1) Remove the screws (11) which attach the splitter fairing to the
bracket.

(2) Remove the splitter fairing.

Subtask 72-32-88-620-052

D. Install the COVER-PROTECTION LPC BLEED DUCT (IAE1J12187) or equivalent

around the bleed duct not to let unwanted material fall into the bleed
duct.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-88-991-175)

(1) Put the canvas of the protection cover on to the upper half of the
bleed duct.

(2) Engage the hooks of the protection cover with the rings at the bottom
position of the bleed duct to safety the protection cover.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Exit Guide Vanes (FEGV)

Figure 401/TASK 72-32-88-991-154

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Front Fairing
Figure 402/TASK 72-32-88-991-158

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Protection Cover
Figure 403/TASK 72-32-88-991-175

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-88-010-068

E. Move the rear fairing rearward (Method 2).

CAUTION : CAREFULLY REMOVE THE SCREWS NOT TO LET THEM FALL IN THE BLEED
_______
AIR PASSAGE IN THE BLEED DUCT. THE SCREWS GO INTO THE HP
COMPRESSOR AND BREAK THE BLADES AND THE VANES. IF THE SCREWS
FALL IN THE BLEED AIR PASSAGE, YOU MUST DISASSEMBLE THE ENGINE
AND REMOVE THE SCREWS.

Pre SBE 72-0155

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-32-88-991-176)

(1) Remove the 18 screws (41) which attach the rear fairing (42) to the
LP compressor bleed duct.

NOTE : Do not remove the sealant in the hole position N6 and 16 in

____
the rear fairing.

(2) Move the rear fairing rearward fully.

Subtask 72-32-88-010-069

F. Move the rear fairing rearward.

CAUTION : CAREFULLY REMOVE THE SCREWS NOT TO LET THEM FALL IN THE BLEED
_______
AIR PASSAGE IN THE BLEED DUCT. THE SCREWS GO INTO THE HP
COMPRESSOR AND BREAK THE BLADES AND THE VANES. IF THE SCREWS
FALL IN THE BLEED AIR PASSAGE, YOU MUST DISASSEMBLE THE ENGINE
AND REMOVE THE SCREWS.

SBE 72-0155: A new LPC bleed duct with improved durability features.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-32-88-991-176)

(1) Remove the 20 screws (41) which attach the rear fairing (42) to the
LP compressor bledd duct.

(2) Move the rear fairing rearward fully.

End of SBE 72-0155.

Subtask 72-32-88-869-050

G. Identify the replacement FEGVs.

(1) Make sure of locations of the replacement FEGVs.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-88-020-054

H. Remove the front liner panels (21) which are attached to the replacement
FEGVs
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-32-88-991-159)

(1) Remove the screws (22) and the bolts (23) which attach the front
liner panel to the fan case.

(2) Remove the front liner panel from the fan case.

Subtask 72-32-88-020-051

J. Remove the replacement FEGVs (29).

Pre SBE 70-0377

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-32-88-991-159)

(1) Remove the two bolts (26) and the washers (24) and (25) from the
inner platform of each FEGV.

(2) Remove the bolt (27) and the washer (28) that attach each FEGV to the
fan case. Remove the FEGVs.

Subtask 72-32-88-020-055

K. Remove the replacement FEGVs (29).

SBE 70-0377: New fan exit guide vanes with outer platforms of reduced
weight material.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-32-88-991-159)

(1) Remove the two bolts (26) and the washers (24) and (25) from the
inner platform of each FEGV.

(2) Remove the bolt (30) that attaches each FEGV to the fan case. Remove
the FEGVs.
End of SBE 70-0377

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of the Rear Fairing

Figure 404/TASK 72-32-88-991-176- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of the Rear Fairing

Figure 404/TASK 72-32-88-991-176- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 411
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


FEGV Attaching Parts

Figure 405/TASK 72-32-88-991-159

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 412
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-88-400-010

Installation of the Fan Exit Guide Vanes (FEGVs)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task is for V2500-A5 engines.

There are two alternative methods to return the removed parts to the initial
positions:
Method 1: If you removed the inlet cone, the fan blades, the splitter
fairing and the front liner panels for access to the FEGVs, you must use
Method 1.
Method 2: If you removed the front liner panels and opened the rear fairing,
you must use the Method 2.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 50.00 lbf.in
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-031 *

acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V04-004 *
Jointing compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 413
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-31-11-400-010
72-38-11-400-010 Installation of the Inlet Cone
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-88-991-154 Fig. 401
72-32-88-991-158 Fig. 402
72-32-88-991-175 Fig. 403
72-32-88-991-176 Fig. 404
72-32-88-991-159 Fig. 405
72-32-88-991-161 Fig. 406

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-88-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Make sure that the access platform and the workmat are in position.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 414
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-88-010-062

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-32-88-040-053

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-88-420-051

A. Install the replacement FEGVs (29).

Pre SBE 70-0377

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-32-88-991-159)

(1) Attach each FEGV to the inner face of the fan case with the bolt (27)
and the washer (28). Tighten the bolt lightly.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 415
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-88-420-054

B. Install the replacement FEGVs (29).

SBE 70-0377: New fan exit guide vanes with outer platforms of reduced
weight material.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-32-88-991-159)

(1) Install each FEGV to the inner face of the fan case with the bolt
(30). Tighten the bolt lightly.

End of SBE 70-0377

Subtask 72-32-88-420-053

C. Install the front liner panels (21)

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-32-88-991-159)

(1) Install each front liner panel and attach it with the screws (22) and
the bolts (23). Tighten the screws and the bolts lightly.

Subtask 72-32-88-420-055

D. Attach the FEGVs to the LP compressor booster stage

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-32-88-991-159)

(1) Install the washers (24) and (25) and the bolts (26). Tighten the
bolts lightly.

Subtask 72-32-88-420-056

E. Tighten the bolts (27), (26) and (23) and the screws (22).

Pre SBE 70-0377

(1) Make sure that all the bolts and the screws are correctly installed.
If necessary, adjust the positions of the FEGVs, the plate nuts of
the FEGVs and the front liner panels.

(2) TORQUE the bolts (27) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN).

(3) TORQUE the bolts (26) to between 160 and 200 lbf.in (1.80 and 2.26
m.daN).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 416
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) TORQUE the bolts (23) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN).

(5) TORQUE the screws (22) to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96
m.daN).

Subtask 72-32-88-420-057

F. Tighten the bolts (30), (26) and (23) and the screws (22).

SBE 70-0377

(1) Make sure that all the bolts and the screws are correctly installed.
If necessary, adjust the positions of the FEGVs, the plate nuts of
the FEGVs and the front liner panels.

(2) TORQUE the bolts (30) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN).

(3) TORQUE the bolts (26) to between 160 and 200 lbf.in (1.80 and 2.26
m.daN).

(4) TORQUE the bolts (23) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN).

(5) TORQUE the screws (22) to between 75 and 85 lbf.in (0.84 and 0.96
m.daN).

End of SBE 70-0377

Subtask 72-32-88-110-058

G. Apply jointing compound to the mating face on the splitter fairing

(Method 1).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-32-88-991-161)

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the mating faces with a clean lint free cloth made moist with
acetone (Material No. V01-031) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No.
V01-124).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 417
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Application of Jointing Compound to the Front Fairing

Figure 406/TASK 72-32-88-991-161

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 418
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Apply Jointing compound (Material No. V04-004) to the mating face
with a stiff brush.

NOTE : Install the front fairings on to the front brackets and the
____
rear brackets before the jointing compound becomes dry.

Subtask 72-32-88-410-057

H. Install the splitter fairing (12)

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-32-88-991-158)

(1) Install the splitter fairing to the inlet guide vane and the brackets
and attach it with the screws (11).

(2) TORQUE the screws to between 35 and 45 lbf.in (0.39 and 0.50 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

Subtask 72-32-88-630-051

J. Remove the covers

(1) Remove the cover sheet from the stage 1 fan disk.

(2) Remove the protection cover, IAE 1J12187 or equivalent from the bleed
duct
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-32-88-991-175)

Subtask 72-32-88-410-058

K. Install the fan blades and inlet cone:

(1) Install the 22 stage 1 fan blades (4) and the annulus fillers (3) to
their initial positions (Ref. TASK 72-31-11-400-010).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-32-88-991-154)

(2) Install the inlet cone (2) (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

Subtask 72-32-88-410-067

L. Install the rear fairing to the initial position.

CAUTION : CAREFULLY INSTALL THE SCREWS NOT TO LET THEM FALL IN THE BLEED
_______
AIR PASSAGE IN THE BLEED DUCT. THE SCREWS GO INTO THE HP
COMPRESSOR AND BREAK THE BLADES AND THE VANES. IF THE SCREWS
FALL IN THE BLEED AIR PASSAGE, YOU MUST DISASSEMBLE THE ENGINE
AND REMOVE THE SCREWS.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 419
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Pre SBE 72-0155
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-32-88-991-176)

(1) Align the through holes in the rear fairing (42) with threaded holes
in the bleed duct.

(2) Attach the rear fairing to the bleed duct with the 18 screws (41).

NOTE : Do not install the screws into the holes N6 and 16.
____

(3) TORQUE the screws to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN).

Subtask 72-32-88-410-068

M. Install the rear fairing to the initial position.

CAUTION : CAREFULLY INSTALL THE SCREWS NOT TO LET THEM FALL IN THE BLEED
_______
AIR PASSAGE IN THE BLEED DUCT. THE SCREWS GO INTO THE HP
COMPRESSOR AND BREAK THE BLADES AND THE VANES. IF THE SCREWS
FALL IN THE BLEED AIR PASSAGE, YOU MUST DISASSEMBLE THE ENGINE
AND REMOVE THE SCREWS.

SBE 72-0155: A new LPC bleed duct with improved durability features.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-32-88-991-176)

(1) Align the through holes in the rear fairing (42) with the threaded
holes in the bleed duct.

(2) Attach the rear fairing to the bleed duct with the 20 screws (41).

(3) TORQUE the screws to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN)
End of SBE 72-0155.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-88-410-059

A. Method 1: Remove the ground support equipments.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat from the intake cowl.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 420
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-88-410-069

B. Method 2: Remove the ground support equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-32-88-410-070

C. Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-32-88-440-051

D. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-32-88-410-060

E. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 421
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

OUTLET GUIDE VANES - LP COMPRESSOR (FAN) - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________________________

TASK 72-32-88-200-010

Inspection of the Fan Exit Vane Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines POST SBE 70-0377

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-32-88-300-011 Repair of the Fan Exit vane Assembly - VRS1817
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-88-991-157 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-88-941-065

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-88-010-070

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-32-88-010-071

C. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-32-88-941-066

D. Put the support in position in the fan case.

(1) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the

inspection task.

(2) Put the workmat in to position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give full
____
protection of the lower half of the fan case.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-88-210-053

A. Examine the Fan Exit Vane Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-88-991-157)

(1) Examine the areas A and C of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks,
nicks, scratches, dents and corrosion.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they are nicked or scratched, up to 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) in

depth, accept them.

(c) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (b) and up to

0.040in. (1.01mm) in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-
88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever
the sooner.

(d) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (c) and up to

0.080in. (2.03mm) in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-
88-300-011) within 10 flight hours or 5 flight cycles whichever
the sooner.

(e) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (d), repair per
VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011).

(f) If they are dented, up to 0.04in. (1.01mm) in depht, accept them.

(g) If they are dented more than in (f) and up to 0.080in. (2.03mm)
in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within
50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever the sooner.

(h) If they are dented more than in (g), repair per VRS1817
(Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within 10 flight hours or 5 flight
cycles whichever the sooner.

(i) If they are corroded, up to 0.005in. (0.12mm) in depth, accept

them.

(j) If they are corroded more than in (i), repair per VRS1817
(Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight
cycles whichever the sooner.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of the Fan Exit Vane Assembly

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-88-991-157- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of the Fan Exit Vane Assembly

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-88-991-157- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of the Fan Exit Vane Assembly

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-88-991-157- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 606
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Examine the area B of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks, nicks,
scratches, dents and corrosion.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they are nicked, scratched or dented, up to 0.010 in. (0.25

mm) in depth, accept them.

(c) If they are nicked, scratched or dented more than in (b) and up
to 0.020in. (0.50mm) in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-
32-88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles
whichever the sooner.

(d) If they are nicked, scratched or dented more than in (c) and up
to 0.040in. (1.01mm) in depth, replace the vane assembly within
10 flight hours or 5 flight cycles whichever the sooner.

(e) If they are nicked, scratched or dented more than in (d).

(f) If they are corroded, up to 0.005in. (0.12mm) in depth, accept

them.

(g) If they are corroded more than in (f) and up to 0.010in. (0.25mm)
in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within
50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever the sooner.

(h) If they are corroded more than in (g), repair per VRS1817
(Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within 10 flight hours or 5 flight
cycles whichever the sooner.

(3) Examine the area D of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks, nicks,
scratches, dents and corrosion.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they are nicked or scratched, up to 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) in

depth, accept them.

(c) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (b) and up to

0.020in. (0.50mm) in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-
88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever
the sooner.

(d) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (c), reject them.

(e) If they are dented, up to 0.020 in. (0.50 mm) in depth, accept
them.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 607
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(f) If they are dented more than in (e), replace the vane assembly
within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever the sooner.

(g) If they are corroded, up to 0.005in. (0.12mm) in depth, accept

them.

(h) If they are corroded more than in (g), repair per VRS1817
(Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight
cycles whichever the sooner.

(4) Examine the area E of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks, nicks,
scratches, dents and corrosion.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they are nicked or scratched, up to 0.004in. (0.10mm) in

depth, accept them.

(c) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (b) and up to

0.039in. (1.00mm) in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-
88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever
the sooner.

(d) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (c), reject them.

(e) If they are dented up to 0.039in. (1.00mm) in depth, accept them.

(f) If they are dented more than in (e), replace the vane assembly
within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever the sooner.

(g) If they are corroded, up to 0.005in. (0.12mm) in depth, accept

them.

(h) If they are corroded more than in (g), repair per VRS1817
(Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight
cycles whichever the sooner.

(5) Examine the area G of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks, nicks
and scratches.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they are nicked or scratched, up to 0.020in. (0.50mm) in

depth, accept them.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 608
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (b) and up to
0.039in. (1.00mm) in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-
88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever
the sooner.

(d) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (c) replace the vane
assembly within 10 flight hours or 5 flight cycles whichever the
sooner.

(6) Examine the area F of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks and
scratches.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they are nicked or scratched, up to 0.011in. (0.30mm) in

depth, accept them.

(c) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (b), replace the
vane assembly within 10 flight hours or 5 flight cycles whichever
the sooner.

(7) Examine the area H of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks, nicks
and scratches.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they are nicked or scratched, up to 0.039in. (1.00mm) in

depth, accept them.

(c) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (c), replace the
vane assembly within 10 flight hours or 5 flight cycles whichever
the sooner.

(8) Examine the area J of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks, nicks
and scratches, holes and missing materials.

(a) If they have cracks which do not reach to the vane slot, accept
them.

(b) If they have cracks which reach to the vane slot, reject them.

(c) If they are nicked or scratched, accept them.

(d) If they have holes or missing materials which do not reach to the
vane slot, replace the vane assembly within 125 flight hours or
80 flight cycles whichever the sooner.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 609
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(e) If they have holes or missing materials which reach to the vane
slot, reject them.

(9) Examine the area K of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks, nicks
and scratches, holes and missing materials.

(a) If they have cracks which do not reach to the vane slot, replace
the vane assembly within 125 flight hours or 80 flight cycles
whichever the sooner. They must be examined every 5 flight cycles
in order to make sure that the crack is not expanded. If the
crack reaches to the vane slot, reject them.

(b) If they have cracks which reach to the vane slot, reject them.

(c) If they are nicked or scratched, accept them.

(d) If they have holes or missing materials which do not reach to the
vane slot, replace the vane assembly within 125 flight hours or
80 flight cycles whichever the sooner. They must be examined
every 5 flight cycles in order to make sure that the damage is
not expanded. If the damage reaches to the vane slot, reject
them.

(e) If they have holes or missing materials which reach to the vane
slot, reject them.

(10) Examine the joint between the vane and the resin.

(a) If they show signs of unbond at the joint between the vane and
the resin of the inner or the outer platform, accept them if:

1
_ The unbonds are less than 0.120in. (3.04mm) in depth.

2
_ The unbonds are less than 0.600in. (15.24mm) in depth and less
than 1.400in. (35.56mm) in length for each vane end.

3
_ An unbond that is more than that in (2_) is permitted on one
vane end for each vane assembly.

(b) If the unbonds are more than in (a), replace the vane assembly
within 10 flight hours or 5 flight cycles whichever the sooner.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 610
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-88-942-055

A. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Remove the workmat from the fan case.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-32-88-410-071

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-32-88-410-072

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 611
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-88-200-012

Inspection of the Fan Exit Vane Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines Pre SBE 70-0377

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-32-88-300-011 Repair of the Fan Exit vane Assembly - VRS1817
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-32-88-991-169 Fig. 602

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-88-941-060

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 612
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-88-010-065

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Put the access platform in to position.

Subtask 72-32-88-040-056

C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-32-88-010-066

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 613
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-88-941-061

E. Put the support in position in the fan case.

(1) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the

inspection task.

(2) Put the workmat in to position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give full
____
protection of the lower half of the fan case.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-88-210-051

A. Examine the Fan Exit Vane Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 72-32-88-991-169)

(1) Examine the areas A and C of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks,
nicks, scratches, dents and corrosion.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they have nicks or scratches, up to 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) in

depth, accept them.

(c) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (b) and up to

0.040in. (1.01mm) in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-
88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever
the sooner.

(d) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (c) and up to

0.080in. (2.03mm) in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-
88-300-011) within 10 flight hours or 5 flight cycles whichever
the sooner.

(e) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (d), repair per
VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011).

(f) If they are dented, up to 0.04in. (1.01mm) in depth, accept them.

(g) If they are dented more than in (f) and up to 0.080in. (2.03mm)
in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within
50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever the sooner.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 614
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(h) If they are dented more than in (g), repair per VRS1817
(Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within 10 flight hours or 5 flight
cycles whichever the sooner.

(i) If they are corroded, up to 0.005in. (0.12mm) in depth, accept

them.

(j) If they are corroded more than in (i), repair per VRS1817
(Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight
cycles whichever the sooner.

(2) Examine the area B of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks, nicks,
scratches, dents and corrosion.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they have nicks, scratches and dents, up to 0.010 in. (0.25
mm) in depth, accept them.

(c) If they are nicked, scratched or dented more than in (b) and up
to 0.020in. (0.50mm) in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-
32-88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles
whichever the sooner.

(d) If they are nicked, scratched or dented more than in (c) and up
to 0.040in. (1.01mm) in depth, replace the vane assembly within
10 flight hours or 5 flight cycles whichever the sooner.

(e) If they are nicked, scratched or dented more than in (d), reject
them.

(f) If they are corroded, up to 0.005in. (0.12mm) in depth, accept

them.

(g) If they are corroded more than in (f) and up to 0.010in. (0.25mm)
in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within
50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever the sooner.

(h) If they are corroded more than in (g), repair per VRS1817
(Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within 10 flight hours or 5 flight
cycles whichever the sooner.

(3) Examine the areas D and F of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks,
nicks, scratches, dents and corrosion.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 615
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Exit Vane Assembly

Figure 602/TASK 72-32-88-991-169- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 616
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Exit Vane Assembly

Figure 602/TASK 72-32-88-991-169- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 617
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Exit Vane Assembly

Figure 602/TASK 72-32-88-991-169- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 618
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) If they have nicks or scratches, up to 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) in
depth, accept them.

(c) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (b) and up to

0.020in. (0.50mm) in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-
88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever
the sooner.

(d) If nicks or scratches are more than in (c), reject them.

(e) If they are dented, up to 0.020 in. (0.50 mm) in depth, accept
them.

(f) If they are dented more than in (e), replace the vane assembly
within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever the sooner.

(g) If they are corroded, up to 0.005in. (0.12mm) in depth, accept

them.

(h) If they are corroded more than in (g), repair per VRS1817
(Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight
cycles whichever the sooner.

(4) Examine the areas E and G of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks,
nicks, scratches, dents and corrosion.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they are nicked or scratched, up to 0.004in. (0.10mm) in

depth, accept them.

(c) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (b) and up to

0.039in. (1.00mm) in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-
88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever
the sooner.

(d) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (c), reject them.

(e) If they are dented up to 0.039in. (1.00mm) in depth, accept them.

(f) If they are dented more than in (e), replace the vane assembly
within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever the sooner.

(g) If they are corroded, up to 0.005in. (0.12mm) in depth, accept

them.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 619
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(h) If they are corroded more than in (g), repair per VRS1817
(Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight
cycles whichever the sooner.

(5) Examine the area H of the fan exit vane assembly for cracks, nicks,
scratches, dents or corrosion.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they are nicked or scratched, up to 0.004in. (0.10mm) in

depth, accept.

(c) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (b) and up to

0.011in. (0.30mm) in depth, repair per VRS1817 (Ref. TASK 72-32-
88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever
the sooner.

(d) If they are nicked or scratched more than in (c), reject them.

(e) If they are dented, up to 0.011in. (0.30mm), in depth, accept

them.

(f) If they are dented more than in (e), replace the vane assembly
within 50 flight hours or 25 flight cycles whichever the sooner.

(g) If they are corroded, up to 0.005in. (0.12mm) in depth, accept.

(h) If they are corroded more than in (g), repair per VRS1817
(Ref. TASK 72-32-88-300-011) within 50 flight hours or 25 flight
cycles whichever the sooner.

(6) Examine the joint between the vane and resin.

(a) If they show signs of unbond at the joint between the vane and
the resin of the inner of the outer platform, accept them if:

1
_ The unbonds are less than 0.120in. (3.04mm) in depth.

2
_ The unbonds are less than 0.600in. (15.24mm) in depth and less
than 1.400in. (35.56mm) in length for each vane end.

3
_ An unbond that is more than that in (2_) is permitted on one
vane end for each vane assembly.

(b) If the unbonds are more than in (a), replace the vane assembly
within 10 flight hours or 5 flight cycles whichever the sooner.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 620
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-88-942-052

A. Remove the support equipment

(1) Remove the wormat from the fan case.

Subtask 72-32-88-410-063

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-32-88-440-054

C. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-32-88-410-064

D. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 621
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

OUTLET GUIDE VANES - LP COMPRESSOR (FAN) - CLEANING/PAINTING
____________________________________________________________

TASK 72-32-88-100-010

Cleaning of the LP Compressor Outlet Guide Vanes

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK gives the procedure for the cleaning of the LP compressor outlet
guide vane assembly.
This TASK can contribute to fuel savings.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-124 *

Isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 701
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-88-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-88-010-051

B. Open the cowls

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 702
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-88-040-054

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-32-88-010-063

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
452AR, 451AL.
FOR 1000EM2
462AR, 461AL.

Subtask 72-32-88-941-055

E. Put the support equipment in to position

(1) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the engine
for the cleaning task.

(2) Put the workmat in to position in the fan case.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen external of the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give full
____
protection to the lower half of the fan case surface.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 703
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-88-110-050

A. Clean the fan outlet guide vanes

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Enter the fan case and clean the fan outlet guide vanes airfoil
surface with a clean lint free cloth made moist with Isopropyl
alcohol (Material No. V01-124).

(2) Wipe the fan outlet guide vane airfoil surface dry with a clean lint
free cloth.

(3) Do again steps (1) and (2) until all the fan outlet guide vanes are
clean.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-88-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the workmat.

(3) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-32-88-440-052

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 704
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-88-410-061

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 705
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

OUTLET GUIDE VANES - LP COMPRESSOR (FAN) - REPAIRS
__________________________________________________

TASK 72-32-88-300-011

Repair of the Fan Exit vane Assembly - VRS1817

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific abrasive wheel

No specific fine file
No specific portable grinding equipment
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V05-020 *

waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-028 *
chemical conversion coating aluminum (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SPM 702305
SPM 703802
72-32-88-991-170 Fig. 801

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-88-941-063

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-88-480-051

B. Put the ground support equipment in to position.

(1) Put the access platform in to position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat in to position in the air intake cowl.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-88-350-052

A. Repair of the Fan Exit Vane Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-88-991-170)

NOTE : This repair is not applied to the outer platform of Fan Exit
____
Assembly B (Post SBE 70-0377).

NOTE : Assembly B has a black outer platform made of plastic.

____

(1) Remove nicks, scratches and/or damage from the vane with the fine
file or the portable grinding equipment and the abrasive wheel. Make
sure all the damage is removed.

(2) Use the waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
020) and waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
021), to make smooth and polish out the scores on the vane. Polish
marks must be in a radial direction (from the ID to the OD of the
vane). The surface finish of the repair must be the same as the
adjacent area.

(3) Use the waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
020) and waterproof silicon carbide abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
021), to polish the vane leading and/or trailing edge radius and the
vane profile. Make a smooth shape. Remove the minimum amount of
material necessary to give the radius.

Subtask 72-32-88-220-052

B. Do a detailed and dimensional inspection of the outlet guide vanes.

Subtask 72-32-88-230-052

C. Do a penetrant crack test of the repaired area (Ref. SPM 702305).

Subtask 72-32-88-916-052

D. Touch up the repaired area with the chemical conversion coating aluminum
(Material No. V07-028) (Ref. SPM 703802).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Exit Vane Assembly

Figure 801/TASK 72-32-88-991-170- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Exit Vane Assembly

Figure 801/TASK 72-32-88-991-170- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 805
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fan Exit Vane Assembly

Figure 801/TASK 72-32-88-991-170- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 806
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-88-080-051

A. Remove the ground support equipment.

(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-88

Page 807
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

VANE ASSEMBLY - INNER, FAN OUTLET - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________________

TASK 72-32-91-200-010

Inspection of the LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vane Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the LP compressor inlet
guide vanes.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-91-300-010 Repair of the LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vanes -

VRS1850
72-32-91-991-150 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-91-941-060

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-91

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-91-941-061

B. Put the Ground Support Equipment in to position

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen external of the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give full
____
protection to the lower half of the intake cowl surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-91-210-054

A. Examine the LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vanes Assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-91-991-150)

(1) Examine the areas A and C of the inlet guide vanes for cracks, nicks,
scratches and dents.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they have nicks or scratches up to 0.010 in. (0.25 mm) in

depth, accept them.

(c) If they have nicks or scratches that are more than the above
limits, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-32-91-300-010).

(d) If they have dents up to 0.030 in. (0.76 mm) in depth, accept
them.

(e) If they have dents that are more than the above limits, reject
them.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-91

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vanes

Figure 601/TASK 72-32-91-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-91

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Examine the area B of the inlet guide vanes for cracks, nicks,
scratches and dents.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they have nicks, scratches or dents up to 0.004 in. (0.1 mm)
accept them.

(c) If they have nicks or scratches that are more than the above
limits, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-32-91-300-010).

(d) If they have dents up to 0.004 in. (0.10 mm), accept them.

(e) If they have dents that are more than the above limits, repair
them (Ref. TASK 72-32-91-300-010).

(3) Examine the external surface of the inner ring for cracks, nicks,
scratches and dents.

(a) If they are cracked, reject them.

(b) If they have nicks, scratches or dents up to 0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
in depth, accept them.

(c) If they have nicks, scratches or dents that are more than the
above limits, reject them (Ref. TASK 72-32-91-300-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-91-942-055

A. Remove the Ground Support Equipment

(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-91

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

VANE ASSEMBLY - INNER, FAN OUTLET - REPAIRS
___________________________________________

TASK 72-32-91-300-010

Repair of the LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vanes - VRS1850

CAUTION : YOU MUST USE SILICON CARBIDE WHEELS, SILICON CARBIDE STONES, SILICON
_______
ABRASIVE PAPERS TO REPAIR THE INLET GUIDE VANES.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific abrasive wheel

No specific portable grinding equipment
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V05-020 *

silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-05-230-010 Local Application of Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection

72-32-91-991-152 Fig. 801

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-91

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-91-941-062

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-91-941-063

B. Put the ground support equipment in to position

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine.

(2) Put the workmat in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that you can see the red warning pennants of the
____
workmat externally.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the air intake cowl
surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-32-91-350-052

A. Repair of the LP compressor inlet-guide-vanes

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-91-991-152)

CAUTION : YOU MUST MAKE LIGHT CUTS WITH THE MECHANICAL CUTTER. HEAVY CUTS
_______
WILL CAUSE THE MATERIAL TO OXIDISE AND CRACK. IF THE BLADE
SHOWS DARK STRAW TO BLUE DISCOLORATION THE BLADE MUST BE
REJECTED.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-91

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Compressor Inlet Guide Vanes

Figure 801/TASK 72-32-91-991-152

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-91

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CAUTION : YOU MUST USE SILICON CARBIDE WHEELS, SILICON CARBIDE STONES OR
_______
SILICON CARBIDE ABRASIVE PAPERS TO REPAIR THE INLET GUIDE
VANES.

(1) Remove nicks, scratches and/or damage from the vane with the abrasive
wheel and portable grinding equipment or the fine file. Make sure all
the damage is removed.

(2) Make the repaired area smooth and polish out scores on the vane with
the silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) and
silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021). Polish
marks must be in a radial direction (from the ID to the OD of the
vane). The surface finish must be the same as the adjacent area.

(3) Use the silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020)
and silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021), to
make smooth and polish the leading/trailing edge radius. Polish marks
must be in a radial direction (From the ID to the OD of the vane).

Subtask 72-32-91-220-051

B. Do a detailed and dimensional check of the vane

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-91-991-152)

Subtask 72-32-91-230-052

C. Do a penetrant crack test (Ref. TASK 70-23-05-230-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-91-942-056

A. Remove the ground support equipment

(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-91

Page 804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

FAIRING - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE, FRONT - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________________________

TASK 72-32-93-200-010

Inspection of the Splitter Fairing

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-93-300-010 Repair of the Splitter Fairing - VRS1813

72-32-93-991-152 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-93-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-93

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-93-941-051

B. Put the support equipment in to position

(1) Put the access platform in position.

(2) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally. Make sure that the workmat has sufficient
dimensions to give full protection to the lower half of the
air intake cowl surface.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-32-93-991-152)

Subtask 72-32-93-210-050

A. Examine the external surface of the splitter fairing

(1) Examine the external surface of the splitter fairing for cracks,
dents, nicks, scratches and erosion

(a) If it is cracked, reject it.

(b) If it shows surface dents, up to 0.02 in. (0.51 mm) in depth,

accept it.

(c) If it shows surface nicks, scratches and erosion, up to 0.01 in.

(0.25 mm) , accept it.

(2) If there is damage greater than the above limits, repair it

(Ref. TASK 72-32-93-300-010)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-93

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Splitter Fairing
Figure 601/TASK 72-32-93-991-152

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-93

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-93-942-050

A. Remove the support equipment.

(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-93

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

FAIRING - INTERMEDIATE STRUCTURE, FRONT - REPAIRS
_________________________________________________

TASK 72-32-93-300-010

Repair of the Splitter Fairing - VRS1813

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific abrasive wheel

No specific clean lint free cloth
No specific portable grinding equipment
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 3 ft. (0.91 m)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-031 *

Cleaning Fluid (Acetone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
Cleaning Fluid (Isopropyl Alcohol) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-275 *
Chromate conversion coating (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-019 *
silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-93

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-05-230-010 Local Application of Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection

72-32-93-200-010 Inspection of the Splitter Fairing
72-32-93-300-011 Repair of the Splitter Fairing - VRS1814
72-32-93-991-150 Fig. 801

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-93-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-93-941-053

B. Put the support equipment in position.

(1) Put the access platform in position

(2) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally. Make sure that the workmat has sufficient
dimensions to give full protection to the lower half of the
air intake cowl surface.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-93

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-32-93-991-150)

Subtask 72-32-93-320-050

A. Remove nicks and/or damage from the splitter fairing

(1) Use the portable grinding equipment and abrasive wheel, or fine
files, to remove nicks and/or damage from the splitter fairing.

(2) Use the silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019),
silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) and
silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) to blend
and polish out the dressed area on the splitter fairing.

NOTE : The surface finish of the repair must be the same as the
____
adjacent undressed area.

Subtask 72-32-93-210-051

B. Visually examine the repaired area of splitter fairing (Ref. TASK 72-32-
93-200-010).

Subtask 72-32-93-230-050

C. Do a penetrant crack test of the repaired area of splitter fairing

(Ref. TASK 70-23-05-230-010).

Subtask 72-32-93-320-051

D. Rub the damage

(1) Rub the damaged area with the silicon carbide type abrasive paper
(Material No. V05-020) or silicon carbide type abrasive paper
(Material No. V05-021) until the damaged area is smooth to the
adjacent surface

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-93

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Splitter Fairing
Figure 801/TASK 72-32-93-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-93

Page 804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-93-110-050

E. Clean the repair of the splitter fairing.

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the repaired area with a clean lint free cloth made moist with
Cleaning Fluid (Acetone) (Material No. V01-031) or Cleaning Fluid
(Isopropyl Alcohol) (Material No. V01-124).

Subtask 72-32-93-370-050

F. Apply Chromate conversion coating (Material No. V01-275) to the repaired

area of splitter fairing (Ref. TASK 72-32-93-300-011).

Subtask 72-32-93-370-051

G. Apply the finish to the repaired area of splitter fairing (Ref. TASK 72-
32-93-300-011).

Subtask 72-32-93-210-052

H. Examine the coating surface of the splitter fairing.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-93-942-051

A. Remove the support equipment

(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-93

Page 805
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-32-93-300-011

Repair of the Splitter Fairing - VRS1814

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific clean lint free cloth

No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 3 ft. (0.91 m)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-031 *

Cleaning Fluid (Acetone) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
Cleaning Fluid (Isopropyl Alcohol) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-275 *
Chromate conversion coating (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-004 *
Paint brush (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
silicon carbide type abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-007 *
Two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-080 *
E.E.L resistant touch-up primer (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-93

Page 806
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-32-93-991-151 Fig. 802

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-32-93-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-32-93-941-055

B. Put the support equipment in position.

(1) Put the access platform in position.

(2) Put the workmat in position in the air intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen externally. Make sure that the workmat has sufficient
dimensions to give full protection to the lower half of the
air intake cowl surface.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-93

Page 807
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-32-93-991-151)

Subtask 72-32-93-320-052

A. Rub the damage

(1) Rub the damaged area of the splitter fairing with the silicon carbide
type abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020) or silicon carbide type
abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) until the damaged area is
smooth to the adjacent surface

Subtask 72-32-93-110-051

B. Clean the repair of the splitter fairing

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the damaged area of the splitter fairing with a clean lint free
cloth made moist with Cleaning Fluid (Acetone) (Material No. V01-031)
or Cleaning Fluid (Isopropyl Alcohol) (Material No. V01-124).

Subtask 72-32-93-370-052

C. Apply Chromate conversion coating (Material No. V01-275) to the repaired

area with a Paint brush (Material No. V02-004) until the surface colour
turns from iridescent gold to a light brown.

NOTE : This operation usually requires between 2 and 7 minutes.

____

Subtask 72-32-93-160-050

D. Clean the splitter fairing with clean cold water and dry with an air
blast.

Subtask 72-32-93-370-053

E. Apply a coat of E.E.L resistant touch-up primer (Material No. V07-080) to

the repaired area with a Paint brush (Material No. V02-004).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-93

Page 808
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Splitter Fairing
Figure 802/TASK 72-32-93-991-151

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-93

Page 809
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-32-93-370-054

F. Apply a coat of Two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst (Material No.
V07-007) to the repaired area of splitter fairing with a Paint brush
(Material No. V02-004).

Subtask 72-32-93-210-053

G. Examine the coating area.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-32-93-942-052

A. Remove the support equipment

(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-32-93

Page 810
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

INLET CONE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________

TASK 72-38-11-000-010

Removal of the Inlet Cone

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
IAE1J12020 1 LEVER, PULLER
IAE1J12121 1 LEVER, PULLER
IAE1J12125 1 HAMMER, SLIDING

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V06-069 *

marker (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-38-11-991-151 Fig. 401

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-38-11-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-38-11-941-052

B. Put the support equipment into position

(1) Put the workmat in position in the intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen external of the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give full
____
protection to the lower half of the intake cowl surface.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-38-11-010-050

A. Remove the inlet cone fairing.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-38-11-991-151)

(1) Hold the inlet cone and remove the four symmetrical bolts (10) of the
six bolts (10) which attach the inlet cone fairing (1) to the inlet
cone (3) and the front blade retaining ring (5).

NOTE : The two bolts of the six bolts are left to not drop the inlet
____
cone fairing.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Loosen the two remaining bolts (10) which attach the inlet cone
fairing (1).

(3) Use HAMMER, SLIDING (IAE1J12125) 1 off to release the inlet cone
fairing (1) from the flange of the front blade retaining ring (5).

(4) Remove the two remaining bolts (10).

(5) Remove the inlet cone fairing from the inlet cone (3) and the front
blade retaining ring (5).

Subtask 72-38-11-020-050

B. Remove the inlet cone

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-38-11-991-151)

(1) Do the subsequent step if trim balance weights (6) are installed.

(a) Use the marker (Material No. V06-069) to make a mark on the trim
balance weights (6) and the front blade retaining ring (5).

NOTE : Make sure that the mark which identifies each balance
____
weight is aligned with the same mark on the retaining
ring. These marks make sure of the correct installation of
the balance weights on assembly.

(2) Remove the bolts (7), the washers (8) and the trim balance weights
(6) (if installed) which attach the inlet cone (3) to the retaining
ring (5).

NOTE : Hold the inlet cone while you loosen the bolts. This prevents
____
rotation of the fan rotor.

(3) Use the LEVER, PULLER (IAE1J12020) or LEVER, PULLER (IAE1J12121), to

release the inlet cone from the flange of the front blade retaining
ring.

NOTE : Hold the inlet cone before it is released.

____

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Inlet Cone
Figure 401/TASK 72-38-11-991-151- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Inlet Cone
Figure 401/TASK 72-38-11-991-151- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Inlet Cone
Figure 401/TASK 72-38-11-991-151- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-38-11-400-010

Installation of the Inlet Cone

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-124 *

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-077 *
approved engine oils (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

70-30-00-918-010 Consumable Materials Index
72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone
72-38-11-991-151 Fig. 401
72-38-11-991-153 Fig. 402
72-38-11-991-152 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-38-11-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Make sure that the workmat is in position in the intake cowl.

Subtask 72-38-11-110-050

B. Clean the mounting flange surfaces

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-38-11-991-151)

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Make a lint free cloth moist with the cleaning fluid (Material No.
V01-124). Clean the two mounting flange surfaces of the inlet cone
(3) and the retaining ring (5).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-38-11-210-051

C. Make sure that the two mounting flange surfaces have no damage.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-38-11-420-050

A. Install the inlet cone

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-38-11-991-151)

(1) Align the bolt holes in the inlet cone (3) and the front blade
retaining ring (5) when you put them together.

(2) Make sure that the mark which identifies each trim balance weight (6)
(if installed) is aligned with the same mark on the retaining ring
(5).

(3) Lubricate the threads of the 18 bolts (7) with clean approved engine
oils (Material No. V10-077) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010). Put the
inlet cone (3) in position on the retaining ring (5). Install the
bolts (7), the washers (8) and the trim balance weights (6) (if
installed) at the positions 1 thru 18
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153)

NOTE : Do not use the six bolt holes at the positions 19 thru 24 that
____
are adjacent to the six locatings pins (4) at this time
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153)
These bolt holes and locating pins will be used for the
installation of the fairing (1).

NOTE : Install the trim balance weights to the bolt holes which is
____
identified by (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).

NOTE : Install the washer at the bolt hole where a trim balance
____
weight is not installed. Do not install the washer at the bolt
hole where the trim balance weight is installed.

(4) TORQUE the bolts (7), 1 thru 18, to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03
and 2.48 m.daN) in sequence (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153)

(5) Repeat the torque sequence to make sure the 18 bolts (7) are at the
correct torque value.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Torque Tighten Sequence

Figure 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-38-11-410-050

B. Install the fairing

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-38-11-991-151)

PRE SBE 72-0318

(1) Engage the six locating holes (2) in the fairing (1) with the six
locating pins (4) on the inlet cone flange.

(2) Lubricate the threads of the six bolts (10) with clean approved
engine oils (Material No. V10-077). Put the fairing (1) in position
on the inlet cone (3). Install the six bolts (10) at the position 19
thru 24
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153)

(3) TORQUE the six bolts (10) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and
2.48 m.daN) in sequence 19 thru 24 (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153)

SBE 72-0318

(4) Lubricate the faces on the six strip seals of the fairing (1) with
approved engine oils (Material No. V10-077).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-38-11-991-152)

(5) Engage the six locating holes (2) in the fairing (1) with the six
locating pins (4) on the inlet cone flange.

(6) Lubricate the threads of the six bolts (10) with clean approved
engine oils (Material No. V10-077). Put the fairing (1) in position
on the inlet cone (3). Install the six bolts (10) at the position 19
thru 24
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153)

(7) TORQUE the six bolts (10) to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and
2.48 m.daN) in sequence 19 thru 24 (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)>
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-38-11-991-153)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 411
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


SBE 72-0318 - Lubrication of the Strip Seals

Figure 403/TASK 72-38-11-991-152

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 412
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-38-11-110-051

C. Cleaning

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Make a clean lint free cloth moist with the cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-124). Clean all the marks (if written) from the outer surface
of the retaining ring.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-38-11-942-051

A. Remove the support equipment

(1) Remove the workmat.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 413
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

INLET CONE - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________

TASK 72-38-11-200-010

Inspection of the Inlet Cone and the Inlet Cone Fairing

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-38-11-300-010 Repair of the Inlet Cone Fairing - VRS1714

72-38-11-300-011 Repair of the Inlet Cone - VRS1432
72-38-11-991-155 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-38-11-941-053

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

(4) Put the support equipment in position.

(a) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
for the inspection.

(5) Put the workmat in position in the intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants of the workmat can be
____
seen external of the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give full
____
protection to the lower half of the intake cowl surface.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-38-11-991-155)

Subtask 72-38-11-210-052

A. Inspection of the Inlet Cone

(1) Examine the external surface of the inlet cone for erosion, cracks,
delamination, scores, gouges, grooves, missing and/or peeling of
coat.

(a) If it has surface erosion but the polyurethane coat is still not
damaged, accept it.

(b) If it shows missing or peeling of the polyurethane coat:

- If the total area of missing or peeling of the polyurethane
coat is within 50 percent of total area, repair it within 6000
hours, 4500 flights or 20 months, whichever occurs first
(Ref. TASK 72-38-11-300-011).
The inlet cone must be examined every 600 hours, 750 flights or
100 days in order to make sure that the parent material is not
exposed. If the parent material is exposed, reject it.
- If the total area of missing or peeling of the polyurethane
coat is more than 50 percent of total area, replace it within
6000 hours, 4500 flights or 20 months, whichever occurs first.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

The inlet cone must be examined every 600 hours, 750 flights or
100 days in order to make sure that the parent material is not
exposed. If the parent material is exposed, reject it.

(c) If it shows missing or peeling of the epoxy varnish coat:

- If the total area of missing or peeling of the epoxy varnish
coat is within 1.58 sqin (10.2 sqcm), repair it within 600
hours, 750 flights or 100 days, whichever occurs first
(Ref. TASK 72-38-11-300-011).
- If the total area of missing or peeling of the epoxy varnish
coat is more than 1.58 sqin (10.2 sqcm), replace it within 600
hours, 750 flights or 100 days, whichever occurs first.

(d) If it shows signs of delamination of the parent material, reject

it.

(e) If it is cracked, reject it.

(f) If it has scores, gouges or grooves up to 0.015 in. (0.3809 mm)

in depth, accept it.

(g) If it has scores, gouges or grooves more than 0.015 in. (0.3809
mm) in depth, reject it.

(2) Examine the tip of the inlet cone for bond failure and parts that are
not there.

(a) If it shows signs of bond failure at the joint between the tip
and the inlet cone, reject it.

(b) If the tip is broken, reject it.

(3) Examine the fairing mating surface around the six bolt holes adjacent
to the dowel pins.
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-38-11-991-155)

(a) If it has depressions up to 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) in depth, accept

it.

(b) If it has depressions more than 0.001 in. (0.025 mm) in depth,
reject it.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Inlet Cone Assembly/Inlet Cone Fairing

Figure 601/TASK 72-38-11-991-155- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Inlet Cone Assembly/Inlet Cone Fairing

Figure 601/TASK 72-38-11-991-155- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-38-11-210-057

B. Examine the Inlet Cone Fairing for Cracks and Indentations.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-38-11-991-155)

(1) Cracks in one bolt hole location.

(a) If the cracks are not within 1.58 in. (40 mm) of the front edge
of the fairing, and not within 0.98 in. (25 mm) of the rear edge,
accept them. The cracks must be examined after each flight until
it is replaced.

(b) If any crack is within 1.58 in. (40 mm) of the front edge of the
fairing, or within 0.98 in. (25 mm) of the rear edge, reject it.

(c) If material is missing or if released material is held by

attaching bolt of the fairing, reject it.

(2) If it has cracks in more than one bolt hole location, reject it.

(3) If it has dents up to 0.005 in. (0.12 mm) in depth, accept it.

(4) If it has nicks and scratches up to 0.003 in. (0.07 mm) in depth,
accept it.

Subtask 72-38-11-210-058

C. Examine the Seal Strips on the Fairing.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-38-11-991-155)

NOTE : This task is only for SBE 72-0318 Inlet Cone Fairing.
____

(1) If the seal strips are torn or are unbonded, repair them (Ref. TASK
72-38-11-300-010) within 50 hours or 10 flights.

(2) If the seal strips are missing, repair them (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-300-
010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-38-11-942-052

A. Remove the Support Equipment

(1) Remove the workmat from the intake cowl.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 606
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 607
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

INLET CONE - REPAIRS
____________________

TASK 72-38-11-300-010

Repair of the Inlet Cone Fairing - VRS1714

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific non-metallic scraper

No specific spatula
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-124 *

isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-016 *
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-017 *
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-019 *
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V06-064 *
fluorescent penetrant (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-013 *
cold curing silicone rubber (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-014 *

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

primer (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-30-00-918-010 Consumable Materials Index

72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone
72-38-11-400-010 Installation of the Inlet Cone
72-38-11-991-154 Fig. 801

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-38-11-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-38-11-941-055

B. Put the Ground Support Equipment in Position

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
intake.

(2) Put the workmat in position in the intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants on the workmat can be
____
seen external to the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the intake cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-38-11-350-050

A. Remove the Inlet Cone Fairing (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-38-11-220-050

B. Examine and identify the damaged strip seal of the inlet cone fairing.

Subtask 72-38-11-350-051

C. Remove the damaged strip seal.

(1) Remove the damaged strip seal taking care not to damage the parent
material.

(2) Remove any remaining compound using a non-metallic scraper,

waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-019)
and/or waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-
020) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).

Subtask 72-38-11-230-050

D. Do a crack test on the repaired area using fluorescent penetrant

(Material No. V06-064) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-38-11-350-052

E. Prepare the mating surfaces for the silicon rubber compound.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-38-11-991-154)

(1) Prepare the seal strips

(a) Cut the strip seal, 5A1255 or 5A1837 to the dimensions given in
the figure.

(2) Degrease the mating surfaces of the fairing and strip seal using
isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-
010).

(3) Hand clean the mating surfaces of the fairing and strip seal using
garnet paper (Material No. V05-016) or garnet paper (Material No.
V05-017) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).

(4) Degrease the mating surfaces of the fairing and strip seal using
isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-
010).

Subtask 72-38-11-360-050

F. Apply and Cure the Cold Curing Silicone Rubber Compound.

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-38-11-991-154)

CAUTION : AFTER PREPARATION, MAKE SURE THAT THE MATING SURFACES ARE FULLY
_______
CLEANED. DO NOT TOUCH THE MATING SURFACES BY HAND TO PREVENT
CONTAMINATION.

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY THE PRIMER TO THE MATING SURFACE OF THE STRIP
_______
SEAL.

NOTE : Apply the primer immediately after the mating surfaces are
____
prepared. If the parts are not used immediately, after the primer
is applied, they must be kept in polythene bags but for not longer
than 24 hours.

(1) Apply a thin layer of primer (Material No. V08-014) only to the
prepared mating surfaces of the fairing. Dry in the air for 30
minutes.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Apply the cold curing silicone rubber (Material No. V08-013) compound
to each of the mating surfaces using a spatula (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-
918-010).

NOTE : Install the strip seal to the fairing within three minutes
____
after the compound is applied.

(3) Install the strip seals on the fairing.

(4) Clamp the strip seals and fairing with washing clips or equivalent
during curing.

(5) Remove excess adhesive compound from the fairing and strip seals
using a non-metallic scraper.

(6) Make sure that the compound can be seen around the sealed surfaces.

(7) Cure the compound at room temperature for 48 hours.

NOTE : The parts can be touched after 12 hours.

____

(8) Remove the clips from the fairing.

Subtask 72-38-11-220-051

G. Dimensionally examine the position of the repaired strip seals.

Subtask 72-38-11-220-052

H. Visually examine gapping and filling of the compound.

Subtask 72-38-11-350-053

J. Identify the repair.

(1) A logbook entry is necessary when you have completed this repair.
Write VRS1714 in the engine logbook.

(2) At the next shop visit make a mark VRS1714 adjacent to the assembly
number. Use the electrolytic etch method.

Subtask 72-38-11-350-054

K. Install the Inlet Cone Fairing (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 805
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair details and dimensions

Figure 801/TASK 72-38-11-991-154- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 806
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair details and dimensions

Figure 801/TASK 72-38-11-991-154- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 807
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-38-11-942-053

A. Remove the ground support equipment

(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 808
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-38-11-300-011

Repair of the Inlet Cone - VRS1432

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific good quality brush

No specific lint free cloth
No specific oven
No specific scalpel
No specific soft hair brush
No specific spray gun
No specific warning notice
No specific workmat
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-060 *

acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-076 *
methylethylketone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-124 *
isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-019 *
adhesive tape paper heat resistant masking tape
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-020 *
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-021 *
waterproof abrasive paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V06-021 *

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 809
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

surface inspection fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)

Material No. V07-007 *
two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-079 *
bright aluminium (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-080 *
epoxy primer base (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-081 *
epoxy primer catalyst (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-082 *
thinners (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-117 *
epoxy matt finish-black (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-118 *
catalyst for gloss finish (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-119 *
epoxy gloss finish-white (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V07-120 *
catalyst for matt finish (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-069 *
resin (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-077 *
cure agent (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-30-00-918-010 Consumable Materials Index

72-38-11-991-156 Fig. 802

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-38-11-941-056

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 810
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-38-11-941-057

B. Put the Ground Support Equipment in Position

(1) Put the access platform in position to give access to the engine
intake.

(2) Put the workmat in position in the intake cowl.

NOTE : Make sure that the red warning pennants on the workmat can be
____
seen external to the aircraft.

NOTE : Make sure that the workmat has sufficient dimensions to give
____
full protection to the lower half of the intake cowl.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-38-11-110-052

A. Clean the area to be coated with a clean lint free cloth made moist with
acetone (Material No. V01-060) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-
124) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE REPAIR SURFACES ARE FULLY CLEAN. DO NOT
_______
TOUCH BY HAND AFTER CLEAN.

Subtask 72-38-11-210-053

B. Visually examine the area for repair to make an estimate of quantity of

damage.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-38-11-991-156)

(1) If only the polyurethane coat is damaged, do steps C(1), D and F.

(2) If the polyurethane coat and epoxy varnish coat are damaged, do steps
C(2), D, E and F.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 811
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair minor damage of the protection coating on the inlet cone assembly
Figure 802/TASK 72-38-11-991-156

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 812
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-38-11-350-055

C. Prepare the inlet cone assembly for surface protection.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-38-11-991-156)

(1) Prepare the inlet cone assembly for surface protection, if the
polyurethane coat is damaged.

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL NOT TO CUT OR DAMAGE THE EPOXY VARNISH COAT AND
_______
GLASS FIBER BELOW.

(a) Carefully cut away any loose polyurethane coat using a scalpel.

(2) Prepare the inlet cone assembly for surface protection, if the
polyurethane coat and epoxy varnish are damaged.

CAUTION : BE CAREFUL NOT TO CUT OR DAMAGE THE GLASS FIBER BELOW.

_______

(a) Carefully cut away any loose polyurethane and/or epoxy varnish
coat using a scalpel.

(b) Rub down the damaged area for repair, feather the edges and make
smooth using waterproof abrasive paper (Material No. V05-021) or
waterproof silicon cardibe abrasive paper (Material No. V05-020)
(Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).

Subtask 72-38-11-110-053

D. Clean the repaired area with a clean lint free cloth made moist with
acetone (Material No. V01-060) or isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-
124) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).

Subtask 72-38-11-360-051

E. Apply the epoxy varnish coat.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-38-11-991-156)

NOTE : This procedure is only used when the epoxy varnish coat is
____
damaged.

(1) Mask the areas not to be coated using adhesive tape paper heat
resistant masking tape (Material No. V02-019) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-
918-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 813
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Mix equal volumes of epoxy primer base (Material No. V07-080) and
epoxy primer catalyst (Material No. V07-081). If required, thinners
(Material No. V07-082) may be added up to 10 percent of volume
(Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).

NOTE : The mixture must be allowed to stand for 30 minutes before

____
use.

(3) Apply one coat of primer using a good quality brush.

(4) Remove any unwanted primer from the repair area using a clean solvent
moist lint free cloth.

(5) Apply one more coat of primer to a minimum thickness of 0.001 in.
(0.025 mm). Air dry for four hours at a minimum temperature of 60 deg
F (16 deg C).

(6) Make up the epoxy finish using bright aluminium (Material No. V07-
079) and two-pack epoxy finish white and catalyst (Material No. V07-
007) in equal volume, or epoxy matt finish-black (Material No. V07-
117) and catalyst for matt finish (Material No. V07-120) in equal
volume, or epoxy gloss finish-white (Material No. V07-119) and
catalyst for gloss finish (Material No. V07-118) in equal volume
(Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010).

NOTE : The mixture must be allowed to stand for 30 minutes before

____
use.

(7) Apply one coat of the epoxy varnish using a good quality brush.

(8) Apply one more coat of the epoxy varnish to a minimum thickness of
0.001 in. (0.025 mm). Air dry for four hours at a minimum temperature
of 61 deg F (16 deg C). The coat is hard-dry after six hours.

(9) Apply one more coat of the epoxy varnish if necessary.

(10) Remove the masking tape.

Subtask 72-38-11-360-052

F. Apply the polyurethane top coat.

(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-38-11-991-156)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE REPAIR SURFACES ARE FULLY CLEAN. DO NOT
_______
TOUCH BY HAND AFTER CLEAN. WEAR THE CLEAN COTTON OR POLYTHENE
GLOVES.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 814
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(1) Make sure the surface for repair is clean.

(a) Use a clean soft hair brush to quickly apply a constant thickness
of surface inspection fluid (Material No. V06-021) over the
repaired surface. If the surface of the liquid breaks in less
than 30 seconds, do step A. again.

(2) Remove the surface inspection fluid (Material No. V06-021) using
acetone (Material No. V01-060) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-010) and let
the surface dry.

(3) Mask the area not to be coated using adhesive tape paper heat
resistant masking tape (Material No. V02-019) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-
918-010).

(4) Mix resin (Material No. V08-069), cure agent (Material No. V08-077)
and methylethylketone (Material No. V01-076) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-
010). Resin parts by weight 100, hardener parts by weight 13.5 and
methylethylketone parts by weight 40 to 70.

(5) Apply a constant coat of the polyurethane using a good quality brush
or spray gun. Air dry for 30 minutes.

NOTE : One coat gives a thickness of approximately 0.003 in. (0.076

____
mm).

(6) Do step F. (5) at least 5 times. Make repaired area smoothly

continuous with the adjacent area.

(7) Remove any unwanted polyurethane from the repair area using a clean
lint free cloth made moist with acetone (Material No. V01-060) or
isopropyl alcohol (Material No. V01-124) (Ref. TASK 70-30-00-918-
010).

(8) Cure the coat for four hours at 248 to 266 deg F (120 to 130 deg C)
in an applicable oven or 24 hours at room temperature as a minimum
temperature of 61 deg F (16 deg C).

(9) Remove the masking tape.

Subtask 72-38-11-210-054

G. Make sure the aerodynamic surface is smooth. It is accepted if the color

is not equal.
(Ref. Fig. 802/TASK 72-38-11-991-156)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 815
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-38-11-942-054

A. Remove the ground support equipment

(1) Remove the workmat from the air intake cowl.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-11

Page 816
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

BIFURCATION PANEL - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________

TASK 72-38-25-200-010

Examine the Disconnect Panel Rubber Fireseal

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-A1 engines Post SBE 79-0087 and V2500-A5 engines Post
SBE 79-0088.
This TASK gives the procedure for the inspection of the Disconnect Panel
Rubber Fireseal.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-38-25-300-010 Repair the Rubber Seal of the Disconnect Panel by
Replacement of the Lower Seal and Clip - VRS6669
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-38-25-991-150 Fig. 601

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-25

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-38-25-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-38-25-010-054

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Put the access platform in position.

Subtask 72-38-25-040-052

C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-25

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-38-25-010-055

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-38-25-210-050

A. Examine the Disconnect Panel Rubber Fireseals

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-38-25-991-150)

(1) Examine the

U
shaped rubber fireseal for tears or splits.

(a) If it is torn or split, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-38-25-300-010).

(2) Examine the rubber fireseals for missing sealant.

(a) If sealant is missing, repair it (Ref. TASK 72-38-25-300-010).

(3) Examine the rubber fireseals for plugged holes.

(a) If the holes are plugged, clear with dry compressed air.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-38-25-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-38-25-440-052

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-25

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Bifurcation Panel
Figure 601/TASK 72-38-25-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-25

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-38-25-410-055

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-25

Page 605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

BIFURCATION PANEL - REPAIRS
___________________________

TASK 72-38-25-300-010

Repair the Rubber Seal of the Disconnect Panel by Replacement of the Lower Seal
and Clip - VRS6669

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This repair has been introduced for the new bifurcation panel for engines
that are post SBE 79-0087 (V2500-A1) or post SBE 79-0088 (V2500-A5).
This repair covers the replacement of the
U
shaped rubber seal and the
U

shaped clip.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific clean cloth

No specific sharp knife
No specific standard workshop equipment
No specific vibro-engraving equipment
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2 m (6 ft. 7 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-031 *

acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V05-016 *
garnet paper (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V08-013 *
cold curing silicone compound (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-25

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-38-25-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-38-25-010-052

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Put the access platform in position.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-25

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-38-25-040-051

C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-38-25-010-053

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-38-25-020-052

A. Remove the Existing Lower Seal

NOTE : If the seal is damaged and needs replacing in accordance with this
____
repair, it is recommended that SB NAC78-0219 is incorporated at
the same time.

NOTE : SB NAC78-0219 specifies a minimun gap between C-ducts of 0.080 in.

____
(2.0319 mm) and removal of all sharp edges and burrs from the seal
lands and supporting structures.

(1) Cut through the existing seal at the interface between the
U
shaped
seal and the left side and right side seals. Take care not to damage
the left and right side seals. Use a sharp knife.

(2) Carefully remove the existing

U
shaped seal from between the
bifurcation panel and the
U
shaped retaining clip (P/N 6A7934).
Pull seal from one side and work around the
U
until seal is free
then discard.

(3) Remove the existing

U
shaped retaining ring (P/N 6A7934) and
discard.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-25

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-38-25-020-053

B. Remove Sealant and Bung from Existing Seal

(1) Carefully remove the internal sealant and bung from adjacent fixed
left and right side seals in order to accommodate replacement of
U

shaped seal. Take care not to damage internal bore of left/right side
seals.

(2) Remove all remaining traces of existing sealant with garnet paper
(Material No. V05-016).

(3) Clean internal mating surfaces. Use a clean cloth made moist with
acetone (Material No. V01-031).

Subtask 72-38-25-360-051

C. Fit the New

U
Shaped Seal

(1) Apply sealant to each end of the replacement

U
shaped seal. Use
cold curing silicone compound (Material No. V08-013).

(2) Install the plugs into the seal ends on the bifurcation panel. Ensure
ends are correctly inserted into the existing left/right side seals.
Use standard workshop equipment.

(3) Remove any unwanted sealant compound from the joint areas. Use a
clean cloth made moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031).

Subtask 72-38-25-350-052

D. Fit the Replacement

U
Shaped Clip

(1) Fit the replacement

U
shaped clip and push firmly down to engage
all 5 tangs. You must hear each tang click as it engages.

(2) Wipe off any excess sealant from the repair area. The silicone has to
be flush and smooth with the contour of the rubber fire seal. Use a
clean cloth made moist with acetone (Material No. V01-031).

(3) Cure the silicone compound. Cure at 61 deg.F (16 deg.C) for 12 hours.

NOTE : The part can be touched after 2 hours. The TRU doors can be
____
closed after 4 hours, however they must be reopened and the
seal joint examined again after 12 hours. If any crack or
separation is seen then the repair should be repeated.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-25

Page 804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-38-25-220-051

E. Visually Examine the Repair

(1) Examine the silicone compound around the repaired areas. No holes
should be seen at the joints. The repaired areas must be smooth and
flush with the rubber seal contour.

Subtask 72-38-25-350-053

F. Identify the Repair

(1) Make a mark, VRS6669, adjacent to the existing part number. Use
vibro-engraving equipment.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-38-25-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-38-25-440-051

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-38-25-410-053

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-38-25

Page 805
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

COMBUSTION SECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________

1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
The combustion section includes the diffuser and combustion group, the No. 4
bearing section and the turbine nozzle assembly.
The combustion section has four primary functions:
- straighten the flow of air from the HP compressor,
- change the flow of air characteristics to get the best speed and pressure
for combustion,
- mix fuel with the air and supply ignition to make the fuel burn,
- hold the No. 4 bearing in position.

2. ______________________________________
Diffuser Case and Combustor Assemblies

A. Diffuser Case
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
The diffuser case is a main structural part of the engine. The diameter
of the diffuser section is larger at the rear than at the front. This
diametral difference decreases the speed of the air and changes the
energy of the speed into pressure. The diffuser case has 20 mounting
pads, where the fuel injectors are installed, two mounting pads where the
ignitor plugs are installed and six borescope bosses located around the
case.
The diffuser case is a one piece casting whose outer and inner walls form
the contour for diffusing and guiding air around the combustor. The inner
wall is supported by twenty hollow struts at the front of the case. These
struts provide passage for service plumbing to the No. 4 bearing
compartment and other areas. A double seal consisting of brush and knife
edge seals is bolted at the front inner diameter of the case. These seals
align with sealing surfaces on the HP compressor rotor rear shaft. The
seals prevent leakage of HP compressor discharge air into the diffuser
case. An exit stator, bolted at the same location, straightens air for
entry to the diffuser portion of the diffuser case prior to entering the
combustion chamber.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-40-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Section
Figure 001

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-40-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Combustion Section
Figure 002

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-40-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Diffuser Case and Combustor Assemblies

Figure 003

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-40-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Diffuser Case and Combustor Assemblies

Figure 004

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-40-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

B. Combustor
(Ref. Fig. 003, 004)
The combustor is an annular type combustor which consists of an outer
liner assembly and an inner liner assembly.
Each liner assembly is comprised of a liner shell and mechanically
attached segments which form the inner wall of the combustion chamber.
Air which surrounds the combustor is used in the combustion process for
dilution and exit temperature profile control of the combustion gases and
for cooling of the combustor walls. The front of the combustor outer
liner assembly is secured to the diffuser case outer wall by five
combustion chamber retaining bolts. A seal is provided at the transition
from the rear of the combustor outer liner to the turbine nozzle guide
vanes. The rear of the combustor inner liner assembly is bolted to the
stage 1 HP turbine blade cooling duct. The front lip of the combustor
inner liner forms a seal with the inner diameter of the combustor hood.

3. _______________________
Turbine Nozzle Assembly

A. General
(Ref. Fig. 005, 006)
The stage on the turbine nozzle assembly consists of an outer ring, 40
cobalt alloy vanes, an inner combustor liner-assembly and the stage 1 HP
turbine blade cooling duct assembly.
The vane pairs are retained at the outer end by a support ring which is
bolted to the rear outer flange of the diffuser case. The outer ends of
the vane pairs are retained such that the vanes may slide radially under
thermal growth. Each vane is cooled by air which enters at the outer and
inner ends and exits through airfoil holes into the primary gas path. The
vanes are bolted to the 1 HP turbine blade cooling duct assembly at the
inner end. the cooling duct directs and meters HP compressor air to the
stage 1 HP turbine blades.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-40-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Turbine Nozzle Assembly

Figure 005

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-40-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Turbine Nozzle Assembly

Figure 006

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-40-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. _________________________________
No.4 Bearing Compartment Assembly

A. General
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The No. 4 bearing compartment consists of front and rear walls which
attach to the No. 4 bearing support assembly. The bearing support
assembly, in turn, is bolted to the diffuser case rear inner flange. The
compartment walls are surrounded by a cooling duct which is itself
insulated by a heatshield. The compartment walls also provide support for
the carbon seals. The No. 4 bearing compartment service tubes connect to
the front wall and supply the compartment with oil and cooling air. 12th
stage compressor air is directed through an external air-to-air heat
exchanger and carried by service tubes to the bearing compartment cooling
duct. Discharge of this relatively cool air into the region of the carbon
seals reduces ingestion of hot diffuser air into the bearing compartment.
The No. 4 bearing is a roller bearing which is secured to the bearing
support assembly by a ring nut and lock. Rotor support is transmitted
through the bearing and bearing support to the diffuser case inner wall.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-40-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


No. 4 Bearing Compartment

Figure 007

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-40-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

COMBUSTION SECTION - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________

TASK 72-40-00-200-010

General Visual Inspection of Fuel Nozzle Attachment Area

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for a general visual inspection of the
combustion section fuel nozzle attachment area.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific warning notice
R No specific Inspection Lamp
R No specific Mirror
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
73-13-41-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Nozzle (2005EM1 through 2005EM20)
73-13-41-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Nozzle (2005EM1 through
2005EM20)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
71-00-20-000-040 Removal of the Power Plant (for corrective action)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-40-00

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-20-400-040 Installation of the Power Plant (for corrective

action)
73-13-41-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Nozzle (2005EM1 through 2005EM20)
(for corrective action)
73-13-41-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Nozzle (2005EM1 through
2005EM20) (for corrective action)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-40-00-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-40-00-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Put the access platform in position.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-40-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-40-00-040-050

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic-Control-Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-40-00-010-051

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-40-00-210-050

R A. Examine the Fuel Nozzle Attachment Area on the Diffuser Case. Use the
R Inspection Lamp and the Mirror, if necessary.

(1) Examine the fuel nozzle attachment bolts for security of attachment.
All bolts must be there. No loose bolts or broken lockwire are
permitted.
R

R (a) Replace the bolts which are not there.

R

R 1
_ Torque and safety the bolts (Ref. TASK 73-13-41-000-010) and
R (Ref. TASK 73-13-41-400-010).

R (2) Examine the diffuser case for cracks or holes in the area of the fuel
nozzle attachment.
R

R (a) If cracks or holes are found replace the power plant (Ref. TASK
R 71-00-20-000-040) and (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-40-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

R (3) Examine the diffuser case in the area of the fuel nozzle attachment
for air leaks.
R

R (a) If leaks are found replace the gasket at the fuel nozzle
R attachment location (Ref. TASK 73-13-41-000-010) and (Ref. TASK
73-13-41-400-010).

R (4) Examine the diffuser case in the area of the fuel nozzles for
R evidence of fuel leaks.

R (a) If carbon deposits, soot, cracks or other evidence of fuel leaks

R are found, remove and replace the effected fuel nozzle (Ref. TASK
R 73-13-41-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 73-13-41-400-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-40-00-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves. (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-40-00-440-050

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-40-00-410-051

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-40-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

ROTOR ASSEMBLY - HP COMPRESSOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________

TASK 72-41-10-920-010

Discard Life Limited HP Compressor Module Rotating Parts

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 723000-I2

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-20-000-040 Removal of the Power Plant

71-00-20-400-040 Installation of the Power Plant
EM 724110

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-41-10-010-050

A. Remove the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-000-040).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-41-10-020-050

A. Remove and discard life limited HP compressor module rotating parts (Ref.
EM 724110).

Subtask 72-41-10-420-050

B. Install new life limited HP compressor module rotating parts (Ref. EM

724110).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-41-10-410-050

A. Install the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-41-10

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

HP COMPRESSOR REAR OUTER CASE - REPAIRS
_______________________________________

TASK 72-41-23-300-010

Repair Damaged Helicoil Insert(s) in the HP Compressor, Rear Outer Case

Assembly, by Replacement - VRS6637

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-35-08-300-010 Install and Repair Wire Thread Inserts

70-35-26-300-010 Replace Damaged Thinwall Self Lock Inserts
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-41-23-991-150 Fig. 801
72-41-23-991-151 Fig. 802
72-41-23-991-152 Fig. 803
72-41-23-991-154 Fig. 804
72-41-23-991-153 Fig. 805

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-41-23

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-41-23-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-41-23-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Put the access platform in position.

Subtask 72-41-23-040-050

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-41-23-010-051

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-41-23

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-41-23-350-058

A. Remove the Damaged Helicoil Insert(s)

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-41-23-991-150, 802/TASK 72-41-23-991-151, 803/TASK
72-41-23-991-152)

(1) Remove the damaged helicoil insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-08-300-010).

Subtask 72-41-23-350-059

B. Remove the Damaged Thinwall Insert(s)

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-41-23-991-150, 802/TASK 72-41-23-991-151, 804/TASK
72-41-23-991-154)

(1) Remove the damaged thinwall insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-26-300-010).

Subtask 72-41-23-350-060

C. Remove the Damaged Thinwall Insert(s)

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-41-23-991-150, 804/TASK 72-41-23-991-154, 805/TASK
72-41-23-991-153)

(1) Remove the damaged thinwall insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-26-300-010).

Subtask 72-41-23-350-061

D. Install the Helicoil Insert(s)

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-41-23-991-150, 802/TASK 72-41-23-991-151, 803/TASK
72-41-23-991-152)

(1) Install the helicoil insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-08-300-010).

(a) Use AGS3732 insert, 02-432, 90 off and/or AGS3733 insert, 02-433,
20 off, as necessary and Standard Workshop Equipment.

Subtask 72-41-23-350-062

E. Install the Thinwall Insert(s)

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-41-23-991-150, 802/TASK 72-41-23-991-151, 804/TASK
72-41-23-991-154)

(1) Install the thinwall insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-26-300-010).

(a) Use AS52761 insert, 02-432, 80 off and/or AS52762 insert, 02-433,
20 off, as necessary and Standard Workshop Equipment.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-41-23

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair details
Figure 801/TASK 72-41-23-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-41-23

Page 804
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair details
Figure 802/TASK 72-41-23-991-151

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-41-23

Page 805
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair details
Figure 803/TASK 72-41-23-991-152

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-41-23

Page 806
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair details
Figure 804/TASK 72-41-23-991-154

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-41-23

Page 807
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Repair details
Figure 805/TASK 72-41-23-991-153

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-41-23

Page 808
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-41-23-350-063

F. Install the Thinwall Insert(s)

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-41-23-991-150, 804/TASK 72-41-23-991-154, 805/TASK
72-41-23-991-153)

(1) Install the thinwall insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-26-300-010).

(a) Use AS52761 insert, 02-432, 132 off and/or AS52762 insert,
02-433, 20 off, as necessary and Standard Workshop Equipment.

Subtask 72-41-23-210-050

G. Examine the Helicoil Insert(s)

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-41-23-991-150, 802/TASK 72-41-23-991-151, 803/TASK
72-41-23-991-152)

(1) Examine the helicoil insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-08-300-010).

Subtask 72-41-23-210-051

H. Examine the Thinwall Insert(s)

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-41-23-991-150, 802/TASK 72-41-23-991-151, 804/TASK
72-41-23-991-154)

(1) Examine the thinwall insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-26-300-010).

Subtask 72-41-23-210-052

J. Examine the Thinwall Insert(s)

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-41-23-991-150, 804/TASK 72-41-23-991-154, 805/TASK
72-41-23-991-153)

(1) Examine the thinwall insert(s) (Ref. TASK 70-35-26-300-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-41-23

Page 809
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-41-23-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-41-23-440-050

B. Activate the Thrust Reverser (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-41-23-410-051

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-41-23

Page 810
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

DIFFUSER CASE ASSEMBLY AND FITTINGS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________

TASK 72-42-10-000-001

Removal of the Diffuser Case Tubes Seal Rings from an Assembled Engine

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This removal task gives the procedure to remove the seal rings from some of
the tubes that come out of the diffuser case.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific clean container
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-42-10-991-150 Fig. 401
72-42-10-991-152 Fig. 402
72-42-10-991-151 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-42-10-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-42-10

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-42-10-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Put the access platform in position.

Subtask 72-42-10-040-050

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic-control-unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-42-10-010-051

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-42-10

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-42-10-991-150, 402/TASK 72-42-10-991-152)

Subtask 72-42-10-020-050

A. Removal of the Diffuser Case Tubes Seal Rings

(1) Put a clean container below the No. 4 bearing oil pressure tube to
catch the drained oil.

(2) Disconnect the No. 4 bearing oil pressure tube at approximately the
seven o
clock position on the diffuser case to gain access to the
seal rings on the outer end of the tube.

(a) Remove the lockwire which safeties the oil feed tube (8) to the
thrust wire (5) and tube nut (6) on the No. 4 bearing pressure
tube at the diffuser case.

(b) Disconnect the coupling nut (6) on the No. 4 bearing oil pressure
tube.

(c) Remove the thrust wire (5) and the coupling nut (6) from the
outer end of the No. 4 bearing oil pressure tube.

(d) Discard the thrust wire (5).

(e) Remove the bolts (7), the retaining plate (4) the sealing sleeve
(3) and the gasket (2) from over the outer end of the pressure
tube.

(f) Discard the gasket (2).

(g) Remove the two seal rings (1), from the grooves on the outer end
of the tube.

PRE SBE 72-0116

(3) Disconnect the turbine cooling air duct airframe sensing tube at
approximately the one o
clock position on the diffuser case to gain
access to the seal rings on the outer end of the tube.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-42-10-991-151)

NOTE : The tube is not required to SBE 72-0166.

____

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-42-10

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Bearing Pressure Tube Seal Rings

Figure 401/TASK 72-42-10-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-42-10

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Bearing Airframe Tube Seal Rings

Figure 402/TASK 72-42-10-991-152

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-42-10

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the Turbine Cooling Air Duct Airframe Sensing Tube Seal Rings (PRE SBE
72-0166)
Figure 403/TASK 72-42-10-991-151


R EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599, 

72-42-10 Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(a) Remove the lockwire which safeties the nut assembly (1), tube
union (9) coupling nut (2) and thrust wire (3) on the turbine
cooling air duct sensing tube.

(b) Remove the nut assembly (1) from the tube union (9).

(c) Remove the tube union (9) from the coupling nut (9).

(d) Remove the thrust wire (3) and the coupling nut (2) from the
outer end of the turbine air duct sensing tube.

(e) Discard the thrust wire (3).

(f) Remove the bolts (8), the retaining plate (4) the sealing sleeve
(5) and the gasket (7) from the boss on the OD of the case.

(g) Discard the gasket (7).

(h) Remove the seal rings.

CAUTION : TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT THAT THE SEAL RINGS DO NOT

_______
FALL INTO THE ENGINE.

1
_ Remove the two seal rings (6), from the grooves on the outer
end of the tube.

END OF SBE 72-0166

(4) Disconnect the No. 4 bearing airframe tube at approximately the six
o
clock position on the diffuser case to gain access to the seal
rings on the outer end of the tube.

(a) Remove the lockwire from the A/O No. 4 oil weep tube (6) thrust
wire (7) and No. 4 bearing airframe tube coupling nut (8).

(b) Disconnect the A/O No. 4 oil weep tube (6) from the coupling nut
(8).

(c) Remove the thrust wire (7) and the coupling nut (8), from the
outer end of the No. 4 bearing airframe tube.

(d) Discard the thrust wire (7).

(e) Remove the bolts (5), the retaining plate (4) the sealing sleeve
(3) and the gasket (2) from the boss on the OD of the case.

(f) Discard the gasket (2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-42-10

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(g) Remove the two seal rings (17), from the grooves from the outer
end of the tube.

(5) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.

R (6) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-42-10

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-42-10-400-001

Installation of the Diffuser Case Tubes Seal Rings from an Assembled Engine

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 62.00 to 900.00 lbf.in
R (0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-126 *

lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-141 *
lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-42-10

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 seal rings 72-42-10 80A-070

1 seal rings 72-42-10 80A-150
1 seal rings 72-42-10 80C-070
1 seal rings 72-42-10 80C-150
2 gasket 72-42-10 80A-060
2 gasket 72-42-10 80A-140
2 gasket 72-42-10 80C-060
2 gasket 72-42-10 80C-140
3 thrust wire 72-42-10 80A-180
3 thrust wire 72-42-10 80C-180
5 thrust wire 72-42-10 80A-010
5 thrust wire 72-42-10 80C-010
6 seal rings 72-42-10 80A-240
7 thrust wire 72-42-10 80A-080
7 gasket 72-42-10 80A-230
7 thrust wire 72-42-10 80C-080
7 gasket 72-42-10 80C-230

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

70-40-11-911-012 General Instructions for the Uses of Lockwire
71-00-00-710-012 Test No.3 : Idle Leak Check
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-42-10-991-150 Fig. 401
72-42-10-991-152 Fig. 402
72-42-10-991-151 Fig. 403

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-42-10

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-42-10-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

Subtask 72-42-10-010-052

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-42-10-040-051

C. Make sure that the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) is
deactivated (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-42-10

Page 411
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-42-10-991-150, 402/TASK 72-42-10-991-152, 403/TASK

72-42-10-991-151)

Subtask 72-42-10-420-050

A. Installation of the Diffuser Case Tubes Seal Rings

R (1) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(3) Connect the No. 4 bearing oil pressure tube at approximately the
seven o
clock position on the diffuser case.

(a) Install the two seal rings (1), to the grooves on the outer end
of the tube. Splits in seal rings should be 180 degrees apart.

(b) Install the gasket (2) to the pad on the outer surface of the
diffuser case over the No. 4 bearing pressure tube.

NOTE : Gasket can be installed with the compression feature in

____
either direction.

(c) Install the sealing sleeve (3) over the tube and against the
gasket.

(d) Install the retaining plate (4) over the outer end of the tube
and against the sealing sleeve.

(e) Install the three bolts (7) to hold the gasket, sleeve and plate
in position. TORQUE the bolts to between 65 and 85 lbf.in (0.73
and 0.96 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(f) Safety the three bolts (7) with lockwire (Material No. V02-141)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-012).

(g) Install the coupling nut (6) to the outer end of the pressure
tube and lock in place with the thrust wire (5).

(h) Attach the oil feed tube to the coupling nut (6) on the outer end
of the No. 4 bearing pressure tube. TORQUE the coupling nut (6)
R to between 257 and 283 lbf.in (2.90 and 3.19 m.daN) (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-42-10

Page 412
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(i) Safety the oil feed tube (8) to the coupling nut (6) and the
thrust wire (5) with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK
70-40-11-911-012).

PRE SBE 72-0166

(4) Connect the turbine cooling air sensing tube at approximately the one
o
clock position on the diffuser case
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-42-10-991-151)

CAUTION : TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT THAT THE SEAL RINGS DO NOT FALL
_______
INTO THE ENGINE.

NOTE : The tube is not required to SBE 72-0166.

____

(a) Install the seal rings (6) to the grooves on the outer end of the
tube. Splits in seal rings should be 180 degrees apart.

(b) Install the gasket (7) to the pad on the outer surface of the
diffuser case over the turbine cooling air sensing tube.

NOTE : Gasket can be installed with the compression feature in

____
either direction.

(c) Install the sealing sleeve (5) over the tube and against the
gasket.

(d) Install the retaining plate (4) over the tube and against the
sealing sleeve.

(e) Install the three bolts (8) to hold the gasket, sleeve and plate
in position. TORQUE the bolts to between 65 and 85 lbf.in (0.73
and 0.96 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(f) Safety the three bolts (8) with lockwire (Material No. V02-141)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-012).

(g) Install the coupling nut (2) to the outer end of the sensing tube
and lock in place with thrust wire (3).

(h) Install the tube union (9) to the coupling nut (2) on the outer
end of the turbine cooling air duct sensing tube. TORQUE the
coupling nut (2) to between 195 and 212 lbf.in (2.20 and 2.39
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013). Hold the tube union (9) with
a wrench, so it will not turn.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-42-10

Page 413
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(i) Install the nut assembly (1) to the tube union (9) on the outer
end of the turbine cooling air duct sensing tube. TORQUE the nut
assembly (1) to between 159 and 177 lbf.in (1.79 and 2.00 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(j) Safety the nut assembly (1) with lockwire (Material No. V02-141)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-012).

END OF SBE 72-0166

(5) Connect the No. 4 bearing airframe tube at approximately the six
o
clock position on the diffuser case.

(a) Install the two seal rings (1), to the grooves on the outer end
of the tube. Splits in seal rings should be 180 degrees apart.

(b) Install the gasket (2) to the pad on the outer surface of the
diffuser case over the No. 4 bearing airframe tube.

NOTE : Gasket can be installed with the compression feature in

____
either direction.

(c) Install the sealing sleeve (3) over the tube and against the
gasket.

(d) Install the retaining plate (4) over the tube and against the
sealing sleeve.

(e) Install the three bolts (5) to hold the gasket, sleeve and plate
in position. TORQUE the bolts to between 65 and 85 lbf.in (0.73
and 0.96 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(f) Safety the three bolts (5) with lockwire (Material No. V02-141)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-012).

(g) Install the coupling nut (8) to the outer end of the airframe
tube and lock in place with the thrust wire (7).

(h) Attach the A/O No. 4 oil weep tube (6) to the coupling nut (8) on
the outer end of the No. 4 bearing airframe tube. TORQUE the
coupling nut (8) to between 159 and 177 lbf.in (1.79 and 2.00
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(i) Safety the A/O No. 4 oil weep tube (6) to the coupling nut (8)
and the thrust wire (7) with lockwire (Material No. V02-126)
(Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-42-10

Page 414
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-42-10-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-42-10-440-050

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-42-10-410-051

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-42-10-790-050

D. Do a leak check of the oil system (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012). Leaks are
not permitted.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-42-10

Page 415
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

ROTOR AND STATOR ASSEMBLY - HP TURBINE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________________

TASK 72-45-00-920-010

Discard HP Turbine Discs, Rotating Airseals and Retaining Plates

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 725000-I2

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-20-000-040 Removal of the Power Plant

71-00-20-400-040 Installation of the Power Plant
EM 724500

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-45-00-010-050

A. Remove the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-000-040).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-45-00-020-050

A. Remove and discard HP turbine discs, rotating airseals and retaining

plates (Ref. EM 724500).

Subtask 72-45-00-420-050

B. Install new HP turbine disks, rotating airseals and retaining plates

(Ref. EM 724500).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-45-00-410-050

A. Install the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-45-00

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TURBINE SECTION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________

1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The turbine section consists of the HP and LP turbine modules.
The HP turbine uses combustion gases to drive the HP compressor and the
accessory gearbox, and provides a gas stream to the LP turbine in order to
drive the LP compressor and the fan through the LPT shaft.

2. __________________
HP Turbine Section

A. General
(Ref. Fig. 002, 003)
The HP Turbine Rotor and Stator Assembly provides the rotational driving
force for the HP compressor and accessory gearbox by extracting energy
from the hot combustion gases. It consists of a Stage 1 Turbine Rotor
Assembly ; a HP Turbine Case and Vane Assembly ; a Stage 2 HPT Airseal ;
and a Stage 2 Turbine Rotor Assembly.

B. Description
(Ref. Fig. 003)

(1) Stage 1 turbine rotor assembly

The Stage 1 Turbine Rotor Assembly consists of a nickel alloy Stage 1
Turbine Hub, 64 air cooled nickel alloy, single crystal Stage 1 HPT
Blades and the Stage 1 HPT Airseals (Inner and Outer). The stage 1
Turbine Rotor Assembly is splined to the HP compressor rear shaft.
(Ref. 72-41-00). The blades fit into axial slots in the hub and are
held in place at the front by the Stage 1 Airseal (Outer). This
airseal is locked to the hub to prevent axial and circumferential
movement. The rear of the blades is secured by 64 Stage 1 HPT Air
Seals (Rear); each held in place by the Stage 2 HPT Airseal. The
Stage 1 HPT Airseal (Inner) is located at front of the Stage 1
Turbine Hub and is held in place at the inner diameter by a tight fit
at the front of the hub. The Stage 1 HPT Inner and Outer Airseals
control leakage of Stage 1 HPT Blade cooling air from the cooling
duct. (Ref. 72-40-00).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Turbine Section Assembly

Figure 001

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Turbine Assembly
Figure 002

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Turbine Assembly
Figure 003

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) HP turbine case and vane assembly
The HP Turbine Case and Vane Assembly consists of a nickel alloy HP
Turbine Case Assembly, 19 nickel alloy Stage 2 HPT Ring Segment and
Vane Clusters (two vanes per cluster) and the Stage 1 and 2 HPT Duct
Segments (19 each stage). Each vane cluster is attached to the HP
Turbine Case Assembly at the outer diameter by tongue-and-groove
joints. The 2nd Stage Vane Clusters consist of individual air cooled
vanes which are paired by riveting one of the airseal ring segments
of the Stage 2 Airseal to the inner diameter of the vanes. These
airseal segments form the static part of the Stage 2 HPT Airseal
which is used to control leakage past the Stage 2 Vane airfoils. The
Stage 1 and 2 Duct Segments are held by tongue-and-groove joints to
the HP Turbine Case, and Stage 2 HPT Ring Segment and Vane Clusters.
Their construction provides a ceramic seal surface that is designed
to wear away when contacted by the abrasive tips on the blades.

(3) Stage 2 HPT air seal

The nickel alloy Stage 2 HPT Airseal is located between the Stage 1
and 2 Turbine Rotor Assemblies and is held in place by tight fitting
diameters between the rotors. The Stage 2 Airseal also acts as a
spacer for proper axial positioning of both rotors.

(4) Stage 2 turbine rotor assembly

The stage 2 Turbine Rotor Assembly consists of a nickel alloy Stage 2
Turbine Hub, 72 air cooled nickel alloy, single crystal Stage 2 HPT
Blades and a Stage 2 HPT Blade Retaining Plate. The Stage 2 Turbine
Rotor Assembly is also splined to the HP compressor rear shaft.
The blades fit into axial slots and are held in place at the front by
the rear of the Stage 2 HPT Airseal. They are retained at the rear by
the Stage 2 HPT Blade Retaining Plate which is locked to the hub.

C. Cooling
(Ref. Fig. 004)
All of the HPT airfoils are cooled by secondary air flow.
The first stage HPT blades are cooled by the HPC discharge air which
flows through the first stage HPT duct assembly. The velocity of the air
increases to the outside between the turbine front hub and the first
stage HPT (front outer) air seal into the blade root, thus providing
(once the speed is converted back into pressure) the pressure
differential required to ensure cooling air flow.
The second stage vane clusters are cooled by tenth stage compressor air
supplied externally. Air flows into the case and through the center of
each vane and then outward into the turbine area and the gaspath. Some of
this air is used for cooling of the second stage HPT air seal.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Turbine Assembly Cooling Air

Figure 004

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Second stage HPT blade cooling air is a mixture of HPC discharge air and
tenth stage compressor air. This air moves through holes in the first
stage HPT (front inner) air seal and the turbine front hub into the area
between the hubs. The air then goes into the second blade root and out
the cooling holes.

D. Clearance Control
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The abradable duct segments and abrasive blade tips, along with active
clearance control, keep tight blade tip clearances for better
performance.
The abrasive/abradable system makes tight clearances by letting the parts
rub. The abrasive decreases blade tip wear during rub.
Active clearance control tubes around the turbine case supply fan
discharge air to cool the surface of the case during climb and
cruise-power operation.
Cooling results in shrinkage of the case and decreased blade tip
clearances.

3. ____________________________
Low Pressure Turbine Section

A. General
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The five stage Low Pressure Turbine (LPT) extracts energy from the gas
stream delivered from the HP Turbine in order to provide a mechanical
drive through the LPT shaft to the LP Compressor and the Fan. Exhaust gas
from the LPT passes through a nozzle to provide propulsive thrust.
Seal clearance and LPT case heat expansion are controlled by an external
Active Clearance Control (ACC) System. Fan discharge air is directed
externally to the LPT case via the ACC tubes. This controls the heat
expansion of the LPT case and optimizes the seal clearances.

B. Description
(Ref. Fig. 006)

(1) General
The LPT module is attached at the rear flange of the HP turbine
module.
The five principal elements of the LP Turbine Module are:
- LPT case, vanes and static seals,
- Five stage LPT rotor,
- LPT shaft,
- Turbine Exhaust Case (TEC) and No. 5 bearing assembly,
- Active Clearance Control System.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 7
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


HP Clearance System
Figure 005

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 8
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Low Pressure Turbine Module

Figure 006

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 9
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) LPT case, vanes and static seals
(Ref. Fig. 007, 008)
The LP Turbine case, stator vanes and seals are the static parts of
the LP turbine assembly.
This assembly consists of five stages of vanes, static airseals, and
diffuser inner and outer segments assembled in a casing.
The LP Turbine case is machined from six rolled rings
circumferentially welded together.
It features rails on its inner wall surfaces for vane and seal hook
attachments. The rails are scalloped to reduce weight and to improve
response time to Active Clearance Control cooling.
The material of the LP turbine case is high heat resistant nickel
alloy (INCO 718).
Two boroscope ports are provided at the left and right side of the LP
turbine case. These ports enable inspection of LP Turbine rotor
blades stage 3 and also HP Turbine rotor blades stage 2 through the
stage 3 vane platform. Each port is sealed by a plug which
incorporates features to prevent incorrect installation.
The LP Turbine stator vanes are made of nickel alloy and are brazed
into clusters of three vanes each. Stages 3 to 5 have an aluminized
coating, while stages 6 and 7 are uncoated. Stages 3, 4, 5 and 7 vane
clusters are retained on hook attachments of the LPT case at the
front of the outer platform and by the outer static seal segments at
the rear of the outer platform. Stage 6 is retained similarly at the
front and by the stage 7 vanes at the rear.
Vane segments of stages 3, 4 and 5 have slots at the inner and outer
platform mating faces in which the sealing strips are located.
The outer static stages 3, 4, 5 and 7 rotor seals are separate seal
segments with brazed in honeycombs installed in the LPT case. The
honeycomb seal for the stage 6 rotor is brazed to the inner diameter
of the stage 6 vane outer platform rear lip and the front lip of
stage 7 vane.
The inner static interstage seals on stages 4 to 7 are abradable
honeycomb segments which are brazed to the vane cluster inner
platforms.
The stage 3 seals are separate honeycomb rings brazed on a nickel
alloy ring which is bolted to the stage 3 vane clusters.
The diffuser duct inner segments are attached to the arrangement of
stage 3 vane clusters.
All segments have a seal lip at the leading edge to provide a
circumferential sealing of the potential leakage path between HP
Turbine exit and LP Turbine inlet.
The diffuser duct outer segments are installed on hook attachments of
the LP Turbine case inner wall. All diffuser segments have an
aluminized coating.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 10
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Low Pressure Turbine Module

Figure 007

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 11
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LPT Case, Vanes and Static Seals

Figure 008

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 12
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

An internal cooling air flow from the HP Turbine cooling system is
supplied to the front section of the LP Turbine case inner wall hook
attachments up to the outer static seal segments stage 3 where it
exhausts into the gas stream.

(3) Low Pressure Turbine rotor

(Ref. Fig. 007, 009)
The low pressure turbine rotor is a bolted configuration consisting
of 5 disks and associated blades and rotating airseals. All these LPT
rotor disks are manufactured of high heat resistant nickel alloy
(INCO 718). The LP turbine shaft is bolted to the rotor at the stage
6 disk.
The axial positioning of the rotor drum is achieved by selection of
an appropriate adjusting washer fitted between the LP Turbine shaft
front end washer location and the LP Compressor stub shaft.
All rotating airseals are attached to the forward flange of the
appropriate disk, and seal the potential leakage path between each
rotor stage by means of coated seal fins which mate with the relevant
static airseal.
The turbine blades are installed in fir tree type retaining slots.
The blades are held in position on the disks by retention lugs on the
blade root and the rear face of the rotating airseals. The LPT blades
are solid and have inner and outer shrouds. The outer shroud seals of
the LP turbine blades have interlocking notches to dampen vibration
and prevent untwist. Over-tip leakage is minimized by two
circumferential knife-edge seals which mate with the outer static
airseals. The blades are made of nickel alloy. The stage 3 turbine
blades have an aluminized coating ; the remaining turbine blades are
uncoated.

(4) Low Pressure Turbine shaft

(Ref. Fig. 007, 010)
The Low Pressure Turbine Shaft joins the LP Turbine assembly with the
LP Compressor and the Fan. The shaft is bolted to the LP turbine at
the LPT rotor disk stage 6 and extends forward through the engine. On
the front end, the shaft is attached to the Low Pressure Compressor
rotor stub shaft by means of a spline coupling. The shaft is secured
to the LP compressor stub shaft by the front lock nut. The LP Turbine
shaft is supported at the rear end by the No. 5 bearing, which is
located in the Exhaust Case and on the front end by the No. 2 bearing
which is a part of the intermediate module.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 13
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


LP Turbine Rotor
Figure 009

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 14
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Low Pressure Turbine Shaft

Figure 010

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 15
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) Turbine Exhaust Case (TEC) and No. 5 bearing assembly
(Ref. Fig. 011, 012)
The Turbine Exhaust Case serves to straighten the turbine exhaust
gases, provides structural support for the No. 5 bearing and
incorporates the rear mount lugs. The struts incorporate provision to
sense exhaust gas temperature and pressure.
The Turbine Exhaust Case is constructed of stainless steel (Greek
Ascoloy) and is fabricated as a concentric inner cone and outer duct
joined together by 13 welded radial struts. Thermal incompatibilities
are minimized by matching the case thermal growth to that of the
support struts.
The inner cone extension of the case provides support for the No. 5
bearing, with loads transmitted from the bearing through the struts
to the outer case structure. Pressure and scavenge oil tubes for the
No. 5 bearing are located within the case struts at the 4 and 8
o
clock locations respectively.
The No. 5 bearing compartment outer wall is an integral part of the
Exhaust Case. It is sealed at the back by a cover and at the front by
a plug in the LPT shaft. The compartment is sealed from the LP
Turbine cavity air by a two element radial carbon seal. The carbon
elements are contained in a housing assembly and seal against the No.
5 bearing compartment outer wall and the seal housing walls. The
outer walls and cap are fully insulated thermally to minimize
compartment temperature.
The No. 5 bearing inner race is secured on the shaft by an
interference fit and is secured against the seal assembly by a
coupling nut. The outer race which has shoulders to guide the rollers
is loosely fitted in the bore of the bearing support. Pressurized oil
is supplied between the support and the bearing outer race, and with
tight control of shoulder tolerance, forms the damper squeeze film.
Oil enters the No. 5 bearing compartment through a tube within the
exhaust case strut at the 4 o
clock location and into a nozzle
attached to the compartment wall. The nozzle directs a jet of oil
into a passage to feed the squeeze film damper described above. The
nozzle directs a second jet of oil to lubricate the bearing rollers
through holes in the LPT shaft and internal passages in the bearing
inner race.
Oil is scavenged through a tube from the bottom of the compartment
through the strut at the 8 o
clock location to the scavenge pump.
This line is insulated within the TEC. Venting of this compartment is
not necessary.

C. Active Clearance Control System

(Ref. Fig. 013, 014)
The ACC system uses air to control the tip clearances of the LP turbine
blades.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 16
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Turbine Exhaust Case (TEC) and No. 5 Bearing Assembly

Figure 011

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 17
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Turbine Exhaust Case and No. 5 Bearing Assembly

Figure 012

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 18
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Lower Active Clearance Control

Figure 013

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 19
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Upper Active Clearance Control

Figure 014

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 20
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TURBINE SECTION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________

TASK 72-50-00-920-010

Discard LPT Shaft, Discs and Rotating Airseals

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 725000-I3

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-20-000-040 Removal of the Power Plant

71-00-20-400-040 Installation of the Power Plant
EM 725000

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-50-00-010-053

A. Remove the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-000-040).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-50-00-020-052

A. Remove and discard the Low Pressure Turbine shaft, discs and rotating
airseals (Ref. EM 725000).

Subtask 72-50-00-420-050

B. Install new LP turbine shafts, disks and rotating airseals (Ref. EM

725000).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-50-00-410-053

A. Install the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-20-400-040).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TURBINE SECTION - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________

TASK 72-50-00-200-010

Inspection of the Turbine Exhaust Case

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the turbine exhaust
struts and surrounding area without component removal.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific inspection lamp

No specific inspection mirror
No specific lint free cloth
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-002 *

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-50-00-300-010 Replace the Nut(s) on the Turbine Exhaust Case,
Repair - VRS3019
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-50-00-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-50-00-010-052

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Put the access platform in position.

Subtask 72-50-00-040-050

C. Deactivate the thrust reverser.

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser hydraulic control unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-50-00-010-054

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-50-00-110-050

A. Clean the parts

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Use a clean lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-002), to clean the following parts:

(a) The internal surfaces of the turbine exhaust case.

(b) The external surfaces of the turbine exhaust case.

(c) The tubes of the turbine exhaust case.

(2) Make sure that the parts are free from soot, coke and wet oil.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Dry the parts with a clean lint free cloth.

Subtask 72-50-00-210-050

B. Visual Inspection of the Turbine Exhaust Case:

(1) Examine the struts on the internal surface of the turbine exhaust
case, from the rear of the engine. Use the inspection lamp and the
inspection mirror.

(a) Damage on the leading and the trailing edges.

1
_ One distortion on each strut, with a maximum deflection of
1.00 in. (25.4 mm) radial length, accept it.

2
_ More than one distortion on a strut, or a deflection of more
than 1.00 in. (25.4 mm) radial length, reject it.

(b) If a strut is cracked, reject it.

(2) Examine the external surface of the turbine exhaust case.

(a) If it is cracked, reject it.

(b) If the stiffening rails are damaged, above and below the
centerline, reject it.

(c) If the external surfaces have corrosion, accept it. You can
remove the corrosion with a wire brush or steel wool.

(3) Examine the oil pressure tube on the external surface of the turbine
exhaust case.

(a) Examine the tube where it goes in to the insulation tube cover,
if it is chafed, reject it.

(b) Examine the tube for security of attachment.

1
_ If the tube is loose, examine the attachment nuts, bolts and
clips and the lockwire for damage, wear and loss of torque.

2
_ Reject items that are worn or damaged.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Examine the oil scavenge tube on the external surface of the turbine
exhaust case.

(a) Make sure that the oil scavenge tube is in the center of the
insulation tube.

(b) If it is not in the center, loosen the securing bracket, put the
tube in to the center of the insulation tube and tighten the
securing bracket.

(c) Examine the tube for security of attachment :

1
_ If the tube is loose, examine the attachment nuts, bolts and
clips and the lockwire for damage, wear and loss of torque.

2
_ Reject items that are worn or damaged.

(5) Examine the pressure control manifold on the external surface of the
turbine exhaust case.

(a) If the manifold is damaged, reject it.

(b) Examine the manifold for security of attachment:

1
_ If the manifold is loose, examine these items for damage, wear
and loss of torque:
- The attachment nuts, bolts and clips
- The lockwire
- The union nut and the tube end fitting.

2
_ Reject items that are worn or damaged.

(6) Examine the EGT thermocouple probe

(a) Examine the exposed surfaces of the thermocouple probe for

cracks. If it is cracked, reject it.

(b) Examine the terminals for security of attachment and thread

damage.

(7) Examine the nuts at the rear inner flange of the turbine exhaust
case.

(a) Examine the nuts for looseness or damage.

1
_ If the nuts are damaged, loose, or missing, replace the nuts
(Ref. TASK 72-50-00-300-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-50-00-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010).

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 72-50-00-440-050

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-50-00-410-054

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 606
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TURBINE SECTION - REPAIRS
_________________________

TASK 72-50-00-300-010

Replace the Nut(s) on the Turbine Exhaust Case, Repair - VRS3019

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-011 Check for Re-use of Self-Locking Fasteners

70-23-12-230-010 Local Application of Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection
72-50-00-200-010 Inspection of the Turbine Exhaust Case
72-50-00-991-150 Fig. 801

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-50-00-010-055

A. Not applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-50-00-350-050

A. Remove the damaged nut(s) from the turbine exhaust case assembly
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-011),
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-50-00-991-150)
Use a hand drill to remove the nut(s).

Subtask 72-50-00-230-050

B. Do a fluorescent penetrant inspection of the holes and the adjacent

surfaces (Ref. TASK 70-23-12-230-010). No cracks are permitted.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 801
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Replace the nut(s) on the turbine exhaust case assembly

Figure 801/TASK 72-50-00-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 802
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-50-00-350-051

C. Install new nut(s) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-011),

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-50-00-991-150)
Use a peening tool.

Subtask 72-50-00-220-050

D. Inspect the turbine exhaust case after repair (Ref. TASK 72-50-00-200-
010),
(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 72-50-00-991-150)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-00

Page 803
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

ENGINE - TURBINE EXHAUST CASE ASSEMBLY - CLEANING/PAINTING
__________________________________________________________

TASK 72-50-50-100-010

Cleaning of N5 Bearing Oil Service Lines, Filter and Oil Jet

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 50.00 lbf.in
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 62.00 to 900.00 lbf.in
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-454 *

carbon removal alkaline gel (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-455 *
carbon remover alkaline gel (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V01-456 *
carbon remover alkaline gel (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-119 *
lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 701
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 thrust wire 72-50-53 81 -050

3 sealing ring 72-58-02 80 -050
3 sealing ring 72-58-02 80 -050A
3 o-ring 79-21-49 93B-070
3 o-ring 79-21-49 93B-070A
3 o-ring 79-22-49 80A-030
5 filter 79-21-49 93B-060
7 o-ring 72-58-02 80 -070
7 o-ring 72-58-02 80 -070A
9 thrust wire 72-50-53 80 -100

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-710-012 Test No.3 : Idle Leak Check

71-11-11-400-010 Installation of the Air Intake Cowl
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-51-41-000-010 Removal of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover
72-51-41-400-010 Installation of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover
78-11-11-000-010 Removal of the Common Nozzle Assembly
78-11-12-000-010 Removal of the Engine Exhaust Cone (3900KM)
78-11-12-400-010 Installation of the Engine Exhaust Cone (3900KM)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
72-50-50-991-156 Fig. 701
72-50-50-991-155 Fig. 702
72-50-50-991-152 Fig. 703
72-50-50-991-153 Fig. 704
72-50-50-991-158 Fig. 705
72-50-50-991-150 Fig. 706
72-50-50-991-151 Fig. 707

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 702
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-50-50-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-50-50-010-055

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Put the access platform in position.

Subtask 72-50-50-040-051

C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : YOU MUST DEACTIVATE THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT
_______
BEFORE YOU WORK ON OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER. IF YOU DO NOT
DO THIS THE THRUST REVERSER CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTALLY AND CAUSE
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 703
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-50-50-010-056

D. Remove the Common Nozzle Assembly (Ref. TASK 78-11-11-000-010).

Subtask 72-50-50-010-057

E. Remove the Exhaust Cone (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-000-010)

Subtask 72-50-50-010-058

F. Remove the N5 Bearing Compartment Cover (Ref. TASK 72-51-41-000-010).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-50-50-020-054

A. Disconnect the Tube 1, N5 Bearing Oil Feed Tube.

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-50-50-991-156)

(1) Loosen the nuts, the bolts, the washers, the spacers, the clip nuts
and the clips from clip location 5206.

(2) Disconnect the tube 1 from the outer oil feed tube.

(a) Remove the two bolts (2) and the two nuts (4) from the flange
connection.

(b) Remove and discard the o-ring (3).

(c) Remove the oil filter (5).

Subtask 72-50-50-020-055

B. Disconnect the Tube 2, N5 Bearing Oil Scavenge Tube.

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 72-50-50-991-155)

(1) Loosen the nuts, the bolts, the washers, the spacers, the clip nuts
and the clips from the clip location 5228.

(2) Disconnect the tube 2 from the outer oil scavenge tube.

(a) Remove the four bolts (5) and the two threaded plates (4) from
the flange connection.

(3) Remove and discard the o-ring (3).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 704
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


N5 Bearing Oil Feed Tube

Figure 701/TASK 72-50-50-991-156

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 705
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


N5 Bearing Oil Scavenge Tube

Figure 702/TASK 72-50-50-991-155

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 706
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-50-50-020-056

C. Remove the Oil Scavenge Tube.

(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 72-50-50-991-152)

(1) Remove the bolts (6) and (9), the nuts (5) and (8) which attach the
bracket (7) to the oil scavenge tube (1) and to the rear extrenal
flange of the turbine exhaust case.

(2) Remove the bracket (7).

(3) Disconnect the scavenge tube nut (2) at the elbow (4) and remove the
elbow.

(4) Remove the thrust wire (3) and discard it.

(5) Remove the tube nut (2) from the scavenge tube (1).

(6) Remove the nut (15), the bolt (10) and the washers (11) and (16) that
attach the heat shields (17) to the inner support bracket (12).

(7) Cut, remove and discard the lock wire that attach the two heat shield
halves (17) together and remove the heat shields.

(8) Remove the nuts (13) and bolts (14) that attach the inner support
bracket (12) to the turbine exhaust case.

(9) Remove the inner support bracket (12).

(10) Disconnect the scavenge tube nut (19) at the adapter (18).

(11) Remove the oil scavenge tube from the turbine exhaust case.

Subtask 72-50-50-020-057

D. Remove the Oil Feed Tube of the N5 Bearing.

(Ref. Fig. 704/TASK 72-50-50-991-153)

(1) Remove the nuts (1), (2) and the bolts (5) and (6) that attach the
bracket (3) to the external flange of the turbine exhaust case.

(2) Remove the clamp (4) and the bracket (3).

(3) Disconnect the tube nut (8) at the elbow.

(4) Remove the thrust wire (9) and discard it.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 707
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of The Oil scavenge Tube of the N5 Bearing

Figure 703/TASK 72-50-50-991-152

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 708
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of The Oil Feed Tube of the N5 Bearing

Figure 704/TASK 72-50-50-991-153

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 709
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) Remove the nut (13), the bolt (18) and the washers (14) and (19) that
attach the heat shields (12) to the inner support bracket (16).

(6) Cut, remove and discard the lock wire that attaches the two heat
shields halves (12) together and remove the heat shields.

(7) Remove the nuts (15) and the bolts (17) that attach the inner support
bracket (16) to the turbine exhaust case.

(8) Remove the inner support bracket (16).

(9) Disconnect the tube nut (10) from the adapter (11).

(10) Remove the oil feed tube from the turbine exhaust case.

Subtask 72-50-50-010-059

E. Remove the Oil Jet and Transfer Tube of the N5 Bearing.

(Ref. Fig. 705/TASK 72-50-50-991-158)

(1) Remove the bolts (5) and lock washers (6).

(2) Remove the oil transfer tube (4) and discard the o-rings (3).

(3) Remove the bolts (1) and remove the oil jet (2) and discard the
o-ring (7).

Subtask 72-50-50-160-051

F. Clean the N5 Oil Service Tubes.

WARNING : REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER

S MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR
_______
CONSUMABLE MATERIAL INFORMATION. THIS INCLUDES HAZARDOUS
INGREDIENTS, PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS, FIRE,
EXPLOSION, REACTIVITY, HEALTH HAZARD DATA, PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE
HANDLING, AND USE OF CONTROL MEASURES.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE THIS PROCEDURE ON CARBON SEALS OR ENGINE BEARINGS.

_______

(1) Using borescope equipment, inspect the oil pressure and scavenge
tubes for internal carbon build up. No carbon build up is allowed.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 710
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Oil jet and Filter of the N5 Bearing

Figure 705/TASK 72-50-50-991-158

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 711
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Apply carbon removal alkaline gel (Material No. V01-454) 100 percent
by volume, at ambient temperature, into the tubes. Make sure that the
tubes are full.

NOTE : carbon remover alkaline gel (Material No. V01-455) or carbon

____
remover alkaline gel (Material No. V01-456) may also be used.

(3) Plug the tubes.

(4) Let soak for 1 to 12 hours depending on the amount of contamination.

(5) Flush the tubes fully with cold or hot water pressure spray. Use the
adapters and draining hoses on the inner flanges of the oil scavenge
and oil pressure tubes.

(6) Inspect the tubes for carbon, using borescope equipment. No remaining
carbon build up is allowed.

(7) Repeat steps (3) through (7) as necessary. The maximum allowable soak
time for the tubes is 24 hours.

Subtask 72-50-50-210-053

G. Inspect the Oil Feed Tube 1 and the Oil Scavenge Tube 2.
(Ref. Fig. 706/TASK 72-50-50-991-150, 707/TASK 72-50-50-991-151)

(1) Using borescope equipment, inspect the oil feed tube. No carbon build
up is allowed. Clean the tube per step F. if necessary.

(2) Using borescope equipment, inspect the oil scavenge tube. No carbon
build up is allowed. Clean the tube per step F. if necessary.

Subtask 72-50-50-210-054

H. Inspect the Oil Jet and the Transfer Tube.

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-50-50-991-156, 705/TASK 72-50-50-991-158)

(1) Inspect the oil jet and the transfer tube. No contamination is
allowed. Clean as necessary.

(2) Inspect the filter (5). No contamination is allowed. Clean as

necessary.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 712
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-50-50-210-055

J. Inspect the N5 Bearing Compartment for Contamination.

(Ref. Fig. 705/TASK 72-50-50-991-158)

(1) Do a visual inspection of the rear end of the N5 compartment and the
transfer tube for contamination. No contamination is allowed.

Subtask 72-50-50-420-055

K. Install the Oil Jet and Transfer Tube of the N5 Bearing.

(Ref. Fig. 705/TASK 72-50-50-991-158)

(1) Install the sealing ring (3) 3 off on both ends of the oil transfer
tube (4).

(2) Install the o-ring (7) to the oil jet (2).

(3) Install the oil jet (2) with bolts (1).

(4) TORQUE bolts (1) to between 0.96 and 1.18 m.daN (84.95 and 104.42
lbf.in).

(5) Insert the transfer tube (4) into the oil jet (2).

(6) Install the bolts (5) and lock washers (6).

(7) TORQUE bolts (6) to between 0.96 and 1.18 m.daN (84.95 and 104.42
lbf.in).

Subtask 72-50-50-420-056

L. Install the Oil Feed Tube of the N5 Bearing.

(Ref. Fig. 704/TASK 72-50-50-991-153)

(1) Install the oil feed tube into the exhaust case strut and connect the
tube nut (10) to the adapter (11), hand tighten only.

(2) Attach the tube nut (8) to the oil feed tube with the thrust wire
(9).

(3) Install the bracket (3) to the external flange of the exhaust case
with the bolts (6) and nuts (1), hand tighten only.

(4) Connect the elbow (7) to the oil feed tube nut (8).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 713
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of The N5 Bearing Oil Feed Tube

Figure 706/TASK 72-50-50-991-150- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 714
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of The N5 Bearing Oil Feed Tube

Figure 706/TASK 72-50-50-991-150- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 715
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of The N5 Bearing Oil Feed Tube

Figure 706/TASK 72-50-50-991-150- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 716
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 72-50-50

Page 717
Nov 01/07
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of The N5 Bearing Oil scavenge Tube

Figure 707/TASK 72-50-50-991-151- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 718
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Illustration of The N5 Bearing Oil scavenge Tube

Figure 707/TASK 72-50-50-991-151- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 719
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(5) Install the clamp (4) to the elbow (7) with bolt (5) and nut (2),
hand tighten only.

NOTE : Make sure that the oil feed tube is in center of the exhaust
____
case opening before you continue with the following steps.

(6) TORQUE the tube nut (10) to between 200 and 225 lbf.in (2.26 and 2.54
m.daN).

(7) Secure the tube nut (10) with lockwire (Material No. V02-119).

(8) TORQUE the tube nut (8) to between 200 and 225 lbf.in (2.26 and 2.54
m.daN).

(9) Secure the tube nut (8) with lockwire (Material No. V02-119).

(10) TORQUE the nuts (1) and (2) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and
1.07 m.daN).

(11) Install the inner support bracket (16) to the exhaust case and secure
with bolts (17) and nuts (15).

(12) TORQUE the nuts (15) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07
m.daN).

(13) Install the heat shield halves (12) to the oil feed tube.

(14) Install the bolt (18), washers (14) and (19) and the nut (13) to
attach the heat shield to the inner support bracket (16).

(15) TORQUE the nut (13) to between 35 and 40 lbf.in (0.39 and 0.45 m.daN)

(16) Secure the heat shield halves (12) together with lockwire (Material
No. V02-119).

Subtask 72-50-50-420-057

M. Install the Oil Scavenge Tube of the N5 Bearing.

(Ref. Fig. 703/TASK 72-50-50-991-152)

(1) Install the oil scavenge tube (1) into the exhaust case strut and
connect the tube nut (19) to the adapter (18), hand tighten only.

(2) Attach the tube nut (2) to the oil scavenge tube (1) with the thrust
wire (3).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 720
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Install the bracket (7) to the external flange of the exhaust case
with the bolts (6) and the nuts (8), hand tighten only.

(4) Connect the elbow (4) to the tube nut (2).

(5) Attach the opposite end of the elbow (4) to the bracket (7) with the
bolt (9) and nut (5), hand tighten only.

NOTE : Make sure that the oil scavenge tube is in the center of the
____
opening of the exhaust case before you continue with the
following steps.

(6) TORQUE the tube nut (19) to between 225 and 250 lbf.in (2.54 and 2.82
m.daN).

(7) Secure the tube nut (19) with lockwire (Material No. V02-119).

(8) TORQUE the tube nut (2) to between 320 and 350 lbf.in (3.61 and 3.95
m.daN).

(9) Secure the tube nut (2) with lockwire (Material No. V02-119).

(10) TORQUE the nuts (5) and (8) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and
1.07 m.daN).

(11) Install the inner support bracket (12) to the exhaust case and secure
with the bolts (14) and nuts (13).

(12) TORQUE the nuts (13) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07
m.daN).

(13) Install the heat shield halves (17) to the oil scavenge tube.

(14) Install the bolt (10), the washers (11) and (16) and nut (15) to
attach the heat shield to the inner support bracket (12).

(15) TORQUE the nut (15) to between 35 and 40 lbf.in (0.39 and 0.45
m.daN).

(16) Secure the heat shield halves (17) together with lockwire (Material
No. V02-119).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 721
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-50-50-420-058

N. Connect the Tube 2 of the N5 Bearing Oil Scavenge Tube.

(Ref. Fig. 702/TASK 72-50-50-991-155, 703/TASK 72-50-50-991-152)

(1) Connect the tube 2 to the outer oil scavenge tube flange.

(a) Put the o-ring (3) into the correct position.

(b) Install the four bolts (5) and the two threaded plates (4).

(c) TORQUE the nuts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN).

(d) Secure the bolts with lockwire (Material No. V02-119).

(2) Install the clips, the clip nuts, the bolts and the washers at the
clip position 5228. TORQUE the bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in
(0.40 and 0.50 m.daN).

Subtask 72-50-50-420-059

P. Connect the Tube N.1 of the N5 Bearing Oil Feed Tube.

(Ref. Fig. 701/TASK 72-50-50-991-156)

(1) Connect the tube 1 to the outer oil feed tube flange.

(a) Put the o-ring (3) and the filter (5) in the correct position.

(b) Install the two bolts (2) and the two nuts (4).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN).

(2) Attach the clips, the clip nuts, the bolts and the washers at the
clip position 5206. TORQUE the bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in
(0.40 and 0.50 m.daN).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 722
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-50-50-942-054

A. Close Access

(1) Install the no.5 Bearing Compartment Cover (Ref. TASK 72-51-41-400-
010).

(2) Install the Exhaust Cone (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-400-010).

Subtask 72-50-50-942-055

B. Install the Common Nozzle Assembly (CNA) (Ref. TASK 71-11-11-400-010).

Subtask 72-50-50-942-056

C. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-50-50-942-057

D. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-50-50-710-051

E. Do an oil leak test (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-50-50

Page 723
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

COVER - NO.5 BEARING COMPARTMENT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________

TASK 72-51-41-000-010

Removal of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
IAE1P17038 1 PULLER

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

78-11-12-000-010 Removal of the Engine Exhaust Cone (3900KM)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
72-51-41-991-163 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-51-41-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-51-41-010-055

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Put the access platform in to position.

Subtask 72-51-41-040-053

C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : YOU MUST DEACTIVATE THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT
_______
BEFORE YOU WORK ON OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER. IF YOU DO NOT
DO THIS THE THRUST REVERSER CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTALLY AND CAUSE
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-51-41-010-056

D. Remove the exhaust cone (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-000-010).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-51-41-020-052

A. Removal of the N5 Bearing Compartment Cover (2)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-51-41-991-163)

(1) Remove the 13 bolts that attach the compartment cover to the exhaust
case.

(2) Remove the rear thermal blancket.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Make sure that the three jaws of the PULLER (IAE1P17038), are in the
outward position.

(4) Engage the removal puller on to the compartment cover. Make sure that
the three jaws are correctly engaged behind the flange at the
compartment cover.

(5) Slide the ring over the jaws to hold the slide puller jaws in place.

(6) Move the knocker puller rearwards quickly to hit the handle.

(7) Do step (6) until the compartment cover (2) is free from the exhaust
case.

(8) Remove the ring from the jaws. move the jaws outwards until the
compartment cover is free from the slide puller.

(9) Inspect the seal on the compartment cover.

(a) If a packing is installed (PRE SBE 72-0173) remove and discard

it.

(b) If a seal is installed (SBE 72-0173) examine the condition of the

seal as follows:

1
_ Inspect the seal for damage. If the seal is damaged remove and
the seal.

2
_ If the seal is not damaged, do not remove the seal.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Removal of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover

Figure 401/TASK 72-51-41-991-163- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Removal of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover

Figure 401/TASK 72-51-41-991-163- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-51-41-400-010

Installation of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-124 *

cleaning fluid (isopropyl alcohol) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-077 *
engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-129 *
anti-seize paste (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 packing 72-58-01 80A-050

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

71-00-00-710-012 Test No.3 : Idle Leak Check
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
78-11-12-000-010 Removal of the Engine Exhaust Cone (3900KM)
78-11-12-400-010 Installation of the Engine Exhaust Cone (3900KM)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-51-41-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

(4) Make sure that the exhaust cone is removed (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-000-
010).

Subtask 72-51-41-010-057

B. Make sure that the fan cowls are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-51-41-040-054

C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : YOU MUST DEACTIVATE THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT
_______
BEFORE YOU WORK ON OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER. IF YOU DO NOT
DO THIS THE THRUST REVERSER CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTALLY AND CAUSE
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

(1) Make sure that the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) is
deactivated (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012):

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-51-41-110-051

A. Cleaning the Surfaces

(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with cleaning fluid (isopropyl
alcohol) (Material No. V01-124) to clean these parts:

(a) The surfaces of the compartment cover (2).

(b) The surfaces of the rear thermal blanket (1).

Subtask 72-51-41-420-051

B. Installation of Compartment Cover

(1) Lubricate the packing (3) with engine oil (Material No. V10-077).
Install the packing (3) on to the N5 bearing compartment cover (2).
Make sure that the open side of the packing shows in forward
direction.

(2) Install the compartment cover (2) on to the turbine exhaust case.

(3) Install the thermal blanket (72-58-01, 20-100 and 20-080) on to the
cover. Align the bolt holes.

(4) Apply anti-seize paste (Material No. V10-129) to the threads and the
underside of the bolt heads.

(5) Install the 13 bolts. TORQUE the bolts to between 62 and 72 lbf.in
(0.70 and 0.81 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013). Remove excess
paste.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-51-41-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Install the exhaust cone (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-400-010).

Subtask 72-51-41-440-051

B. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-51-41-410-053

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 72-51-41-710-051

D. Do an oil leak test (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-012).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-51-41-000-012

Removal of the Low Pressure (LP) Turbine Shaft Blind Cap

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
IAE1P17039 1 PULLER

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

72-38-11-000-010 Removal of the Inlet Cone
72-51-41-000-010 Removal of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover
78-11-12-000-010 Removal of the Engine Exhaust Cone (3900KM)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-51-41-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-51-41-010-062

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Put the access platform in to position.

Subtask 72-51-41-040-057

C. Deactivate the Thrust Reverser

WARNING : THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC

_______
DEACTIVATED BEFORE WORKING ON
FAILURE TO DEACTIVATE THE HCU
REVERSER OPERATION AND INJURY
EQUIPMENT.
CONTROL UNIT (HCU) MUST BE
OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER.
CAN RESULT IN INADVERTENT THRUST
TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO

(1) Deactivate the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

(Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012).

Subtask 72-51-41-010-063

D. Open the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 411
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-51-41-010-064

E. Get Access

(1) Remove the inlet cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-000-010) if necessary.

(2) Remove the exhaust cone (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-000-010).

(3) Remove the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover (Ref. TASK 72-51-41-000-
010).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-51-41-020-054

A. Remove the LP Turbine Shaft Blind Cap

(1) Remove the internal retaining ring of the blind cap.

(2) Install the PULLER (IAE1P17039) 1 off in to the turbine shaft. Make
sure that the piston of the slide puller is correctly aligned with
the LP turbine shaft.

(3) Move the slide puller forward until the head touches the blind cap.
Push the slide puller until the jaws engage in to the groove of the
blind cap.

(4) Move the hammer rearward quickly until it hits the grip.

(5) Do step (4) until the blind cap is free from the turbine shaft.

(6) Remove the slide puller and the blind cap from the LP turbine shaft.

(7) Release the head of the slide puller and remove the blind cap.

(8) Remove the sealing ring:

CAUTION : DO NOT DAMAGE THE SLOT SURFACE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE SEALING
_______
RING FROM THE SLOT OF THE BLIND CAP WITH HAND TOOLS. DAMAGE
TO THE SURFACE CAUSE OIL LEAK.

(a) Remove the sealing ring from the blind cap and discard it.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 412
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-51-41-400-012

Installation of the Low Pressure (LP) Turbine Shaft Blind Cap

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
IAE1J12244 1 SLEEVE SIZING
IAE1J12263 1 SLIDER INSPECTION
IAE1J12523 1 SLIDER-SEAL
IAE1P17041 2 DRIVER

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-124 *

isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-077 *
approved engine oils (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 internal retaining ring 72-50-41 80A-050

3 internal retaining ring 72-50-41 80A-050A

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 413
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-38-11-400-010 Installation of the Inlet Cone
72-51-41-400-010 Installation of the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover
78-11-12-400-010 Installation of the Engine Exhaust Cone (3900KM)
78-30-00-040-012 Deactivation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic Control
Unit (HCU) 4101KS for Ground Maintenance
78-30-00-440-012 Re-activation of the Thrust Reverser Hydraulic
Control Unit (HCU) 4101KS after Ground Maintenance
78-32-00-010-010 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Halves
78-32-00-410-010 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Halves
72-51-41-991-157 Fig. 402
72-51-41-991-166 Fig. 403
72-51-41-991-159 Fig. 404
72-51-41-991-161 Fig. 405
72-51-41-991-162 Fig. 406
72-51-41-991-160 Fig. 407
72-51-41-991-165 Fig. 408
72-51-41-991-167 Fig. 409

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-51-41-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 414
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-51-41-010-065

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowls are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open (Ref. TASK 78-32-
00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-51-41-040-058

C. Make sure that the thrust reverser Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) is
deactivated: (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-040-012)

WARNING : YOU MUST DEACTIVATE THE THRUST REVERSER HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT
_______
BEFORE YOU WORK ON OR AROUND THE THRUST REVERSER. IF YOU DO NOT
DO THIS THE THRUST REVERSER CAN OPERATE ACCIDENTALLY AND CAUSE
INJURY AND DAMAGE.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-51-41-110-053

A. Cleaning the Surfaces

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with isopropyl alcohol
(Material No. V01-124) to clean these parts.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-51-41-991-157)

(a) The inlet surfaces of the LP turbine shaft, stub shaft and fan
disk if necessary.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 415
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Install the Blind cap

Figure 402/TASK 72-51-41-991-157

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 416
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) The surfaces of the blind cap (4).

(c) The internal retaining ring (3).

Subtask 72-51-41-210-051

B. Inspection of the Blind Cap

(1) Examine the blind cap for cracks

(a) If it is cracked, reject it.

(2) Examine the blind cap outer diameter

(a) If it is scored, reject it.

(3) Examine the blind cap scallops at location

(a) If it is burred, reject it.

(4) Examine the blind cap sealing ring groove

(a) If it is nicked, reject it.

(b) If it is scratched, reject it.

(5) Examine the blind cap surface

(a) If it is nicked, reject it.

(b) If it is scratched, reject it.

Subtask 72-51-41-420-053

C. Install the Blind Cap to the LP Turbine Shaft

Pre SBE 72-0227
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-51-41-991-157)

NOTE : - Use of SLIDER INSPECTION (IAE1J12263) without SLEEVE SIZING

____
(IAE1J12244) is not permitted.
- if tools are not available, proceed with step (3).

(1) Extend the sealing ring and install it to the blind cap as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-51-41-991-166)
(Method 1, with tools).

(a) Put the blind cap (4) with rear end down on to a work bench.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 417
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of the Sealing Ring on to the Blind Cap (PRE SBE 72-0227)
Figure 403/TASK 72-51-41-991-166

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 418
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Install the SLIDER INSPECTION (IAE1J12263) 1 off on to the blind
cap.

(c) Lubricate the sealing ring (5) with approved engine oils
(Material No. V10-077).

(d) Lubricate the outer diameter faces of the seal slider and the
blind cap with approved engine oils (Material No. V10-077).

(e) Put the sealing ring with the open side down on to the seal
slider.

(f) Push the sealing ring down:

CAUTION : MOVE THE SEALING RING SMOOTHLY AND EQUALLY OVER THE ALL
_______
CIRCUMFERENCE. IF NOT SO, THE SEALING RING IS EXTENDED
LOCALLY. LOCAL EXTENSION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SEALING RING.

1
_ Push the sealing ring down with four or more fingers until it
is installed in to the groove of the blind cap.

(g) Remove the seal slider from the blind cap.

(2) Make the sealing ring diameter smaller as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-51-41-991-159)

CAUTION : DO NOT INSTALL THE BLIND CAP AND THE SEALING RING INTO THE
_______
LP TURBINE SHAFT BEFORE THE SIZE OF THE SEALING RING IS
REDUCED WHEN THE SEALING RING DIAMETER IS EXTENDED. THE LP
TURBINE SHAFT BORE CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EXTENDED SEALING
RING.

(a) Put the SLEEVE SIZING (IAE1J12244) 1 off on to the work bench
with the front end down.

(b) Lubricate the inner diameter face of the sizing sleeve and the
outer diameter of the sealing ring with approved engine oils
(Material No. V10-077).

(c) Put the blind cap in to the sizing sleeve. Diaphragm of the blind
cap must be in down direction (position A).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-51-41-991-159)

(d) Slowly push down the blind cap until it touches the work bench
(position B).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 419
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of the Sealing Ring in to the Sizing Sleeve

Figure 404/TASK 72-51-41-991-159

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 420
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(e) Keep the blind cap in the sizing sleeve for ten or more minutes.

(f) Remove the sizing sleeve from the blind cap.

(3) Install the sealing ring (5) into the bottom half of groove of the
blind cap as follows: (Method 2, without tools).

CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH THE SEALING RING IN DIRECTION X. THE EDGE OF

_______
THE BLIND CAP CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SEALING RING. DO NOT
TWIST THE SEALING RING. A DEFECTIVE SEALING RING WILL CAUSE
AN OIL LEAK.

CAUTION : THE SEALING RING CAN BE DAMAGED IF IT IS EXTENDED TOO MUCH

_______
AND CAN CAUSE OIL TO LEAK.

(a) Lubricate the sealing ring and the blind cap with approved engine
oils (Material No. V10-077).

(b) Install the sealing ring in to the bottom half of the groove of
the blind cap. Open side of the sealing ring must be rearward.

(c) Install the sealing ring around all the groove of the blind cap.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-51-41-991-161, 406/TASK 72-51-41-991-162)

(d) Push the sealing ring inner face in direction YA with finger
sides to let the sealing ring go in to the groove of the blind
cap.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-51-41-991-161, 406/TASK 72-51-41-991-162)

(e) Move the fingers in direction YB.

(f) Repeat step (d) and (e) until the sealing ring is installed
around all of the groove.

(4) Examine the sealing ring.

CAUTION : DO NOT CORRECT TWISTED CONDITION OF THE SEALING RING.

_______
DISCARD THE TWISTED SEALING RING.

(a) Make sure that there is no damage on the surface.

(b) Make sure that the sealing ring is not twisted.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-51-41-991-160)

(5) Install the blind cap to the LP turbine shaft. Use the DRIVER
(IAE1P17041) 1 off.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 421
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of the Sealing Ring on to the Blind Cap

Figure 405/TASK 72-51-41-991-161

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 422
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Example of incorrect Installation of the Sealing Ring on to the Blind Cap

Figure 406/TASK 72-51-41-991-162

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 423
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installed Condition of the Sealing Ring

Figure 407/TASK 72-51-41-991-160

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 424
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(6) Install the internal retaining ring (3).

Subtask 72-51-41-420-056

D. Install the Blind Cap to the LP Turbine Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-51-41-991-165)

SBE 72-0227: LP turbine - provide a new blind cap with decreased seal
land height

(1) Install the sealing ring (5) on the blind cap as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-51-41-991-167)
(Method 1, with tools).

(a) Put the blind cap (4) with the front end down on to a work bench.

(b) Install the SLIDER-SEAL (IAE1J12523) 1 off on to the blind cap.

(c) Lubricate the sealing ring (5) with approved engine oils
(Material No. V10-077).

(d) Lubricate the outer diameter faces of the seal slider and the
blind cap with approved engine oils (Material No. V10-077).

(e) Put the sealing ring on the seal slider. The open side of the
sealing ring must be in the up direction.

CAUTION : MOVE THE SEALING RING SMOOTHLY AND EQUALLY OVER THE ALL
_______
CIRCUMFERENCE. IF NOT SO, THE SEALING RING IS EXTENDED
LOCALLY. LOCAL EXTENSION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SEALING RING.

(f) Put the sealing ring down with four or more fingers until it is
installed in to the groove of the blind cap.

(g) Remove the seal slider from the blind cap.

(2) Examine the sealing ring.

(a) Make sure that there is no damage on the surface.

CAUTION : DO NOT CORRECT TWISTED CONDITION OF THE SEALING RING.

_______
DISCARD THE TWISTED SEALING RING.

(b) Make sure that the sealing ring is not twisted.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-51-41-991-160)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 425
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of the Blind Cap

Figure 408/TASK 72-51-41-991-165

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 426
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Installation of the Sealing Ring on to the Blind Cap (SBE 72-0227)

Figure 409/TASK 72-51-41-991-167

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 427
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Install the blind cap to the LP turbine shaft. Use the DRIVER
(IAE1P17041) 1 off.

CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE INTERNAL RETAINING RING P/N RR312 (PRE SBE
_______
72-0227) WITH THE BLIND CAP P/N 5A1705.

(4) Install the internal retaining ring (3).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-51-41-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Install the No.5 Bearing Compartment Cover (Ref. TASK 72-51-41-400-
010).

(2) Install the Inlet Cone (Ref. TASK 72-38-11-400-010).

(3) Install the Exhaust Cone (Ref. TASK 78-11-12-400-010).

Subtask 72-51-41-410-055

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser halves (Ref. TASK 78-32-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 72-51-41-440-053

C. Activate the thrust reverser HCU (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-440-012).

Subtask 72-51-41-410-056

D. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 428
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-51-41

Page 429
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

ACCESSORY DRIVES (EXTERNAL GEARBOX) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________________

1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The external gearbox has an angle gearbox assembly, a main gear assembly and
external components.
The external gearbox is installed at the bottom of the fan case. Four
articulated support links attach the gearbox to the fan case. The links have
spherical bearings at each end to allow for any necessary mount
articulation.

2. _____________
Angle Gearbox

A. General
The angle gearbox transmits power from the engine to the main gearbox and
from the starter on the main gearbox to the engine.

B. Description
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The angle gearbox has a bevel gearset held by a cast aluminium housing.
The bevel gearset transmits the power to and from the engine through a
powershaft engaged to the high pressure compressor rotor. The bevel
gearset has a spiral gear mesh which drives a horizontal input gearshaft
in the main gearbox.
Two metered jets supply pressure oil to the bearings and gears in the
angle gearbox.

3. ____________
Main Gearbox

A. General
The main gearbox is installed forward of the angle gearbox. The main
gearbox transmits power from the engine to the accessories installed on
the gearbox and from the starter to the engine. The main gearbox supplies
speed torques necessary for the accessories to perform their various
functions.

B. Description
(Ref. Fig. 003)

(1) General

(a) The main gearbox has a cast aluminium housing that has a rear
train and mounting pads for the airframe and engine accessories.
An external de-oiler is installed on the front face of the main
gearbox.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 1
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Accessory Drives
Figure 001

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 2
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Angle Gearbox
Figure 002

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 3
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Main Gearbox Forward Face

Figure 003

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 4
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Each of the accessories drive geartrain sections is individually
replaceable. The metered oil nozzles are installed on a gearbox
housing and supply pressure oil to the bearings and gears in the
gearbox. An external oil tank is attached at the LH flange of the
main gearbox.

(b) Drive pads on the forward face of the gearbox are used for
installation of the following:
- hydraulic pump,
- starter,
- oil pressure pump,
- Permanent Magnet Alternator (PMA),
- provision for remote cranking of the high pressure rotor is
also located on the front face.

(2) Drive pads on the rear face of the gearbox are used for installation
of the following:
- Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) system,
- fuel pump,
- oil scavenge pump.

NOTE : Direction of gearshaft rotation is the direction that you look

____
in when you face the mounting pad being described.

(3) Hydraulic pump drive gearshaft.

Direction of drive rotation is counterclockwise. The gearshaft
receives the motion through the adjacent IDLER gearshaft.

(4) Starter drive gearshaft.

Direction of drive rotation is counterclockwise. The gearshaft
receives the motion through the adjacent crank gearshaft.

(5) Oil pressure pump

The oil pressure pump is a removable assembly installed on the front
flange of the gearbox. The pump has a separate housing that has two
bush-mounted drive gear assemblies and the seat of the oil pressure
filter.
Direction of drive rotation is counterclockwise. The oil pressure
pump receives the motion through the fuel pump drive gearshaft.
The pump supplies oil under pressure to the engine bearings and
accessory drives.

(6) PMA gearshaft

Direction of drive rotation is counterclockwise. The gearshaft
receives the motion through the adjacent input gearshaft.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 5
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(7) IDG gearshaft
Direction of drive rotation is counterclockwise. The gearshaft
receives the motion through the starter gearshaft.

(8) Fuel pump drive gearshaft.

Direction of drive rotation is counterclockwise. The gearshaft
receives the motion through the hydraulic pump drive gearshaft.

(9) Oil scavenge pump

The oil scavenge pump is a removable assembly installed on the flange
of the support angle gearbox. The pump has a separable housing that
has a bush-mounted drive gear assembly which moves two pump gear
stages.
The pump receives the motion through the idler gearshaft. The
direction of drive rotation is counterclockwise.

(10) External Deoiler

Direction of drive rotation is counterclockwise. The deoiler receives
the motion through the IDG system gearshaft.
The oil/air mixture flows through the deoiler that separates air and
oil by centrifugal action.
The deaerated oil goes back to the oil system and the clean air is
bled overboard.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 6
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

ACCESSORY DRIVES (EXTERNAL GEARBOX) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________

TASK 72-60-00-000-011

Removal of Units and Related Parts Necessary to Remove the External Gearbox

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedure gives access to the removal and installation of the external
gearbox.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-010 Drain the Engine Oil System

24-21-51-000-010 Removal of the Integrated Drive Generator -IDG
1(2),(4000XU)
29-11-51-000-010 Removal of the Engine Pump (1030GK)
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
73-12-41-000-010 Removal of the Low Pressure (LP)/High Pressure (HP)
Fuel Pump (2001EM1)
73-22-52-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) (4000KC)
73-31-17-000-010 Removal of the Fuel Flow Transmitter (4010KS)
79-22-41-000-010 Removal of the Scavenge Oil Pump
80-13-41-000-010 Removal of the Starter (100KM)
72-60-00-991-180 Fig. 401
72-60-00-991-182 Fig. 402
72-60-00-991-181 Fig. 403
72-60-00-991-183 Fig. 404
72-60-00-991-184 Fig. 405
72-60-00-991-185 Fig. 406
72-60-00-991-168 Fig. 407
72-60-00-991-169 Fig. 408
72-60-00-991-170 Fig. 409

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72-60-00-991-171 Fig. 410

72-60-00-991-172 Fig. 411
72-60-00-991-173 Fig. 412
72-60-00-991-174 Fig. 413
72-60-00-991-175 Fig. 414
72-60-00-991-186 Fig. 415

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-00-941-055

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-60-00-010-058

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-60-00-680-051

C. Drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-60-00-020-058

A. Disconnection of Electrical Harness Connectors

(1) Disconnect the electrical harness connectors from the external

gearbox.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-00-991-180)

(a) Disconnect the electrical connectors 4000KC-A, 4000KC-B and

4000KC-C from the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU).

(b) Disconnect the electrical connectors 4004EN-A from the oil

scavenge filter.

(c) Disconnect the electrical connector 4002EN-A from the oil tank.

(d) Disconnect the electrical connectors 4005EV-A and 4005EV-B from

the dedicated alternator.

(e) Disconnect the electrical connector 4006EN-A from the No.4

bearing scavenge valve.

(f) Disconnect the electrical connector 1030GK-A from the hydraulic

pump.

(g) Disconnect the electrical connectors 4000XU-A, 4000XU-B and

4000XU-C from the Integrated Drive Generator (IDG).

(h) Disconnect the IDG cable assembly from the IDG.

1
_ Remove the bolts (5) and the washers (4) and remove the cover
(6) from the terminal block (3).

2
_ Attach a temporary identification tag to each cable.

NOTE : This will make sure each cable is installed on the

____
correct terminal.

3
_ Remove the four nuts (2) and the washer (1) and disconnect the
IDG cable assembly from the terminals. Install the four nuts,
the washers and the cover.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the Electrical Harness from the External Gearbox

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-00-991-180- 17 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the Electrical Harness from the External Gearbox

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-00-991-180- 27 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the Electrical Harness from the External Gearbox

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-00-991-180- 37 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the Electrical Harness from the External Gearbox

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-00-991-180- 47 (SHEET 4)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the Electrical Harness from the External Gearbox

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-00-991-180- 57 (SHEET 5)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the Electrical Harness from the External Gearbox

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-00-991-180- 67 (SHEET 6)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 409
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the Electrical Harness from the External Gearbox

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-00-991-180- 77 (SHEET 7)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 410
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Move the electrical harness clear of the external gearbox.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-00-991-180)

(a) Remove the nut (16), the washer (22), the bolt (19) and the
washer (18) which attach the clip (17) to the clip (21). Detail
B.

(b) Remove the nut (23) and the washers (28) which attach the clips
(26) to the clip (27). Detail C.

(c) Remove the nut (34), the washer (33) and the bolt (29) which
attach the clip (31) to the clip (32). Detail D.

(d) Remove the nut (36), the bolt (38) and the washers (39) which
attach the clips (27) to the bracket (35). Detail E.

(e) Remove the nut (50), the bolt (53) and the washer (52) which
attach the clips (51) to the bracket (40). Detail F.

(f) Remove the nuts (55), the bolts (54) and the washers (57) which
attach the clips (56) to the tubes (20). Detail G.

(g) Remove the nut (59), the bolt (58) and the washer (61) which
attach the clip (61) to tube. Detail H.

(h) Remove the nut (65), the bolt (62) and the washer (63) which
attach the clips (64) and (66) to the raceway. Detail J.

(i) Remove the nut (77), the bolt (78) and the washer (79) which
attach the clip (80) to the tube. Detail K.

(j) Remove the bolts (81), and the washer (83) which attach the clips
(82) to the bracket. Detail L.

(k) Remove the nut (90), the washers (91) and (85) and the bolt (84)
which attach the clips (86) and (92) and the spacers (87) and
(93) to the tube (88). Detail M.

(l) Remove the nut (97), the washer (99) and the bolt (94) which
attach the clips (95) and (98) to the tube (96). Detail N.

(m) Remove the bolt (109) and the washer (116) which attach the clips
(110), (113) and (115) to the spacers (111) and (112). Detail P.

(n) Remove the nut (123), the washer (122) and (118), the bolt (117)
which attach the clips (119) and (121) to the spacer (125) to the
tube. Detail Q.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 411
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(o) Disconnect the electrical connector 4000EL-A from the fuel filter
differential pressure switch.

(p) Temporarily attach the electrical harness clear of the gearbox.

Subtask 72-60-00-020-059

B. Remove the Starter 100KM (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-000-010).

Subtask 72-60-00-020-060

C. Disconnection of Fuel Tubes

(1) Remove the Air Modulating Valve Fuel Supply Tube

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-60-00-991-182)

(a) Remove the bolts (39) and the washers (40) which attach the clips
(41) to the bracket. Detail D.

(b) Remove the nut (43), the washer (44), the bolt (42) which at tach
the clip (45) to the tube. Detail E.

(c) Disconnect the tube (6) from the tubes (3) and (7) and remove the
tube (6).

(2) Remove the HP Servo Fuel Tube

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-60-00-991-181)

NOTE : Some fuel drainage could occur during this procedure. It is

____
recommended that an applicable container is available.

(a) Remove the three bolts (1) that attach the tube (3) to the FMU
and remove and discard the sealing ring (2).

(b) Disconnect the tube (4) from the tube (3).

(c) Disconnect the tube (3) from the tube (5).

(d) Remove the bolt (16) and the washer (18) which attach the clip
(17) to the bracket. Detail A.

(e) Remove the nut (24), the washer (23), the bolt (19) and the
washer (20) which attach the clips (22) and (26) and the spacer
(25) to the tube (21). Detail B.

(f) Remove the bolt (27) and the washer (29) which attach the clip
(28) to the bracket. Detail C.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 412
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(g) Remove the tube (3).

(3) Remove the Fuel Servo Return Tube

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-60-00-991-183)

NOTE : Some fuel drainage could occur during this procedure. It is

____
recommended that an applicable container is available.

(a) Remove the nut (4), the washer (9) which attach the clips (7) and
(8), the spacers (5) and (6) and the raceway to the bracket.
Detail A.

(b) Disconnect the tube (3) from the tube (10).

(c) Remove the three bolts (1) that attach the tube (3) to the FMU
and remove the tube (3). Remove and discard the sealing ring (2).

(4) Remove the LP Fuel Tube

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-60-00-991-184)

NOTE : Some fuel drainage could occur during this procedure. It is

____
recommended that an applicable container is available.

(a) Remove the bolt (54), the washer (63) and the two spacers (57)
and (59) which attach the clips (62), (61), and (58) to the
bracket. Detail D.

(b) Remove the four bolts (8) which attach the tube (9) to the fuel
pump and remove and discard the sealing ring (7).

(c) Remove the three bolts (10) and the washers (11) which attach the
tube (9) to the fuel filter and remove and discard the sealing
ring (12). Remove the tube (9).

(5) Remove the Fuel Servo Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-60-00-991-185)

(a) Remove the nut (4), the bolt (1) and the washer (6) which attach
the clip (5) to the tube (3). Detail A.

(b) Remove the bolt (16) and the washer (17) which attach the clips
(18) to the bracket. Detail B.

(c) Remove the bolt (20) and the washer (21) which attach the clip
(22) to the bracket. Detail C.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 413
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the Modulating Valve Fuel Supply Tube (6)

Figure 402/TASK 72-60-00-991-182- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 414
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the Modulating Valve Fuel Supply Tube (6)

Figure 402/TASK 72-60-00-991-182- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 415
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the HP Servo Fuel Tube (3)

Figure 403/TASK 72-60-00-991-181- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 416
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the HP Servo Fuel Tube (3)

Figure 403/TASK 72-60-00-991-181- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 417
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the HP Servo Fuel Tube (3)

Figure 403/TASK 72-60-00-991-181- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 418
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 72-60-00

Page 419
Nov 01/07
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the Fuel Servo Return Tube (3)

Figure 404/TASK 72-60-00-991-183- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 420
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the Fuel Servo Return Tube (3)

Figure 404/TASK 72-60-00-991-183- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 421
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the LP Fuel Tubes (9) and (4)

Figure 405/TASK 72-60-00-991-184- 15 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 422
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the LP Fuel Tubes (9) and (4)

Figure 405/TASK 72-60-00-991-184- 25 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 423
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the LP Fuel Tubes (9) and (4)

Figure 405/TASK 72-60-00-991-184- 35 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 424
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the LP Fuel Tubes (9) and (4)

Figure 405/TASK 72-60-00-991-184- 45 (SHEET 4)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 425
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the LP Fuel Tubes (9) and (4)

Figure 405/TASK 72-60-00-991-184- 55 (SHEET 5)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 426
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 72-60-00

Page 427
Nov 01/07
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the HP Servo Fuel Tubes (2) and (25)

Figure 406/TASK 72-60-00-991-185- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 428
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the HP Servo Fuel Tubes (2) and (25)

Figure 406/TASK 72-60-00-991-185- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 429
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the HP Servo Fuel Tubes (2) and (25)

Figure 406/TASK 72-60-00-991-185- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 430
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(d) Remove the bolt (23) and the washer (27) which attach the clip
(24) and (26) to the bracket. Detail D.

(e) Disconnect the tubes (2) and (25) from the fuel diverter and
remove the tube (19) from the tube (2).

(6) Remove the FMU Spill Tube

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-60-00-991-184)

NOTE : Some fuel drainage could occur during this procedure. It is

____
recommended that an applicable container is available.

(a) Remove the nut (25), the bolt (22) and the washer (23) which
attach the clip (24) to the tube (26). Detail A.

(b) Remove the bolt (27) and the washer (28) which attach the clip
(29) to the bracket. Detail B.

(c) Remove the nut (41), the washer (42), the bolt (39) and the
spacer (44) which attach the clips (40) and (43) to the tube
(26). Detail C.

(d) Remove the three bolts (5) which attach the tube (4) to the FMU
and remove and discard the sealing ring (6).

(e) Remove the two bolts (3) which attach the tube (4) to the
Diverter Valve and remove and discard the three sealing rings (1)
and (2) and the seal housing (13). Remove the tube (4).

Subtask 72-60-00-020-061

D. Disconnection of Oil Tubes

(1) Remove the No.1, 2 and 3 Bearing Compartment Scavenge Tube Assembly
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-60-00-991-168)

NOTE : Some oil drainage could occur during this procedure. It is

____
recommended that an applicable container be available.

(a) Remove the three bolts (16) which attach the tube (5) to the LP
Compressor/Intermediate case and remove and discard the sealing
ring (17).

(b) Remove the three bolts (18) which attach the tube (6) to the
scavenge pump and remove and discard the sealing ring (19).

(c) Remove the scavenge tube assembly.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 431
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the No. 1, 2 and 3 Bearing Compartment Scavenge Tube Assembly

Figure 407/TASK 72-60-00-991-168- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 432
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the No. 1, 2 and 3 Bearing Compartment Scavenge Tube Assembly

Figure 407/TASK 72-60-00-991-168- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 433
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Disconnect the Oil Feed Tube
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-60-00-991-168)

NOTE : Some oil drainage could occur during this procedure. It is

____
recommended that an applicable container be available.

(a) Disconnect the tube (4) from the tube (2), remove the restrictor
(1) and remove and discard the retaining ring (3).

(3) Disconnect the Oil Scavenge Tube

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-60-00-991-169)

NOTE : Some oil drainage could occur during this procedure. It is

____
recommended that an applicable container be available.

(a) Disconnect the tube (2) from the tube (1).

(4) Disconnect the Oil Spill Tube

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-60-00-991-170)

(a) Disconnect the tube (1) from the oil tank.

(5) Disconnect the ACOC Oil Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-60-00-991-171)

NOTE : Some oil drainage could occur during this procedure. It is

____
recommended that an applicable container be available.

(a) Disconnect the tube (4) from the tube adjacent to the oil tank
and the tube (1) adjacent to the deoiler.

(b) Disconnect the tube (3) from the tube (2) adjacent to the
deoiler.

Subtask 72-60-00-020-073

E. Remove the scavenge oil pump

(1) Remove the scavenge oil pump (Ref. TASK 79-22-41-000-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 434
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the Oil Pump Scavenge Tube (2)

Figure 408/TASK 72-60-00-991-169

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 435
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the FCOC Oil Tubes (1)

Figure 409/TASK 72-60-00-991-170

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 436
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the FCOC Oil Tubes (3) and (4)

Figure 410/TASK 72-60-00-991-171

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 437
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-60-00-020-062

F. Disconnection of Fuel Tubes

(1) Disconnect the LP Fuel Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-60-00-991-172)

(a) Remove the three bolts (3) which attach the tube (4) to the fuel
pump and remove the sealing ring (6) and the bracket (5). Discard
the sealing ring (6).

(b) Remove the three bolts (1) which attach the tube (2) to the fuel
pump and remove and discard the sealing ring (7).

(2) Disconnect the Fuel Flow Transmitter Inlet Tube

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-60-00-991-172)

NOTE : Some fuel drainage could occur during this procedure. It is

____
recommended that an applicable container be available.

(a) Remove the three bolts which attach the tube (8) tothe FMU and
remove and discard the sealing ring.

Subtask 72-60-00-020-074

G. Remove the HP/LP fuel pump

(1) Remove the HP/LP fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-12-41-000-010).

Subtask 72-60-00-020-075

H. Remove the Fuel Metering Unit

(1) Remove the Fuel Metering Unit (Ref. TASK 73-22-52-000-010).

Subtask 72-60-00-020-076

J. Remove the Fuel Flow Transmitter

(1) Remove the Fuel Flow Transmitter (Ref. TASK 73-31-17-000-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 438
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the FCOC fuel Tubes (2) and (4)

Figure 411/TASK 72-60-00-991-172

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 439
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-60-00-020-063

K. Disconnection of Oil Tubes

(1) Remove the IDG Oil Cooling Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-60-00-991-173)

NOTE : Some oil drainage could occur during this procedure. It is

____
recommended that an applicable container be available.

(a) Remove the bolt (1), the washer (2) and the spacer (4) which
attach the clip (3) to the bracket. Detail A.

(b) Remove the bolt (6), the washer (7) and the spacer (9) which
attach the clip (10) to the bracket. Detail B.

(c) Disconnect the tubes (8) and (5) from the IDG and from the tubes
(20) and (21). Remove the tubes (8) and (5).

(2) Disconnect the No.4 Bearing Scavenge Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-60-00-991-174)

NOTE : Some oil drainage could occur during this procedure. It is

____
recommended that an applicable container be available.

(a) Remove the bolt (1), the washer (2) which attach the clip (5) to
the bracket.

(b) Disconnect the tube (3) from the No.4 bearing scavenge valve.

(c) Disconnect the tube (6) from the No.4 bearing scavenge valve.

(3) Disconnect the No.1, 2 and 3 Bearing Compartment Vent Tube

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 72-60-00-991-175)

NOTE : Some oil drainage could occur during this procedure. It is

____
recommended that an applicable container be available.

(a) Remove the bolt (8), the washer (9) and the spacers (6) and (11)
which attach the clips (5) and (10) to the bracket (2).

(b) Remove the three bolts (1) which attach the tube (4) to the
deoiler and remove the bracket (2). Remove and discard the
sealing ring (3).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 440
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Disconnect the Scavenge Filter Differential Pressure Oil Tubes
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 72-60-00-991-186)

(a) Remove the nut (1) the washer (8) and the bolt (5) which attach
the clips (2) and (4) and the spacer (6) to the tube (3). Detail
B.

(b) Remove the bolt (12) and the washer (11) which attach the clips
(10) and (13) and the spacer (9) to the bracket. Detail C.

(c) Disconnect the tubes (3) and (7) from the scavenge filter.

Subtask 72-60-00-020-077

L. Remove IDG

(1) Remove IDG (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-000-010).

Subtask 72-60-00-020-064

M. Disconnect the Hydraulic Pump Hoses

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-60-00-991-171)

WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN

_______
YOUR MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR
EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET
HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.

(1) Put an applicable container below the hydraulic pump.

(2) Disconnect the hydraulic pressure hose (1) and let the hydraulic
fluid drain in to the container until the flow of fluid stops.

(3) Disconnect the hydraulic suction hose (2) and let the hydraulic fluid
drain in to the container until the flow of fluid stops.

(4) Disconnect the hydraulic case drain hose (3) and let the hydraulic
fluid drain in to the container until the flow of fluid stops.

(5) Remove the container and discard the drained hydraulic fluid.

Subtask 72-60-00-020-078

N. Remove the Hydraulic Pump

(1) Remove the Hydraulic Pump (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-000-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 441
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the IDG Oil Cooling Tubes (5) and (8)

Figure 412/TASK 72-60-00-991-173- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 442
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the IDG Oil Cooling Tubes (5) and (8)

Figure 412/TASK 72-60-00-991-173- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 443
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Remove the IDG Oil Cooling Tubes (5) and (8)

Figure 412/TASK 72-60-00-991-173- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 444
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the No. 4 Bearing Scavenge Valve Tubes (3) and (6)
Figure 413/TASK 72-60-00-991-174

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 445
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the No. 1, 2 and 3 Bearing Compartment Vent tube (4)

Figure 414/TASK 72-60-00-991-175

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 446
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 72-60-00

Page 447
Nov 01/07
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the Scavenge Filter Differential Pressure Switch Tubes (3) and (7)
Figure 415/TASK 72-60-00-991-186- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 448
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the Scavenge Filter Differential Pressure Switch Tubes (3) and (7)
Figure 415/TASK 72-60-00-991-186- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 449
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-60-00-400-011

Installation of Units and Related Parts Necessary to Remove the External

Gearbox

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 50.00 lbf.in
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 62.00 to 900.00 lbf.in
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 180.00 to 1800.00 lbf.in
(2.00 to 20.00 m.daN)
IAE1R18001 1 WRENCH
IAE1R18002 1 WRENCH
IAE1R18003 1 WRENCH

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-126 *

lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-148 *
adhesive tape (electrical) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V02-159 *
lacing tape (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V06-086 *
ties (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-038 *
petroleum jelly (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-060 *

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 450
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

liquid paraffin (Ref. 70-30-00)

Material No. V10-077 *
series engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 sealing ring 73-11-49 78A-160

2 sealing ring 73-11-49 76A-180
2 sealing ring 73-11-49 78A-150
2 sealing ring 73-11-49 94A-200
3 retaining ring 79-21-49 86 -150
3 sealing ring 79-22-49 87 -150
3 sealing ring 79-22-49 87 -150A
6 sealing ring 73-11-49 78A-150
6 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-040
7 sealing ring 73-11-49 81 -210
7 sealing ring 73-12-41 80A-040
12 sealing ring 73-11-49 81 -200
17 sealing ring 79-22-49 86 -020
19 sealing ring 79-22-49 86 -080
19 sealing ring 79-22-49 86 -080A

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish

24-21-51-400-010
29-11-51-400-010
70-23-11-911-013
70-23-13-911-010
70-23-15-912-010
70-40-11-911-010
70-40-11-911-014
71-00-00-710-017
Installation of the Integrated Drive Generator -IDG
1(2),(4000XU)
Installation of the Engine Pump (1030GK)
General Torque Tightening Techniques
Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
Connection of Electrical Connectors
Installation of the Tab-type Key Washers
Locking Devices General Information
Ground Test Requirements after Power Plant
Module/Component Repair or Replacement Procedures

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 451
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
73-12-41-400-010 Installation of the Low Pressure (LP)/High Pressure
(HP) Fuel Pump (2001EM1)
73-22-52-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Metering Unit (FMU) (4000KC)
73-31-17-400-010 Installation of the Fuel Flow Transmitter (4010KS)
79-22-41-400-010 Installation of the Scavenge Oil Pump
80-13-41-400-010 Installation of the Starter (100KM)
72-60-00-991-180 Fig. 401
72-60-00-991-182 Fig. 402
72-60-00-991-181 Fig. 403
72-60-00-991-183 Fig. 404
72-60-00-991-184 Fig. 405
72-60-00-991-185 Fig. 406
72-60-00-991-168 Fig. 407
72-60-00-991-169 Fig. 408
72-60-00-991-170 Fig. 409
72-60-00-991-171 Fig. 410
72-60-00-991-172 Fig. 411
72-60-00-991-173 Fig. 412
72-60-00-991-174 Fig. 413
72-60-00-991-175 Fig. 414
72-60-00-991-186 Fig. 415
72-60-00-991-177 Fig. 416
72-60-00-991-179 Fig. 417
72-60-00-991-178 Fig. 418

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-00-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 452
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-60-00-010-064

B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-60-00-420-080

C. Install the IDG

(1) Install the IDG (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-400-010).

Subtask 72-60-00-420-081

D. Install the Hydraulic Pump

(1) Install the Hydraulic Pump (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-400-010).

Subtask 72-60-00-420-082

E. Install the HP/LP fuel pump

(1) Install the HP/LP fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-12-41-400-010).

Subtask 72-60-00-420-083

F. Install the Fuel Metering Unit

(1) Install the Fuel Metering Unit (Ref. TASK 73-22-52-400-010).

Subtask 72-60-00-420-084

G. Install the Scavenge oil pump

(1) Install the Scavenge oil pump (Ref. TASK 79-22-41-400-010).

Subtask 72-60-00-420-085

H. Install the Fuel Flow Transmitter

(1) Install the Fuel Flow Transmitter (Ref. TASK 73-31-17-400-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 453
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-60-00-420-062

J. Connect the Hydraulic Pump Hoses

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 72-60-00-991-177)

(1) Connect the hydraulic suction hose (2) to the hydraulic pump.

(2) TORQUE the hose connector to between 1520 and 1680 lbf.in (17.17 and
18.98 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(3) Connect the hydraulic pressure hose (1) to the hydraulic pump.

(4) TORQUE the hose connector to between 855 and 945 lbf.in (9.66 and
10.67 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(5) Connect the hydraulic case drain hose (3) to the hydraulic pump.

(6) TORQUE the hose connector to between 215 and 245 lbf.in (2.42 and
2.76 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

Subtask 72-60-00-420-063

K. Connection of Oil Tubes

(1) Connect the Scavenge Filter Differential Pressure Switch Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 72-60-00-991-186)

(a) Connect the tubes (3) and (7) to the scavenge filter.

(b) TORQUE the tube connectors to between 135 and 145 lbf.in (1.52
and 1.63 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(c) Attach the clips (2) and (4) and the spacer (6) to the tube (3)
with the bolt (5), the washer (8) and the nut (1).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 72-60-00-991-186)
Detail B.

(d) Attach the clips (10), (13) and the spacer (9) to the bracket
with the bolt (12), the washer (11).
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 72-60-00-991-186)
Detail C.

(e) TORQUE the nut and the bolt to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and
0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(f) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 454
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Disconnect the Hydraulic Pump Hoses

Figure 416/TASK 72-60-00-991-177

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 455
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Connect the No.1, 2 and 3 Bearing Compartment Vent Tube
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 72-60-00-991-175)

(a) Lightly lubricate sealing ring (3) with series engine oil
(Material No. V10-077) and install it on the tube (4) (Ref. TASK
70-23-13-911-010).

(b) Together with the bracket (2) install the three bolts (1) which
attach the tube (4) to the gearbox.

(c) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(d) Attach the clips (5) and (10) and the spacers (6) and (11) to the
bracket with the bolt (8) and the washer (9).

(e) TORQUE the bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(3) Connect the No.4 Bearing Scavenge Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 72-60-00-991-174)

(a) Connect the tube (6) to the No.4 bearing scavenge valve.

(b) TORQUE the tube connector to between 204 and 221 lbf.in (2.30 and
2.49 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(c) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-010).

(d) Connect the tube (3) to the No.4 bearing scavenge valve.

(e) TORQUE the tube connector with the wrench, WRENCH (IAE1R18003),
to between 566 and 611 lbf.in (6.39 and 6.90 m.daN) (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013).

(f) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-010).

(g) Attach the clip (5) to the bracket with the bolt (1) and the
washer (2).

(h) TORQUE the bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 456
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Install the IDG Oil Cooling Tubes
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-60-00-991-173)

(a) Connect the tube (8) to the tube (20) and to the IDG.

(b) TORQUE the tube connectors to between 398 and 434 lbf.in (4.49
and 4.90 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(c) Connect the tube (5) to the tube (21) and to the IDG.

(d) TORQUE the tube connectors to between 319 and 345 lbf.in (3.60
and 3.89 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(e) Attach the clip (3) and the spacer (4) to the bracket with the
bolt (1) and the washer (2).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-60-00-991-173)
Detail A.

(f) Attach the clip (10) and the spacer (9) to the bracket with the
bolt (6) and the washer (7).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 72-60-00-991-173)
Detail B.

(g) TORQUE the bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(5) Connect the ACOC Oil Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 72-60-00-991-171)

(a) Connect the tube (4) to the tube (1) adjacent to the deoiler.

(b) TORQUE the tube connector with the wrench, WRENCH (IAE1R18002) to
between 478 and 513 lbf.in (5.40 and 5.79 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013).

(c) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-010).

(d) Connect the tube (4) to the tube adjacent to the oil tank.

(e) TORQUE the tube connector with the wrench, WRENCH (IAE1R18002),
to between 478 and 513 lbf.in (5.40 and 5.79 m.daN) (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013).

(f) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 457
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(g) Connect the tube (3) to the tube (2).

(h) TORQUE the tube connector with the wrench, WRENCH (IAE1R18002) to
between 478 and 513 lbf.in (5.40 and 5.79 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013).

(i) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-010).

(6) Connect the Oil Spill Tube

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 72-60-00-991-170)

(a) Connect the tube (1) to the oil tank.

(b) TORQUE the tube connector to between 159 and 177 lbf.in (1.79 and
2.00 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(c) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-010).

Subtask 72-60-00-420-064

L. Connection of Fuel Tubes

(1) Connect the Fuel Flow Transmitter Inlet Tube

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-60-00-991-172)

(a) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring with liquid paraffin

(Material No. V10-060) or petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038)
and install it on the tube (8) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

(b) Install the three bolts that attach the tube (8) to the fuel
metering unit (FMU).

(c) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(d) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-010).

(2) Connect the LP Fuel Tubes to the Fuel Pump

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 72-60-00-991-172)

(a) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring (7) with liquid paraffin
(Material No. V10-060) or petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038)
and install it on the tube (8) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 458
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Install the sealing ring (7) on the tube (2) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010) and install the three bolts (1) which attach the tube
(2) to the fuel pump.

(c) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(d) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring (6) with liquid paraffin
(Material No. V10-060) or petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038).

(e) Install the sealing ring (6) on the tube (4) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010) and install the bracket (5) and the three bolts (3)
which attach the tube (4) tothe fuel pump.

(f) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

Subtask 72-60-00-420-065

M. Connection of Oil Tubes

(1) Connect the Oil Scavenge Tube

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 72-60-00-991-169)

(a) Connect the tube (2) to the tube (1).

(b) TORQUE the tube connector with the wrench, WRENCH (IAE1R18001) to
between 398 and 434 lbf.in (4.49 and 4.90 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013).

(c) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-010).

(2) Connect the Oil Feed Tube

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-60-00-991-168)

(a) Install the restrictor (1) and a new retaining ring (3) to the
tube (4).

(b) Connect the tube (4) to the tube (2).

(c) TORQUE the tube connector to between 283 and 310 lbf.in (3.19 and
3.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(d) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 459
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Install the No. 1,2 and 3 Bearing Compartment Scavenge Tube Assembly
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 72-60-00-991-168)

(a) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring (17) with series engine oil
(Material No. V10-077). Install the sealing ring to the tube (5)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

(b) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring (19) with series engine oil
(Material No. V10-077). Install the sealing ring on the tube (6)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

(c) Install the scavenge tube assembly between the scavenge pump and
the LP compressor/intermediate case.

1
_ Install the three bolts (18) which attach the tube (6) to the
scavenge pump.

2
_ TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

3
_ Install the three bolts (16) which attach the tube (5) to the
LP compressor/intermediate case.

4
_ TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

Subtask 72-60-00-420-066

N. Connection of Fuel Tubes

(1) Install the FMU Spill Tube

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-60-00-991-184)

(a) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring (6) with liquid paraffin
(Material No. V10-060) or petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038).
Install the sealing ring on the tube (4) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-
010).

(b) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring (1) with liquid paraffin
(Material No. V10-060) or petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038).
Install the sealing ring on the seal housing (13) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-13-911-010).

(c) Lightly lubricate two new sealing ring (2) with liquid paraffin
(Material No. V10-060) or petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038).
Install the sealing rings on the tube (4) and the seal housing
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 460
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(d) Install the seal housing on the tube (4).

(e) Put the tube (4) into position between the FMU and the fuel
diverter valve.

(f) Install the three bolts (5) which attach the tube (4) to the FMU.

(g) Install the two bolts (3) which attach the tube (4) to the fuel
divertor valve.

(h) TORQUE the five bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(i) Attach the clip (24) to the tube (26) with the bolt (22), the
washer (23) and the nut (25). Detail A.

(j) Attach the clip (29) to the bracket with the bolt (27) and the
washer (28). Detail B.

(k) Attach the clips (40) and (43) and the spacer (44) to the tube
(26) with the bolt (39), the washer (42) and the nut (41). Detail
C.

(l) TORQUE the bolts and nuts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and
0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(2) Install the Fuel Servo Tubes

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 72-60-00-991-185)

(a) Loosely connect the tubes (2) and (25) to the fuel diverter.

(b) Attach the clip (5) to the tube (3) with the bolt (1), the washer
(6) and the nut (4). Detail A.

(c) Attach the clip (18) to the bracket with the bolt (16) and the
washer (17). Detail B.

(d) Attach the clip (22) to the bracket with the bolt (20) and the
washer (21). Detail C.

(e) Attach the clip (24) and (26) to the bracket with the bolt (23)
and the washer (27). Detail D.

(f) TORQUE the nuts and bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and
0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 461
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(g) TORQUE the connector of the tube (25) to between 204 and 221
lbf.in (2.30 and 2.49 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(h) TORQUE the connector of the tube (2) to between 159 and 177
lbf.in (1.79 and 2.00 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(i) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-014).

(3) Install the LP Fuel Tube

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 72-60-00-991-184)

(a) Lightly lubricate a new sealing ring (7) with liquid paraffin
(Material No. V10-060) or petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038).
Install the sealing ring on the tube (9) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-
010).

(b) Lightly lubricate two new sealing ring (12) with liquid paraffin
(Material No. V10-060) or petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038).
Install the sealing rings on the tube (9) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010).

(c) With the tube (9) in position, install the seven bolts (8) and
(10) which attach the tube (9) to the fuel pump and the FCOC.

(d) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(e) Attach the clips (62), (61), (58) and (60) and the spacers (57)
and (59) to the bracket with the bolt (54) and the washer (63).
Detail D.

(f) TORQUE the bolt to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(4) Install the Fuel Servo Return Tube

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 72-60-00-991-183)

(a) Lightly lubricate a sealing ring (2) with liquid paraffin

(Material No. V10-060) or petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038).
Install the sealing ring on the FMU connector of the tube (2)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

(b) Loosely connect the tube (3) to the tube (10).

(c) Install the three bolts (1) which attach the tube (3) to the FMU.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 462
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(d) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(e) TORQUE the connector of the tube (3) to between 283 and 310
lbf.in (3.19 and 3.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(f) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-014).

(g) Attach the clips (7) and (8) the raceway and the spacers (5) and
(6) to the bracket with the bolt (4) and the washers (8). Detail
A.

(h) TORQUE the bolt to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(5) Install the HP Servo Fuel Tube

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 72-60-00-991-181)

(a) Lightly lubricate a sealing ring (2) with liquid paraffin

(Material No. V10-060) or petroleum jelly (Material No. V10-038).
Install the sealing ring on the FMU connector of the tube (3)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

(b) Loosely connect the tube (3) to the tube (5), then connect the
tube (3) to the FMU.

(c) Install the three bolts (1) which attach the tube (3) to the FMU.

(d) TORQUE the bolts to between 85 and 105 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(e) TORQUE the connector to between 283 and 310 lbf.in (3.19 and 3.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(f) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-014).

(g) Connect the tube (6) to the tube (3).

(h) TORQUE the tube connector to between 159 and 177 lbf.in (1.79 and
2.00 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(i) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 463
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(j) Attach the clip (17) to the bracket with the bolt (16) and the
washer (18).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-60-00-991-182)
Detail A.

(k) Attach the clips (22) and (26) and thespacer (25), with the bolt
(19), the washers (20) and (23) and the nut (24). Detail B.

(l) Attach the clip (28) to the bracket with the bolt (27) and the
washer (29). Detail C.

(m) TORQUE the nut and the bolt to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and
0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(6) Install the Air Modulating Valve Supply Tube

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 72-60-00-991-182)

(a) Loosely connect the tube (6) to the tubes (3) and (7).

(b) Attach the clips (41) to the bracket with the bolts (39) and the
washers (40). Detail D.

(c) Attach the clip (45) to the tube with the bolt (42), the washers
(44) and the nut (43). Detail E.

(d) TORQUE the connectors of the tube (6) to between 159 and 177
lbf.in (1.79 and 2.00 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(e) Safety with lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-
911-014).

Subtask 72-60-00-420-067

P. Electrical Harness Installation Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 72-60-00-991-179)

(1) During the installation procedure make sure the harnesses are held
temporarily along their different lengths. Always install the datum
clip positions when you install each electrical connector. This will
give correct installation of the different harnesses, prevent too
much strain on the electrical connectors and give the necessary drip
loops (the drip loop makes sure moisture or fluids do not go in to
the electrical connector).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 464
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Electrical Harness Installation Procedure

Figure 417/TASK 72-60-00-991-179

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 465
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Because of the differences between the harness diameters, the
specified clip could be too large or too small. You can use a clip
from a range of six clips that have the same part number. If the
harness diameter is between two of the clips in the range, use the
larger clip. When you do this use adhesive tape (electrical)
(Material No. V02-148) to increase the harness diameter.

(3) For the data on the connection of electrical connectors refer to

(Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010).

Subtask 72-60-00-420-068

Q. Connect the Electrical Harness to the External Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-00-991-180)

(1) Remove the cover (6) from the IDG cable assembly terminals and
connect the four cables totheir correct terminals.

(2) Install the four nuts (2) and TORQUE them to between 20 and 22 lbf.in
(0.22 and 0.24 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(3) Install the terminal cover (6), the bolts (5) and the washers (4) and
TORQUE the two bolts to between 20 and 22 lbf.in (0.22 and 0.24
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(4) Remove the temporary identification tags.

(5) Connect the two general services electrical connectors 4000XU-A and
4000XU-B tothe IDG and TORQUE them to to 27 lbf.in (0.30 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(6) Connect the general services electrical connetor 4000XU-C to the IDG
and TORQUE it to to 13 lbf.in (0.14 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).

(7) Connect the general services electrical connetor 1030GK-A to the

hydraulic pump and TORQUE it to 14 lbf.in (0.15 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-
23-11-911-013).

(8) Connect the general services electrical connetor 4006EN-A to the No.4
bearing scavenge valve and TORQUE it to 14 lbf.in (0.15 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013). and TORQUE it to 14 lbf.in (0.15 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 466
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(9) Connect the two EEC harness electrical connectors 4005EV-A and
4005EV-B tothe dedicated alternator and TORQUE them to 16 lbf.in
(0.18 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013). Temporarily support the
harness with ties (Material No. V06-086).

(10) Connect the general services electrical connetor 4002EN-A to the oil
tank and TORQUE it to 18 lbf.in (0.20 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-
013).

(11) Attach the clip (17) to the tube (21) with the bolt (19), the washers
(17) and and (22) the nut (16). Detail B.

(12) TORQUE to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN) (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013).

(13) Connect the general services electrical connetor 4004EN-A to the oil
scavenge filter and TORQUE it to 18 lbf.in (0.20 m.daN) (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013).

(14) Connect the general services electrical connetor 4000KC-A to the FMU
and TORQUE it to 13 lbf.in (0.14 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(15) Connect the two EEC harness electrical connectors 4000KC-B and
4000KC-C to the and TORQUE them to 20 lbf.in (0.22 m.daN) (Ref. TASK
70-23-11-911-013).

(16) Attach the clip (26) to the clip (27) with the bolt (25), the washers
(24) and (28) and the nut (23). Detail C.

(17) TORQUE the nut to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(18) Connect the general services electrical connetor 4000EL-A to the fuel
filter differential pressure switch and TORQUE it to 14 lbf.in (0.15
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(19) Attach the clip (31) to the clip (32) with the bolt (29), the washers
(30) and (33) and the nut (34). Detail D.

(20) TORQUE the nut to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(21) Attach the clips (37) to the bracket (35) with the bolt (38), the
washer (39) and the nut (36). Detail E.

(22) Attach the clips (51) to the bracket (49) with the bolt (53), the
washer (52) and the nut (50). Detail F.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 467
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(23) Attach the clips (56) to the tube (20) with the bolts (54), the
washers (57) and the nuts (55). Detail G.

(24) Attach the clips (60) to the tube with the bolt (58), the washer (61)
and the nut (59). Detail H.

(25) Attach the clips (64) and (66) to the raceway with the bolt (62), the
washer (63) and the nut (65). Detail J.

(26) Attach the clip (80) to the tube with the bolt (78), the washer (79)
and the nuts (77). Detail K.

(27) Attach the clips (82) to the bracket with the bolts (81) and the
washers (83). Detail L.

(28) Attach the clips (86) and (92) and the spacers (87) and (93) to the
tube (88) with the bolt (84), the washers (85) and (91) and the nut
(90). Detail M.

(29) Attach the clips (95) and (98) to the tube (96) with the bolt (94),
the washers (99) and the nut (97). Detail N.

(30) Attach the clips (110), (114) and (115) and the spacer (111) and
(112) to the bracket with the bolt (109) and the washer (116). Detail
P.

(31) Attach the clips (119) and (121) and the spacer (125) to the tube
(120) with the bolt (177), the washers (118), (122) and the nut
(123). Detail Q.

(32) TORQUE the nuts or bolts to between 36 and 45 lbf.in (0.40 and 0.50
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(33) Make sure the clip positions 1043 and 1048 at detail G and B hold the
spirap protective tape.

Subtask 72-60-00-220-051

R. Measure the Harness Clearances and Examine the Harness Route

(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 72-60-00-991-178)

(1) Measure the clearance between all the different harnesses and the
engine parts.

(a) The general clearance must be a minimum of 0.250 in. (6.35 mm).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 468
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Examine the Harness Routing

Figure 418/TASK 72-60-00-991-178

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 469
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) A minimum clearance of 0.100 in. (2.54 mm) is necessary between
the EEC harness, the IDG oil cooler and the tubes in the area
shown in.

(c) To check the clearance, push the harness with a light pressure of
the thumb then release. The harness must spring back and give the
minimum cleareance. The harness must not move throught the
adjacent clips.

(d) The harness can touch the smooth parts of the brackets if the
harness is clipped to them. The harness must be held so there is
no movement between the harness and the bracket.

(2) Adjust the harness (if necessary) to get the minimum clearance.

(3) TORQUE the clip position nut or bolt to between 36 and 45 lbf.in
(0.40 and 0.50 m.daN). (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013)

(4) Examine the harness routing.

(a) Make sure the wire bundle breakout curves smoothly from the
primary harness and is in the direction of the component to which
it connect. It must not go across the primary harness.

(b) If the primary harness, the wire bundle breakout or a different

harness touch each other they must be attached to each other. The
bundles must not move in relation to each other.

Subtask 72-60-00-420-070

S. Attach the Harness Together

(1) Attach the wire bundle breakout to the primary harness with lacing
tape (Material No. V02-159) so they do not move in relation to each
other.

(2) Attach the parallel harnesses and those which go across each other
together. If it is necessary, wrap adhesive tape (electrical)
(Material No. V02-148) around the harness (to prevent abrasion). Then
attach them together with lacing tape (Material No. V02-159).

Subtask 72-60-00-420-071

T. Install the Starter 0100KM (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-400-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 470
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-60-00-410-060

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-60-00-612-052

B. Fill the oil tank and the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).

Subtask 72-60-00-942-054

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 72-60-00-790-051

D. For test requirements (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-017).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 471
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-60-00-000-010

Removal of the External Gearbox

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific covers, caps, plugs

No specific warning notice
IAE1F10011 1 PIN, HANDLING
IAE1F10021 1 STAND, STORAGE
IAE1F10022 1 JACK, HYDRAULIC
IAE1F10023 1 ADAPTER, HANDLING
IAE1F10026 1 PUMP-HYDRAULIC
IAE1F10292 1 PULLER-REMOVAL
IAE1F10293 1 PULLER-REMOVAL
IAE1F10294 1 PULLER-REMOVAL
IAE1F10412 1 PUSHER-PULLER,R/I

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-010 Drain the Engine Oil System

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-60-00-000-011 Removal of Units and Related Parts Necessary to
Remove the External Gearbox
72-60-00-991-150 Fig. 419
72-60-00-991-152 Fig. 420
72-60-00-991-155 Fig. 421

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 472
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-00-941-056

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-60-00-010-059

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-60-00-680-053

C. Drain the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-010).

Subtask 72-60-00-010-060

D. Remove the related parts and the light duty electrical harness from the
module where necessary (Ref. TASK 72-60-00-000-011).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-60-00-480-053

A. Install the External Gearbox Support Tools

(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 72-60-00-991-150)

(1) Install the two PIN, HANDLING (IAE1F10011) (4), on the ground
handling bosses on the bottom of the gearbox.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 473
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


External Gearbox-Support Tooling

Figure 419/TASK 72-60-00-991-150- 12 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 474
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


External Gearbox-Support Tooling

Figure 419/TASK 72-60-00-991-150- 22 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 475
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) If necessary Install the PUMP-HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10026), on the JACK,
HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10022).

(3) Install the ADAPTER, HANDLING (IAE1F10023) (2), on the plate of the
JACK, HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10022). Make sure the adjustable support of the
hydraulic jack is in lowered position.

(4) Move the JACK, HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10022) (3), with the gearbox adapter
below the engine. Operate the hydraulic pump to lift the hydraulic
jack until the gearbox adapter is at about 2.75 in. (69.85 mm) from
the gearbox.

(5) Turn clockwise the knob on the front of the hydraulic jack base to
prevent any accidental lowering of the hydraulic jack.

(6) Align the holes on the shock absorbers (5) of the gearbox adapter (2)
with the two handling pins (4). Align the angle gearbox support (10)
with the angle gearbox (7).

(7) Turn clockwise the handwheel of the adjustable support of the

hydraulic jack. Lift the gearbox adapter until the handling pins are
fully in to the holes of the shock absorbers. Make sure the angle
gearbox support touches the angle gearbox.

(8) install the two safety pins (6) in to the hole of the handling pins
(4).

(9) Put the two locking rods (8) in position on the bosses (11) of the
angle gearbox (7). Safety with the knobs.

(10) Turn clockwise the handwheel of the adjustable support to remove the
weight of the external gearbox from the link.

Subtask 72-60-00-020-066

B. Disconnect the External Gearbox from the Engine

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)

(1) Disconnect the right hand link on the front of the gearbox

(a) Remove the two bolts that safety the bonding strap and the pins.
Remove the bonding strap. Install again the bolts and tighten by
hand.

(b) Remove the two nuts, washers and bolts which attach the two
brackets to the intermediate case flange.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 476
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Disconnect the left hand link on the front of the gearbox

(a) Remove the two bolts that safety the bonding strap and the pins.
Remove the bonding strap. Install again the bolts and tighten by
hand.

(b) Remove the two nuts, washers and bolts which attach the two
brackets to the intermediate case flange.

(3) Remove the two nuts, washers and bolts which attach the brackets of
the rear link to the intermediate case flange.

(4) Disconnect the front center link

NOTE : Do the subsequent operation to get easier access to the front

____
link of the gearbox.

(5) Move the external gearbox away from the engine:

CAUTION : DO NOT PUT LOAD ON THE FRONT LINK AND BRACKETS WITH THE
_______
WEIGHT OF THE GEARBOX DURING THE SUBSEQUENT OPERATION.

(a) Turn counterclockwise the handwheel of the adjustable support to

move the external gearbox away from the engine until the link is
in vertical position.

(b) Remove the two nuts, washers and bolts which attach the brackets
to the intermediate case flange.

(6) Remove the external gearbox from the engine

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)

(7) Turn counterclockwise the knob on the front of the hydraulic jack
base to lower the hydraulic jack. Move the external gearbox from the
engine.

(8) Remove and discard the seal ring from the PTO shaft seal tube on the
engine.

Subtask 72-60-00-480-054

C. Put the Adapter Gearbox/External Gearbox Assemblies in the STAND, STORAGE

(IAE1F10021)

(1) Move the hydraulic jack to the front of the opened side of the
storage stand.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 477
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


External Gearbox
Figure 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 478
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


External Gearbox
Figure 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 479
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


External Gearbox
Figure 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 480
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) If necessary, lift the hydraulic jack until the gearbox adapter is
higher than the storage stand.

(3) Move the hydraulic jack and align the gearbox adapter with the
support of the storage stand.

(4) Slowly lower the hydraulic jack until the gearbox adapter touches the
support of the storage stand. Safety with the quick release pins.
Remove the hydraulic jack from the storage stand.

Subtask 72-60-00-010-061

D. Remove the Support Link Assemblies from the External Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155)

(1) Remove the right hand link with the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10292)

(a) Remove the bolt that safeties the pin to the lug.

(b) Remove the hexagonal head screw from the puller support (if
installed).

(c) Put the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10292), against the gearbox lug.

Align and install the rod of the pusher in to the hole on the lug
adjacent to the pin.

(d) Put the driver bolt through the smaller hole of the puller
support and install in to the bolt hole of the pin.

(e) Put the hexagonal head screw through the larger hole of the
puller support and through the internal hole of the pin. Install
the special nut on the threaded end of the hexagonal head screw
and turn against the pin.

(f) Turn the hexagonal head screw with a standard wrench until the
pin is removed from the lugs.

(g) Remove the driver bolt and the pusher from the gearbox lug.
Remove the special nut and remove the pin from the hexagonal head
screw.

(2) Remove the left hand link with the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10293)

(a) Remove the bolt that safeties the pin to the lug.

(b) Remove the hexagonal head screw from the puller support (if
installed).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 481
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Gearbox Pins
Figure 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155- 13 (SHEET 1)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 482
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Gearbox Pins
Figure 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155- 23 (SHEET 2)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 483
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Gearbox Pins
Figure 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155- 33 (SHEET 3)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 484
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) Put the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10293), against the gearbox lug.
Align and install the rod of the pusher in to the hole on the lug
adjacent the pin.

(d) Put the driver bolt through the smaller hole of the puller
support and install in to the bolt hole of the pin.

(e) Put the hexagonal head screw through the larger hole of the
puller support and through the internal hole of the pin. Install
the special nut on the threaded end of the hexagonal head screw
and turn against the pin.

(f) Turn the hexagonal head screw with a standard wrench until the
pin is removed from the lugs.

(g) Remove the driver bolt and the puller from the gearbox lug.
Remove the special nut and remove the pin from the hexagonal head
screw.

(3) Remove the center link with the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10294)

(a) Remove the bolt that safeties the pin to the lug.

(b) Remove the hexagonal head screw from the puller support (if
installed).

(c) Put the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10294) against the gearbox lug.

(d) Put the driver bolt through the smaller hole of the puller
support and install in to the bolt hole of the pin.

(e) Put the hexagonal head screw through the larger hole of the
puller support and through the internal hole of the pin. Install
the special nut on the threaded end of the hexagonal head screw
and turn against the pin.

(f) Turn the hexagonal head screw with a standard wrench until the
pin is removed from the lugs.

(g) Remove the driver bolt and the puller from the gearbox lug.
Remove the special nut and remove the pin from the hexagonal head
screw.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 485
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(4) Remove the rear link from the angle gearbox support

(a) Remove the bolt and washer which attach the rear pin to the lug.

(b) Put the fork of the PUSHER-PULLER,R/I (IAE1F10412) in to the

groove of the pin.

(c) Hold the pusher/puller by hand and hit the handle with a hammer
until the pin is removed from the lugs.

(5) Remove the brackets and the pins from the three front links

(a) Remove the brackets from the free ends of the three pins.

(b) Remove the bolts which attach the pins to the brackets.

(c) Remove the pins from the three links. Use a soft drift.

(d) Remove the remaining brackets from the pins.

(6) Remove the brackets and the pin from the rear link

(a) Remove the two brackets from the ends of the pin.

(b) Remove the pin from the rear link. Use a soft drift.

(7) Put the applicable covers, caps, plugs on all the openings.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 486
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-60-00-400-010

Installation of the External Gearbox

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific hot air gun

No specific lint free cloth
No specific warning notice
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 62.00 to 900.00 lbf.in
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
IAE1F10011 1 PIN, HANDLING
IAE1F10012 1 PUSHER, INSTALLATION
IAE1F10021 1 STAND, STORAGE
IAE1F10022 2 JACK, HYDRAULIC
IAE1F10023 1 ADAPTER, HANDLING
IAE1F10026 1 PUMP-HYDRAULIC
IAE1F10044 1 DRIVER-INSTALLATION

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-124 *

trichloroethane inhibited and stabilized
(Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-077 *
series engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 487
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-13-79-610-011 Check Oil Level and Replenish

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques
70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
71-00-00-710-017 Ground Test Requirements after Power Plant
Module/Component Repair or Replacement Procedures
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-60-00-400-011 Installation of Units and Related Parts Necessary to
Remove the External Gearbox
79-21-44-000-010 Removal of the Pressure Oil Filter Element(6005EM)
79-21-44-400-010 Installation of the Pressure Oil Filter
Element(6005EM)
79-22-44-000-010 Removal of the Scavenge Oil Filter Element (6001EM)
79-22-44-400-010 Installation of the Scavenge Oil Filter Element
(6001EM)
72-60-00-991-150 Fig. 419
72-60-00-991-152 Fig. 420
72-60-00-991-155 Fig. 421
72-60-00-991-158 Fig. 422

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-00-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 488
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-60-00-010-063

B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-60-00-110-053

C. Preparation for Installation

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT ON
_______
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE FLUID IN
A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR. IF YOU GET
THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES FLUSH IT AWAY
WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME
IRRITATED.

(1) Use a clean lint free cloth made moist with trichloroethane inhibited
and stabilized (Material No. V01-124) to clean these parts
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152, 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155)

(2) All links, pins and brackets which attach the external gearbox to the
engine.

(3) The flange and the mating diameter of the angle gearbox and the PTO
shaft seal tube on the intermediate case.

(4) The flange mating surfaces on the inlet and outlet tubes.

(5) Remove the applicable covers/caps/plugs from all the openings.

Subtask 72-60-00-410-061

D. Install the Support Link Assemblies to the External Gearbox

(1) Install the three front links to the gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155)

WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE HOT PARTS WITHOUT PROTECTIVE GLOVES. HOT
_______
PARTS CAN CAUSE REDDENING AND BLISTERING OF THE SKIN IF THE
HANDS ARE NOT PROTECTED. IMMERSE THE CONTACTED AREA IN COLD
WATER FOR 10 MINUTES IF THE SKIN IS BURNED. GET MEDICAL
HELP IF PAIN OR BLISTERING PERSISTS.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 489
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(a) Increase the temperature of one end of the right hand link to 250
deg.F (121 deg.C) maximum. Use a hot air gun.

(b) Put the hot end of the link between the lugs on the gearbox.
Align the hole of the spherical bearing of the link with the hole
of the lugs.

(c) Lubricate the pin with series engine oil (Material No. V10-077).

(d) Install the pin in to the hole on the front lug and push through
the spherical bearing and the rear lug.

(e) Do the subsequent operations if the installation of the pin is

not easy by hand

1
_ Align the hole on the pin flange with the hole on the front
lug.

2
_ Put the DRIVER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10044), through the hole on
the pin flange and install in to the hole on the front lug.

3
_ Install the hexagonal head screw of the PUSHER, INSTALLATION
(IAE1F10012), through the pin and the rear lug.

4
_ Install the nut on the free end of the hexagonal head screw.
Turn the nut until it touches the rear lug.

5
_ Hold the hexagonal head screw. Turn clockwise the hexagonal
nut until the pin is fully installed. Use a standard wrench.

6
_ Let the link get to room temperature. Remove the PUSHER,
INSTALLATION (IAE1F10012), and the DRIVER-INSTALLATION
(IAE1F10044), from the pin.

(f) Do the steps (1) thru (5) for the left hand link and for the
center link.

(g) Install the bolts which attach the pins of the right hand link
and the left hand link. Tighten by hand.

(h) Install the bolt which attaches the pin of the center link.
TORQUE the bolt to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 490
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Install the rear link to the gearbox
(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155)

(a) Increase the temperature of one end of the rear link to 250 deg.F
(121 deg.C). Use a hot air gun.

(b) Put the hot end of the link between the lugs on the angle gearbox
support. Align the hole of the spherical bearing of the link with
the hole of the lugs.

(c) Lubricat the pin with series engine oil (Material No. V10-077).

(d) Install the pin in to the hole on the front lug and push through
the spherical bearing and the rear lug. position.

(e) Install the washer and bolt in to the hole on the boss adjacent
to the front lug.

(f) Make sure that the bolt engages with the groove of the pin.

(g) TORQUE the bolt to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(3) Install the brackets to the three front links

(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155)

(a) Increase the temperature of the free end of the right hand link
to 250 deg.F (121 deg.C) maximum. Use a hot air gun.

(b) Lubricate the pin with series engine oil (Material No. V10-077).

(c) Install the pin in to the hole of the front bracket.

(d) Align the hole on the pin flange with the hole of the bracket.
Safety the pin with the bolt.

(e) Put the pin with the bracket through the hole of the spherical
bearing of the link.

(f) Install the rear bracket on the free end of the pin.

(g) Keep all the parts together until the link gets to room
temperature.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 491
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(h) Do the subsequent operations if the installation of the pin is
not easy by hand

1
_ Install the hexagonal head screw of the PUSHER, INSTALLATION
(IAE1F10012), through the pin and the rear bracket.

2
_ Install the nut on the free end of the hexagonal head screw.
Turn the nut until it touches the rear bracket.

3
_ Hold the hexagonal head screw. Turn the hexagonal nut
clockwise until the pin is fully installed. Use a standard
wrench.

4
_ Let the link get to room temperature. Remove the pusher from
the pin.

(i) Do the step (1) thru (8) for the installation of the brackets on
the left hand link and on the center link.

(4) Install the brackets on the rear link

(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 72-60-00-991-155)

(a) Increase the temperature of the free end of the rear link to 250
deg.F (121 deg.C) maximum. Use a hot air gun.

(b) Lubricate the pin with series engine oil (Material No. V10-077).

(c) Install the pin through the hole of the spherical bearing of the
link. Push until the pin protrudes equally from each side of the
spherical bearing.

(d) Install the two brackets on the two ends of the pin.

(e) Safety the brackets with the two bolts, washers and nuts. Tighten
the bolts by hand.

(f) Let the link get to room temperature.

(g) Remove the two bolts, washers and nuts from the brackets.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 492
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-60-00-010-062

E. Remove the Crank Cover from the External Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 72-60-00-991-158)

(1) Remove the two nuts (4) and the washers (3) from the crank cover (2).

(2) Remove the crank cover (2) from the front of the external gearbox.

(3) Remove and discard the packing (1).

Subtask 72-60-00-420-073

F. Install the Seal Ring on the PTO Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)

(1) Lubricate the mating diameter of the angle gearbox casing with series
engine oil (Material No. V10-077).

(2) Lubricate the seal ring with series engine oil (Material No. V10-
077).

(3) Install the seal ring on the PTO shaft seal tube (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010).

Subtask 72-60-00-480-055

G. Install the External Gearbox to the Support Equipment

(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 72-60-00-991-150)

NOTE : The external gearbox is installed on the STAND, STORAGE

____
(IAE1F10021), with the ADAPTER, HANDLING (IAE1F10023), and the
PIN, HANDLING (IAE1F10011).

(1) If necessary, install the PUMP-HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10026) on the JACK,

HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10022), and connect the hose.

(2) Move the hydraulic jack below the external gearbox.

(3) Align the pin on the hydraulic jack plate with the bore on the
gearbox adapter.

(4) Operate the hydraulic pump to lift the hydraulic jack. Remove the
external gearbox from the storage stand.

(5) Make sure the adjustable support of the hydraulic jack is in the
lowered position.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 493
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Crank Cover
Figure 422/TASK 72-60-00-991-158

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 494
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-60-00-820-051

A. Align the External Gearbox for Installation to the Engine

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)

(1) Carefully move the external gearbox below the engine.

(2) Lift the JACK, HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10022) (4), until the external gearbox
is at about 2.75 in. (69.85 mm) from the intermediate case.

(3) Align the external gearbox with the intermediate case of the engine.

(4) Turn clockwise the knob on the front of the hydraulic jack base to
prevent any accidental lowering of the hydraulic jack.

Subtask 72-60-00-420-072

B. Installation of the External Gearbox to the Engine

(1) Attach the front center link to the intermediate case flange
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)

(a) Hold the link in vertical position.

(b) Turn clockwise the handwheel adjacent to the adjustable support

of the JACK, HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10022) (4). Lift the external
gearbox until the holes on the brackets are aligned with the
holes on the intermediate case flange.

(c) Install the two bolts, washers and nuts which attach the brackets
to the intermediate case flange.

(d) TORQUE the nuts to between 270 and 370 lbf.in (3.05 and 4.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(2) Move the external gearbox in position

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)

NOTE : Operate the two handwheels (one installed on the hydraulic

____
jack base and the other below the hydraulic jack plate) to
adjust the position of the external gearbox.

(a) Lift the external gearbox and move the front center link to the
horizontal position.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 495
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Engage the radial gearshaft of the angle gearbox with the PTO
shaft on the intermediate structure.

(c) If necessary, turn the starter idler gear (5) on the front of the
gearbox to make this operation easier. Use a standard wrench.

(d) Engage the angle geabox:

CAUTION : DO NOT DAMAGE THE RING ON THE PTO SHAFT SEAL TUBE.
_______

1
_ Engage the angle gearbox with the PTO shaft seal tube.

(3) Attach the right hand link to the intermediate case flange
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)

(a) Align the holes on the brackets with the holes on the
intermediate case flange.

(b) Install the two bolts, washers and nuts which attach the brackets
to the intermediate case flange.

(c) TORQUE the nuts to between 270 and 370 lbf.in (3.05 and 4.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(d) Remove the bolts which attach the two pins of the link.

(e) Install the bonding strap and align the holes with the holes on
the pin flanges.

(f) Install the bolts again. TORQUE to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96
and 1.07 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(4) Attach the left hand link to the intermediate case flange
(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)

(a) Align the holes on the brackets with the holes on the
intermediate case flange.

(b) Install the two bolts, washers and nuts which attach the brackets
to the intermediate case flange.

(c) TORQUE the nuts to between 270 and 370 lbf.in (3.05 and 4.18
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(d) Remove the bolts which attach the two pins of the link.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 496
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(e) Install the bonding strap and align the holes with the holes on
the pin flanges.

(f) Install the bolts again. TORQUE to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96
and 1.07 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(5) Attach the rear link to the intermediate case flange

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 72-60-00-991-152)

(a) Align the holes on the brackets with the holes on the
intermediate case flange.

(b) Install the two bolts, washers and nuts which attach the brackets
to the intermediate case flange.

(c) TORQUE the bolts to between 180 and 220 lbf.in (2.03 and 2.48
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

Subtask 72-60-00-080-051

C. Remove the External Gearbox Support Tool

(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 72-60-00-991-150)

(1) Remove the two safety pins (6) from the handling pin.

(2) Loosen the knobs (9) and disconnect the two locking rods (8) from the
bosses (11) on the angle gearbox (7).

(3) Turn counterclockwise the handwheel adjacent to the adjustable

support of the hydraulic jack. Lower the hydraulic jack plate and
disengage the ADAPTER, HANDLING (IAE1F10023) (2), from the PIN,
HANDLING (IAE1F10011) (4).

(4) Turn counterclockwise the knob on the front of the hydraulic jack
base and lower the JACK, HYDRAULIC (IAE1F10022) (3).

(5) Remove the two PIN, HANDLING (IAE1F10011) (4), from the ground
handling bosses on the bottom of the external gearbox.

(6) Install the PIN, HANDLING (IAE1F10011) (4), on the ADAPTER, HANDLING
(IAE1F10023) (2). Safety with the safety pins (6).

(7) Move the hydraulic jack away from the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 497
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-60-00-410-062

D. Install the Crank Cover (2) on the External Gearbox

(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 72-60-00-991-158)

(1) Lubricate the packing (1) with series engine oil (Material No. V10-
077).

(2) Install the packing (1) on the crank cover (2) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-
911-010).

(3) Install the crank cover (2) on the front of the external gearbox.

(4) Align the holes on the crank cover (2) with the studs on the gearbox.

(5) Install the two washers (3) and the two nuts (4) which attach the
crank cover (2) to the gearbox.

(6) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07 m.daN)
(Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

Subtask 72-60-00-410-063

E. Install the related parts and the light duty electrical harness to the
module where necessary (Ref. TASK 72-60-00-400-011).

Subtask 72-60-00-869-058

F. Make sure the pressure oil filter element is installed on the external
gearbox (Ref. TASK 79-21-44-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 79-21-44-400-010).

Subtask 72-60-00-869-059

G. Make sure the scavenge oil filter element is installed on the external
gearbox (Ref. TASK 79-22-44-000-010) and (Ref. TASK 79-22-44-400-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 498
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-60-00-410-064

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-60-00-612-053

B. Fill the oil tank and the engine oil system (Ref. TASK 12-13-79-610-011).

Subtask 72-60-00-942-055

C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 72-60-00-710-053

D. For test requirements (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-017).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 499
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

ACCESSORY DRIVES (EXTERNAL GEARBOX) - INSPECTION/CHECK
______________________________________________________

TASK 72-60-00-200-011

General Visual Inspection of Gearbox Mounting Links and Attachment Features

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 726000-I1

This task gives the procedure for the general inspection of the external
gearbox

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-60-00-991-161 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-00-941-053

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-60-00-010-056

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-60-00-991-161)

Subtask 72-60-00-210-050

A. Visual Inspect of the Gearbox Mounting Links and Attachment Features:

(1) Visually examine the front attachment parts on the external gearbox.

(a) Examine the three front links and the spherical bearings. If they
are cracked or distored, reject them.

(b) Examine the area of the front pins that you can see. If they are
cracked or distored, reject them.

(2) Visually examine the rear attachment parts on the external gearbox.

(a) Examine the rear link and the spherical bearings. If they are
cracked or distored, reject the link.

(b) Examine the area of the rear pin that you can see. If they are
cracked or distored, reject it.

(3) Visually examine the external gearbox

(a) Examine the external gearbox for oil leaks from the accessory
mounting pads.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


External Gearbox Module

Figure 601/TASK 72-60-00-991-161

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Examine the oil tubes for leaks and loose connections.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-60-00-410-058

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-00

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

GEAR ASSEMBLY - STARTER DRIVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________

TASK 72-60-22-000-010

Removal of the Starter Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

WARNING : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE
_______
FUEL FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE FUEL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO
THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific covers/caps/plugs
No specific warning notice
IAE1F10007 1 PULLER-REMOVAL
IAE1F10008 1 PULLER-REMOVAL

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

80-13-41-000-010 Removal of the Starter (100KM)
72-60-22-991-150 Fig. 401

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-22

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-22-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-60-22-010-050

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-22-991-150)

Subtask 72-60-22-020-050

A. Removal of the starter drive seal assembly and mating ring

(1) Remove the starter (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-000-010).

(2) Remove the adaptor housing.

(a) Remove the six nuts (6) which attach the adaptor housing (3) to
the starter drive housing (4).

(b) Remove the adaptor housing (3) from the starter drive housing
(4).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-22

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Starter Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-22-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-22

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Remove the seal assembly.

(a) Remove the three bolts (10) and the three washers (9) which
attach seal assembly to the starter drive housing (4).

(b) Install the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10008), on to the seal assembly.

(c) Use PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10008), to remove the seal assembly.

(d) Remove and discard packing (2)

(e) Remove the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10008), from the seal housing

(1).

(f) Discard the seal housing (1).

(4) Remove the mating ring.

(a) Install the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10007), on to the mating ring

(7).

(b) Use the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10007), to remove the mating ring

(7) from the starter drive gear (5).

(c) Remove and discard packing (8)

(d) Remove the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10007) from the mating ring (7).

(e) Discard the mating ring (7).

Subtask 72-60-22-620-050

B. Install covers/caps/plugs to all exposed openings.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-22

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-60-22-400-010

Installation of the Starter Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

WARNING : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE
_______
FUEL FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE FUEL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO
THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 62.00 to 900.00 lbf.in
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
IAE1F10003 1 PUSHER-INSTALLATION
IAE1F10031 1 PUSHER, INSTALLATION

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 seal housing 72-60-22 80B-035

2 packing 72-60-22 80B-040
7 mating ring 72-60-22 80B-070
7 mating ring 72-60-22 80B-070A
7 mating ring 72-60-22 80B-070B
8 packing 72-60-22 80B-060

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-22

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
80-13-41-400-010 Installation of the Starter (100KM)
72-60-22-991-150 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-22-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 72-60-22-010-051

B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-60-22-630-050

C. Remove all covers/caps/plugs from the openings.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-22

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-22-991-150)

Subtask 72-60-22-420-050

A. Installation of the starter drive seal assembly and mating ring

(1) Install the mating ring on to the starter drive gear

(a) Install a new packing (8) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) in to the

internal groove of a new mating ring (7).

(b) Assemble the mating ring (7) on to the starter drive gear (5).

(c) Make sure that the large contact face of the mating ring (7)
points out from the gearbox.

(d) Align the lugs on the smaller diameter of the mating ring (7)
with the slots on the inner race of the front roller bearing.

(e) Use the PUSHER, INSTALLATION (IAE1F10031) to fully install the

mating ring (7) against the inner race of the front roller
bearing.

(f) Remove the pusher, IAE 1F10031.

(2) Install the seal assembly on to the starter drive gear

(a) Make sure that the carbon seal in the seal housing (1) is free to
move.

NOTE : The carbon seal must have free axial movement during its
____
full travel in the seal housing (1).

(b) Install a new packing (2) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) in to the

groove on the new seal housing (1).

(c) Remove the guide pin from the PUSHER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10003),

and install it in to one of the bolt holes in the starter drive
housing (4).

(d) Align one of the holes in the seal assembly flange with the guide
pin in the starter drive housing (4).

(e) Use the pusher, IAE 1F10003, to fully install the seal assembly.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-22

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(f) Remove the pusher, IAE 1F10003.

(g) Remove the guide pin from the starter drive housing (4) and
install it on to the pusher, PUSHER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10003).

(h) Install the three washers (9) and the three bolts (10) which
attach the seal assembly to the starter housing (4).

(i) TORQUE the bolts (10) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(3) Install the adaptor housing

(a) Install the adaptor housing (3) on to the starter drive housing
(4).

(b) Install the six nuts (6) and tighten them with your hand.

(c) TORQUE the nuts (6) to between 290 and 370 lbf.in (3.27 and 4.18
m.daN), (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(4) Install the starter (Ref. TASK 80-13-41-400-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-60-22-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-22

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

GEAR ASSEMBLY - HYDRAULIC PUMP DRIVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________

TASK 72-60-23-000-010

Removal of the Hydraulic Pump Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific caps/covers/plugs
No specific warning notice
IAE1F10007 1 PULLER-REMOVAL
IAE1F10008 1 PULLER-REMOVAL

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-11-51-000-010 Removal of the Engine Pump (1030GK)

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-60-23-991-150 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-23-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-23

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-60-23-010-050

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-23-991-150)

Subtask 72-60-23-020-050

A. Removal of the hydraulic pump drive seal assembly and mating ring

(1) Remove the hydraulic pump (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-000-010).

(2) Remove the seal assembly.

(a) Remove the three bolts (8) and the washers (7) which attach the
seal assembly (1) to the hydraulic pump housing (5).

(b) Install the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10008), on to the seal assembly

(1).

(c) Use the puller, IAE1F10008, to remove the seal assembly (1).

(d) Remove and discard the packing (2).

(e) Remove the puller, IAE1F10008, from the seal assembly (1).

(f) Discard the seal assembly (1).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-23

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Hydraulic Pump Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-23-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-23

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Remove the mating ring.

(a) Install the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10007) on to the mating ring

(6).

(b) Use the puller, IAE1F10007, to remove the mating ring (6) from
the hydraulic pump drive gear (4).

(c) Remove and discard the packing (3).

(d) Remove the puller, IAE1F10007, from the mating ring (6).

(e) Discard the mating ring (6).

Subtask 72-60-23-620-050

B. Install caps/covers/plugs to all exposed openings.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-23

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-60-23-400-010

Installation of the Hydraulic Pump Drive Seal Assembly Mating Ring

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1F10003 1 PUSHER-INSTALLATION
IAE1F10031 1 PUSHER, INSTALLATION

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 seal assembly 72-60-23 80C-030

2 packing 72-60-23 80C-040
3 packing 72-60-23 80C-060
6 mating ring 72-60-23 80C-070

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-23

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-11-51-400-010 Installation of the Engine Pump (1030GK)

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques
70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-60-23-991-150 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-23-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 72-60-23-010-051

B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-60-23-630-050

C. Remove all covers/caps/plugs from the openings.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-23

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-23-991-150)

Subtask 72-60-23-420-050

A. Installation of the hydraulic pump drive seal assembly mating ring

(1) Install the mating ring on to the hydraulic pump drive gear

(a) Install a new packing (3) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) in to the

internal groove of a new mating ring (6).

(b) Assemble the mating ring (6) on to the hydraulic pump drive gear
(4).

(c) Make sure that the large contact face of the mating ring (6)
points out from the gearbox.

(d) Align the lugs on the smaller diameter of the mating ring (6)
with the slots on the inner race of the front roller bearing.

(e) Use the PUSHER, INSTALLATION (IAE1F10031) to fully install the

mating ring (6) against the inner race of the front roller
bearing.

(f) Remove the pusher, IAE1F10031.

(2) Install the seal assembly on to the hydraulic pump drive gear

(a) Make sure that the carbon seal in the seal assembly (1) is free
to move.

NOTE : The carbon seal must have free axial movement during its
____
full travel in the seal housing.

(b) Install a new packing (2) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) in to the

groove on the new seal assembly (1).

(c) Remove the guide pin from the PUSHER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10003),

and install it in to one of the bolt holes in the hydraulic pump
drive housing (5).

(d) Align one of the holes in the seal assembly (1) flange with the
guide pin in the hydraulic pump housing (5).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-23

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(e) Use the pusher, IAE1F10003, to fully install the seal assembly
(1).

(f) Remove the pusher, IAE1F10003.

(g) Remove the guide pin from the hydraulic pump drive housing (5)
and install it on to the pusher, IAE1F1003.

(h) Install the three washers (7) and the three bolts (8) which
attach the seal assembly (1) to the hydraulic pump drive housing
(5).

(i) TORQUE the bolts (8) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(3) Install the hydraulic pump (Ref. TASK 29-11-51-400-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-60-23-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-23

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

GEAR ASSEMBLY - FUEL PUMP DRIVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________

TASK 72-60-25-000-010-A

Removal of the Fuel Pump Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific covers/caps/plugs
No specific warning notice
IAE1F10007 1 PULLER-REMOVAL
IAE1F10008 1 PULLER-REMOVAL

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

73-12-41-000-010 Removal of the Low Pressure (LP)/High Pressure (HP)
Fuel Pump (2001EM1)
72-60-25-991-150 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-25-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-25

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-60-25-010-052

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-60-25-020-052

C. Remove the fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-12-41-000-010).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-60-25-020-053

A. Remove the fuel Pump Drive Seal Assembly and mating ring:

(1) Remove the seal assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-25-991-150)

(a) Remove the three bolts (7) and the washers (8) which attach the
seal assembly (1) to the fuel pump drive housing (5).

(b) Install the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10008), on to the seal assembly

(1).

(c) Use the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10008), to remove the seal assembly

(1).

(d) Remove and discard the packing (2).

(e) Remove the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10008), from the seal assembly

(1).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-25

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Fuel Pump Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-25-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-25

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(f) Discard the seal assembly (1).

(2) Remove the mating ring.

(a) Install the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10007) on to the mating ring

(4).

(b) Use the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10007), to remove the mating ring

(4) from the fuel pump drive gear (5).

(c) Remove and discard the packing (3).

(d) Remove the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10007), from the mating ring (4).

(e) Discard the mating ring (4).

Subtask 72-60-25-620-051

B. Install covers/caps/plugs to all exposed openings.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-25

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-60-25-400-010-A

Installation of the Fuel Pump Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

WARNING : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL STAY ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE
_______
FUEL FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE FUEL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO
THROUGH YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This TASK is for V2500-A5 engines.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1F10003 1 PUSHER-INSTALLATION
IAE1F10031 1 PUSHER, INSTALLATION

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 seal assembly 72-60-25 80B-030

2 packing 72-60-25 80B-040
3 packing 72-60-25 80B-060
4 mating ring 72-60-25 80B-070

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-25

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
73-12-41-400-010 Installation of the Low Pressure (LP)/High Pressure
(HP) Fuel Pump (2001EM1)
72-60-25-991-150 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-25-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

Subtask 72-60-25-010-053

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-60-25-630-051

C. Remove the covers/caps/plugs from all openings.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-25

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-25-991-150)

Subtask 72-60-25-420-052

A. Install the fuel pump Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring.

(1) Install the mating ring on to the fuel pump drive gear

(a) Install a new packing (3) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) in to the

internal groove of a new mating ring (4).

(b) Assemble the mating ring (4) on to the fuel pump drive gear (5).

(c) Make sure that the large contact face of the mating ring (4)
points out from the gearbox.

(d) Align the lugs on the smaller diameter of the mating ring (4)
with the slots on the inner race of the front roller bearing.

(e) Use the PUSHER, INSTALLATION (IAE1F10031) to fully install the

mating ring (4) against the inner race of the front roller
bearing.

(f) Remove the PUSHER, INSTALLATION (IAE1F10031).

(2) Install the seal assembly on to the fuel pump drive gear

(a) Make sure that the carbon seal is free to move.

NOTE : The carbon seal must have free axial movement during its
____
full travel in the seal housing.

(b) Install a new packing (2) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) in to the

groove on the new seal assembly (1).

(c) Remove the guide pin from the PUSHER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10003),

and install it in to one of the bolt holes in the fuel pump drive
housing (6).

(d) Align one of the holes in the seal assembly (1) flange with the
guide pin in the fuel pump drive housing (6).

(e) Use the PUSHER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10003), to fully install the

seal assembly (1).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-25

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(f) Remove the pusher, IAE1F10003.

(g) Remove the guide pin from the fuel pump drive housing (6) and
install it on to the PUSHER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10003).

(h) Install the three washers (8) and the three bolts (7) which
attach the seal assembly (1) to the fuel pump drive housing (6).

(i) TORQUE the bolts (7) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-60-25-420-053

A. Install the fuel pump (Ref. TASK 73-12-41-400-010).

Subtask 72-60-25-410-051

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-25

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

GEAR ASSEMBLY - IDG DRIVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________

TASK 72-60-28-000-010

Removal of the IDG Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific covers/caps/plugs
No specific warning notice
IAE1F10009 1 PULLER-REMOVAL
IAE1F10010 1 PULLER-REMOVAL

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-21-51-000-010 Removal of the Integrated Drive Generator -IDG

1(2),(4000XU)
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-60-28-991-150 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-28-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-28

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-60-28-010-050

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-28-991-150)

Subtask 72-60-28-020-050

A. Removal of the IDG drive seal assembly and mating ring

(1) Remove the IDG (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-000-010).

(2) Remove the seal assembly.

(a) Remove the three bolts (7) and the washers (8) which attach the
seal housing (1) to the IDG housing (3).

(b) Install the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10010), on to the seal housing

(1).

(c) Use the puller, IAE 1F10010, to remove the seal housing (1).

(d) Remove and discard the packing (2).

(e) Remove the puller, IAE 1F10010, from the seal housing (1).

(f) Discard the seal housing (1).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-28

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


IDG Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-28-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-28

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Remove the mating ring.

(a) Install the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10009) on to the mating ring

(5).

(b) Use the puller, IAE 1F10009, to remove the mating ring (5) from
the IDG housing (3).

(c) Remove and discard the packing (6).

(d) Remove the puller, IAE 1F10009, from the mating ring (5).

(e) Discard the mating ring (5).

Subtask 72-60-28-620-050

B. Install covers/caps/plugs to all exposed openings.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-28

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-60-28-400-010

Installation of the IDG Drive Seal Assembly and Mating Ring

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1F10004 1 PUSHER-INSTALLATION
IAE1F10032 1 PUSHER-INSTALLATION

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 seal housing 72-60-28 80B-030

2 packing 72-60-28 80B-040
5 mating ring 72-60-28 80B-070
6 packing 72-60-28 80B-060

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-28

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-21-51-400-010 Installation of the Integrated Drive Generator -IDG

1(2),(4000XU)
70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques
70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-60-28-991-150 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-28-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 72-60-28-630-050

B. Remove all covers/caps/plugs from the openings.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-28-991-150)

Subtask 72-60-28-420-050

A. Installation of the IDG drive seal assembly and mating ring

(1) Install the mating ring on to the IDG drive gear

(a) Install a new packing (6) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) in to the

internal groove of a new mating ring (5).

(b) Assemble the mating ring (5) on to the IDG drive gear (4).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-28

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(c) Make sure that the large contact face of the mating ring (5)
points out from the gearbox.

(d) Align the lugs on the smaller diameter of the mating ring (5)
with the slots on the inner race of the front roller bearing.

(e) Use the PUSHER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10032) to fully install the

mating ring (5) against the inner race of the front roller
bearing.

(f) Remove the pusher, IAE 1F10032.

(2) Install the seal assembly on to the IDG drive gear

(a) Make sure that the carbon seal is free to move.

NOTE : The carbon seal must have free axial movement during its
____
full travel in the seal housing.

(b) Install a new packing (2) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010) in to the

groove on the new seal housing (1).

(c) Remove the guide pin from the PUSHER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10004),

and install it in to one of the bolt holes in the IDG drive
housing (3).

(d) Align one of the holes in the seal housing (1) flange with the
guide pin in the fuel pump drive housing (3).

(e) Use the pusher, IAE 1F10004, to fully install the seal housing
(1).

(f) Remove the pusher, IAE 1F10004.

(g) Remove the guide pin from the IDG drive housing (3) and install
it on to the pusher, IAE 1F1004.

(h) Install the three washers (8) and the three bolts (7) which
attach the seal housing (1) to the IDG drive housing (3).

(i) TORQUE the bolts (7) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(3) Install the IDG (Ref. TASK 24-21-51-400-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-28

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-60-28-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-28

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

CASING, DEOILER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________

TASK 72-60-29-000-010

Removal of the Mating Ring

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific covers, caps, plugs

No specific warning notice
IAE1F10069 1 PULLER-REMOVAL

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

72-60-31-000-010 Removal of the Seal Assembly
72-61-49-000-010 Removal of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct (GBOD)
72-60-29-991-150 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-29-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-29

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-60-29-010-050

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-60-29-010-051

C. Get Access

(1) Remove the gearbox breather outlet duct (Ref. TASK 72-61-49-000-010).

(2) Remove the seal assembly (Ref. TASK 72-60-31-000-010).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-60-29-020-050

A. Remove the mating ring from the deoiler gear:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-29-991-150)

(1) Install the PULLER-REMOVAL (IAE1F10069), on to the mating ring (2).

(2) Use the puller, IAE1F10069, to remove the mating ring (2).

(3) Remove and discard the packing (1).

(4) Remove the puller, IAE1F10069, fron the mating ring (2).

(5) Put covers, caps, plugs on all the openings.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-29

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Mating Ring
Figure 401/TASK 72-60-29-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-29

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-60-29-400-010

Installation of the Mating Ring

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

IAE1F10070 1 PUSHER-INSTALLATION

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 packing 72-60-29 80 -010

2 mating ring 72-60-29 80 -020C
2 mating ring 72-60-29 80 -020D
2 mating ring 72-60-29 80 -020E

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-60-31-400-010 Installation of the Seal Assembly
72-61-49-400-010 Installation of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct
(GBOD)
72-60-29-991-150 Fig. 401

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-29

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-29-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 72-60-29-010-052

B. Make sure that the fan cowls are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-60-29-420-050

A. Install the mating ring on to the deoiler gear.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-29-991-150)

(1) Remove all Covers/Caps/Plugs from the Openings

(2) Install a new packing (1) in to the internal groove of a new mating
ring (2) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

(3) Assemble the mating ring (2) on to the pusher with the large contact
face against the pusher slide.

(4) Install the pusher, with the mating ring attached, in to the deoiler
gear (4).

(5) Align the lugs on the smaller diameter of the mating ring (2) with
the slots on the nut.

(6) Use the PUSHER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10070), to fully install the mating

ring (2) in to the deoiler gear (4).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-29

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(7) Remove the pusher, IAE1F10070.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-60-29-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Install the seal assembly (Ref. TASK 72-60-31-400-010).

(2) Install the gearbox breather outlet duct (Ref. TASK 72-61-49-400-
010).

Subtask 72-60-29-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-29

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

SEAL ASSEMBLY - DEOILER CASING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________

TASK 72-60-31-000-010

Removal of the Seal Assembly

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific covers, caps, plugs

No specific warning notice
IAE1F10067 1 PULLER, REMOVAL

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

72-60-29-000-010 Removal of the Mating Ring
72-61-49-000-010 Removal of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct (GBOD)
72-60-31-991-150 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-31-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-31

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-60-31-010-050

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-60-31-020-050

A. Removal of the seal assembly

(1) Remove the gearbox breather outlet duct (Ref. TASK 72-61-49-000-010).

(2) Remove the seal assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-31-991-150)

(a) Remove the three bolts (5) and the washers (4) which attach the
seal assembly (3) to the deoiler casing (2).

(b) Install PULLER, REMOVAL (IAE1F10067), on to the seal assembly

(3).

(c) Use the puller, IAE1F10067, to remove the seal assembly (3).

(d) Remove and discard the packing (1).

(e) Remove the puller, IAE1F10067, from the seal assembly (3).

(f) Discard the seal assembly (3).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-31

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Seal Assembly
Figure 401/TASK 72-60-31-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-31

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

Subtask 72-60-31-210-050

B. Inspect the mating ring sealing surface

(1) Inspect the mating ring sealing surface for coking or damage.

(2) Remove the mating ring if it has evidence of coking or damage

(Ref. TASK 72-60-29-000-010).

Subtask 72-60-31-620-050

C. Put the applicable covers, caps, plugs on all the openings.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-31

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-60-31-400-010

Installation of the Seal Assembly

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
IAE1F10072 1 PUSHER-INSTALLATION

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 packing 72-60-31 80B-040

3 seal assembly 72-60-31 80B-025

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-31

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-60-29-400-010 Installation of the Mating Ring
72-61-49-400-010 Installation of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct
(GBOD)
72-60-31-991-150 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-31-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 72-60-31-010-051

B. Make sure that the fan cowls are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-60-31-630-050

C. Remove all covers/caps/plugs from the openings.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-31

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-60-31-420-050

A. Installation of the seal assembly

(1) Install the mating ring, if necessary (Ref. TASK 72-60-29-400-010).

(2) Install the seal assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-31-991-150)

(a) Make sure that the carbon seal in the seal assembly is free to
move.

NOTE : The carbon seal must have free axial movement during its
____
full travel in the seal assembly.

(b) Install a new packing (1) in to the groove of a new seal assembly
(3) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

(c) Align the holes on the seal assembly (3) with the holes on the
deoiler casing (2). Use the PUSHER-INSTALLATION (IAE1F10072), to
fully install the seal assembly (1).

(d) Install the three washers (4) and the bolts (5) which attach the
seal assembly (3) to the deoiler casing (2).

(e) TORQUE the bolts (5) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and 1.07
m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(3) Install the gearbox breather outlet duct (Ref. TASK 72-61-49-400-
010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-60-31-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-31

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-31

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

GEAR ASSEMBLY - DEDICATED ALTERNATOR DRIVE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________

TASK 72-60-33-000-010

Removal of the Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear Assembly

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.

CAUTION : DO NOT LET ENGINE FUEL OR OIL FALL ON THE ENGINE. UNWANTED FUEL OR
_______
OIL MUST BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN LINT FREE CLOTH. THE
FUEL OR OIL CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE PROTECTION AND TO SOME
PARTS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container, minimum capacity 1 U.S. Gal (4 l)

No specific covers, caps, plugs
No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

73-22-38-000-010 Removal of the Engine Dedicated Alternator (EDA)
Stator and/or Cooling Shroud
72-60-33-991-150 Fig. 401

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-33

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-33-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-60-33-010-053

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010).

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 72-60-33-020-057

C. Remove the Engine Dedicated Alternator Stator (Ref. TASK 73-22-38-000-

010).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-60-33-020-052

A. Removal of the Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear Assembly:

(1) Remove the oil pressure tube:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-33-991-150)

(a) Put the clean container, minimum capacity 1 U.S. Gal (4 l) in

position to catch the oil which drains from the oil pressure tube
(4).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-33

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


EDA Drive Gear Assembly

Figure 401/TASK 72-60-33-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-33

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) Cut and remove the wire and disconnect the oil pressure tube (4)
from the angle gearbox and from the dedicated alternator drive
gear assembly (6).

(c) Remove the oil pressure tube (4).

(d) Remove the container and discard the drained oil.

(2) Remove the dedicated alternator drive gear assembly

(a) Remove the two nuts (8) which attach the bracket (1) to the
bracket (9).

(b) Remove the three nuts (7) which attach the EDA drive gear
assembly (6) to the drive housing (2).

(c) Remove the bracket (1) from the EDA drive gear assembly (6).

(d) Disengage the flange of the EDA drive gear assembly (6) from the
drive housing (2).

(e) Remove the EDA drive gear assembly (6) from the drive housing
(2).

(f) Remove and discard the packings (3) and (5).

(3) Install covers, caps, plugs to all exposed openings.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-33

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-60-33-400-010

Installation of the Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear Assembly

WARNING : DO NOT GET ENGINE OIL ON YOUR SKIN FOR A LONG TIME. FLUSH THE OIL
_______
FROM YOUR SKIN WITH WATER. THE OIL IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND IN TO YOUR BODY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 62.00 to 900.00 lbf.in
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V02-126 *

corrosion resistant steel lockwire (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 packing 72-60-33 80B-050

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-33

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
70-40-11-911-014 Locking Devices General Information
71-00-00-710-022 Test No.6 : ELectronic Engine Control (EEC) System
Idle Test
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
73-22-38-000-010 Removal of the Engine Dedicated Alternator (EDA)
Stator and/or Cooling Shroud
73-22-38-400-010 Installation of the Engine Dedicated Alternator (EDA)
Stator and or Cooling Shroud
72-60-33-991-150 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-33-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 72-60-33-010-055

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowls are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Make sure that the engine dedicated alternator stator is removed
(Ref. TASK 73-22-38-000-010).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-33

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-60-33-420-052

A. Installation of the Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear Assembly:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-60-33-991-150)

(1) Remove all covers,caps,plugs from the openings.

(2) Install the dedicated alternator drive gear assembly

(a) Intall a new packing (3) in to the groove of the mounting flange
of the dedicated alternator drive gear assembly (6) (Ref. TASK
70-23-13-911-010).

(b) Install a new packing (5) in to the groove on the end of the
manifold (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-010).

(c) Align the alternator drive gear assembly (6) with the studs and
the manifold with the seat on the gearbox casing.

(d) Install the alternator drive gear assembly:

CAUTION : YOU MUST MAKE SURE THAT THE GEARS OF THE EDA DRIVE GEAR
_______
ASSEMBLY AND THE LAYSHAFT ARE CORRECTLY ENGAGED BEFORE
YOU USE THE DRIFT. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE EDA GEAR
IF YOU USE TOO MUCH FORCE TO ENGAGE THE GEARS.

1
_ Install the alternator drive gear assembly (6) on the
alternator drive housing (2). Engage the gear of the EDA drive
gear with the gear of the layshaft extention. Use the DRIFT,
INSTALL (IAE1F10227).

(e) Install the bracket (1) on the two higher studs of the EDA drive
gear assembly (6) and on the bolts of the bracket (9).

(f) Install the three nuts (7) which attach the EDA drive gear
assembly (6) and the bracket (1) to the EDA drive housing (2).

(g) Install the two nuts (8) which attach the bracket (1) to the
bracket (9).

(h) TORQUE the nuts (7) and (8) to between 85 and 95 lbf.in (0.96 and
1.07 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-33

Page 407
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Install the oil pressure tube

(a) Put the oil pressure tube (4) in position between the EDA drive
gear assembly (6) and the external gearbox.

(b) Connect the coupling nuts to the dedicated alternator drive gear
assembly (6) and to the external gearbox.

(c) TORQUE the two coupling nuts to between 320 and 350 lbf.in (3.61
and 3.95 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-911-013).

(d) Safety the coupling nuts with the corrosion resistant steel
lockwire (Material No. V02-126) (Ref. TASK 70-40-11-911-014)

Subtask 72-60-33-420-057

B. Install the Engine Dedicated Alternator Stator (Ref. TASK 73-22-38-400-

010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-60-33-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010)

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 72-60-33-790-051

B. Do an Electronic Engine Control (EEC) System Idle Test (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-022).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-33

Page 408
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

GEAR ASSEMBLY - DEDICATED ALTERNATOR DRIVE - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________________________

TASK 72-60-33-200-011

Inspection of the Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear Assembly Retention Nut

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task gives the procedure for the inspection of the engine dedicated
alternator (EDA) drive gear retention nut for loosening.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific Torque Wrench : range 62.00 to 900.00 lbf.in
(0.70 to 10.00 m.daN)
IAE1F10170 1 BASE,INSTALL REMOVE
IAE1F10218 1 REACTION,INSTALL REMOVE
IAE1P16486 1 ADAPTER,ANTI TORQUE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-710-022 Test No.6 : ELectronic Engine Control (EEC) System

Idle Test
71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-60-33-000-010 Removal of the Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear
Assembly
72-60-33-400-010 Installation of the Dedicated Alternator Drive Gear
Assembly
72-60-33-991-158 Fig. 601

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-33

Page 601
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-60-33-941-053

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-60-33-010-056

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 72-60-33-020-059

C. Remove the engine dedicated alternator drive gear assembly (Ref. TASK 72-
60-33-000-010).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-60-33-020-060

A. Check the torque of the engine dedicated alternator drive gear retention
nut.
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 72-60-33-991-158)

(1) Install the tool (4) BASE,INSTALL REMOVE (IAE1F10170) off on the
swivel vice (5).

(2) Install the EDA drive gear assembly on the base (4) with EDA drive
gear (6) to the top. Safety with the special screws (3).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-33

Page 602
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Inspection of Dedicated Alternator Retention Nut

Figure 601/TASK 72-60-33-991-158

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-33

Page 603
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Install the tool (2) REACTION,INSTALL REMOVE (IAE1F10218) or
ADAPTER,ANTI TORQUE (IAE1P16486) off on the EDA drive gear.

(4) Hold the EDA drive shaft and rotor with the reaction spanner (2).

(5) Make a mark to show the position of the nut (1) relative to the shaft
with an approved marker.

(6) Loosen the nut (1) and torque again the nut (1) to the mark.
Read and record the torque value. Do not exceed 354 lbf.in (4.00
m.daN).

(a) If the torque is more than 300 lbf.in (3.39 m.daN), install again
the EDA.

(b) If torque is between 75 lbf.in (0.84 m.daN) and 300 lbf.in (3.39
m.daN), remove the nut (1) and install a new Post SBE72-0070
standard nut. Torque the new nut (1) to between 309 and 354
lbf.in (3.49 and 4.00 m.daN).

(c) If torque is less than 75 lbf.in (0.84 m.daN), replace the EDA
drive gear assembly.

(7) Remove the reaction spanner (2) from the EDA drive gear.

(8) Remove the special screws (3). Remove the EDA drive gear assembly
from the base (4).

Subtask 72-60-33-420-058

B. Install the engine dedicated alternator (EDA) drive gear assembly

(Ref. TASK 72-60-33-400-010).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-60-33-410-055

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-33

Page 604
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 72-60-33-790-052

B. Do an electronic engine control (EEC) system idle test (Ref. TASK 71-00-
00-710-022).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-60-33

Page 605
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

DUCT - OUTLET, GEARBOX BREATHER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________

TASK 72-61-49-000-010

Removal of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct (GBOD)

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER
_______
THE ENGINE IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO
ONE HOUR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific covers,caps,plugs
No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-010 Opening of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)

72-61-49-991-150 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-61-49-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-61-49

Page 401
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 72-61-49-010-051

B. Open the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-61-49-020-051

A. Remove the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct (GBOD)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-61-49-991-150)

(1) Remove the three bolts (2) that attach the GBOD (3) to the mounting
pad (1) on the gearbox casing. Make a note of the position of the
GBOD, it must be put in the same position on installation.

(2) Remove the GBOD (3) from the engine.

(3) Remove and discard the packing (4) from the GBOD.

(4) Put a covers,caps,plugs on the mounting pad (1) on the gearbox

casing.

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-61-49

Page 402
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 


Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct

Figure 401/TASK 72-61-49-991-150

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-61-49

Page 403
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

TASK 72-61-49-400-010

Installation of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct (GBOD)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. V01-002 *

cleaning fluid (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. V10-073 *
grease (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 4 packing 72-61-49 80A-040

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-61-49

Page 404
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70-23-11-911-013 General Torque Tightening Techniques

70-23-13-911-010 Procedures for the Installation of Preformed Packings
71-13-00-410-010 Closing of the Fan Cowls 437AL(447AL),438AR(448AR)
72-61-49-000-010 Removal of the Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct (GBOD)
72-61-49-991-150 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 72-61-49-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

Subtask 72-61-49-110-051

B. Clean the GBOD and the mounting pad

(1) Remove the cap from the mounting pad (1) on the gearbox casing
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-61-49-991-150)

WARNING : DO NOT GET CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. PUT
_______
ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GOGGLES AND A FACE MASK. USE THE
FLUID IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. DO NOT BREATHE THE VAPOR.
IF YOU GET THE CLEANING FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOUR SKIN OR
EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(2) Use a clean lint free cloth, made moist with cleaning fluid (Material
No. V01-002) to clean:

(a) The Gearbox Breather Outlet Duct (GBOD) (3).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-61-49

Page 405
Feb 01/10
 
CES 


 I A E 
 
 V2500 

(b) The mounting pad (1) on the gearbox casing.

(3) Make the above components dry with a clean lint free cloth.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 72-61-49-420-051

A. Install the GBOD

(1) Install a new packing (4) on to the GBOD (3) (Ref. TASK 70-23-13-911-
010).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 72-61-49-991-150)

(2) Put the GBOD (3) in the correct position for installation on the
mounting pad (1) (Ref. TASK 72-61-49-000-010).

(3) Put grease (Material No. V10-073) on the shanks of the three bolts
(2).

(4) Attach the GBOD to the mounting pad with the three bolts (2).

(5) Close the right fan cowl and align the GBOD with the gearbox breather
outlet vent on the fan cowl.

(6) TORQUE the bolts (2) to 100 lbf.in (1.13 m.daN) (Ref. TASK 70-23-11-
911-013).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 72-61-49-410-051

A. Close access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowls (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-010):

FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

R


EFF :

501-509, 511-526, 528-599,  72-61-49

Page 406
Feb 01/10
 
CES